Huge Chile student rally turns violent

0

Chilean protesters run with Molotov cocktail bottles to throw at police during a student demonstration in Santiago on Wednesday, June 26, 2013.

More than 100,000 students have taken part in a nationwide protest rally in Chilean capital of Santiago against government educational reforms as the event turned violent by clashes between some protesters and police.

The violence during the Wednesday protest march began when groups of hooded protesters reportedly hurled Molotov cocktails at a police station and blocked rush-hour traffic along some major roadways, according to an AP report.

Riot police then responded to the violence using water cannons and tear gas.

This is while the Chilean Interior and Security Minister Andres Chadwick slammed the protest violence as Å“coordinated acts” by Å“criminals and extremists.”

Å“They are not students, they are criminals and extremists,” said Chadwick in a press conference. Å“Theyâ„¢ve acted in a coordinated and planned way to provoke these acts of violence.”

While police authorities have not disclosed the number of arrests made during the daylong demonstration, they announced that at least three of their officers were injured in the violence.

No figures have so far been released on the number of protesters injured in the melee.

According to report, teachers, dockworkers and copper miners also joined the students in the national protest, which was timed ahead of Chileâ„¢s presidential primaries on Sunday.

Demands of protesters ranged from reform of the education system that would put the state back in control of the mostly privatized public colleges and universities to a wider distribution of Chileâ„¢s copper wealth.

Student leaders further demanded a change in the nationâ„¢s tax system so that wealthier individuals would pay more.

The march was part of a 24-hour strike called by the National Convention of Students. Students have led regular demonstrations since the protest movement began in 2011.

However, after two years of student protests that often paralyzed the countryâ„¢s major cities and stoked expectations of change, Chilean students say they have noticed few benefits.

This is while the dispute over education reform remains a major electoral issue ahead of the nationâ„¢s presidential vote next November.

MFB/MFB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran urges enhanced ties with Tajikistan

0

Iranâ„¢s President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad (R) and Tajikistan’s Foreign Minister Hamrokhon Zarifi meet in Tehran, June 26, 2013.

Iranâ„¢s President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad has praised the Islamic Republicâ„¢s relations with Tajikistan as Å“unique,” calling for the further promotion of the amicable ties between the two countries.

In a meeting with Tajikistan’s Foreign Minister Hamrokhon Zarifi in Tehran on Wednesday, Ahmadinejad added that Tehran and Dushanbe should always stand by each other to improve their cordial relations.

Å“Iran and Tajikistan share the same destiny, therefore Iran’s progress is [regarded as] Tajikistanâ„¢s progress,” the Iranian president said.

He expressed hope that the exchange of visits by senior Iranian and Tajik officials would lead to the further expansion of relations.

Zarifi, for his part, said Iran and Tajikistan have extensive relations in various arenas, expressing hope that the two countries would witness the further enhancement of ties in the future.

Earlier in the day, the Tajik foreign minister held talks with his Iranian counterpart Ali Akbar Salehi. During the meeting, they discussed the latest developments in the region, including the ongoing crisis in Syria, as well as ways to upgrade bilateral ties.

SF/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Portugal unions to hold major strike

0

A protester waves a Portuguese flag in front of the police in Lisbon during a general strike. (File photo)

Portugal will face a 24-hour general strike in protest at the governmentâ„¢s harsh austerity policies, and the high level of unemployment.

Thursdayâ„¢s strike in the capital, Lisbon, which is called by the countryâ„¢s two main labor unions, UGT and CGTP, will stop trains and the Lisbon metro and cut the bus services in half.

Meanwhile, state-owned airline TAP SGPS SA has warned of possible disruption to flights as air traffic controllers and ground staff are expected to take part in the work stoppage.

Å“If we think about it, our future is a dark, living-under-the-bridge kind of future… But we donâ„¢t stop believing, fighting and demanding,” said a Portuguese woman planning to participate in the event on Thursday.

Å“We will call for a new government, because this one is the death blow to the youth and to the country,” she added.

The one-day stoppage will mark Portugalâ„¢s fourth general strike in two years against the government, which has imposed major austerity measures.

The administration of Prime Minister Pedro Passos Coelho has faced growing unemployment and a deepening recession as the premier slashed spending and raised taxes in a bid to meet the terms of a 78-billion-euro ($102 billion) aid plan from the euro area and the International Monetary Fund (IMF).

The Portuguese government also wants to review state workersâ„¢ pay, and their working week will increase to 40 hours from 35 hours in 2013, in line with the private sector.

The IMF said in a June 13 report that a deeper recession and higher joblessness are Å“exacerbating social and political tensions and, in turn, testing the governmentâ„¢s resolve to continue with adjustment policies and reforms.”

The UGT and CGTP labor groups last held a joint general strike in November 2011, six months after Portugal received a bailout.

MR/HSN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Do You Believe in Offit?

0

Do You Believe in Offit?

By Scott C. Tips, President of the National Health Federation

   The pharmaceutical industry and the American Medical Association (AMA) are running scared — very scared. In fact, jackrabbits have more courage right now than they do.  After having created a near-monopoly in medical care that has endured one hundred years since the Flexner Report came out in 1910 with its hatchet job against competitive health treatments such as homeopathy, naturopathy, osteopathy, chiropractic, and herbal medicine, this drug and medical mafia has kept a jealous and vigilant watch over its monopolistic commercial privileges.

   These privileges, mind you, would not and could not exist without the very active participation of government enforcers who ensure that any serious competitors will be regulated out of existence or into insignificance.  And if, by chance, any of these competitors should pose a serious threat to the medical mafia, then heavy fines, incarceration, and public humiliation will be their fate.

   Yet, despite government thugs’ relentless and best efforts to suppress these challenges to the medical monopoly, we have all seen a phenomenal growth in alternative healthcare and throughout the dietary-supplement business, proving once again that government is hopelessly incompetent at waging war against anything, whether it’s the War on Cancer, the War on Drugs, the War on Terror, or, yes, the War on True Healthcare.

   That the medical mafia is truly scared can be seen in its scooping up large chunks of the supplement business, some of them made into “Pharma Lite” companies that will not threaten drug-industry profits but instead simply silently support the status-quo medical system that sees hundreds of thousands of Americans and Canadians die each and every year.

   Their fear can also be seen in their repeated — and now stepped up — media campaign to demonize supplements and alternative medicine.  From the April 2010 Reader’s Digest cover story screaming “The Vitamin Scam” to the equally biased USA Today front-page story by Liz Szabo (June 19, 2013) on the dangers of alternative medicine, the push is on once again to convince consumers everywhere that supplements and alternative medicine are dangers to be avoided at all costs. Conspicuously absent from any such “exposés,” though, is any comparison of the health risks between highly regulated drugs and doctors, on the one hand, and “loosely regulated” supplements and alternative healthcare, on the other.  All except the naïve know that supplements and alternative healthcare are not even in the same league as deadly conventional medicine.

   Enter the medical mafia’s latest boy wonder talking head — Dr. Paul Offit, or should we say “Dr. Profit”?  Looking as if he were sent straight out of Central Casting, Dr. Offit has put his name on a book that I would bet was actually written, or at least heavily researched, by a medical-mafia marketing team and given the cutesy title “Do You Believe in Magic? The Sense and Nonsense of Alternative Medicine.” Presumably, Dr. Offit would know the answer to that question, as he himself has proved to be a fervent believer in the magic of over-vaccinating children as well as the magic of drugging Americans at every opportunity despite a yearly body count that would make ancient despots proud.

   Remember, Ibuprofen alone kills some 17,000 Americans a year.  And how many thousands of Americans are killed annually by vitamin-and-mineral supplements? A big, fat zero. So, if anyone believes in magic, it is the pathetic talking head Dr. Offit.

   Still, in a back-handed compliment to the National Health Federation that recognizes its importance, Dr. Offit’s hatchet job begins with an attack on the Federation, claiming it “represents the financial interests of the alternative-medicine industry” and even had a hand in the death of a child whose parents were led astray from conventional medicine.  Serious, but false, accusations — which ignore, once again, the hundreds of thousands of deaths every year at the hands of properly licensed doctors and hospitals and because of FDA-approved drugs.  It is also predictable that Dr. Profit, who most assuredly represents the financial interests of the drug industry, should try to tar the Federation with the same familiar brush that tars him. Even if true, which they are not, Offit’s claims are nothing more than those of a Drug Lord complaining to the police or public that someone had trespassed across a corner of his property.

   Back in the 1960s and 1970s, the AMA similarly unintentionally complimented the Federation by spying on its conventions.  The medical mafia guards its monopoly jealously.

   The Offits of the World come and go.  Next year’s drug peddler might still be Offit or it might very well be someone else, someone fresh and unexposed for what he or she really is — nothing but a slick talking head for the drug industry.  But, in the meantime, how many deaths, lessened quality of life, shortened lifespans, and lives filled with pain, misery and tears will be on Offit’s hands because he scared consumers and patients away from healthful supplements and into unnecessary surgeries, harmful vaccines, and killer drugs?  Offit’s soulless repetition of drug-industry platitudes will convince the unthinking and naïve; but in doing so, they carry very real consequences for many millions of lives.  Is this not also another form of the “banality of evil” of which Hannah Arendt once wrote?

   David Stouder, a health-food store owner in Redwood City, California and radio personality, coined the term “Nutriphobia” in describing a condition where otherwise sensible people think that drugs are safe and nutritional supplements are dangerous.  As he puts it, “Nutriphobia is not a joke. It causes untold misery and poor health and even leads to fatalities. It is rarely diagnosed before considerable damage has been done and is commonly spread by doctors to their patients. Nutriphobia can cause a person to turn away from natural substances (vitamins, minerals, herbs, amino acids, phytonutrients, etc.) that can truly build and maintain health. Nutriphobia enhances the illusion that consuming synthetic pharmaceuticals (which, when prescribed and taken properly, kill well over 100,000 Americans each year) is the ‘scientific’ way to good health.”

   Dr. Offit clearly suffers from Nutriphobia; and, unfortunately, the condition is highly contagious.  Some, such as well-known health researcher and writer Bill Sardi, have methodically deconstructed Offit’s specious arguments against supplements and alternative healthcare. (See “Why the Latest Study On Vitamin Supplements May Not Be Instructive To You” by Bill Sardi, at http://knowledgeofhealth.com/why-latest-study-on-vitamin-supplements-may-not-be-instructive-to-you/)  Marc Brush, in his short but well-done article “Supplements in the Crosshairs, Again,” solicits comments from several industry and other leaders in response to Offit. (See http://newhope360.com/supplements/supplements-crosshairs-again)  These, and more, are all worth reading so as to inoculate oneself against Nutriphobia, a contagion every bit as dangerous as many diseases.

   Dr. Offit may be a well-credentialed and degreed professional; but, seriously, Offit knows less about nutrition than most of the individuals reading this article. His degrees and credentials might impress, but the parchment upon which they are printed are nothing more than certificates of ignorance.  In a hundred years, if not sooner, Offit will be forgotten, except to those social and medical historians studying the follies of an obsolescent and fading 21st-Century health industry, who, I suspect, will easily hold Offit up to the same ridicule and disdain as Stalin’s Lysenko is today.

   Clearly, Offit suffers from the nutriphobic condition defined by Mr. Stouder; but Offit is also a symptom — a symptom of the fear that pervades today’s Disease-Care industry. Fear of alternative medicine and supplements, fear of change, fear of loss of market share — ultimately fear of you and me.  That failing industry will resort, as it has for a hundred years, to employing the tools of government coercion and media disinformation to persuade its customers to remain enslaved by a never-ending cycle of disease and ill-health until death.  John F. Kennedy’s warning that “a nation that is afraid to let its people judge the truth and falsehood in an open market is a nation that is afraid of its people” must be heeded.

   That fear illuminates our strengths.  We need merely to continue pressing resolutely forward, confident in the genuine science supporting our various ways of maintaining health and forestalling disease.  We must not delude ourselves that we somehow have all of the answers or that we ourselves are flawless.  No system is perfect; we can only hope to minimize the imperfections and failures.  And through the free flow of truthful health information, absent from government coercion and suppression, we can minimize the deaths and ill health that so badly plague our current outmoded system of disease care that pretends to be healthcare.

Disclaimer: This article is not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment. Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of GreenMedInfo or its staff.

This article originally appeared on: Green Med Info

Texas, US leader in wrongful convictions, executes 500th person since 1982

0

Kimberly McCarthy was the 500th person to be executed in Texas, the first state to earn the dubious distinction since capital punishment was reinstituted there in 1982. Texas leads the nation in wrongful convictions, exonerations and state killings.

Despite pleas from thousands of protesters, prison officials
administered a single dose of pentobarbital and pronounced
McCarthy dead at 6:37 pm local time Wednesday. McCarthy, a
52-year-old African-American, had been convicted for the 1997
robbery, beating and fatal stabbing of Dorothy Booth, her
71-year-old white neighbor.

McCarthy, a former nursing home therapist who became addicted to
crack cocaine, reportedly cut off Booth’s finger in an attempt to
steal the retired college professor’s wedding ring. She blamed
the crime on drug dealers but was also linked by DNA to the
murders of two other senior citizens. 

She was first woman to be put to death in the US since 2010 and
only the fifth in Texas since 1854. 

Texas has carried out nearly 40 per cent of America’s executions,
with more than 1,300 since the Supreme Court resurrected the
dormant law in 1976. Governor Rick Perry alone has overseen more
than 250 executions during his time in office, according to human
rights-focused journalist Rhania Khalek, the most of any governor
in history. 

“I just wanted to say thanks to all who have supported me over
the years
,” McCarthy wrote in her last statement. “Thank
you everybody, this is not a loss, this is a win. You know where
I am going
.” 

Her final meal was pepper steak, mashed potatoes with gravy along
with mixed vegetables and cake. 

She became the eighth person to be put to death in Texas in 2013
alone, although after Wednesday 282 more inmates will remain on
Texas’ death row. Seven Texan men are scheduled to die in the
coming months, according to the Associated Press. McCarthy, the
Death Penalty Information Center noted, is the 17th person in
America to be put to death in the first six months of 2013. 

McCarthy was granted a retrial in 2002 after proving that the
original prosecution intentionally excluded African-American
jurors. She was again convicted and returned to death row. She
was granted a stay of execution in January and then April of this
year.

Other states have altogether stopped administering lethal
injections. Oregon has not executed a single person since 1997,
and California, despite having the nation’s largest death row
population at 727, has not carried out an execution since
2006. 

Sixty-one per cent of all Americans responded in the affirmative
when asked in a 2013 Gallup poll if they support capital
punishment. A 2012 Texas Tribune poll indicated that a mere 21
per cent of Texans were opposed to the death penalty, evidence of
which came during Governor Perry’s 2011 run for the presidency,
when he was roundly applauded for overseeing so many
executions. 

“I’ve never struggled [to sleep at night] at all,” he
said. “In the state of Texas when you kill one of our
children, you kill a police officer, you are involved in another
crime that killed one of our citizens — you will face the
ultimate justice in the state of Texas
.” 

The nationwide decline in executions is, at least in part,
attributable to unearthed evidence that has exonerated wrongfully
convicted Americans across the country. Earlier this year the
National Registry of Exonerations revealed that Texas — and
Dallas County, in particular, where McCarthy was convicted — is
the national leader in exonerations. 

A probe, ordered after that study and published April 2013,
revealed that at least 117 people in Texas were imprisoned over
the last 25 years for crimes they did not commit. 

“Texas has been showcased as the number on state in the nation
for wrongful convictions
,” state Rep. Ruth McClendon told the
Houston Chronicle. “Each conviction of an innocent person
reveals a tragic failure of the justice system
.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

Worse Than the Thirties

0

Recently
by Greg Hunter: Bail-ins
— The Ultimate Win for Precious Metals — Eric Sprott



Top trends
forecaster Gerald Celente says NSA leaker Edward Snowden is a non-event.
Celente charges, “What did Snowden say that we didn’t write about
over a year ago.” Celente says the real stories are the imploding
economy and coming war. Another crash is coming, and Celente predicts,
“It will be worse than the panic of ’08. It will be deeper. It will
be more painful because they will not be able to pull off the stimulus
game again.” Celente goes on to say, “We are going into the Greatest
Depression, but they will try to boost it in some way, and that’s
when gold and silver prices will skyrocket.” Celente also predicts
war in the Middle East is a lock. Celente says, “When all else fails,
they will take us to war. We are seeing war drums beating louder
and louder throughout the Middle East as the Middle East is collapsing.”
As far as a real recovery is concerned, Celente boldly states, “The
business of America has become war, and as long as business is war,
there is not going to be any recovery.” Join Greg Hunter as he goes
One-on-One with Gerald Celente, Publisher
of The Trends Journal
.

June
27, 2013

Copyright
© 2013 USAWatchdog.com

The
Best of Greg Hunter

This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

What the Spy State Missed About Edward Snowden

0

by
William Blum
The Anti-Empire Report

Recently
by William Blum: The
Insanity of War Flags Over Graves



In the course
of his professional life in the world of national security Edward
Snowden must have gone through numerous probing interviews, lie
detector examinations, and exceedingly detailed background checks,
as well as filling out endless forms carefully designed to catch
any kind of falsehood or inconsistency. The Washington Post
(June 10) reported that “several officials said the CIA will
now undoubtedly begin reviewing the process by which Snowden may
have been hired, seeking to determine whether there were any missed
signs that he might one day betray national secrets.”

Yes, there
was a sign they missed — Edward Snowden had something inside
him shaped like a conscience, just waiting for a cause.

It was the
same with me. I went to work at the State Department, planning to
become a Foreign Service Officer, with the best — the most
patriotic — of intentions, going to do my best to slay the
beast of the International Communist Conspiracy. But then the horror,
on a daily basis, of what the United States was doing to the people
of Vietnam was brought home to me in every form of media; it was
making me sick at heart. My conscience had found its cause, and
nothing that I could have been asked in a pre-employment interview
would have alerted my interrogators of the possible danger I posed
because I didn’t know of the danger myself. No questioning
of my friends and relatives could have turned up the slightest hint
of the radical anti-war activist I was to become. My friends and
relatives were to be as surprised as I was to be. There was simply
no way for the State Department security office to know that I should
not be hired and given a Secret Clearance. 1

So what is
a poor National Security State to do? Well, they might consider
behaving themselves. Stop doing all the terrible things that grieve
people like me and Edward Snowden and Bradley Manning and so many
others. Stop the bombings, the invasions, the endless wars, the
torture, the sanctions, the overthrows, the support of dictatorships,
the unmitigated support of Israel; stop all the things that make
the United States so hated, that create all the anti-American terrorists,
that compel the National Security State — in pure self defense
— to spy on the entire world.

Eavesdropping
on the planet

The above is
the title of an essay that I wrote in 2000 that appeared as a chapter
in my book Rogue
State: A Guide to the World’s Only Superpower
. Here
are some excerpts that may help to put the current revelations surrounding
Edward Snowden into perspective …

Can people
in the 21st century imagine a greater invasion of privacy on all
of earth, in all of history? If so, they merely have to wait for
technology to catch up with their imagination.

Like a mammoth
vacuum cleaner in the sky, the National Security Agency (NSA) sucks
it all up: home phone, office phone, cellular phone, email, fax,
telex … satellite transmissions, fiber-optic communications
traffic, microwave links … voice, text, images … captured
by satellites continuously orbiting the earth, then processed by
high-powered computers … if it runs on electromagnetic energy,
NSA is there, with high high tech. Twenty-four hours a day. Perhaps
billions of messages sucked up each day. No one escapes. Not presidents,
prime ministers, the UN Secretary-General, the pope, the Queen of
England, embassies, transnational corporation CEOs, friend, foe,
your Aunt Lena … if God has a phone, it’s being monitored
… maybe your dog isn’t being tapped. The oceans will
not protect you. American submarines have been attaching tapping
pods to deep underwater cables for decades.

Under a system
codenamed ECHELON, launched in the 1970s, the NSA and its junior
partners in Britain, Australia, New Zealand, and Canada operate
a network of massive, highly automated interception stations, covering
the globe amongst them. Any of the partners can ask any of the others
to intercept its own domestic communications. It can then truthfully
say it does not spy on its own citizens.

Apart from
specifically-targeted individuals and institutions, the ECHELON
system works by indiscriminately intercepting huge quantities of
communications and using computers to identify and extract messages
of interest from the mass of unwanted ones. Every intercepted message
— all the embassy cables, the business deals, the sex talk,
the birthday greetings — is searched for keywords, which could
be anything the searchers think might be of interest. All it takes
to flag a communication is for one of the parties to use a couple
or so of the key words in the ECHELON “dictionary” —
“He lives in a lovely old white house on
Bush Street, right near me. I can shoot
over there in two minutes.” Within limitations, computers
can “listen” to telephone calls and recognize when keywords
are spoken. Those calls are extracted and recorded separately, to
be listened to in full by humans. The list of specific targets at
any given time is undoubtedly wide ranging, at one point including
the likes of Amnesty International and Christian Aid.

ECHELON is
carried out without official acknowledgment of its existence, let
alone any democratic oversight or public or legislative debate as
to whether it serves a decent purpose. The extensiveness of the
ECHELON global network is a product of decades of intense Cold War
activity. Yet with the end of the Cold War, its budget — far
from being greatly reduced — was increased, and the network
has grown in both power and reach; yet another piece of evidence
that the Cold War was not a battle against something called “the
international communist conspiracy”.

The European
Parliament in the late 1990s began to wake up to this intrusion
into the continent’s affairs. The parliament’s Civil
Liberties Committee commissioned a report, which appeared in 1998
and recommended a variety of measures for dealing with the increasing
power of the technologies of surveillance. It bluntly advised: “The
European Parliament should reject proposals from the United States
for making private messages via the global communications network
[Internet] accessible to US intelligence agencies.” The report
denounced Britain’s role as a double-agent, spying on its
own European partners.

Despite these
concerns the US has continued to expand ECHELON surveillance in
Europe, partly because of heightened interest in commercial espionage
— to uncover industrial information that would provide American
corporations with an advantage over foreign rivals.

German security
experts discovered several years ago that ECHELON was engaged in
heavy commercial spying in Europe. Victims included such German
firms as the wind generator manufacturer Enercon. In 1998, Enercon
developed what it thought was a secret invention, enabling it to
generate electricity from wind power at a far cheaper rate than
before. However, when the company tried to market its invention
in the United States, it was confronted by its American rival, Kenetech,
which announced that it had already patented a near-identical development.
Kenetech then brought a court order against Enercon to ban the sale
of its equipment in the US. In a rare public disclosure, an NSA
employee, who refused to be named, agreed to appear in silhouette
on German television to reveal how he had stolen Enercon’s
secrets by tapping the telephone and computer link lines that ran
between Enercon’s research laboratory and its production unit
some 12 miles away. Detailed plans of the company’s invention
were then passed on to Kenetech.

In 1994, Thomson
S.A., located in Paris, and Airbus Industrie, based in Blagnac Cedex,
France, also lost lucrative contracts, snatched away by American
rivals aided by information covertly collected by NSA and CIA. The
same agencies also eavesdropped on Japanese representatives during
negotiations with the United States in 1995 over auto parts trade.

German industry
has complained that it is in a particularly vulnerable position
because the government forbids its security services from conducting
similar industrial espionage. “German politicians still support
the rather naive idea that political allies should not spy on each
other’s businesses. The Americans and the British do not have
such illusions,” said journalist Udo Ulfkotte, a specialist
in European industrial espionage, in 1999.

That same year,
Germany demanded that the United States recall three CIA operatives
for their activities in Germany involving economic espionage. The
news report stated that the Germans “have long been suspicious
of the eavesdropping capabilities of the enormous U.S. radar and
communications complex at Bad Aibling, near Munich”, which
is in fact an NSA intercept station. “The Americans tell us
it is used solely to monitor communications by potential enemies,
but how can we be entirely sure that they are not picking up pieces
of information that we think should remain completely secret?”
asked a senior German official. Japanese officials most likely have
been told a similar story by Washington about the more than a dozen
signals intelligence bases which Japan has allowed to be located
on its territory.

In their quest
to gain access to more and more private information, the NSA, the
FBI, and other components of the US national security establishment
have been engaged for years in a campaign to require American telecommunications
manufacturers and carriers to design their equipment and networks
to optimize the authorities’ wiretapping ability. Some industry
insiders say they believe that some US machines approved for export
contain NSA “back doors” (also called “trap doors”).

The United
States has been trying to persuade European Union countries as well
to allow it “back-door” access to encryption programs,
claiming that this was to serve the needs of law-enforcement agencies.
However, a report released by the European Parliament in May 1999
asserted that Washington’s plans for controlling encryption
software in Europe had nothing to do with law enforcement and everything
to do with US industrial espionage. The NSA has also dispatched
FBI agents on break-in missions to snatch code books from foreign
facilities in the United States, and CIA officers to recruit foreign
communications clerks abroad and buy their code secrets, according
to veteran intelligence officials.

For decades,
beginning in the 1950s, the Swiss company Crypto AG sold the world’s
most sophisticated and secure encryption technology. The firm staked
its reputation and the security concerns of its clients on its neutrality
in the Cold War or any other war. The purchasing nations, some 120
of them — including prime US intelligence targets such as
Iran, Iraq, Libya and Yugoslavia — confident that their communications
were protected, sent messages from their capitals to their embassies,
military missions, trade offices, and espionage dens around the
world, via telex, radio, and fax. And all the while, because of
a secret agreement between the company and NSA, these governments
might as well have been hand delivering the messages to Washington,
uncoded. For their Crypto AG machines had been rigged before being
sold to them, so that when they used them the random encryption
key could be automatically and clandestinely transmitted along with
the enciphered message. NSA analysts could read the messages as
easily as they could the morning newspaper.

In 1986, because
of US public statements concerning the La Belle disco bombing in
West Berlin, the Libyans began to suspect that something was rotten
with Crypto AG’s machines and switched to another Swiss firm,
Gretag Data Systems AG. But it appears that NSA had that base covered
as well. In 1992, after a series of suspicious circumstances over
the previous few years, Iran came to a conclusion similar to Libya’s,
and arrested a Crypto AG employee who was in Iran on a business
trip. He was eventually ransomed, but the incident became well known
and the scam began to unravel in earnest.

In September
1999 it was revealed that NSA had arranged with Microsoft to insert
special “keys” into Windows software, in all versions
from 95-OSR2 onwards. An American computer scientist, Andrew Fernandez
of Cryptonym in North Carolina, had disassembled parts of the Windows
instruction code and found the smoking gun — Microsoft’s
developers had failed to remove the debugging symbols used to test
this software before they released it. Inside the code were the
labels for two keys. One was called “KEY”. The other
was called “NSAKEY”. Fernandez presented his finding
at a conference at which some Windows developers were also in attendance.
The developers did not deny that the NSA key was built into their
software, but they refused to talk about what the key did, or why
it had been put there without users’ knowledge. Fernandez
says that NSA’s “back door” in the world’s
most commonly used operating system makes it “orders of magnitude
easier for the US government to access your computer.”

In February
2000, it was disclosed that the Strategic Affairs Delegation (DAS),
the intelligence arm of the French Defense Ministry, had prepared
a report in 1999 which also asserted that NSA had helped to install
secret programs in Microsoft software. According to the DAS report,
“it would seem that the creation of Microsoft was largely
supported, not least financially, by the NSA, and that IBM was made
to accept the [Microsoft] MS-DOS operating system by the same administration.”
The report stated that there had been a “strong suspicion
of a lack of security fed by insistent rumors about the existence
of spy programs on Microsoft, and by the presence of NSA personnel
in Bill Gates’ development teams.” The Pentagon, said
the report, was Microsoft’s biggest client in the world.

Recent years
have seen disclosures that in the countdown to their invasion of
Iraq in 2003, the United States had listened in on UN Secretary-General
Kofi Annan, UN weapons inspectors in Iraq, and all the members of
the UN Security Council during a period when they were deliberating
about what action to take in Iraq.

It’s
as if the American national security establishment feels that it
has an inalienable right to listen in; as if there had
been a constitutional amendment, applicable to the entire world,
stating that “Congress shall make no law abridging the freedom
of the government to intercept the personal communications of anyone.”
And the Fourth Amendment had been changed to read: “Persons
shall be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against
unreasonable searches and seizures, except in cases of national
security, real or alleged.” 2

The leading
whistleblower of all time: Philip Agee

Before there
was Edward Snowden, William Binney and Thomas Drake … before
there was Bradley Manning, Sibel Edmonds and Jesselyn Radack …
there was Philip Agee. What Agee revealed is still the most startling
and important information about US foreign policy that any American
government whistleblower has ever revealed.

Philip Agee
spent 12 years (1957-69) as a CIA case officer, most of it in Latin
America. His first book, Inside
the Company: CIA Diary
, published in 1974 — a pioneering
work on the Agency’s methods and their devastating consequences
— appeared in about 30 languages around the world and was
a best seller in many countries; it included a 23-page appendix
with the names of hundreds of undercover Agency operatives and organizations.

Under CIA manipulation,
direction and, usually, their payroll, were past and present presidents
of Mexico, Colombia, Uruguay, and Costa Rica, “our minister
of labor”, “our vice-president”, “my police”,
journalists, labor leaders, student leaders, diplomats, and many
others. If the Agency wished to disseminate anti-communist propaganda,
cause dissension in leftist ranks, or have Communist embassy personnel
expelled, it need only prepare some phoney documents, present them
to the appropriate government ministers and journalists, and —
presto! — instant scandal.

Agee’s
goal in naming all these individuals, quite simply, was to make
it as difficult as he could for the CIA to continue doing its dirty
work.

A common Agency
tactic was writing editorials and phoney news stories to be knowingly
published by Latin American media with no indication of the CIA
authorship or CIA payment to the media. The propaganda value of
such a “news” item might be multiplied by being picked
up by other CIA stations in Latin America who would disseminate
it through a CIA-owned news agency or a CIA-owned radio station.
Some of these stories made their way back to the United States to
be read or heard by unknowing North Americans.

Wooing the
working class came in for special treatment. Labor organizations
by the dozen, sometimes hardly more than names on stationery, were
created, altered, combined, liquidated, and new ones created again,
in an almost frenzied attempt to find the right combination to compete
with existing left-oriented unions and take national leadership
away from them.

In 1975 these
revelations were new and shocking; for many readers it was the first
hint that American foreign policy was not quite what their high-school
textbooks had told them nor what the New York Times had
reported.

“As complete
an account of spy work as is likely to be published anywhere, an
authentic account of how an ordinary American or British ‘case
officer’ operates … All of it … presented with
deadly accuracy,” wrote Miles Copeland, a former CIA station
chief, and ardent foe of Agee. (There’s no former CIA officer
more hated by members of the intelligence establishment than Agee;
no one’s even close; due in part to his traveling to Cuba
and having long-term contact with Cuban intelligence.)

In contrast
to Agee, WikiLeaks withheld the names of hundreds of informants
from the nearly 400,000 Iraq war documents it released.

In 1969, Agee
resigned from the CIA (and colleagues who “long ago ceased
to believe in what they are doing”).

While on the
run from the CIA as he was writing Inside the Company —
at times literally running for his life — Agee was expelled
from, or refused admittance to, Italy, Britain, France, West Germany,
the Netherlands, and Norway. (West Germany eventually gave him asylum
because his wife was a leading ballerina in the country.) Agee’s
account of his period on the run can be found detailed in his book
On
the Run
(1987). It’s an exciting read.

Notes

  1. To read
    about my State Department and other adventures, see my book West-Bloc
    Dissident: A Cold War Memoir (2002)
  2. See Rogue
    State: A Guide to the World’s Only Superpower
    , chapter
    21, for the notes for the above.

June
27, 2013

William
Blum [send him mail] is the
author of
Killing
Hope: U.S. Military and CIA Interventions Since World War II
,
Rogue
State: a guide to the World’s Only Super Power
, West-Bloc
Dissident: a Cold War Political Memoir
, and Freeing
the World to Death: Essays on the American Empire
.

Copyright
© 2013
William Blum

This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

Think You're Retiring?

0

by
Gary North
GaryNorth.com

Recently
by Gary North:
Investors
Say: ‘Mises Was Right!’



The National
Institute on Retirement Security has issued a report: The
Retirement Savings Crisis: Is It Worse Than We Think?
There
is no question about it; it is worse than we think – way, way
worse than we think. It is posted here.

The report
is divided into two parts. The first part is clear. It is a careful
description of the discrepancy between the retirement plans of Americans
and the financial resources available to these Americans to fulfill
their retirement plans. The discrepancy is greater than I had imagined.
In contrast, the second part is an exercise in utter fantasy. It
calls for massive federal programs to increase the amount of capital
that private firms invest in employees’ retirement programs. In
other words, there is a massive discrepancy between the first part
of the report and the second part.

Here are some
of the highlights from the first part.

Approximately
38,000,000 working households in the United States do not own any
retirement assets. This is about 45% of all the working households
in the United States. They do not have an IRA. They do not have
a 401(k). They do not have anything. In other words, they have made
no plans whatsoever to fund their retirements.

If we take
into consideration all households in America, meaning the ones that
have no retirement savings and the ones that have some retirement
savings, the median retirement account balance is $3,000. Got that?
$3,000. Americans believe that $3,000 will carry them through retirement,
as long as they continue to let those 3,000 precious dollars grow
by wise investing. If we talk about people who are 55 years or older
and still in the labor force, the total accumulated retirement savings
for all of these people is $12,000 (p. 1). This means they have
about 12 years, max, to accumuulate 8 to 11 times their annual income
in the final year of their careers.

The utter impossibility
of this situation should be obvious. This is not a slight shortfall.
This is a guaranteed head-on collision inside the American social
order. That is because the Social Security system is going bankrupt,
which the second part of this report categorically denies. There
is no possibility that the dreams and schemes of Americans will
be fulfilled by the Social Security system.

Even they could
could be fulfilled, the Medicare system’s shortfall will completely
bankrupt the federal government anyway. Medicare is a huge expense,
and this expense is going to be shifted onto the backs of the families
of Americans. In other words, not only is Social Security going
to go belly-up, the Medicare system is going to go belly-up. This
means that the total burden of the Social Security tax system is
going to be imposed on workers, but there is going to be a steady
increase in the retirement age for these workers. They will pay
into the system, and they are not going to get much out.

Meanwhile,
the Medicare system, which has to start at age 65, because the private
insurance companies kick everybody out of their programs at age
65, will bankrupt the federal government. There is no question about
this. The system is over $220 trillion in the hole: Kotlikoff’s
2012 estimate
.

With this as
background, consider further statistical indicators from the first
part of this report. Factor these into your plans, and especially
your plans for what happens in American political life, when the
Medicare system will overwhelm the entire federal government, and
the Social Security trust fund is empty today, not in 20 or 30 years.

THE COLLECTIVE
SAVINGS GAP

The report
speaks of a collective retirement savings gap: what is needed vs.
what has been saved. Among working households, ages 25 to 64, this
range is now somewhere between $7 trillion and $14 trillion, depending
on the financial measure. We are talking about the private sector.
If we look at existing retirement assets, at least 90% of working
households in the United States do not meet the targets (p. 14).
Obviously, households that do not have any retirement savings are
not meeting the targets. Remember, this is about 45% of all households.
But when these households are factored into the total population,
then we find that 90% of the population has fallen short, age bracket
by age bracket.

What kind of
income should be provided to an individual in retirement? The experts
debate over this. The minimum figure cited is 70%. A more common
estimate is 85% (p. 2). This means that a person who enters retirement
should continue to have 85% of the income that he had in the year
before he entered retirement. In other words, his annual retirement
income should equal 85% of his maximum year of income as an employed
person.

Under this
assumption, the Social Security system will provide approximately
35% of a typical household’s retirement income. This leaves a retirement
income gap of about 50% of the individual’s pre-retirement earnings.
This is the portion of the families’ income that has to be made
up by means of retirement savings program. But we have already seen
that that is a hopeless goal for 45% of the American population,
and a near hopeless goal for about 80% of the population.

What about
people who are nearing retirement? These are the people who are
55 years old to 64 years old. You cannot get conventionsl Social
Security benefits and to you are 67. But, let us ignore that. How
much money does the average person in this age bracket have in his
401(k) or IRA account? Approximately $100,000 (p. 2). These are
the people who actually have 401(k) accounts and IRA accounts. They
constitute less than half of the American working class. These are
the really future-oriented people who bothered to set up a retirement
program. At the end of the entire process of their careers, they
have $100,000 in reserve.

In
the United States, about 48% of the population works for a company
that does not have any retirement program at all. This is the lowest
rate since 1979. So, it is clear why most employees do not have
any retirement program. If the companies do not provide one, they
are unlikely to provide one for themselves, and they do not.

There used
to be defined benefit programs. These guaranteed a particular income
to retirees. They have declined in number for 30 years. Fewer than
a third of Americans who are under 55 years old participate in such
a program (p. 3). Employers have decided that they cannot afford
to guarantee retirees anything. So, if they have to compete by offering
retirement programs to new employees, they simply offer some kind
of matching grant program to the retirees, usually capped somewhere
around 6%. The report does not mention this figure. It does mention
that when the 401(k) programs were first introduced in 1978, they
were assumed to be supplemental to retirement programs of a defined-benefit
nature. Instead, the companies have abandoned the defined-benefit
programs. Out of all households that have a workplace retirement
program, 60% have only a 401(k) program.

Read
the rest of the article

June
27, 2013

Gary
North [send him mail]
is the author of
Mises
on Money
. Visit http://www.garynorth.com.

He is also the author of a free 31-volume series, An
Economic Commentary on the Bible
.

Copyright ©
2013 Gary North


The
Best of Gary North

This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

National Unity

0


Pat Buchanan on National Unity


by Ryan McMaken

Recently
by Ryan McMaken: Edward
Snowden: Master of Realpolitik



Pat Buchanan
is again sounding the alarm about how immigration to the United
States is leading to “balkanization” and will result
in the United States being split into “two countries.”

In an
interview
with talk radio host Andrea Tantaros, Buchanan complained
that new immigrants are not being sufficiently assimilated, and
Buchanan and Tantaros agreed that people aren’t being taught
the right kind of American history:

“If
you indoctrinate or teach kids different views about their country
and how it began,” Buchanan said, “what you get is a
growing disintegration of the country, a fragmentation into different
parts.”

Apparently,
Buchanan’s position is that we need to “indoctrinate
or teach” kids all the same views about the country and how
it began. This should be done in the name of unity.

Buchanan
received some support in this thesis of his from Barack Obama
last week when Obama complained
that different groups in Irish society send their children to
different schools:

In other
words, if we’re not all culturally united and believing the
same thing. That’s a bad thing.

It’s
hard to see a significant difference between Buchanan’s lament
about too much variety in instruction producing disunity, and
Obama’s condemnation of diverse schooling for encouraging
“division.”

This should
not surprise us. Pat Buchanan, while he often has many insightful
observations about the state of political affairs in the country,
is nonetheless a lifelong beltway political operative, politician,
and a Nixon acolyte.

This is a
man who believes that the modern nation-state should micromanage
demographics and cultural affairs, invade
foreign countries
that don’t do what The U.S. government
says, and that the nation-state itself serves a hugely beneficial
role in human society. In his 2001 book The
Death of the West
(which I reviewed here),
Buchanan approvingly quotes Jacque Barzun’s claim that the
nation-state is “the greatest political creation of the west,”
and that most of cultural crises in the Western world today stem
from insufficient loyalty to states. Buchanan then goes on to
criticize secession and various kinds of political decentralization.

Buchanan
points to the 1960s as his benchmark for the high point of American
“unity.” Buchanan notes that the 1960s came as a high
point for the legitimacy of the American state. Following the
New Deal, years of WWII propaganda, and the Cold War, Americans
were primed by 1960 to provide the American state with virtually
unquestioning allegiance and loyalty. The White Anglo-Saxon Protestant
version of history was the only version of history being
taught in public schools, and even in most private schools. For
middle-class white people, like Pat Buchanan growing up in northern
Virginia in the 1950s, it probably did seem like the United
States was culturally united.

But even
in the 1960s, Americans were not quite as unified as Buchanan
imagines. It was during 1960 after all, that Americans were openly
debating if a Catholic should be elected president, lest he enthrone
the Pope on Capitol Hill. Where was that “one religion in
common” Buchanan likes to refer to?

This cultural
unity, to the extent that that it did exist in the 1960s, and
which Buchanan so fondly remembers, was an aberration in America
history, and depended on relentless pro-government propaganda
through media, schools, and even religious institutions during
the mid-twentieth century. The central government, through the
FCC, essentially controlled broadcasting, and through its funding
and regulation of educational institutions, created a uniform
political ideology among formally-educated people which outlined
the acceptable parameters of political debate and ideology.

In the 19th
century, before mass media and widespread public schooling and
public universities, one’s ideology was shaped by one’s
wealth, race, ethnicity, religion and private formal instruction.
Regional experiences and local institutions could produce wide
variations in what ideologies dominated locally from place to
place.

Political
institutions by necessity were varied and local in the face of
deep ethnic, economic and ideological divisions.

The Golden
Age came at last (for people like Buchanan and Obama), when the
federal government became skilled at using nation-wide media and
public schooling as a means to “teach” the citizenry
to be loyal to the local nation-state and to accept its laws,
edicts, abuses, and lies. What the people learned in school was
then reinforced in the evening news.

Thus Americans
began to think that loyalty to the American state was better than
loyalty to one’s local government, or community, or family,
or religious group. The old divisions were downplayed, eliminated,
and ridiculed.

There was
no way to fight it, as there was no other easy means of obtaining
information outside of the approved channels. Knowledge was controlled
by the regulated media and by the approved educational institutions.
Everything else was firmly within crackpot territory, according
to those with respectable opinions.

Today, however,
with the proliferation of homeschooling in all its forms, the
web, and the rise of alternative media, the days of “unity”
are thankfully coming to an end.

While I’m
not one who believes that the internet will by itself cause libertarianism
to sweep the globe, it does appear that the variety of information
offered by the web and by the home education movement will lead
to division and dissent and variety where it has not existed in
decades.

Buchanan
looks upon this with horror. For the nationalists, widespread
unity, uniformity and obedience are to be desired for that is
what allows a vast nation-state like the United States to function.
The suppression of cultural minorities by the cultural majority,
along lines desired by the cultural elites, made the American
leviathan state of the 20th and 21st century possible.

The conservative
culture warriors who now complain about secularist left-wing control
of schools and other cultural institutions are only suffering
at the hands of a beast they created. The forces of conservatism
created the public schools to teach watered-down American Protestantism,
to beat the foreign languages out of students, and to above all,
“assimilate.” They got their assimilation machine, but
now the shoe is on the other foot, and when we look at the speech
codes, and the P.C. wars and propaganda coming out of the public
schools, we should all thank the right-wing guardians of American
culture who made it all possible.

That age
of assimilation, however, whether to right-wing or left wing ideals,
is coming to an end. The future is likely to look much different.
The future will bring cultural division, and with it, political
division, just as Buchanan predicts.

It had always
been unnatural for the American central government to hammer into
one polity the people of New Mexico and the people of Massachusetts,
for example. To tell 300 million people of such diverse origin
that they’re all part of one giant nation-state, was always
nonsensical except in only the loosest confederation. Centralization
made assimilation to a centrally-determined ideal necessary, and
by 1960, we got it. And it made Pat Buchanan happy.

The future
divisions that come, on the other hand, will simply be a matter
of recognizing the cultural, economic, and ideological divisions
which had always been there, but had been covered over by state
“education.” Immigration will contribute to this, but
that factor is by no means the only one.

Unfortunately,
there is a great downside to this as well. In the wake of political
disintegration, the American nation-state will leave behind a
huge government apparatus: the remnants of a federally-funded
and militarized police forces, its subsidized agricultural systems,
its military bases, and a political culture devoted to seizing
power and control whenever possible. The destruction of the family
as a central economic institution, and the hobbling of the market
itself will all lead to impoverishment and a desire by different
and disgruntled groups to control the machinery of power that
the centralized nation-state will leave as it recedes.

With this
will come conflict, unrest, and violence along economic, ethnic
and racial lines. It will just be part of the legacy of the American
nation-state which the nationalists still trumpet as our savior.

Buchanan
thinks the best thing to do is to keep up the façade; to paper
over the deep divisions with flag-waving American history classes
for the indoctrination of the young into embracing “unity.”

That’s
an idea for an age long past, and the time has come to abandon
that failed experiment that is the centralized American state.
But, as usual, we’ll be left with cleaning up the messes
the state will leave behind.

Copyright
© 2013 by LewRockwell.com. Permission to reprint in whole or
in part is gladly granted, provided full credit is given.

This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

Japanese Stock Market Bust

0

Recently
by Peter Schiff: Tapering
the Taper Talk



The Japanese
stereotype of excessive courtesy is being confirmed by the actions
of prime minster Shinzo Abe who is giving the world a free and timely
lesson on the dangers of overly accommodative monetary policy. Whether
or not we benefit from the tutorial (Japan will surely not) depends
on our ability to understand what is currently happening there.

For now most
economists still believe that Abe has stumbled upon the magic elixir
of economic revitalization. His commitment to pull his country out
of the mud by doubling the amount of yen in circulation, and raising
the nation’s official inflation rate to 2%, had conferred rock star
status on the formerly bland career politician. But just one year
after his first critical raves arrived, the audience is heading
for the exits. As it turns out, the Japanese miracle may be a simple
tale of confidence easily gained, and just as rapidly lost.

In many ways
the 75% nine month rally in the Nikkei 225 (that began when Abe
was elected prime minister in September 2012), and the subsequent
crash that began on May 22, is not all that different from the turbocharged
rally, and spectacular crash, that occurred in technology heavy
Nasdaq more than a dozen years ago here in the United States.

At the time
that Pets.com (the company behind
the iconic Sock Puppet) made its IPO, other high flying tech stocks
had racked up 1000% gains. While investors scratched their heads,
pundits offered reasons why common sense no longer applied to the
new economy. We were told that valuations, revenue and profits no
longer mattered. And to an extent that now seems absurd, the investing
establishment bought into the insanity. But then a funny thing happened,
investors woke up and realized that they had nothing but a handful
of magic beans that couldn’t grow a beanstalk. When the fog lifted,
stocks plummeted…Wile E. Coyote style.

This time around
investors in the Japanese market were similarly deluded by fairy
tales. Leading economists told them that Japan could cheapen its
currency to improve trade, use inflation to create real growth,
increase prices to encourage spending, and drastically increase
inflation without raising interest rates. In short, monetary policy
was seen as substitute for an actual economy.

Initially at
least the economic data seemed to confirm the success of Abe’s program.
The leading indicator was the yen itself, which dropped like a stone.
Given the widely held view that a weak currency is the key to economic
success, the 25% decline in the yen was welcomed as good news. Soon
thereafter, the inflation that Abe so eagerly sought began to materialize
in various sectors of the economy. When the Nikkei reacted positively
to these developments, momentum traders from around began to take
notice, thereby creating self-fulfilling prophecy.

But it’s no
great trick to weaken a currency. Any two bit economy could accomplish
that objective. For a nation like Japan that imports nearly all
of its raw materials it was inevitable that a drastically cheaper
yen would to push up prices. However the rest of the plan, the part
about surging exports and growing economic activity, has been much
harder to achieve. In fact the data has been downright disheartening.
The plunging yen has failed to reverse Japan’s weakening trade balance
which has declined for 28 straight months. The trend finally sent
Japan into an overall trade deficit 10 months ago for the first
time in 30 years. The latest data confirms that while the yen value
of exports has increased, actual trade volume has fallen.

While the broad
economic data failed to impress, economists and investors were nevertheless
hopeful that Abenonmics would eventually work its magic. But recently
the bottom has fallen out in a way that should have surprised no
one, but somehow managed to do just that. Beginning in April Japanese
Government bonds began to sell off sharply. Previously, the Japanese
government could borrow funds for 10 years at just 36 basis points.

The truth is
that the sub 40 basis point yield on Japanese Government bonds was
the most important data point for their economy. At those levels,
Japan needed to spend 25% of its tax revenue to service its outstanding
debt. While that figure is high, most it is manageable given Japan’s
high savings rate. However, with a national debt that exceeds 200%
of GDP, the Japanese government could quickly become insolvent in
the face of higher debt service costs. If rates on 10 year debt
were to ever match the 2% of their inflation target, more half of
total tax revenue would be needed to service debt payments.

But the central
premise of Abenomics seems to be that the Bank of Japan could push
up inflation to 2% without raises the rates on long-term debt. To
do this one would have to assume that bond investors would accept
negative interest rates, even while a falling yen was eating away
at principle and returns on alternative investments would be expected
to be more attractive. Such an outcome is not consistent with human
behavior.

As a result,
in late May a strong sell off in Japanese government bonds caused
yields to nearly triple to almost 100 basis points on 10 year debt.
And while one percent doesn’t sound like much, it was the rapidity
of the ascent that got everyone’s attention. This grim, but very
simple, reality seems to have hit Japanese stock investors with
a panic unseen since Mechagodzilla took aim at Tokyo. Knowing that
even moderately higher rates could counteract any economic gains
made by stock market or export growth, the faith in Abenomics has
seemed to evaporate almost overnight. Sounds a little like the dot-com
bubble, doesn’t it?

Any more rapid
escalation in Japanese bond yields should tell us that quantitative
easing and growth through devaluation is a cul-de-sac that should
be avoided. Japan should be our canary in the coal mine. In the
meantime, the drama in Japan is diverting attention away from more
important shifts in Asia, more of that in our latest newsletter.

June
27, 2013

Peter
Schiff is president of Euro Pacific Capital and author of
The
Little Book of Bull Moves in Bear Markets
and Crash
Proof: How to Profit from the Coming Economic Collapse
. His
latest book is
The
Real Crash: America’s Coming Bankruptcy, How to Save Yourself and
Your Country
.

Copyright
© 2012 Euro Pacific Capital

The
Best of Peter Schiff


This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

Is the US on the Verge of Falling Apart?

0


by Cris Sheridan
FinancialSense.com

Recently
by Cris Sheridan: Cashless:
The Coming War on Tax-Evasion and Decentralized Money



What characterizes
the beginning stages of an empire in decline? Is it war, famine,
disease, moral decay, or all of the above? There is perhaps no clear
formula or single event that can be used to pinpoint when a civilization
begins to fall and yet, it must seem obvious to many living at the
time.

So, let’s ask
the question: How about the U.S.? Is it on the verge of falling
apart?

Given what
I’m about to say, I think we all need to take this question seriously.

To understand
the fate of our nation, we can easily compare the following two
things: The amount of taxpayer money used to invest in things
that, without question, we’ll all need and use for years to come,
i.e. roads, bridges, dams, clean drinking water, etc – that
is, our infrastructure – versus the amount of taxpayer money
used by the government for creating a massive worldwide surveillance
machine.

Just think
about that for a moment.

Needless to
say, I don’t need to tell you much about recent leaks regarding
the NSA. If you’ve been watching the news, you may know that billions
are being spent each year on developing a hi-tech surveillance network
to collect, record, and potentially track or predict you and others
across the globe.

How much is
being spent
exactly? Here are some estimates:

The
NSA is one of at least 15 intelligence agencies, and combined the
total U.S. intelligence budget in 2012 was $75 billion, said Steve
Aftergood, director of the government secrecy program at the Federation
of American Scientists, a nonpartisan think tank that analyzes national
and international security issues.
…
Aftergood estimates about 14% of the country’s total intelligence
budget — or about $10 billion — goes to the NSA.
…
Gordon Adams, a former White House budget official for national
security, said he wouldn’t be surprised if NSA’s resources are “well
north” of $20 billion a year.

Meanwhile,
America’s infrastructure – as graded by the American Society
of Civil Engineers – lies in a serious state of disrepair.
Here’s their most recent report
card
:

infrastructure grades poor

Essentially,
the money being taken out of your wallet each and every month is
not being used towards the things you and I actually need to live,
but, instead, it seems that it’s being used to help the government
spy on you. Forget that our sewers, roads, and drinking water systems
are one grade away from failing. You could be a terrorist! You just
don’t know it yet.

So, I ask you:
Is the U.S. on the verge of falling apart? Our priorities determine
our future. Right now, it appears that our government’s greatest
priority is not whether we’ll have electricity, drinking water,
and good roads in the years ahead, but, as Edward Snowden says,
“to destroy privacy, internet freedom and basic liberties for people
around the world with this massive [and extremely expensive] surveillance
machine” secretly being built. 

Well, the secret
is out. The U.S. government is investing heavily in a bridge that
no one wants. Let’s hope it collapses before our actual bridges
do.

Bottom line:
While much of our infrastructure is near failing and severely underfunded,
the U.S. government is wasting taxpayer money on building a modern
Police State instead.

June
27, 2013

Copyright
© 2013
FinancialSense.com

This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

Government Criminals vs. a Truth-Teller

0



The Truth Shall Keep Us Free

by
Andrew P. Napolitano

Recently
by Andrew P. Napolitano: Fidelity
to the Constitution When We Need It




Which is more
dangerous to personal liberty in a free society: a renegade who
tells an inconvenient truth about government law-breaking, or government
officials who lie about what the renegade revealed? That’s the core
issue in the great public debate this summer, as Americans come
to the realization that their government has concocted a system
of laws violative of the natural law, profoundly repugnant to the
Constitution and shrouded in secrecy.

The liberty
of which I write is the right to privacy: the right to be left alone.
The Framers jealously and zealously guarded this right by imposing
upon government agents intentionally onerous burdens before letting
them invade it. They did so in the Fourth Amendment, using language
that permits the government to invade that right only in the narrowest
of circumstances.

The linchpin
of those circumstances is “probable cause” of evidence
of crime in “the place to be searched, and the persons or things
to be seized.” If the government cannot tell a judge specifically
what evidence of crime it is looking for and precisely from whom,
a judge may not issue a search warrant, and privacy — the natural
human yearning that comes from within all of us — will remain where
it naturally resides, outside the government’s reach.

Congress is
the chief culprit here, because it has enacted laws that have lowered
the constitutional bar that the feds must meet in order for judges
to issue search warrants. And it has commanded that this be done
in secret.

And I mean
secret.

The judges
of the FISA court — the court empowered by Congress to issue search
warrants on far less than probable cause, and without describing
the places to be searched or the persons or things to be seized
— are not permitted to retain any records of their work. They cannot
use their own writing materials or carry BlackBerries or iPhones
in their own courtrooms, chambers or conference rooms. They cannot
retain copies of any documents they’ve signed. Only National Security
Agency staffers can keep these records.

Indeed, when
Edward Snowden revealed a copy of an order signed by FISA court
Judge Roger Vinson — directing Verizon to turn over phone records
of all of its 113,000,000 U.S. customers in direct and profound
violation of the individualized probable cause commanded by the
Constitution — Vinson himself did not have a copy of that order.
Truly, this is the only court in the country in which the judges
keep no records of their rulings.

At the same
time that Vinson signed that order, NSA staffers, in compliance
with their statutory obligations, told select members of Congress
about it, and they, too, were sworn to secrecy. Oregon Democratic
Sen. Ron Wyden was so troubled when he learned this — a terrible
truth that he agreed not to reveal — that he mused aloud that the
Obama administration had a radical and terrifying interpretation
of certain national security statutes.

But he did
more than muse about it. He asked Gen. James Clapper, the director
of national intelligence, who was under oath and at a public congressional
hearing, whether his spies were gathering data on millions of Americans.
Clapper said no. The general later acknowledged that his answer
was untruthful, but he claimed it was the “least untruthful”
reply he could have given. This “least untruthful” nonsense
is not a recognized defense to the crime of perjury.

After we learned
that the feds are spying on nearly all Americans, that they possess
our texts and emails and have access to our phone conversations,
Gen. Keith Alexander, who runs the NSA, was asked under oath whether
his spies have the ability to read emails and listen
to telephone calls. He answered, “No, we don’t have that authority.”
Since the questioner — FBI agent turned Congressman Mike Rogers
— was in cahoots with the general in keeping Americans in the dark
about unconstitutional search warrants, there was no follow-up question.
In a serious public interrogation, a committee chair interested
in the truth would have directed the general to answer the question
that was asked.

Since that
deft and misleading act, former NSA staffers have told Fox News
that the feds can read any email and listen to any phone call, and
Alexander and Rogers know that. So Alexander’s “no,” just
like his boss’s “no,” was a lie at worst and seriously
misleading at best.

This is not
an academic argument. The oath to tell the truth — “the whole
truth and nothing but the truth” — also makes those who intentionally
mislead Congress subject to prosecution for perjury.

President Obama
is smarter than his generals. He smoothly told a friendly interviewer
and while not under oath that the feds are not listening to our
phone calls or reading our emails. He, of course, could not claim
that they lack the ability to do so, because we all now know that
he knows they can.

These Snowden
revelations continue to cast light on the feds when they prefer
darkness. Whatever one thinks of Snowden’s world-traveling odyssey
to avoid the inhumane treatment the feds visited upon Bradley Manning,
another whistleblower who exposed government treachery, he has awakened
a giant. The giant is a public that has had enough of violations
of the Constitution and lies to cover them up. The giant is fed
up with menial politicians and their media allies demonizing the
messenger because his message embarrasses the government by revealing
that it is unworthy of caring for the Constitution.

Think about
that: The very people in whose hands we have reposed the Constitution
for preservation, protection, defense and enforcement have subverted
it.

Snowden spoke
the truth. Knowing what would likely befall him for his truthful
revelations and making them nevertheless was an act of heroism and
patriotism. Thomas Paine once reminded the Framers that the highest
duty of a patriot is to protect his countrymen from their government.
We need patriots to do that now more than ever.

Reprinted
with the author’s permission.

June 27, 2013

Andrew P.
Napolitano [send
him mail
], a former judge of the Superior Court of New Jersey,
is the senior judicial analyst at Fox News Channel. Judge Napolitano
has written seven books on the U.S. Constitution. The most recent
is
Theodore
and Woodrow: How Two American Presidents Destroyed Constitutional
Freedom
. To find out more about Judge Napolitano and to read
features by other Creators Syndicate writers and cartoonists, visit
creators.com.

Copyright
© 2013 Andrew P. Napolitano

The
Best of Andrew Napolitano

This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

Firing an AK-47 Under Water

0

by
Margot Peppers
Daily Mail



Submerging an AK 47 gun and firing it underwater appears to make
it work better, according to high speed footage.

In an experiment posted online, a team put one of the automatic
machine guns into an water-filled aquarium and filmed it using a
high-speed camera.

When the footage was slowed down, they discovered that not only
does the weapon still fire while under water, it actually reloads
itself faster.


New high speed footage has revealed that submerging an AK 47 gun
and firing it underwater appears to make it work better

The AK47 assault rifle is based on a gas recoil system.

It uses the hot expanding gases of a bullet being fired to automatically
rechamber the next round, Gizmodo
reports.

The gas flows up through the chamber and back to the gun’s
bolt, which forces it back.

The video was uploaded on the Smarter Every Day channel on YouTube.


In an online experiment, a team sunk one of the automatic machine
guns into an aquarium and filmed it using a high-speed camera

Read
the rest of the article

June
27, 2013

Copyright
© 2013
Daily
Mail


This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

CNN Deletes the Uncomfortable Truth

0

On this past
Saturday morning, I did a live remote from Kansas City for CNN’s
“New Day” program on the subject of TWA Flight 800, hosted
by Alison Kosik. What follows is the transcript as
it appears on CNN.com
. What does not appear I will explain later.

Inherent in
this transcript is the Achilles heel of what is arguably the most
successful bit of government propaganda in American peacetime history.
Unwittingly, what the CNN editors left in is more damning than what
they took out.

KOSIK:
TWA Flight 800 crashed in 1996 killing 230 people. An exhaustive
investigation called it an accident. We’re going to tell you why
some of the crash investigators are now saying that conclusion
may have been wrong.

(COMMERCIAL
BREAK)

KOSIK:
It’s been 17 years since TWA Flight 800 crashed into the Atlantic
Ocean killing all 230 people on board. What followed was an exhaustive
four-year search for answers and a 50,000-page report that it
found a spark from faulty wiring, that that is what caused a fuel
tank to explode on board. But a new documentary is challenging
that theory arguing it was instead an external blast. Earlier
I spoke with Jim Polk, a Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist and
CNN investigative reporter and Jack Cashill, he’s the author of
“First Strike: TWA Flight 800 and the attack on America.
??(BEGIN VIDEO CLIP)

JIM POLK,
CNN INVESTIGATIVE REPORTER:
Well, to begin with, the dispute
over whether a missile brought down the plane and not an internal
explosion begins with the witnesses on the ground. A number of
them said they saw a streak in the sky that they thought was a
missile. But there were two airline pilots in the area who had
a front row seat on this tragedy that happened right in front
of them. Let’s look and listen to what they said.

DAVID
MCLEAN, PILOT:
It blew up in the air and then we saw two fireballs
go down to the water.

UNIDENTIFIED
MALE:
That was the voice of David McLean, piloting a 737 over
Long Island. A bright light caught his eye.

MCLEAN:
All of a sudden, boom. Almost instantly, a fraction of a second
later, two streams of flames came out the bottom of it.

UNIDENTIFIED
MALE:
Another pilot, Captain Paul Wheeler, was in the cockpit
of a Virgin Atlantic 747.

CAPT.
PAUL WHEELER, PILOT:
I could see the cigar tube of the fuselage
and the windows and bits falling off, fire everywhere, and it
falling into the sea.

UNIDENTIFIED
MALE:
Both had flown in the military, both know what a missile
looks like. Neither saw a missile that night.

WHEELER:
I was aware from both the height off the ground and the fact
there were no vapor trails in the sky that it was unlikely to
have been a missile that brought the aircraft down.

MCLEAN:
I thought there was a bomb on board. That was my initial –
I did not see any missile at all.

POLK:
Now, Alison, there was a helicopter pilot who says he did
see a missile before the explosion, but he was at lower attitude
than those two airline pilots.

KOSIK:
Ok. So let me ask Jack. Jack, what do you think happened if
it wasn’t an internal explosion like those two pilots saw?

JACK
CASHILL, AUTHOR:
Well, unlike what Jim says, there were 270
eyewitnesses to a missile strike, 96 of them, this is FBI eyewitnesses,
saw it from the horizon ascend all the way up to the plane. They
all described it the same way, that it was a red tip, a plume
trail after it, gray, and then it gets near the plane and it arcs
over, zigzags, hits the plane, blows up. One of those numbers,
number 73, described in detail the breakup sequence of the airplane
and she’s an aviation professional, before the FBI even knew what
it was.

Here is
the challenge I have for Jim. The FBI recruited the CIA to recreate
this animation to show what the witnesses purportedly saw –
basically discredit the eyewitnesses. What they said is after
the nose of the plane fell off, that it turned into a missile
and it ascended upright for about 3,500 feet confusing the eyewitnesses
on the ground, several of whom were military people, pilots, commercial
fishermen, et cetera – sophisticated people – into thinking
they saw a missile.

Now, when
CNN did its animation ten years later – ten years after the
crash, they eliminated that zoom climb altogether. So I ask Jim
this, if those – why did you eliminate the zoom climb if
the CIA – and what was the CIA doing involved in this in
the first place – if the CIA used that to expressly discredit
the eyewitnesses?

POLK: Very
quickly, I would agree with you the CIA animation is controversial.
We did not make it climb in our animation because, frankly, the
transponder disappeared on the radar at the time of the explosion,
so there’s no altitude readout on the rest of the flight and so
there’s no supporting evidence for the CIA’s animation. ??(END
VIDEO CLIP)

Missing
minute

KOSIK:
And you can see more about the investigation into this crash on
an Anderson Cooper Special Report: “TWA FLIGHT 800”
Sunday night at 11:00 p.m.

Before I comment
on what’s missing, let me add a little clarity to what is here.
In 1997, at the request of the FBI, the CIA prepared its zoom-climb
animation in an attempt to convince the media and the American people
that the eyewitnesses did not see a missile or missiles but rather
a noseless 747 rocketing into space. This became the official government
position.

This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

30% S and P Drop Coming?

0


A 20-30% S&P Drop Coming?
Marc Faber on the state of the markets



 

Dr.
Marc Faber, the Swiss fund manager and publisher of the ‘Gloom,
Boom and Doom Report’ always enjoys illuminating the Wall St. talking
heads and displaying his awesome command of numbers, dates and predictions.

The
Fed’s ‘tapering’ comments have ramped up market volatilaty and Faber
gives some advice for short and long-term strategies. For example:
“”The best course of action is to actually not buy anything, but
rather to reduce positions on a rebound,” Faber said: Also, “New
highs in emerging markets and in high yield bonds are out of the
question, and if it happened in the S&P, which I don’t believe,
it would be driven by very few stocks. Longer term, the market is
far from oversold. It still has considerable downside risk everywhere,”
he said.

Finally,
buy more gold……he is. (6:31)

June
27, 2013

Dr.
Marc Faber [send him
mail
] lives in Chiangmai, Thailand and is the author of Tomorrow’s
Gold
.

Copyright
© 2013 Daily Reckoning

The
Best of Marc Faber


This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

Greater Lifetime Pesticide Use Causes Telomere Shortening

0

Greater Lifetime Pesticide Use Causes Telomere Shortening

Researchers from Northwestern University’s School of Medicine have determined that the use of certain pesticides over a lifetime produces a shortening of chromosome telomeres.

The researchers tested 1,234 men as part of a study of 57,310 licensed pesticide contractors — from the Agricultural Health Study, orchestrated by the National Cancer Institute, the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. This particular study was conducted in partnership with the Robert H. Lurie Comprehensive Cancer Center.

The researchers had the subjects — adult males involved with pesticide application on farms or other environments — fill out extensive questionnaires on their pesticide use over their lifetimes. Some 48 pesticides were used and included in the study.

The researchers also collected from each subject buccal cells — taken from cheek swabs. Using what is called “Real-time polymerase chain reaction” testing, the researchers analyzed those cells for telomere length.

The researchers found that those males who applied pesticides in their work more during their lifetimes had significantly reduced telomere length. And the more pesticides used over their lifetimes, the shorter their telomeres were.

The researchers also matched up and quantified telomere length together with specific pesticides, and determined that certain pesticides produced significant telomere shortening. These included:

– alachlor (2-Chloro-N-(2,6-diethylphenyl)-N-(methoxymethyl)acetamide; herbicide, brand names Alanex, Bronco, Cannon, Crop Star, Intrro, Lariat, Lasso, Micro-Tech, and Partner)
– metolachlor ((RS)-2-Chloro-N-(2-ethyl-6-methyl-phenyl)-N-(1-methoxypropan-2-yl)acetamide; herbicide, brand names Bicep, Dual, Pennant, CGA-24705 and Pimagram)
– trifluralin (a,a,a-Trifluoro-2,6-dinitro-N,N-dipropyl-p- toluidine, brand names Treflan, Elancolan, Trefanocide)
– permethrin (3-Phenoxybenzyl (1RS)-cis,trans-3-(2,2-dichlorovinyl)-2,2-dimethylcyclopropanecarboxylate; insecticide, included in many formulations including Elimite, Nix, Acticin, and many others)
– toxaphene (2,2,5-endo,6-exo-8,9,10-Heptachloro-bornane; brand names include Chlorinated camphene, Octachlorocamphene, Camphochlor, Agricide Maggot Killer, Alltex, Allotox, Crestoxo, Compound 3956, Estonox, Fasco-Terpene, Geniphene, Hercules 3956, M5055, Melipax, Motox, Penphene, Phenacide, Phenatox, Strobane-T, Toxadust, Toxakil, Vertac 90%, Toxon 63, Attac, Anatox, Royal Brand Bean Tox 82, Cotton Tox MP82, Security Tox-Sol-6, Security Tox-MP cotton spray, Security Motox 63 cotton spray, Agro-Chem Brand Torbidan 28, and Dr Roger’s toxene).
– DDT (dichloro-diphenylchloroethane)

For DDT, the researchers found that the more high-intensity days someone used DDT, the shorter their telomere length was.

Telomeres are repeated DNA sequences at the end of chromosomes. Research has found that telomeres help protect the chromosomes and provide for continuous replication of cells. Telomere lengths typically shorten as our number of potential cell replications dwindle — but also occur in DNA abnormalities such as cancer. A shortening of telomere length has also been linked with aging.

The researchers found that the seven pesticides/herbicides producing the most telomere shortening were also ones that have been linked with cancer. They stated:

Seven pesticides previously associated with cancer risk in the epidemiologic literature were inversely associated with reduced telomere length in buccal cell DNA among cancer-free pesticide applicators.”

Other research has linked pesticide/herbicide use with higher rates of cancers. A 2006 study found metolachlor application was linked with higher risks of lung cancer. A 2009 study found that butylate was linked with prostate cancer and non-Hodgkin lymphoma. A 2012 review from Health Canada found that 12 pesticides were linked with increased cancer rates and six pesticides — including several noted above that shorten telomere length — also had laboratory evidence of cancer association.

The Health Canada research found that chlorpyrifos, diazinon, dieldrin, metolachlor and pendimethalin were linked with higher rates of lung cancer among those who applied these chemicals more frequently.

They found that EPTC (s-ethyl dipropylthiocarbamate — Chemolimpex, Eptam) and pendimethalin (3,4-Dimethyl-2,6-dinitro-N-pentan-3-yl-aniline – Prowl, PRE-M, Stomp, Stealth, Halts, Pendulum) were linked with higher rates of pancreatic cancer.

They determined that aldicarb, dicamba, EPTC and imazethapyr were linked with higher rates of colorectal cancers.

They found that alachlor was linked with higher rates of lymphatic-type cancers.

Imazethapyr was linked with greater incidence of bladder cancer.

Prostate cancer incidence was linked with fonofos use.

Brain cancer was linked with chlorpyrifos application.

Carbaryl and toxaphene were both linked with greater melanoma incidence.

The Health Canada research also found that children on Iowa farm families that applied higher levels of pesticides/herbicides had greater incidence of overall cancer, and greater lymphoma rates.

Learn about safe detoxification strategies.

REFERENCES:

Hou L, Andreotti G, Baccarelli AA, Savage S, Hoppin JA, Sandler DP, Barker J, Zhu ZZ, Hoxha M, Dioni L, Zhang X, Koutros S, Beane Freeman LE, Alavanja MC. Lifetime Pesticide Use and Telomere Shortening among Male Pesticide Applicators in the Agricultural Health Study. Environ Health Perspect. 2013 Jun 7.

Rusiecki JA, Hou L, Lee WJ, Blair A, Dosemeci M, Lubin JH, Bonner M, Samanic C, Hoppin JA, Sandler DP, Alavanja MC. Cancer incidence among pesticide applicators exposed to metolachlor in the Agricultural Health Study. Int J Cancer. 2006 Jun 15;118(12):3118-23.

Lynch SM, Mahajan R, Beane Freeman LE, Hoppin JA, Alavanja MC. Cancer incidence among pesticide applicators exposed to butylate in the Agricultural Health Study (AHS). Environ Res. 2009 Oct;109(7):860-8.

Weichenthal S, Moase C, Chan P. A review of pesticide exposure and cancer incidence in the agricultural health study cohort. Cien Saude Colet. 2012 Jan;17(1):255-70.

Disclaimer: This article is not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment. Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of GreenMedInfo or its staff.

This article originally appeared on: Green Med Info

Lifetime Pesticide Use and Telomere Shortening among Male Pesticide Applicators in the Agricultural Health Study.

0

Abstract Title:

Lifetime Pesticide Use and Telomere Shortening among Male Pesticide Applicators in the Agricultural Health Study.

Abstract Source:

Environ Health Perspect. 2013 Jun 7. Epub 2013 Jun 7. PMID: 23774483

Abstract Author(s):

Lifang Hou, Gabriella Andreotti, Andrea A Baccarelli, Sharon Savage, Jane A Hoppin, Dale P Sandler, Joseph Barker, Zhong-Zheng Zhu, Mirjam Hoxha, Laura Dioni, Xiao Zhang, Stella Koutros, Laura E Beane Freeman, Michael C Alavanja

Article Affiliation:

Department of Preventive Medicine and the Robert H. Lurie Comprehensive Cancer Center, Feinberg School of Medicine, Northwestern University, Illinois, USA.

Abstract:

BACKGROUND: Telomere length (TL) in surrogate tissues may be influenced by environmental exposures. OBJECTIVE: We aim to determine if lifetime pesticides use is associated with buccal cell TL. METHOD: We examined buccal cell TL in relation to lifetime use of 48 pesticides for 1,234 cancer-free white males in the Agricultural Health Study (AHS), a prospective cohort study of 57,310 licensed pesticide applicators. Participants provided detailed information on lifetime use of 50 pesticides at enrollment (1993-7). Buccal cells were collected from 1999 to 2006. Relative telomere length (RTL) was measured using quantitative real-time PCR. Linear regression modeling evaluated the associations between specific pesticides and the logarithm of RTL, adjusting for age at buccal cell collection, state of residence, applicator license type, chewing tobacco use, and total life-time days of all pesticide use. RESULTS: The mean RTL for participants decreased significantly in association with increased life-time days of pesticide use for alachlor (P=0.002), 2,4-D (P=0.004), metolachlor (P=0.01), trifluralin (P=0.05), permethrin (for animal application) (P=0.02), and toxaphene (p=0.04). A similar pattern of RTL shortening was observed with the metric lifetime intensity-weighted days of pesticide use. For dichloro-diphenylchloroethane (DDT), significant RTL shortening was observed for lifetime intensity-weighted days (P=0.04), but not for lifetime days of DDT use (P=0.08). No significant RTL lengthening was observed for any pesticide. CONCLUSION: Seven pesticides previously associated with cancer risk in the epidemiologic literature were inversely associated with RTL in buccal cell DNA among cancer-free pesticide applicators. Replication of these findings is needed since we cannot rule out chance or fully rule out bias.

Article Published Date : Jun 07, 2013

Study Type : Human Study


This article originally appeared on: Green Med Info

Bahraini activists rap torture by regime

0

Bahraini human rights activists say the torturing of the countryâ„¢s prisoners has been intensifying amid an international spotlight on the Persian Gulf nation, Press TV reports.

At a seminar at House of Lords in London on Wednesday, several Bahraini victims of torture gave testimony of their ordeals and their loved ones in Bahrainâ„¢s prisons.

Å“There is the use of electricity… They are using the microwaves on cells especially on the brain cells. (They) bring the wife or the teenage daughter in front of you, and threaten (you that) they are going to rape her,” former Bahraini MP Jalal Firooz said.

The participants also condemned the western powersâ„¢ silence against the Bahraini prisoners.

Å“They keep a blind eye to atrocities and human rights violation in Bahrain, which encourages the regime to continue these tactics,” said Mohammad al-Tajir, a Bahraini lawyer.

The Bahraini uprising began in mid-February 2011, when the people, inspired by the popular revolutions that toppled the dictators of Tunisia and Egypt, started holding massive demonstrations.

The Bahraini government promptly launched a brutal crackdown on the peaceful protests and called in Saudi-led Arab forces from neighboring states.

Dozens of people have been killed in the crackdown, and the security forces have arrested hundreds, including doctors and nurses accused of treating injured revolutionaries.

A report published by the Bahrain Independent Commission of Inquiry in November 2011 found that the Al Khalifa regime had used excessive force in the crackdown and accused Manama of torturing political activists, politicians, and protesters.

Bahrainis say they will continue holding demonstrations until their demand for the establishment of a democratically elected government is met.

NT/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Third Political Branch

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/the_third_political_branch_20130626/

Posted on Jun 26, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

‘CAR mine death toll rises to over 50’

0

Death toll from a CAR mine collapse rises to 52.

The number of people killed in a gold mine collapse in the Central African Republic (CAR) has risen to 52 from the 37 initially reported, local officials say.

Didier Ouangai, the mayor of Bambari, which is near the mine, said on Wednesday that the number of those killed in Sundayâ„¢s mine collapse has reached 52.

On Monday, the CAR government announced that the accident occurred on Sunday at a gold mine in Ndassima, some 440 kilometers (273 miles) east of the CAR capital Bangui, in the prefecture of Ouaka, due to a landslide in very heavy rain.

“From the figure of 37 dead on the day of the tragedy, we now have a count of 52 bodies recovered,” Ouangai said on Wednesday.

“The entire population of the Ouaka region is mourning. People can’t stop crying. Just imagine, seven members of a same family perished. It is a real tragedy,” he said.

Another local official stated that the toll could rise even as apparently 64 miners were working in the pit, at a depth of around 60 feet (18 meters).

A young gold miner taking part in the search effort said they were using Å“moto taxis to transfer the bodies to their families.”

Mahamat Saleh Ndomakossi, a local official, also said “As soon as this rain-induced collapse happened, it was clear there would be no survivors. In some cases, we retrieved severed heads, this is how we tallied up the casualties.”

The CAR government has declared three days of national mourning from Tuesday.

There are many mineral resources, including gold and diamonds, in the Central African Republic. However, the country is extremely poor and has faced a series of rebellions and coups since it gained independence in 1960.

NT/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Edward Who?’ Said the Doctor

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/edward_who_said_the_doctor_20130626/

Posted on Jun 26, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Yemenis demand freedom of Gitmo inmates

0

People have staged a demonstration in front of the US Embassy in Yemen calling for the release of the Guantanamo Bay prisoners.

On Wednesday, the Yemeni protesters marched outside the embassy in Sanaâ„¢a, demanding US President Barack Obama release a number of Yemeni prisoners.

Å“Those who imprison others are enemies of God,” the demonstrators shouted as they carried pictures of a number of the inmates.

The United States holds about 166 men at the prison. A mass hunger strike involved many of the prisoners in the summer of 2005 but the protest dwindled after the military began tying people down and force-feeding them liquid nutrients through tubes to prevent them from starving to death.

The Guantanamo prison was initially established on January 11, 2002 by former US President George W. Bush to hold suspects captured in Afghanistan and elsewhere after the attacks of September 11, 2001.

Obama famously promised in early 2009 to close the prison within 12 months, but four years on, the controversial prison remains open. He has put the blame on Congress for his failure to make good on his promise.

NT/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

rss

0

food-network-fires-paula-deen-over-racism-scandal

Food Network star Paula Deen has been dumped by her network following a racism scandal which began with a lawsuit filed by Lisa Jackson, a Caucasian woman in her 40s, against Deen and Deen’s brother, Bubba Hiers. Jackson’s lawsuit alleged that Deen had been guilty of using the “n-word,” sexual harassment, and infliction of emotional distress on Jackson while Jackson was working at Uncle Bubba’s Seafood and Oyster House in Savannah, Georgia, from 2005 to 2010 as the general manager.

]]>

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Moody’s slashes Jordan credit rating

0

Moody’s downgrades Jordanâ„¢s credit rating two notches from Ba2 to B1.

Moodyâ„¢s Investors Service has downgraded its sovereign grade for Jordan by two notches further into junk, citing deterioration in the country’s fiscal metrics and increasing government debt.

On Wednesday, the international credit rating agency slashed the country’s rating from Ba2 to B1, four notches into junk, AFP reported.

The agency noted that the higher fiscal deficits had sent government debt rising by nearly 10 percentage points of GDP between 2011 and 2012.

Moodyâ„¢s said it expected the countryâ„¢s debt burden to reach almost 90 percent of GDP in 2014, compared to just 60 percent in five years ago.

It also revised the country’s outlook to stable from negative, saying it reflects the agencyâ„¢s view “that the government will pursue fiscal consolidation that should stabilize the high debt numbers in the medium term.”

The firm warned, however, that “the failure to reduce the deficit significantly from current levels could lead to further negative rating actions.”

MN/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘CIA moving arms to Jordan for Syria’

0

The US Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) has begun transferring weapons to Jordan in order to arm groups of foreign-backed militants fighting against the Syrian government, a report says.

According to the report by the Wall Street Journal on Wednesday, the CIA is moving the weapons Å“from a network of secret warehouses.”

The report added that Washington plans to provide the militants with Å“training, small arms, ammunition, and possibly certain types of antitank missiles.”

Saudi Arabia also plans to provide them with Å“antiaircraft weapons.”

The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says that the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

Damascus says the West and its regional allies, such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey, are supporting the militants.

In an interview broadcast on Turkish television in April, Syrian President Bashar al-Assad said that if the militants take power in Syria, they could destabilize the entire Middle East region for decades.

Å“If the unrest in Syria leads to the partitioning of the country, or if the terrorist forces take control… the situation will inevitably spill over into neighboring countries and create a domino effect throughout the Middle East and beyond,” he stated.

NT/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Why Russia Fears the Gay

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/why_russia_fears_the_gay_20130626/

Posted on Jun 26, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

The Supreme Court Makes History: Two Steps Forward, One Step Back

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/the_supreme_court_makes_history_two_steps_forward_one_step_back_20130626/

Posted on Jun 26, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Leading UK insurer axes 2,000 jobs

0

One of Britainâ„¢s biggest insurers Direct Line has announced some 2,000 job cuts as it seeks to double its cost-saving plans in the near future.

Direct Line said it will find the cuts from head office and support functions with three sites in Liverpool, Croydon and central London facing closure.

The leading motor insurer sacked 1,200 workers in the first phase of its savings plans in 2012 and is now looking to savings worth £200 million annually by 2014.

The group has 14,400 staff currently and the new cuts represent 14 percent of the workforce.

Out of the 2,000 positions, earmarked to be axed, some 1,140 come from the three sites that will be shut down.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Political rift can paralyze Egypt: Morsi

0

Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi delivers a televised address on June 26, 2013.

Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi has warned that polarized state of the country’s politics is “threatening to paralyze” the North African nation.

In a televised address on Wednesday, Morsi said all political factions must remain committed to law and engage in dialogue to resolve issues facing the nation.

Å“Egypt faces many challenges. The polarization has reached a stage that could threaten our democratic experience and paralyze the nation,” the president said.

Å“We Egyptians are able to overcome this phase and overcome the challenges… All I ask of you now is to sit and discuss… to look for the positives and build on them; and to fix the negatives,” he added.

Morsi acknowledged that he also made some mistakes during the first year of his presidency, adding that everyone should learn from their errors.

Å“I have made many mistakes, there is no question. Mistakes can happen, but they need to be corrected,” he noted.

Morsi also promised to introduce “radical and quick” reforms in state institutions.

The Egyptian president made the remarks in an address to the nation hours after clashes between his supporters and opponents in the Nile Delta city of Mansura.

The Health Ministry said that at least one person was killed and 237 people were injured in the clashes.

Wednesdayâ„¢s clashes broke out when opponents of the president began throwing rubbish at his supporters who were holding a rally in the coastal city, according to a security official.

Meanwhile, troops have been deployed across Egyptian cities ahead of June 30 protests planned by the opposition to demand the president resign.

Several political groups say the government is dominated by Muslim Brotherhood. The opposition also accuses Morsi of deviating from the 2011 revolution that toppled the Western-backed regime of Hosni Mubarak.

Morsiâ„¢s supporters, however, say the president is cleansing Egyptian institutions of corruption. They also believe that he needs time to put into practice the principles of the 2011 revolution.

The president’s supporters have strongly condemned the upcoming opposition rally, which marks Morsiâ„¢s first year in office, as a coup against democracy.

Egypt has witnessed continuing anti-government protests since Morsi took office in June 2012 in a landmark election held following the ouster of Mubarak.

MN/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

High Court Rulings Strike Blows to DOMA, California's Prop. 8

0

The Supreme Court used a pair of anticipated rulings June 26 to strike a blow to traditional marriage in the United States. The ruling against the federal Defense of Marriage Act (DOMA), along with a decision to let stand a lower court ruling striking down California’s Proposition 8 marriage protection amendment, had homosexual activists looking hopefully toward a full-blown legalization of same-sex marriage across the nation, and conservative, pro-family leaders vowing to continue their efforts to protect traditional marriage.

In the DOMA case, which has the most far-reaching consequences for marriage across America, the High Court stuck down a key provision of the law barring “married” same-sex couples from receiving the same federal tax, health, and retirement benefits that traditional married couples enjoy. The American Center for Law and Justice explained that in effect, the 5-4 ruling means that “the federal government must provide the same benefits to same-sex spouses as opposite-sex spouses, if the same-sex marriage has been lawfully performed. In other words, if a gay couple is married in a state that recognizes gay marriage, then the federal government will recognize that marriage on the same basis as a traditional marriage.”

Writing for the majority, Justice Anthony Kennedy argued that the “avowed purpose and practical effect of [DOMA] are to impose a disadvantage, a separate status, and so a stigma upon all who enter into same-sex marriages made lawful by the unquestioned authority of the States. The federal statute is invalid, for no legitimate purpose overcomes the purpose and effect to disparage and to injure those whom the state, by its marriage laws, sought to protect in personhood and dignity.”

Kennedy – an erstwhile “conservative” justice whose siding with Ginsberg, Breyer, Sotomayor, and Kagan made the majority – opined that the “principal effect” of DOMA was to “identify and make unequal a subset of state-sanctioned marriages. It contrives to deprive some couples married under the laws of their State, but not others, of both rights and responsibilities, creating two contradictory marriage regimes within the same State. It also forces same-sex couples to live as married for the purpose of state law but unmarried for the purpose of federal law, thus diminishing the stability and predictability of basic personal relations the State has found it proper to acknowledge and protect.”

Writing a dissent for the minority justices, which also included Thomas, Alito, and Chief Justice Roberts, Associate Justice Antonin Scalia insisted that “to defend traditional marriage is not to condemn, demean, or humiliate those who would prefer other arrangements, any more than to defend the Constitution of the United States is to condemn, demean, or humiliate other constitutions.”

Signed into law by President Clinton in 1996 with overwhelming clearance by both the House and Senate, DOMA provided a traditional definition of marriage for the benefit of federal laws and business, barring homosexual relationships from recognition for IRS or Social Security purposes and prohibiting the same-sex partners of homosexual federal employees from sharing in insurance and other employment benefits.

Mr. Clinton insisted that circumstances of the time compelled him to sign DOMA into law, and that he now views the law as unconstitutional. “Among other things, [homosexual] couples cannot file their taxes jointly, take unpaid leave to care for a sick or injured spouse, or receive equal family health and pension benefits as federal civilian employees,” Clinton said. “Yet they pay taxes, contribute to their communities, and, like all couples, aspire to live in committed, loving relationships, recognized and respected by our laws.”

Among those praising the High Court’s ruling on DOMA were President Obama, who said in a statement that the law “treated loving, committed gay and lesbian couples as a separate and lesser class of people. The Supreme Court has righted that wrong, and our country is better off for it.”

By contrast, Austin R. Nimocks, Senior Counsel for the conservative legal advocacy group Alliance Defending Freedom, said that the High Court “got it wrong in saying that a state that has redefined marriage can force that definition on the federal government. The federal government should be able to define what marriage is for federal law just as states need to be able to define what marriage is for state law. Americans should be able to continue advancing the truth about marriage between a man and a woman and why it matters for children, civil society, and limited government.”

He added that “marriage – the union of a husband and wife – is timeless, universal, and special, particularly because children need a mother and a father. That’s why 38 states and 94 percent of countries worldwide affirm marriage as the union of a man and a woman, just as diverse cultures and faiths have throughout history.”

Other pro-family and conservative groups offered similar reaction to the High Court decision. Russell Moore of the Southern Baptist Convention’s Ethics and Religious Liberty Commission called the ruling “far-reaching, with massive implications for family life and religious liberty. The grounding of this decision in equal protection and human dignity means this is not simply a procedural matter of federalism. This is a new legal reality.”

In the case of California’s Proposition 8, the voter-passed constitutional amendment defining marriage in that state as only between a man and a woman, the Supreme Court ruled that the amendment’s supporters lacked legal standing to appeal the lower court’s ruling that struck it down in 2010. “The public is currently engaged in an active political debate over whether same-sex couples should be allowed to marry,” wrote Chief Justice John Roberts for the 5-4 majority in the case. “We have never before upheld the standing of a private party to defend the constitutionality of a state statute when state officials have chosen not to. We decline to do so for the first time here.”

Baptist Press News noted that the ruling on Prop 8 “made for an unusual mixture of conservative and liberal justices on each side. Joining Roberts in the majority were Scalia, Ginsburg, Breyer and Kagan. Dissenting were Kennedy, Thomas, Alito, and Sotomayor.”

Predictably, following the ruling California Gov. Jerry Brown lost no time in announcing that he had directed the California’s Department of Public Health to “advise the state’s counties that they must begin issuing marriage licenses” to homosexual couples throughout the state once the Ninth Circuit of Appeals makes its final ruling in response to the Supreme Court’s decision. The Ninth Circuit had earlier affirmed the ruling of a federal judge striking down Prop 8.

Tony Perkins of the Family Research Council expressed relief that the the justices limited their decision only to California, noting that they “could have gone much further and struck down the marriage amendments which are in 30 states. They did not do that. This only applies to California, and how it’s going to be implemented we don’t yet know as we are still combing through the opinion.”

Responding to the Court’s ruling, the ADF’s Austin Nimocks, a member of Prop 8’s legal team, said that “despite the Supreme Court’s decision, the debate over marriage has only just begun. The court’s decision does not silence the voices of Americans. Marriage – the union of husband and wife – will remain timeless, universal, and special, particularly because children need mothers and fathers. This has been the experience of diverse cultures and faiths throughout history, including the American experience, and that will not change.” He added that “Americans will continue advancing the truth about marriage between a man and a woman and why it matters for children, civil society, and limited government.”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Russia to US: Clarify stand on Syria talks

0

Russia says it expects the United States to clarify its position against an international conference on Syria crisis.

“We expect more clarity from the meeting with (US Secretary of State) John Kerry about the US position regarding the joint Russia-US initiative to convene an international conference on Syria,” Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov said at a press conference in Moscow on Wednesday, Xinhua reported.

“The Syrian leadership has confirmed its readiness to send a delegation to the conference in Geneva without any preconditions, whereas the opposition is divided. The National Coalition of Syria supported by our western partners refuses to attend the conference until (Syrian President) Bashar al-Assad steps down,” Lavrov said, calling the situation “regrettable.”

On Tuesday, senior Russian and US diplomats along with UN-Arab League Special Envoy to Syria Lakhdar Brahimi held a meeting in Geneva to prepare a new international conference for Syria.

Lavrov said on Wednesday that the closed-door meeting failed to specify a date for the conference due to the unwillingness on the part of Syria’s opposition to participate without preconditions.

However, on Tuesday, the United Nations said in a statement after the preparatory meeting that Kerry and Larvrov would meet next week to discuss the Syrian crisis.

Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Gennady Gatilov said that Kerry and Lavrov would meet at the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) conference in Brunei.

Geneva talks were initially supposed to be held in June, but were later postponed to July.

On Tuesday, Brahimi said that the situation in Syria was not getting better, adding that he did not expect the talks to take place until later in the summer.

The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says that the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

Damascus says the West and its regional allies, such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey, are supporting the militants.

In an interview broadcast on Turkish television in April, Syrian President Bashar al-Assad said that if the militants take power in Syria, they could destabilize the entire Middle East region for decades.

Å“If the unrest in Syria leads to the partitioning of the country, or if the terrorist forces take control… the situation will inevitably spill over into neighboring countries and create a domino effect throughout the Middle East and beyond,” he stated.

NT/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

UK rapped for Afghanistan drugs policy

0

A senior Iranian lawmaker has slammed Britain for letting drugs production rise four-fold in Afghanistan compared to the figures under Taliban in Iranâ„¢s eastern neighbor.

Head of the Iranian Parliamentâ„¢s National Security Commission Alaeddin Boroujerdi said production of narcotics has surpassed 8,000 tons since Britain took over the responsibility of fighting poppy cultivation in Afghanistan.

Boroujerdi added the figure was between 200 to 2,000 tons under Taliban and called on the international community to cooperate with Iran in its fight against narcotics.

Iran has some 900 kilometers of land border with Afghanistan and has borne the brunt of drugs smuggling from the worldâ„¢s biggest opium producer.

Boroujerdi said Iran has lost more than 3,700 police lives to the fight against drugs trafficking over the past three decades.

The United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime (UNODC) said in a report back in April that Afghan poppy cultivation is set to register a new record this year.

The Asian country produced 75 percent of the global poppy crop in 2012 with the figure expected to take a 15 percent leap this year.

Å“We can’t deny the fact that the level of cultivation now is much higher than it has ever been under the Taliban,” Martin Raithelhuber of UNODC said at the time.

British forces are in charge of security in the Afghan province of Helmand, which is considered the heart of Afghanistanâ„¢s poppy cultivation.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

YouTube Omits Infowars’ World War Z Review from Search Results

0

Adan Salazar
Infowars.com
June 26, 2013

Embracing the true spirit of censorship, YouTube earlier this http://static.infowars.com/slideshow/undie.jpgyear seemingly began omitting search results that would have allowed curious users to stumble upon Alex Jones’ prescient review of the popular film World War Z, a review we put out several months in advance of the film’s debut.

Since at least March, the Infowars crew began noticing our video, hosted on our main channel’s sister channel “PrisonPlanetLive,” would not display as a result when searched using practical queries, such as the title of the video, “secrets of world war z leaked,” or “secrets of world war z.”

As Infowars.com freely allows others to copy and host our videos ad infinitum, other users’ mirrored videos do populate as search results; however, our initial video exposing the United Nations propaganda-laden film is nowhere to be found.

We encourage our readers not to take our word, but to try the search for themselves.

In order for our video to populate as a search result, a more refined search, one including the channel name “PrisonPlanetLive” or “PrisonPlanet” is needed. Additionally, “world war z secrets leaked” also lists our video as a search result.

Infowars.com reached out to YouTube earlier today for comment regarding the apparent censorship, but have not heard back from them. Should they issue a response, we will update this article to reflect their statement.

As we were particularly careful to abide by YouTube’s Terms of Service, we are at a loss as to why our hosted video is being censored. One plausible explanation could be that our video has proven immensely popular and has been viewed over a quarter of a million times.

In January, after reading Max Brooks’ novel, Alex and his staff put together a video breaking down the classic modes of propaganda used in the story to acclimate large audiences on the proper way to move themselves into the system in case of a bio attack.

Watch the video YouTube is omitting from search results:

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 5:33 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Brazil police clash with protesters

0

Mounted policemen patrol outside the Mineiro Stadium in Belo Horizonte ahead of the Brazil vs. Uruguay game on June 26, 2013.

Brazilian police have clashed with protesters outside a stadium hosting a football match in the southeastern state of Minas Gerais.

The incident broke out in the city of Belo Horizonte on Wednesday when thousands of demonstrators were confronted by police firing teargas on them.

Protesters responded by picking up teargas canisters and threw them back at the police as well as pelting them with rocks.

The violence erupted just hundreds of meters away from the Mineiro stadium, where Brazilâ„¢s football team was playing against Uruguay in a semifinal match of a warm-up tournament for the 2014 World Cup.

Earlier in the day, about 50,000 protesters thronged a central plaza in Belo Horizonte.

Brazil has been hit by nationwide protests since June 17, when street rallies began initially over a rise in bus ticket prices.

However, the anger has now snowballed into nationwide protests against the governmentâ„¢s poor services and economic policies.

The demonstrators are objecting to spending a vast amount of public money on preparations for hosting next yearâ„¢s World Cup. They are demanding that the government instead spend public funds on health, education, and other public services.

MRS/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Syria army takes city on Lebanon border

0

Members of the Syrian army have taken a city near the Lebanese border, marking another gain for the Syrian government in its fight against foreign-sponsored militants.

The Syrian troops liberated the city of Tel Kalakh in the northwest of the country three kilometers (two miles) from the Syrian border with Lebanon on Wednesday.

Tel Kalakhâ„¢s liberation puts an end to the smuggling of weapons and militants through the city.

In a video published by a Syrian website, a Syrian army officer said, “Terrorist groups infiltrated and terrorized the local people… In response to the request of the local people, the army entered Tel Kalakh to cleanse the area and restore security.”

Wednesdayâ„¢s capture marks another victory for the government of Syrian President Bashar al-Assad after Syrian soldiers recaptured the strategic town of Qusayr on June 5, which consolidated the armyâ„¢s control around the city of Homs in the center of the country.

Qusayr was an important center and supply route for the foreign-backed militants fighting against the Damascus government.

The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

The Syrian government says that the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

Damascus says the West and its regional allies, such as Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey, are supporting the militants.

In an interview broadcast on Turkish television in April, Syrian President Bashar al-Assad said that if the militants take power in Syria, they could destabilize the entire Middle East region for decades.

Å“If the unrest in Syria leads to the partitioning of the country, or if the terrorist forces take control… the situation will inevitably spill over into neighboring countries and create a domino effect throughout the Middle East and beyond,” he stated.

NT/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Supreme Court Declines to Rule on Texas Affirmative Action Case

0

In a 7-1 decision made on June 24, the Supreme Court declined to rule on the constitutionality of the affirmative action policy at the University of Texas and returned the case to the Fifth Circuit U.S. Court of Appeals. In handing down the decision, however, the High Court vacated the circuit court’s previous decision and directed it to revisit the case and to apply a stricter level of scrutiny in deciding whether the university’s affirmative policy is justified.

The case being considered, Fisher v. University of Texas at Austin, began in 2008 when the University of Texas rejected the admissions application of a Sugar Land high school senior, Abigail Noel Fisher. Fisher, who is white, sued the university, asserting that her application was evaluated differently from those of some less-qualified minority students who were accepted. The U.S. District Court for the Western District of Texas ruled in favor of the university, and the Fifth Circuit Court affirmed that decision, after which that decision was appealed to the Supreme Court.

CNN quoted UT’s president, Bill Powers, who said the university was encouraged by the decision: “We remain committed to assembling a student body at The University of Texas at Austin that provides the educational benefits of diversity on campus while respecting the rights of all students and acting within the constitutional framework established by the court,” said Powers.

The decision was written by Justice Anthony M. Kennedy, who was joined by Chief Justice John G. Roberts, Jr., and Justices Samuel A. Alito, Jr., Antonin Scalia, Clarence Thomas, Stephen G. Breyer, and Sonia Sotomayor. Roberts, Alito, Scalia, and Thomas are usually regarded as philosophically conservative members of the court, while Breyer and Sotomayor are considered to be quite liberal. Kennedy, a middle-of-the-roader, is often the “swing” vote on the court.

Surprisingly, the sole dissenter was Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg, who is regarded as one of the more liberal members of the court. Another liberal justice, Elena Kagan, did not participate in the decision because she served as solicitor general in the Obama administration when the case was first appealed.

In writing the majority opinion, Kennedy, in parts, appeared to defend affirmative action: “The attainment of a diverse student body serves values beyond race alone, including enhanced classroom dialogue and the lessening of racial isolation and stereotypes.”

However, Kennedy also placed limits on how far affirmative action should be used, writing that the university “must prove that the means chosen” to attain diversity “are narrowly tailored to that goal,” and that the highest level of legal standard must be met before institutions use diversity programs.

“Strict scrutiny [of the affirmative action policy] imposes on the university the ultimate burden of demonstrating, before turning to racial classification, that available, workable race-neutral alternatives do not suffice,” he noted.

Individuals on both sides of the affirmative action debate expressed satisfaction with the decision. Wade Henderson, president of the Leadership Conference on Civil and Human Rights, stated: “The educational benefits of diversity are clear. The court’s decision reaffirms that it is in our national interest to expand opportunities for everyone.”

On the other side of the argument, Edward Blum, the neoconservative American Enterprise Institute fellow who led the legal challenge to UT’s policy, said the court had “established exceptionally high hurdles” for universities that wish to continue race-based admissions policies. “This decision begins the restoration of the original color-blind principles to our nation’s civil rights laws,” Blum said, as quoted by the Los Angeles Times.

In writing the majority opinion, Kennedy noted that the ruling by the appeals court in favor of the university “did not hold the University to the demanding burden of strict scrutiny articulated in Grutter [v. Bollinger] and Regents of Univ. of Cal. v. Bakke, 438 U.S. 265, 305 (1978) (opinion of Powell, J.) Because the Court of Appeals did not apply the correct standard of strict scrutiny, its decision affirming the District Court’s grant of summary judgment to the University was incorrect. That decision is vacated, and the case is remanded for further proceedings.”

Again referring to Grutter v. Bollinger and Univ. of Cal. v. Bakke, Kennedy wrote: “Grutter made clear that racial ‘classifications are constitutional only if they are narrowly tailored to further compelling governmental interests.’… And Grutter endorsed Justice Powell’s conclusion in Bakke that ‘the attainment of a diverse student body … is a constitutionally permissible goal for an institution of higher education.’… Thus, under Grutter, a university’s ‘educational judgment that such diversity is essential to its educational mission is one to which we defer.’”

After conceding that a university – Kennedy makes no distinction between a university that is funded privately or one that is funded with taxpayer dollars – may determine if the attainment of a diverse student body is a legitimate goal to be obtained by extraordinary measures, Kennedy goes on to express some limitations of such policies: 

A university is not permitted to define diversity as “some specified percentage of a particular group merely because of its race or ethnic origin.” Bakke, supra, at 307 (opinion of Powell, J.) “That would amount to outright racial balancing, which is patently unconstitutional.” Grutter, supra, at 330. “Racial balancing is not transformed from ‘patently unconstitutional’ to a compelling state interest simply by relabeling it ‘racial diversity.’”…

Once the University has established that its goal of diversity is consistent with strict scrutiny, however, there must still be a further judicial determination that the admissions process meets strict scrutiny in its implementation. The University must prove that the means chosen by the University to attain diversity are narrowly tailored to that goal.

An article in the Wall Street Journal quoted Kennedy as stating his view that because racial classifications inherently are “odious to a free people,” universities “must prove that the means” they use “to attain diversity are narrowly tailored to that goal.” Kennedy continued by writing that UT must demonstrate “that available, workable, race-neutral alternatives do not suffice.”

While both opponents and defenders of affirmative action may optimistically take comfort in the “half a loaf” that this latest ruling offers them, like many cases dealing with social issues (e.g., abortion, same-sex marriage, the war on drugs), the battle lines are usually drawn between the socially “liberal” and socially “conservative” sides, rather than between those who are loose constructionists and those who are strict constructionists (“constitutionalists”) when it comes to interpreting the Constitution.

While the majority opinion in this decision, which instructs the lower court to apply “strict scrutiny” in ruling on UT’s policies, might be viewed as a step toward the common-sense policy of admitting students based on merit rather than race, from the constitutionalist standpoint, it can hardly be regarded as “conservative.” 

From a strict constructionist standpoint, any involvement by the federal government in affairs that rightfully should come under the jurisdiction of the states is a violation of the Tenth Amendment.

Thomas Jefferson, writing in “Opinion on the Constitutionality of a National Bank” on February 15, 1791, affirmed this point: “I consider the foundation of the [Federal] Constitution as laid on this ground: That ‘all powers not delegated to the United States, by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States or to the people.’ To take a single step beyond the boundaries thus specifically drawn around the powers of Congress is to take possession of a boundless field of power, no longer susceptible of any definition.”

The constitutionalist would say that any federal involvement in education, affirmative action included, goes several steps beyond what is authorized by the Constitution.

Related article: 

Justice Thomas Likens Affirmative Action to Segregation Laws

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Obama's Faulty Plan a 'Full-Throttle' Endorsement of Fracking

0

On Tuesday, President Barack Obama announced his administration’s “Climate Action Plan” for cutting carbon pollution in his second term in the Oval Office at Georgetown University and unfortunately, it’s a full-throttle endorsement of every aspect of fracking and the global shale gas market.

You can fight climate change or you can promote expansion of fossil fuels, but you can’t do both say critics of Obama’s touting of gas fracking which scientists say is just as dangerous as coal when it comes to overall emissions. (Image: EcoWatch.org) Hydraulic fracturing (“fracking”) is the toxic horizontal drilling process via which gas is obtained from shale rock basins around the world, and touting its expanded use flies in the face of any legitimate plan to tackle climate change or create a healthy future for children. 

Here is what President Obama said at Georgetown about natural gas and fracking:

Now even as we’re producing more domestic oil, we’re also burning more clean-burning natural gas than any country on earth. And again, sometimes there are disputes about natural gas, but we should strengthen our position as the top natural gas producer because in the medium-term at least, it can provide not only safe cheap power, but it can only help reduce our carbon emissions.

Federally-supported technology has helped our businesses drill more effectively and extract more gas. And now we’ll keep working with the industry to keep making drilling cleaner and safer, make sure that we’re not seeing methane emissions, and to put people to work, modernizing our modern infrastructure so that we can power more homes and businesses with cleaner energy. The bottom line is natural gas is creating jobs, it’s lowering many familes’ heat and power bills and it’s the transition fuel that can power our economy with less carbon pollution, even as our businesses work to develop and then deploy more of the even cleaner technology for the energy economy of the future.

The “Fact Sheet” announcing the Plan further explains:

“We have a moral obligation to leave our children a planet that’s not polluted or damaged, and by taking an all-of-the-above approach to develop homegrown energy and steady, responsible steps to cut carbon pollution, we can protect our kids’ health and begin to slow the effects of climate change so we leave a cleaner, more stable environment for future generations.”

This portion of the plan alone – not to mention anything else problematic found within it, such as endorsement of nuclear energy and illusory “clean coal”/carbon capture and storage (CCS) technology – would prevent the actions outlined in his Fact Sheet from taking place.   

In fact, children’s health and air quality nationwide are directly threatened by the promotion of further fracking and natural gas drilling activity. There is a clear disconnect between the president’s stated commitment to a healthy future for children, and the vast expansion of natural gas drilling and fracking, which are scientifically proven to be polluting the air and drinking water of Americans.

“Burning natural gas is about one-half as carbon-intensive as coal, which can make it a critical ‘bridge fuel’ for many countries as the world transitions to even cleaner sources of energy,” reads the plan.

That premise is false. When measured in its entire life cycle – as Cornell University researchers found – fracked gas is actually dirtier than coal and therefore is a bridge to nowhere other than extreme climate disruption. That’s due to fugitive methane emissions, conveniently left out of the climate plan: methane is a greenhouse gas far more potent than carbon dioxide. 

Endorsement of Shale Gas Exports, Global Fracking Development, Pickens Plan

Obama’s plan also boasts about bringing the U.S. model for fracking abroad through the U.S. State Department’s Global Shale Gas Initiative, now called the Unconventional Gas Technical Engagement Program. 

“We have launched the Unconventional Gas Technical Engagement Program to share best practices on issues such as water management, methane emissions, air quality, permitting, contracting, and pricing to help increase global gas supplies and facilitate development of the associated infrastructure that brings them to market,” the plan further explains. 

Further locking in demand for fracking, the Obama climate plan also fully endorses T. Boone Pickens’ “Pickens Plan,” helping create a domestic market for natural gas vehicles, particularly for 18-wheelers. The plan also endorses shale gas exports.

“Going forward, we will promote fuel-switching from coal to gas for electricity production and encourage the development of a global market for gas. Since heavy-duty vehicles are expected to account for 40 percent of increased oil use through 2030, we will encourage the adoption of heavy duty natural gas vehicles as well,” the fracked gas portion of the plan concludes.  

“Gasland 2” Director Josh Fox and Mark Ruffalo Weigh In on the Plan

Sarah Palin, Republican Party Vice Presidential candidate for President in 2008 – who famously chanted “drill baby, drill” at a campaign rally – once was described this way by then-candidate Obama before the 2008 election: “You can put lipstick on a pig, but it’s still a pig.”

These two statements are pearls of wisdom as it applies to the Obama climate change plan’s endorsement of fracking. “Gasland 2” Producer and Director Josh Fox agrees with the sentiment. 

“Without reducing total production, which would require him to really take on the fossil fuel industries and have a real fight with them, this plan is not going to do anything to solve the problem,” Fox told DeSmogBlog. “Cutting the overall emissions from power plants, but not cutting overall production of coal and gas, makes the problem worse. It’s like switching from Marlboro to Camel cigarettes, instead of just quitting.

Actor/director Mark Ruffalo, a spokesperson for Americans Against Fracking, also weighed in:

“President Obama deserves praise for prioritizing climate change, but if he’s serious he needs to start by rejecting fracking for oil and gas. Fracking is a dangerous and toxic drilling process that greatly exacerbates climate change and threatens to put us over the edge. 400 ppm is a game changer that requires President Obama stand up to the oil and gas industry. We have clean and abundant wind, water, and solar alternatives that can power the entire U.S. and individual states, according to studies, with existing technologies at equivalent or lower costs than conventional fuels. President Obama can’t claim to seriously address climate change and expand fracking for oil and gas – that’s a stark contradiction.”

© 2013 DeSmog Blog

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Win for Equality: SCOTUS Rules DOMA Unconstitutional

0

In a victory for marriage equality, the U.S. Supreme Court has ruled 5-4 on Wednesday that the Defense of Marriage Act (DOMA)–a federal law that deprived legally married same-sex couples of benefits given to other married couples–is unconstitutional and “a deprivation of equal liberty.”

Photo: chris dilts/cc/flickr “DOMA is unconstitutional as a deprivation of the equal liberty of persons that is protected by the Fifth Amendment,” Justice Anthony Kennedy wrote in the majority opinion, and added that “The avowed purpose and practical effect of the law here in question are to impose a disadvantage, a separate status, and so a stigma upon all who enter into same-sex marriages made lawful by the unquestioned authority of the States.”

He continued:

DOMA singles out a class of persons deemed by a State entitled to recognition and protection to enhance their own liberty. It imposes a disability on the class by refusing to acknowledge a status the State finds to be dignified and proper. DOMA instructs all federal officials, and indeed all persons with whom same-sex couples interact, including their own children, that their marriage is less worthy than the marriages of others. The federal statute is invalid, for no legitimate purpose overcomes the purpose and effect to disparage and to injure those whom the State, by its marriage laws, sought to protect in personhood and dignity. By seeking to displace this protection and treating those persons as living in marriages less respected than others, the federal statute is in violation of the Fifth Amendment.

Kennedy was joined by Justices Ginsburg, Breyer, Sotomayor and Kagan.

Cheering the ruling, Evan Wolfson, founder and president of Freedom to Marry, said that the “the justices have affirmed that all married couples are equal, ending the ‘gay exception’ that relegated same-sex couples to second-class status for too long. Married couples — gay or non-gay — should be treated as what they are: married.”

“The Supreme Court’s mortal blow to DOMA puts the moral weight of the federal government on the side of all Americans who seek to share in the freedom to marry and all its protections and responsibilities,” stated Wolfson.

In an additional victory for equality on Wednesday, the Court ruled that it will not address the merits of a challenge to California’s Proposition 8, saying those who brought the proposed the ban of same-sex marriage had no legal standing to do so.

“Today, history was made not only by the Supreme Court, but by the hundreds of thousands of people across the country who have worked for marriage equality in the states and federally,” stated Rea Carey, Executive Director of the National Gay and Lesbian Task Force. “Now we have to work harder than ever to ensure that all same-sex couples have marriage equality across our nation–and all LGBT people have full equality in every other respect.”

* * *

* * *

To see more about the lead plaintiff in the case, Edith Windsor, her now deceased wife, Thea Spyer, and the remarkable love story they shared, see the clip below by posted by Democracy Now! earlier this year:

____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Second LGBT Victory as High Court Defers on Prop. 8

0

In the second decision favorable to marriage equality advocates and deemed a victory by the LGBT community on Wednesday, the US Supreme Court ruled that it will not address the merits of a challenge to California’s Proposition 8, saying those who brought the proposed ban of same-sex marriage had no legal standing to do so.

Gay rights supporter Vin Testa waves a rainbow flag outside the U.S. Supreme Court building. (Photo by Win McNamee/Getty Images) Just minutes earlier, the court also struck down the Defense of Marriage Act, a federal law that deprived legally married same-sex couples of benefits given to other married couples, was unconstitutional and “a deprivation of equal liberty.”

The 5-4 ruling by the court means that same-sex couples in California will soon be free to marry once more, restoring rulings by lower federal and state courts that determined the ban was unconstitutional.

Celebrations broke out on the steps of the Supreme Court in Washington, DC and inside the rotunda at City Hall in San Francisco among other places where marriage equality advocates had gathered.

Legal experts say that California can now rely on those earlier rulings and allow the resumption of same-sex unions in a matter of weeks when the decision goes into effect.

In response, Equality California and other gay rights groups cheered the decision and tweeted:

And Twitter otherwise was alight:

_________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

NSA "Disappears" Its Own Fact Sheet on Spying Program

0

NSA Head General Keith Alexander (Photo: Charles Dharapak/AP Photo)The NSA moved quickly to cover its tracks Tuesday after being publicly exposed for posting a false “fact sheet” on the Prism internet spying program that deceptively portrayed U.S. privacy protections as stronger than they actually are.

The public statement was initially published last week to quell widespread outrage at the NSA snooping program, exposed by The Guardian in early June. Facing heated questioning from Congress, chastisement from international governments, and deep anger from those caught in the vast spying dragnet, the NSA hoped to clear the air by illustrating the oversight and limits placed on internet snooping.

Yet, the fact sheet turned out to contain serious falsehoods, making what was already a highly secretive spying operation even more mysterious.

Senators Ron Wyden and Mark Udall released a public letter Monday declaring the “fact sheet” to be significantly inaccurate because it, “portrays protections for Americans’ privacy being significantly stronger than they actually are.”

The senators, however, did not publicly reveal exactly where the inaccuracies lie, because they do not wish to expose classified documents. Rather, they shared the inaccuracies in a classified letter to the NSA.

After the public exposure, NSA officials admitted that the document contained falsehoods. NSA head General Keith Alexander wrote a letter to the senators admitting the fact sheet ‘could have more precisely described’ NSA targeting.

As the Washington Post reports, NSA Spokeswoman Judith Emmel skirted the question of inaccuracies yet acknowledged the “fact sheet” had been removed:

Emmel would not explicitly acknowledge that the fact sheet had been removed from the agency’s Web site. Instead, she referred to the text of a 2008 law that governs NSA surveillance programs.

“Given the intense interest from the media, the public, and Congress, we believe the precision of the source document (the statute) is the best possible representation of applicable authorities,” Emmel said in a prepared statement sent by e-mail to The Washington Post.

This is not the first time the NSA has been caught stretching the truth since the spying scandal broke.

Earlier this month, National Intelligence Director James Clapper was blasted for lying in a March testimony in which he declared that the NSA is not tracking and storing information on ‘hundreds of millions of Americans.’ Clapper defended his actions on the grounds that he responded in what he thought was ‘the most truthful, or least untruthful manner.’

Senators Wyden and Udall are calling for the NSA to publicly admit to the falsehood, declaring, “When the NSA makes inaccurate statements about government surveillance and fails to correct the public record, it can decrease public confidence in the NSA’s openness.”

At this point, the public does not know which inaccuracies the NSA is admitting to.

An article in The Atlantic attempted to uncover the NSA statement’s inaccuracies by comparing the disproved “fact sheet” with leaked documents.            While they questioned many of the NSA statement’s claims, they cast considerable doubt on the following “fact sheet” assertions:

  • Any inadvertently acquired communication of or concerning a U.S. person must be promptly destroyed if it is neither relevant to the authorized purpose nor evidence of a crime.
  • Any information collected after a foreign target enters the U.S. – or prior to a discovery that any target erroneously believed to be foreign was in fact a U.S. person – must be promptly destroyed unless that information meets specific, limited criteria approved by the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court.

Yet, the specific falsehoods pinpointed by the senators remain mysteries.

Trevor Trimm from the Electronic Frontier Foundation pointed to broad NSA deceptiveness but also could not pinpoint the specific inaccuracies exposed by the senators.

I can’t really tell which statement Wyden and Udall think is inaccurate. Many of the statements are written to downplay the true scope of what the NSA does and how it affects Americans’ privacy. For example, they say nothing about how they can hold onto communications forever if the communication is encrypted. Essentially they’re saying, if you value privacy, you are suspicious. But I doubt this is what Wyden and Udall are talking about. This is exactly problem with keeping such sweeping surveillance powers behind the veil of secrecy – the public has no way of knowing if what the government says is true or not.

But I have no doubt Wyden and Udall are correct. They originally said Americans would be “stunned” to learn how the government was interpreting the Patriot Act, and they were proven right when the Verizon court order was published. Wyden also alleged the NSA could conduct “backdoor searches” of US persons data after targeting foreigners under the FISA Amendments Act, and it’s becoming increasingly clear, judging by the latest report from the Guardian, that he was right about that too.  

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Supreme Court 'Greenlight': States Line Up to Pass Discriminatory New Voter Laws

0

A February demonstration in support of the 1965 Voting Rights Act. Tuesday’s ruling by the Supreme Court gutted an essential protective of the law. (Photo: SEIU International/ Flickr)The flood gates have opened. Following the Tuesday Supreme Court ruling that gutted an essential protective from the 1965 Voting Rights Act, a slew of states with a history of racial discrimination are already lining up to pass new voter identification laws all but guaranteeing increased minority voter suppression.

Hours after the Supreme Court ruling, Texas attorney general, Greg Abbott, declared he was instantly implementing a controversial voter ID law that had been blocked by the Obama administration last August.

“With today’s decision, the state’s voter ID law will take effect immediately. Photo identification will now be required when voting in elections in Texas,” he said.

The law was initially blocked on the basis that the requirement to show photo identification before casting a ballot would have imposed “strict, unforgiving burdens” on poor minority voters, the Guardian reports.

The NAACP estimates that a quarter of African-Americans and 16% of Latinos of voting age lack a current government-issued photo ID and are thus at risk of disenfranchisement.

“The court’s majority put politics over decades of precedent and the rights of voters,” said NAACP President, Benjamin Todd Jealous. “We are more vulnerable to the flood of attacks we have seen in recent years.”

“The Supreme Court’s ruling sets the stage for a fight to ensure that people of color are not turned away from the ballot box using modern pretextual devices like photo identification,” added NAACP General Counsel Kim Keenan. “Until we demand a fix for this problem, equal rights under the law and a fair vote will be no more than a promise to millions of voters.”

The Supreme Court voted 5-4 striking down Section 4 of the Voting Rights Act, which determines which states and localities–based on those locations having a history of racial discrimination–are subject to federal “preclearance” before changing any voting laws, from new congressional district maps to the precinct locations and voting hours. Prior to the ruling, nine states, including Texas, and parts of seven others were required to obtain the approval.

Tuesday’s ruling also cleared the way for Alabama to pass a new voter identification law. Following the news, Alabama Attorney General Luther Strange and Secretary of State Beth Chapman said they believed the voting requirement, which is scheduled to take effect with the June 2014 primaries, can now move forward without any oversight or preclearance. 

“Photo voter ID will the first process that we have gone through under this new ruling,” Chapman stated. 

In addition to Texas and Alabama, a slew of other formerly Confederate states that had previously been subject to oversight are also announcing new legislation. The Associated Press reports:

[…] Mississippi pledged to immediately implement laws requiring voters to show photo identification before getting a ballot. North Carolina Republicans promised they would quickly try to adopt a similar law. Florida now appears free to set its early voting hours however Gov. Rick Scott and the GOP Legislature please. And Georgia’s most populous county likely will use county commission districts that Republican state legislators drew over the objections of local Democrats.

According to a recent report by the Brennan Center for Justice, any weakening of preclearance requirements within the Voting Rights Act “would seriously threaten the rights of minority voters across the country to cast a ballot and generate additional confusion and litigation over voting rules.”

They estimate that over the past 15 years the Justice Department has blocked discriminatory election changes from the listed jurisdictions 86 times. 

Myrna Pérez, author of the report, noted that the most “dangerous” changes would be those kept below the radar. “The biggest threats could come from small town officials making changes without any public notice or scrutiny — canceling an election, say, or moving the location of a polling station a week before election day” she said, adding, “We will be asking people to keep vigilant.”

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Americans Agree: NSA 'Most Likely' Spied On Judicial and Executive Figures

0

A new study shows that the majority of American voters believe the NSA may have monitored the private communications of Congress, military leaders, and judges.

(Photo: Oli Scarff/Getty Images) According to Rasmussen Reports, who published the poll, 72% of voters think it is “somewhat likely” that the NSA spied on these officials, violating “one of the country’s most cherished constitutional standards — the checks and balances between the three branches of government.” 

This larger figure is divided in two–with 27% of those polled finding the action “somewhat likely” while 45% agree it is “very likely.” Only 14% of the participants disagreed, saying the possibility of the NSA acting in this way is “not likely.”

Rasmusen adds that this data is especially significant considering that 57% of voters believe in the likelihood that the NSA data will be used by U.S. government agencies to harass political opponents.

President of the company Scott Rasmusen commented on the recent leaks, noting that “none of the public players comes off looking great in the NSA story.”

1,000 people participated in the survey which was facilitated by Pulse Opinion Research.

(Chart via Instantpiechart)Lucia Brown is a summer editorial intern at Common Dreams.

_____________________

‬

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Texas, the 'Undisputed Champion of Judicial Killings,' Set to Carry Out Milestone Execution

0

On Wednesday, Texas is set to reach the “shameful milestone” of executing its 500th inmate since it reinstated in the death penalty in 1982.

Texas is set to confirm its “dubious distinction of being the undisputed champion of judicial killings” with its milestone execution of Kimberly McCarthy. (Photo: Kurt and Sybilla/cc/flickr) 52-year-old Kimberly McCarthy is scheduled to die by lethal injection shortly after 6 PM in Huntsville, Texas after her lawyer exhausted all efforts to appeal the execution.

The Guardian‘s Ed Pilkington writes that it “will confirm Texas’s dubious distinction of being the undisputed champion of judicial killings.”

As Nick Chiles reports at the Atlanta Black Star:

Texas kills an average of one inmate every three weeks, a pace that makes it by far the most active state in the killing business. Of the 34 states that have the death penalty on the books, Texas has killed almost five times more people than the runner-up, Virginia, which has had 110 executions since the death penalty was federally reinstated in 1976.

Among the previous 499 inmates killed by Texas before this “shameful milestone,” Amnesty International points out, “there have been prisoners suffering from severe mental illness or intellectual disability, and teenage defendants who had been provided with woefully inadequate legal representation.”

In addition to being the 500th person to be executed in the state since the death penalty’s reinstatement, Sadhbh Walshe writes,

McCarthy will also be the 185th black person. This is significant because it means that in a state where African Americans make up just 12.2% of the population, they account for around 37% of those who are executed. This is disturbing of itself, but all the more so because McCarthy’s application for a stay was based on claims that her conviction and death sentence were the result of a process that was infected by racial discrimination.

Amnesty International explains:

McCarthy’s death sentence was for the murder of a 71-year-old white neighbor Dorothy Booth, who was stabbed to death in 1997. At the 2002 trial – which was a retrial – the jury consisted of 11 white members and one person of color. At the jury selection, only four out of 64 prospective members of the jury were black, and three of these were dismissed by the prosecution – a decision which was never challenged by McCarthy’s lawyer.

“The shameful errors that plague Ms. McCarthy’s case–race bias, ineffective counsel and courts unwilling to exercise meaningful oversight of the system–reflect problems that are central to the administration of the death penalty as a whole,” Maurie Levin, McCarthy’s lawyer, said. “For this to be the emblem of Texas’ 500th execution is something all Texans should be ashamed of.”

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Green Groups Celebrate Obama Speech, But For What?

0

After Obama’s climate speech on Tuesday and the reaction that followed, a couple of questions stand out.

Number one. Is it possible that the anti-Keystone XL movement counting victory on the controversial tar sands project prematurely?

And second. Have environmental groups more broadly been too friendly to President Obama in the aftermath of a mere speech, however welcome its rhetorical flourishes?

With a showering of praise from ‘big green’ groups like NRDC, Sierra Club, and Environment America–the last of which decided to launch an expensive ‘thank you’ TV ad for the president–is it possible that the environmental movement is easing off the pressure at exactly the moment they should be holding Obama’s feet more firmly to the fire?

As Robert Weissman, president of Public Citizen, said in his remarks about the speech, climate change “poses a near-existential threat to humanity,” and presidential rhetoric–especially vague rhetoric–is simply too little and too late.

“We need a national mobilization — and indeed a worldwide mobilization — to transform rapidly from our fossil fuel-reliant past and present to a clean energy future,” Weissman said. “We need a sense of urgency — indeed, emergency — massive investments, tough and specific standards and binding rules.”

Though the president offered none of that, many groups were blasting praise to their memberships and heralding a new era of executive action.

But where’s the action?

If you want to know what President Obama signaled about his pending decisions about the Keystone XL pipeline, just read the headlines:

Analysts see okay for Keystone as Obama muddies the debate (the Globe and Mail);
Keystone XL pipeline: Did Obama just drop a big hint about his decision? (Christian Science Monitor);
After speech, Canada confident Keystone XL will be approved (Mining Gazette);
Obama hints that Keystone XL may be rejected
(Raw Story);
or Obama hints at Keystone approval (Politico)

Or don’t. Because the truth of the matter seems that everyone is entitled to interpret Obama’s surprise comments about the controversial tar sands project however they feel most comfortable.

First, here’s what the president said during his address at Georgetown University on Tuesday:

I know there’s been … a lot of controversy surrounding the proposal to build a pipeline, the Keystone pipeline, that would carry oil from Canadian tar sands down to refineries in the Gulf. And the State Department is going through the final stages of evaluating the proposal. That’s how it’s always been done.

But I do want to be clear: Allowing the Keystone pipeline to be built requires a finding that doing so would be in our nation’s interest. And our national interest will be served only if this project does not significantly exacerbate the problem of carbon pollution. The net effects of the pipeline’s impact on our climate will be absolutely critical to determining whether this project is allowed to go forward. It’s relevant.

In response, some of the groups most vocal and active in their opposition praised Obama’s language, saying they were both surprised and heartened because to them it meant that the president could not make such bold public statements and then–given all the available science and public outcry– turn around and approve the project.

“This is an appropriate standard that the president appears to be setting on Keystone XL,” said 350.org’s Bill McKibben, probably the group best known for organizing and standing against Keystone XL. “The president is saying what the science has always demanded. It’s encouraging news for certain.”

The answer to Obama’s question about the “pipeline’s impact on our climate” is clear, said Oil Change International. “Keystone XL will greatly impact our climate, and thus our communities and our children,” the group opposed to the project said. “On this basis, the pipeline must be denied.”

But though groups like Oil Change International and 350.org–long associated with promoting the scientific consensus on climate change–may understand the certainty of the warnings associated with the further development of the Alberta tar sands, it is not at all clear that the State Department shares this understanding.

Indeed, here’s what the State Department’s draft Supplement Environmental Impact Statement (SEIS) itself said:

[F]rom a global perspective, the decision whether or not to build the Project will not affect the extraction and combustion of WCSB [Western Canadian Sedimentary Basin] oil sands crude on the global market. However, on a life-cycle basis and compared with reference crudes refined in the United States, oil sands crudes could result in an increase in incremental GHG emissions.

As others have pointed out, this creates a very possible loophole because what this phrasing really says is that while tars sands development itself will definitely increase carbon emissions, the mere building of the Keystone XL pipeline will not.

If interpreted this way by the State Department, and if Obama follows their guidance as he suggested he will, then the fate of Alberta’s “carbon bomb” has now been entrusted to nuanced legal interpretations of a highly controversial impact study.

And as Politico reports, proponents of the pipeline were in a mostly celebratory mood.

The company building the pipeline and many of its top supporters in Congress saw Obama’s remarks as highly encouraging.

Keystone builder TransCanada said in a statement that it’s “pleased with the President’s guidance to the State Department, as the almost five-year review of the project has already repeatedly found that these criteria are satisfied.” Rep. Lee Terry (R-Neb.) said Obama’s remarks were “a positive step forward toward getting this project built, creating jobs and decreasing our dependence on foreign sources of oil.” And a spokesman for House Speaker John Boehner said “the standard the president set today should lead to speedy approval of the Keystone pipeline.”

And despite the hopes and desires of environmentalists, even as they once again enjoyed his rhetorical gifts, Obama just might.

When and if he does it will be TransCanada–as tar sands oil snakes its way from Alberta to the Gulf coast for export–who will be producing the next batch of ‘thank you’ ads for the president.

___________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

SF Pride: Military Recruiters Welcome, Bradley Manning Not

0

(Photo: Courage to Resist Website)San Francisco Pride is welcoming military recruiters to this massive June 30th LGBTQ celebration, the media exposed Tuesday. The revelation comes just weeks after the Pride board officially dumped Wikileaks whistleblower Bradley Manning as the Grand Marshal.

The national guard will join the celebration’s vast corporate and bank sponsors–including AT&T and Bank of America–by setting up recruiting booths. This marks the first time the military will formally recruit at Pride since ‘Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell’ was overturned in 2011.

When the revelations of military recruiters were made public, LGBTQ and anti-militarist groups were already mobilizing against the SF Pride board’s controversial dethroning of Bradley Manning as the parade’s Grand Marshal.

The news that military recruiters will be in full-force is a further blow to many LGBTQ organizers and Manning supporters calling for Pride to take a stand against U.S.-led wars.

“It’s shocking, but not surprising,” declared Clare Bayard, San Francisco queer organizer on issues of racism, militarism, and war with Catalyst Project. “Since the community response was so loud and clear when Pride threw Bradley Manning under the bus, they’ve found another way to reassert their role in trying to defang a queer liberation movement with a long history of challenging militarism.”

“I don’t want the military at Pride,” said Stephen Funk, queer former service member who refused deployment to Iraq on ethical grounds and is an active supporter of Bradley Manning and member of Iraq Veterans Against the War. “This shows who is really controlling Pride. Now the gay rights movement you see on the media is not anti-war, they are all about assimilation.”

In early June, the SF Pride board announced their final decision to exclude Manning from this honor after he was initially named Grand Marshal April 26th. This followed public trashing of Manning from the board, including charges that he is a traitor.

This provoked uproar from many LGBTQ organizers who hail the former Army private as a ‘queer hero’ for leaking and exposing U.S. war crimes and human rights abuses. Manning’s supporters organized protests, open letters, and a massive community meeting attended by over one hundred calling for the board to reinstate this honor.

While the Pride board ultimately decided to strip manning’s title, LGBTQ and veterans groups announced Tuesday that they will honor the whistle blower as ‘Community’ Grand Marshal in their own Pride contingent, expected to draw hundreds. Daniel Ellsberg, who leaked the Pentagon Papers in 1971, will be numbered among them.

Manning supporters have garnered widespread support for this action, including pledges from the SF dyke and trans marches–during the same weekend as Pride–that they will honor Manning.

“There’s been an outpouring of support for Bradley Manning in the LGBTQ community, not only in San Francisco but nationally and internationally, since Pride’s leadership made its divisive decision to overturn his election as Grand Marshal,” declared former SF Pride Grand Marshal Joey Cain.

“It makes me feel very upset that the military would be welcome but Bradley Manning isn’t,” bemoaned Michael Thurman– organizer with Bradley Manning Support Network and Courage to Resist–as he made picket signs for upcoming actions to hold Pride accountable. “That shows how militarized the decision-making process is.”

Many in LGBTQ communities charge that Pride only represents the interests of the most elite U.S. gays.

“Look at this week with the Supreme Court gutting the Voting Rights Act and Indian Child Welfare Act, and the Texas legislature’s attempt to slash abortion rights,” declared Bayard. “Pride has long positioned itself as an arm of funneling white gays with money away from uniting with our multiracial, cross-class, many-gendered queer family with interests way past marriage, towards joining up with conservative white electoral agendas.”

Organizers vow that they will not let the Pride’s embrace of military recruiters stop them from sending a loud anti-war and anti-militarist message this weekend. Bayard insists:

The Pride committee would love nothing more than for us to spend the weekend celebrating the defeat of DOMA and Prop 8. We don’t want to trade ‘tolerance’ and the opportunity to enlist in occupation forces for our deeply held values of justice and building healthy communities that meet everyone’s needs and celebrate everyone’s gift.

Queers need other routes besides joining the military to be accepted and loved. Trashing Bradley Manning and inviting in the military is a clear message about where they want to position us, but we refuse to be used as a wedge.

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Morsi Clings to Power as Millions Call for His Resignation

0

Egypt’s embattled President Morsi appeared to be clinging to power in his televised address Wednesday evening, in which he refused widespread calls for his resignation while vowing to make ‘quick’ reforms.

A boy holds a defaced poster of Egyptian President Mohamed Mursi that reads, “Tamarod, Rebel June 30, It’s the End of (the) Brotherhood’s role” outside his family’s tent in front of the Ministry of Defense in Cairo June 25, 2013. (Photo: Amr Abdallah Dalsh/ Reuters) A broad coalition of anti-Morsi demonstrators swarmed Cairo’s Tahrir Square to demanding the quick ouster of a president charged with hoarding power and steamrolling human rights and democracy.

Egyptian state media also depicted protesters gathered outside of Cairo’s defense ministry flying signs that demand: ‘Out!”

Soldiers and military vehicles were deployed throughout Cairo after Egypt’s massive Army vowed Sunday it would intervene if Egypt’s ‘unrest’ continues.

State media is reporting clashes between the liberal factions and Morsi supporters. An estimated 160 people were reported injured in the city of Mansoura and Reuters reports, “rival factions were on the streets of other nearby towns in the Nile Delta as night fell. Crowds were also gathering in Cairo, in separate locations.”

Other media outlets are reporting two deaths and as many as 230 injuries as the tension continues to mount between those calling for President Mohamed Morsi’s resignation and others who back the controversial regime.

Reuters continues: 

Fears of a violent stand-off in the streets between Morsi’s Islamist supporters and a broad coalition of the disaffected have led people to stock up on food. Long lines of cars outside fuel stations have snarled roads in Cairo and other cities. 

Wednesday’s speech and skirmish come ahead of widespread anti-government protests scheduled for June 30, for which Egypt’s military is preparing for by bringing in “reinforcements of troops and armor to bases near Egyptian cities,” Al Jazeera reports.

The protests have been organized by the Tamarod (‘Rebel’) petition campaign who, in a run up to the demonstrations, is holding rallies inside Cairo’s metro station. The group is calling for Morsi’s resignation followed by ‘snap elections’ and is hoping to collect 15 million signatures for a petition in support of a vote of no confidence in the leader, who marks his first year in office on Sunday.

“The campaign accuses Morsi, who hails from the Muslim Brotherhood, of ‘failing to implement policies to improve the life of ordinary people,’ citing Egypt’s increasingly dire economic situation,” Ahram Online reports.

Critics charge that the Morsi regime’s quick embrace of the neoliberal economic policies of the Mubarak administration is responsible for the current energy and food crisis gripping the country.

Morsi’s regime has been broadly condemned for frequent and often fatal attacks on the country’s continuing mobilizations. Protesters have expressed fear of a massive Army and police crackdown on the planned June 30th protests.

The Morsi Administration and Egyptian Army are backed by the Obama Administration, with $1.3 billion per year given directly in military aid to the powerful and famously secretive Egyptian Army, estimated to control 40% of the economy.

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Iran voices support for First Nations

0

People in Vancouver, Canada, hol a demonstration in support of First Nations. (file photo)

Iran has called on Canada to respect its obligations regarding the basic rights of the First Nations, expressing concern over the discriminatory handling of the indigenous population in the country.

In a Wednesday statement, the Iranian Foreign Ministry strongly urged the Canadian government “to adhere to its commitments toward aboriginals, including the rights stipulated in the [UN] Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples.”

The statement also voiced Tehran’s “deep concern over persistence of the systematic discrimination” and “the inhuman situation” it has inflicted on the aboriginal people.

The statement further praised Canadian indigenous people for their strong will and courage in pursuing their long-violated rights, and extended Iranâ„¢s congratulations to them on the occasion of National Aboriginal Day.

On June 21, Canada’s indigenous people marked the occasion by staging anti-government protest rallies in Ottawa, with the New Democratic Party (NDP) predicting a Å“hot summer” of displeasure among the countryâ„¢s aboriginals.

Å“I can tell from having talked to hundreds of representatives of First Nations that that frustration is palpable, it’s growing, especially amongst the young people,” NDP leader Tom Mulcair stated.

The government of Canadian Prime Minister Stephen Harper has come under criticism for widespread violation of the rights of the country’s indigenous community.

A recent study by the Canadian Center for Policy Alternatives says almost 50 percent of indigenous children in Canada are living in poverty that is three times more than the national average.

Many of Canadaâ„¢s natives continue to suffer unsafe drinking water, inadequate housing, addiction, and high suicide rates.

In a report released in December 19, 2012, Amnesty International called on Ottawa to address human rights abuses in the country, particularly with respect to the rights of indigenous peoples.

MKA/MRS/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘US to blame for tension in Afghanistan’

0

Afghan President Hamid Karzai has blamed the United States for tensions in his country by allowing the opening of a political office for Taliban militants in the Qatari capital Doha.

Karzai made the remark on Wednesday in a meeting with Afghan tribal elders at his presidential palace.

He said the opening of the Taliban office in Doha will cause ethnic tensions in Afghanistan.

His comments drew opposition from US Special Representative for Afghanistan and Pakistan James Dobbins, who claimed the Taliban office serves to restore peace in Afghanistan.

Dobbins visited Kabul on Monday to ease recent tensions over the opening of a Taliban office in Qatar.

The tension between Washington and Kabul broke out on June 18, when the Taliban militant group opened its new political office in Doha under the name of the Islamic Emirate of Afghanistan.

The Afghan government has reacted angrily to the opening of the office, which is backed by the United States.

Kabul has also suspended negotiations with Washington on the nature of US presence in Afghanistan after foreign troops leave the country in 2014.

Afghanistan says

The Afghan government, which says it wants to lead any talks with militants, has demanded a full explanation as to how the US and Qatar allowed the Taliban to raise its flag over its office in Doha.

Å“The manner in which the office was established was in clear breach of the principles and terms of references agreed with us by the US government,” Afghan Foreign Ministry spokesman Janan Mosazai said on Sunday.

Senior Afghan officials in Kabul say the Taliban militants will be able to use the office to raise funds for their campaign in Afghanistan.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but after almost 12 years, insecurity remains across the country.

The increasing number of military casualties in Afghanistan has caused widespread anger in the US and other NATO member states, undermining public support for the Afghan war.

MN/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bit by Bit Strategy

0

Walter E. WilliamsThere’s a move on to prohibit Washington’s football team from calling itself “Redskins,” even though a 2009 U.S. Supreme Court decision said that it has that right. Now the name change advocates are turning to the political arena and intimidation. The NCAA has already banned the University of North Dakota from calling its football team the “Fighting Sioux.”

This is the classic method of busybodies and tyrants; they start out with something trivial or small and then magnify and extend it. If these people are successful in banning the use of Indian names for football teams, you can bet the rent money that won’t end their agenda. Our military has a number of fighting aircraft named with what busybodies and tyrants might consider racial slights, such as the Apache, Iroquois, Kiowa, Lakota and Mescalero. We also have military aircraft named after animals, such as the Eagle, Falcon, Raptor, Cobra and Dolphin. The people fighting against the Redskins name might form a coalition with the PETA animal rights kooks to ban the use of animal names.

Another example of the strategy of starting out small is that of the tobacco zealots. In 1965, in the name of health, tobacco zealots successfully got Congress to enact the Cigarette Labeling and Advertising Act. A few years later, they were successful in getting a complete smoking ban on planes, and that success emboldened them to seek many other bans. The issue here is not smoking but tyrant strategy. Suppose that in 1965, the tobacco tyrants demanded that Congress enact a law banning smoking in bars, in workplaces, in restaurants, in apartments, within 25 feet of entrances, in ballparks, on beaches, on sidewalks and in other places. Had they revealed and demanded their full agenda back in 1965, there would have been so much resistance that they wouldn’t have gotten anything. By the way, much of their later success was a result of a bogus Environmental Protection Agency study on secondhand smoke. I’d like to hear whether EPA scientists are willing to declare that people can die from secondhand smoke at a beach, on a sidewalk, in a park or within 25 feet of a building.

During the legislative and subsequent state ratification debates over the 16th Amendment – which established the income tax – the political task of overturning the Constitution’s prohibition of such tax was considerably eased by political promises that any income tax levied would fall upon only the wealthiest 3 to 5 percent of the population. Most Americans paid no federal income tax, and those earning $500,000 or more paid only 7 percent. In 1913, only 358,000 Americans filed 1040 forms, compared with today’s 140 million. That’s the rope-a-dope strategy. To get the votes of the masses, politicians start out small and exploit the politics of envy by promising that only the rich will be taxed.

In 1898, Congress imposed a temporary federal excise tax on telephones as a revenue measure during the Spanish-American War. At that time, only the rich owned phones. Soon nearly all Americans owned phones. Both the rich and the poor paid the telephone excise tax. Congress repealed this “temporary” Spanish-American War tax in 2006. Nobel laureate Milton Friedman had it right when he said, “Nothing is so permanent as a temporary government program.”

The Tax Reform Act of 1969, called the alternative minimum tax, was created to raise revenue from 155 “rich” Americans who legally avoided federal income taxes by buying tax-free municipal bonds. Today more than 4 million Americans are hit by the AMT, and most of them hardly qualify as rich.

Here’s another rope-a-dope just beginning. The National Transportation Safety Board recently recommended that states reduce the allowable blood alcohol content by more than a third – to 0.05 percent, as opposed to today’s 0.08 percent. The NTSB is calling it a recommendation just to test the waters. If the board doesn’t see resistance, its next move will be to threaten noncomplying states with a cutoff of highway construction funds. Setting the legal limit at 0.05 percent is not these people’s end objective. Their end objective is to outlaw any amount of alcohol in the blood while one is driving.

Walter E. Williams is a professor of economics at George Mason University. To find out more about Walter E. Williams and read features by other Creators Syndicate writers and cartoonists, visit the Creators Syndicate Web page at www.creators.com.

COPYRIGHT 2013 CREATORS.COM

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Rand Paul Immigration Amendment Would Prevent National ID Card

0

With the Senate apparently within days or hours of passing the so-called Gang of Eight’s immigration reform bill, one opponent of that bill has offered an amendment to that legislation that would prevent it from becoming another tool of totalitarianism.

On June 20, Senator Rand Paul (shown, R-Ky.) announced on his website that he would introduce the Protect Our Privacy Act as an amendment to S. 744, the Border Security, Economic Opportunity, and Immigration Modernization Act.

According to Paul, his measure would prohibit the issuance of a national ID card. The constitutionally consistent freshman senator believes that his proposed amendment would push back against the assault on liberty being perpetrated by the Obama administration.

“A National ID card violates our right to privacy by helping to consolidate data and facilitate the government in the tracking of individuals. President Ronald Reagan opposed this idea, as did President Bill Clinton. They believed, as I do, that American citizens should not be forced to carry around a National Identification Card as a condition of citizenship, because the card offends any reasonable basic concept of freedom. While identifying and documenting immigrants is necessary for proper reform, implementing a mandatory identification registry for all citizens is not,” Paul said.

Senator Paul’s statement provides the following points relating to the protections proposed by his amendment.

The Protect Our Privacy Act does the following:

– Prohibits the Department of Homeland Security from interpreting the immigration reform bill to permit a national identification card or system;

– Prohibits the Federal or State government from requiring photographs or biometric information without probable cause;

– Prevents the provision in the bill titled “Photo Tool” from allowing the government to force all citizens to provide a photo;

– Prohibits a “biometric social security card” for citizens; and,

– Forbids a “de facto national registry of citizens.”

In an op-ed published by Politico, Senator Paul explained his impending “no” vote on the immigration overhaul:

I will be voting no on the Senate’s Gang of Eight immigration bill, because the legislation does not secure the border first.

I think we desperately need immigration reform. Unfortunately, this legislation does not give us serious reform.

Of paramount concern is what to do with the 12 million people currently residing in the U.S. who are in legal limbo: No one is seriously contemplating they leave, but conservatives believe normalizing their status should be dependent on border security first.

Any immigration reform must expand legal immigration and the work visa program, so we don’t find another 12 million undocumented workers here a decade from now. The Gang of Eight bill actually decreases the number of agricultural workers visas. If work visas are less than what the market demands, the workers will come illegally and we’re right back where we started.

On May 24, Senator Paul published a similar opinion piece in the Washington Times. Paul wrote:

The controversial immigration-reform bill that passed the Senate Judiciary Committee this week is expected to be considered by the Senate in June. Many see measures contained in this bill, such as a strong E-Verify and a “photo tool,” as a means to control unlawful immigrants’ access to unlawful employment. I worry that they go too far.

I think there are better ideas that err on the side of individual privacy while still strengthening our borders. We should scrap a national identification database and pass immigration reform that secures the border, expands existing work-visa programs and prevents noncitizens from access to welfare. These simple ideas will eliminate the perceived need for an invasive worker-verification system and a government citizenship database.

I am against the idea that American citizens should be forced to carry around a National Identification Card as a condition of citizenship. I worry that the Senate is working to consider a series of little-noticed provisions in comprehensive immigration reform that may provide a pathway to a national ID card for all individuals present in the United States – citizens and noncitizens. These draconian ideas would simply give government too much power.

Forcing Americans to carry around an identification card to affirmatively prove citizenship offends our basic concept of freedom. Wanting to avoid a “papers please” culture in our country is also why conservatives oppose federal universal gun background checks. We oppose such measures not because we don’t believe in common-sense rules or regulation – but because we are wary of giving the federal government this kind of centralized power over our daily lives.

I am against government lists of those who own or have transferred a firearm for the same reason I oppose any pathway to a national ID. I don’t think that government should have the awesome power of monitoring the legal activities of American citizens. That is not a proper role of the federal government – or any level of government, for that matter.

As with his other amendments to the immigration bill, Paul is blocking every effort by his colleagues in Congress to deprive Americans of their most basic civil rights as protected by the Constitution.

In the Politico letter, Senator Paul places the onus for real immigration reform on the shoulders of the House of Representatives.

The authors of the current bill gloss over these core immigration issues by saying they will simply put more people on the border. This is like using a Band-Aid to cure a cold, and further shows Washington’s ignorance of the deep systematic flaws that have contributed to our immigration dilemma.

It is now up to the House to champion real immigration reform. If we’re going to fix our broken borders and have an overhaul of the system verifiable by Congress, the House will have to lead the way.

The New York Times reported on Tuesday, June 25, that House Republicans “feel no pressure to act quickly” on the immigration issue.

“We have a minority of the minority in the Senate voting for this bill,” the Times quotes Representative Tom Cole (R-Okla.), referring to the 15 members of the GOP likely to vote in favor of the measure when the Senate votes this week.

“That’s not going to put a lot of pressure on the majority of the majority in the House,” Cole said, as reported by the Times.

Finally, as The New American has repeatedly pointed out throughout the debate on the immigration issue over the past few years, Congress is not empowered by the Constitution to legislate in the arena of immigration.

Nearly the entire universe of authority delegated to the Congress of the United States is contained with Article I, Section 8 of the Constitution. Not one of the roughly 20 powers listed authorizes Congress at all, not to mention exclusively, to establish immigration policy.

The closest the Constitution comes to placing anything even incidentally related to immigration within the bailiwick of Congress is found in the clause of Article I, Section 8 that empowers Congress to “establish an uniform Rule of Naturalization.”

That’s it. There is no other mention of immigration in the text of the Constitution. Somehow, though, the enemies of state sovereignty and enumerated powers have extrapolated from that scant reference to “naturalization” the exclusive and unimpeachable right to legislate in the arena of immigration.

The difference between immigration and naturalization is one of definition. Immigration is the act of coming to a country of which one is not a native.

Naturalization, however, is defined as the conference upon an alien of the rights and privileges of a citizen. It is difficult to understand how so many lawyers, judges, and legislators (most of whom are/were lawyers) can innocently confuse these two terms.

Before the states sent delegates to a convention in Philadelphia in 1787 to amend the Articles of Confederation (the result of which was the Constitution), they had years of experience policing their sovereign borders, setting rules governing the means by which one could lawfully enter the state. That is to say, they were policing the immigration of aliens, an act undeniably within their right as a sovereign government.

On not one single occasion during that summer of 1787 did any one of the 55 (on and off) representatives of the 13 states suggest the endowment of the new federal government with the authority to set immigration policy for the entire nation. That is significant. Not even the most strident advocate of a powerful national government ever proposed granting the power in question to the central authority.

The Senate will likely vote on the immigration bill this week.

Photo of Sen. Rand Paul: AP Images

Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

House Votes Unanimously to Ban Funding for UN Gun Grab

0

The National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) for Fiscal Year 2014 was recently passed by the House of Representatives, and one member of Congress wants to make sure that civilian disarmament is not among the programs included in the defense bill.

Representative Mike Kelly (R-Pa.) offered an amendment to the NDAA (HR 1960) that would prohibit federal funding for the implementation of the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty (ATT) for one year.

Remarkably, the House unanimously passed Kelly’s amendment, and it was included in the final passage of the NDAA. Subsequently, Kelly voted in favor of the NDAA.

In support of his bill, Kelly made the following remarks from the floor of the House of Representatives:

Over the last year, I have been joined by over 140 bipartisan members of this body to express deep concerns with the ATT and to urge its rejection.

First, the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty undermines our Second Amendment rights by omitting the fundamental, individual right to keep and bear arms and imposing a national “responsibility” to prevent firearms “diversion,” thus opening the door to new gun control measures.

Secondly, the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty undermines our sovereignty by imposing vague, readily politicized requirements on the United States and inviting United Nations-led investigations into what U.S. policy makers knew or should have known regarding arms transfers that allegedly violate the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty.

Ultimately, the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty will stop the good from doing good without stopping the bad from doing bad. As then-Secretary of State Hillary Clinton said, the U.S. maintains the “gold standard” of arms export controls. My amendment upholds our current policies as well as our enduring values.

Since March, when the Obama administration ordered the U.S. delegation to the UN to support passage of the Arms Trade Treaty, Representative Kelly has been at the vanguard of congressional opposition to the global gun grab.

On March 15, 2013, Kelly offered a concurrent resolution proclaiming the House’s opposition to the treaty. The non-binding measure has 146 cosponsors in the House and 35 on the Senate side.

Although not unanimously, the Senate has voted to prevent enforcement of the Arms Trade Treaty, as well.

About a week after Kelly introduced his resolution in the House, the Senate approved a measure “to uphold Second Amendment rights and prevent the United States from entering into the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty.”

By a vote of 53-46, the Senate passed the amendment to the budget bill sponsored by Senator Jim Inhofe (R-Okla.).

“We’re negotiating a treaty that cedes our authority to have trade agreements with our allies in terms of trading arms,” Inhofe said before the vote on his amendment. “This is probably the last time this year that you’ll be able to vote for your Second Amendment rights.”

A resolution of similar intent sponsored by Senator Jerry Moran (R-Kan.) has languished since March waiting for action by the Senate Foreign Relations Committee.

Moran’s measure declares that it is the sense of Congress that

the President should not sign the Arms Trade Treaty, and that, if he transmits the treaty with his signature to the Senate, the Senate should not ratify the Arms Trade Treaty; and

until the Arms Trade Treaty has been signed by the President, received the advice and consent of the Senate, and has been the subject of implementing legislation by Congress, no Federal funds should be appropriated or authorized to implement the Arms Trade Treaty, or any similar agreement, or to conduct activities relevant to the Arms Trade Treaty, or any similar agreement.

Moran’s legislation is nearly identical to the amendment sponsored last week by Representative Kelly.

Both the Moran and Kelly resolutions declare that the Arms Trade Treaty “poses significant risks to the national security, foreign policy, and economic interests of the United States as well as to the constitutional rights of United States citizens and United States sovereignty.”

The measures also points out that the UN gun grab “fails to expressly recognize the fundamental, individual right to keep and to bear arms and the individual right of personal self-defense, as well as the legitimacy of hunting, sports shooting, and other lawful activities pertaining to the private ownership of firearms and related materials, and thus risks infringing on freedoms protected by the Second Amendment.”

On May 30, Kelly issued a statement regarding a bipartisan letter he authored and submitted to President Obama and Secretary of State John Kerry petitioning the administration not to sign the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty.

The letter is signed by a total of 130 members of Congress – including Armed Services Committee Chairman Buck McKeon (R-Calif.), Judiciary Committee Chairman Bob Goodlatte (R-Va.), and Rules Committee Chairman Pete Sessions (R-Texas) – and declares all of the signatories’ opposition to “both the ratification of the Arms Trade Treaty and any effort to treat it as internationally or domestically binding upon the United States.”

Rep. Kelly further states in the letter,

As the signing period for the ATT gets underway next week, President Obama has an opportunity to take a monumental stand for our national sovereignty and our Constitutional rights. The ATT threatens both of these things and should be fully rejected. Any treaty that would put the United States – the world’s defender of peace and freedom – on equal footing with the world’s worst dictatorships and terror-sponsors ought to be condemned, dismissed, and ultimately denied our country’s signature. I sincerely hope the administration will listen to the very real objections my colleagues from both parties in Congress share and rightly decide that joining the ATT is not at all in America’s interest.

To say that the Arms Trade Treaty is not at all in America’s interest is an understatement.

As we have reported, several provisions of this treaty significantly diminish the scope of the right to keep and bear arms.

First, the Arms Trade Treaty grants a monopoly over all weaponry in the hands of the very entity (approved regimes) responsible for over 300 million murders in the 20th century. 

Furthermore, the treaty leaves private citizens powerless to oppose future slaughters. 

An irrefutable fact of armed violence unaddressed by the UN in its gun grab is that all the murders committed by all the serial killers in history don’t amount to a fraction of the brutal killings committed by “authorized state parties” using the very weapons over which they will exercise absolute control under the terms of the Arms Trade Treaty.

Article 2 of the treaty defines the scope of the treaty’s prohibitions. The right to own, buy, sell, trade, or transfer all means of armed resistance, including handguns, is denied to civilians by this section of the Arms Trade Treaty.

Article 3 places the “ammunition/munitions fired, launched or delivered by the conventional arms covered under Article 2” within the scope of the treaty’s prohibitions, as well.

Article 4 rounds out the regulations, also placing all “parts and components” of weapons within the scheme.

Perhaps the most immediate threat to the rights of gun owners in the Arms Trade Treaty is found in Article 5. Under the title of “General Implementation,” Article 5 mandates that all countries participating in the treaty “shall establish and maintain a national control system, including a national control list.”

This list should “apply the provisions of this Treaty to the broadest range of conventional arms.”

Mark it down: Within months, the federal government (likely under the management of the Department of Homeland Security) will begin compiling a list of who owns, buys, sells, trades, or transfers any firearm, as well as the ammunition, parts, and components of those weapons.

After creating this database, the federal government will be required under the provisions of Article 5(4) of the Arms Trade Treaty to “provide its national control list to the Secretariat, which shall make it available to other States Parties.”

That’s right. The UN demands that the list of gun and ammunition owners not only be in the hands of our own government, but be sent to foreign regimes, as well. This provision will guarantee that should an American owner of a legally purchased firearm decide to emigrate, he will be on the radar of the ruling regime in his new home.

Americans are right to recognize this registry as the first step toward confiscation. Without such a registry, it would be impossible to monitor weapons transfers effectively because governments can’t track weapons exchanges and transfers unless they know who has them to begin with.

Article 12 adds to the record-keeping requirement, mandating that the list include “the quantity, value, model/type, authorized international transfers of conventional arms,” as well as the identity of the “end users” of these items.

In very clear terms, the Arms Trade Treaty requires that the federal government of the United States force gun owners to add their names to the national registry. Citizens will be required to report the amount and type of all firearms and ammunition they possess.

Section 4 of Article 12 requires that the list be kept for at least 10 years.

Although the White House has not announced when the president will sign the document, Secretary Kerry said that in the United States “we look forward to signing it [the Arms Trade Treaty] as soon as the process of conforming the official translations is completed satisfactorily.”

The ATT opened for national signatures on June 3, 2013, and will become law for signatory nations 90 days after the 50th country has ratified the treaty.

Citizens determined to prevent unelected, unaccountable globalist bureaucrats from doing a “victory lap” around the Second Amendment must pressure elected officials on the federal level to oppose ratification and encourage state lawmakers to pass laws nullifying any attempt by the federal government to unconstitutionally infringe upon the God-given rights protected by the Second Amendment.

 

Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Lawmakers Seek to Stop Obama Arming Terrorists in Syria

0

Lawmakers have now introduced bills in both houses of Congress aimed at restraining President Obama and his lawless intervention in Syria on behalf of jihadist rebels, many of whom are openly fighting under the banner of al-Qaeda while massacring Christians and other minorities. If the legislation becomes law, it would make any military action – including the ongoing provision of weapons and training to opposition forces by the administration – contingent on congressional approval.

Of course, the U.S. Constitution already grants war powers to Congress, stating that wars must be declared by lawmakers – not the president. Obama, however, like previous administrations, has a long track record of ignoring his oath of office in virtually every field. In Libya, for example, he even launched an unconstitutional war to overthrow dictator Moammar Gadhafi without so much as a semblance of permission from Congress.

While the U.S. government has been funding opposition forces in Syria since long before open warfare began, the president has stepped up that assistance, offering everything from training and money to military weapons. Obama’s “regime change” operation, backed by the highest echelons of the global establishment, recently culminated with a deeply unpopular announcement this month that the administration would be openly supplying arms and other military aid to rebel forces. Having U.S. troops set up a “no-fly zone” is also being considered.      

For some members of Congress, enough is enough. Murmurs about impeaching Obama over his unlawful war scheming have even been popping up since last year on both sides of the aisle. Rep. Walter Jones (R-N.C.) even introduced a resolution stating that the president’s use of military force without congressional permission constitutes an impeachable offense. After the decision to openly arm rebel forces was announced earlier this month, though, lawmakers in both parties and in both houses of Congress are taking action.

In the Senate, a bipartisan coalition of four senators introduced a bill last week to make any administration involvement in the Syrian conflict contingent on congressional approval. Sponsored by Sen. Rand Paul (R-Ky.), Sen. Tom Udall (D-N.M.), Sen. Chris Murphy (D-Conn.), and Sen. Mike Lee (R-Utah), the legislation would prohibit any military support for warring factions in Syria unless Congress specifically approves.

“The president’s unilateral decision to arm Syrian rebels is incredibly disturbing, considering what little we know about whom we are arming,” said Sen. Paul. The liberty-minded Republican with potential presidential aspirations, who recently blasted some of his Senate colleagues for voting to support weapons transfers to al-Qaeda allies, has been a leading critic of lawless foreign interventionism since his election.

“Engaging in yet another conflict in the Middle East with no vote or congressional oversight compounds the severity of this situation,” Paul continued. “The American people deserve real deliberation by their elected officials before we send arms to a region rife with extremists who seek to threaten the U.S. and her allies.” Sen. Lee, another leading proponent of liberty in Congress, expressed similar concerns.

More recently, Rep. Tom Rooney (R-Fla.) and Rep. Michael McCaul (R-Texas) announced Tuesday the introduction of the “Congressional Accountability and Oversight in Syria Act,” a similar piece of legislation containing much of the same language. The goal, according to the two congressmen, is also to prohibit the administration from taking military action in Syria without explicit permission from Congress.

“What is the goal of providing weapons to the rebels?” asked Rep. Rooney in a statement about the legislation. “We know that the rebels have been infiltrated by al Qaeda and some of the same people we’ve been fighting for the last 10 years. Senior administration officials have told me they can’t give any assurance that our weapons won’t wind up in the hands of al Qaeda. So what’s our endgame?”

Indeed, as The New American has documented for well over a year, rebel ranks are infested with al-Qaeda-linked terrorists and violent jihadists from across the Middle East. The most effective fighting force in Syria, the al Nusra front, officially merged with the terror group earlier this year. Separately, opposition forces have come under fire for using chemical weapons, eating body organs out of Syrian troops, massacring civilians, firing on protesters, ethnic cleansing of minorities, and more.

“If the President wants to take us into Syria, he needs to come to Congress and convince us,” continued Rep. Rooney, who serves on the House Intelligence and Appropriations committees. “The President needs to make a convincing case that this is in our national security interest, and he needs to lay out a clear and comprehensive mission, including an exit strategy. He hasn’t done that yet.”

According to an e-mail survey of around 4,500 people conducted by Rep. Rooney’s office, his constituents – like most Americans – overwhelmingly agree that the United States should steer clear of the conflict in Syria. Almost 84 percent of respondents, for example, oppose sending arms to rebel forces. A stunning 97.4 percent said they did not support putting American troops on the ground. 

It is not the first time that Rooney, who tried but failed to cut off funds for Obama’s war on Libya, has spoken out about the administration’s lawless behavior in Syria. Last year, after then-Defense Secretary Leon Panetta said the administration would seek “international permission” from the UN and NATO, instead of congressional approval to wage war on the Syrian regime, the Florida congressman issued a strongly worded statement demanding that Obama come to Congress.

“Once again, we’re seeing the Obama administration ignore the Constitution, the War Powers Act, and the role of Congress in determining when this country goes to war,” said Rooney, an Army captain. “It’s an insult to the American people for the Secretary of Defense to come before a Senate committee and say that the administration will seek ‘international permission’ to spend American resources and potentially put American lives on the line in Syria, but won’t consult with Congress.… The founders were clear not to leave this decision in the hands of one man, and rightfully so.”

The new five-page legislation, which cites older U.S. laws and United Nations efforts in Syria, expresses the sense of Congress that all sides and factions in the war should stop the violence. If enacted, it would prohibit any federal agency from providing aid to any group, movement, or individual unless and until the administration receives specific congressional authorization. The only exception, assuming the administration complies, would be humanitarian aid. 

According to cosponsor Rep. McCaul, who serves as chairman of the House Homeland Security Committee, the bill is also aimed at ensuring U.S. national security. Like other lawmakers from both parties and virtually every serious analyst in the world, the congressman from Texas has serious concerns about opposition forces in Syria and their well-documented links to terrorist groups.

“Arming the rebels in Syria potentially places those weapons into the hands of the Islamist extremists who have infiltrated their ranks and who continue to plot against the United States and our interests abroad,” Rep. McCaul said in a statement. “If the president believes American involvement in Syria is necessary, he will have to present a convincing plan to the Congress and make the case that providing assistance to Syrian opposition forces would not pose a national security threat to the United States.”

On the other side of the debate are establishment forces in both parties – especially RINO Republicans, such as Sen. Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.) and Sen. John McCain (R-Ariz.), the latter of whom is currently embroiled in scandal after posing for pictures with rebel kidnappers in Syria. Among the warmongering wing of both parties, lawmakers are insisting that Obama get the U.S. government even deeper into the bloody Syrian conflict, which some analysts have suggested could become a regional or even global war.

Already, an estimated 100,000 people have been killed in the fighting, with over a million having fled the country so far. Fueled largely by foreign powers – the Obama administration, Sunni Arab dictators, al-Qaeda, and some European governments on one side; the Iranian regime, Russia’s Vladimir Putin, and Hezbollah on the other – the brutal war is expected to continue raging. Meanwhile, innocent civilians, especially Christians and Shia Muslims, are paying the steepest price.

Alex Newman, a foreign correspondent for The New American, is currently based in Europe. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Related articles:

President Obama OKs Shipment of Arms to Al-Qaeda in Syria

Western-backed Syrian Rebels Massacre Shia Villagers

Syrian Rebel Alliance Openly Threatens Ethnic Cleansing

Syrian Rebels Massacre Christian Village

Russia to Arm Syria, EU Lifts Embargo on Rebels

Oops! Sen. McCain Met Syrian Rebels Accused of Kidnapping

Obama-backed Syrian Rebels “Ethnic Cleansing” Christians

Syrian Christians Fear Genocide if al-Assad Falls to Muslim Extremists

Christian Massacres: A Result of U.S. Foreign Policy

Libyan Rebels Accused of “Ethnic Cleansing,” Black Genocide

Rand Paul: Senate Is Arming Al-Qaeda and Rushing to War in Syria

Syrian Rebels Fire on Civilian Protesters

Syrian Rebel Leader Filmed Eating Soldier’s Body Organs

Obama Plots Openly Arming Jihadist Rebels in Syria

Obama Unsure Who’s Behind Syrian Chemical Attacks – or Is He?

Top Syrian Rebel Group Merges With Al-Qaeda in Iraq

Obama Paves Way to Arm Muslim Brotherhood-linked Regime in Somalia

Obama-backed War Making Syria a Jihad Haven; Europe Threatened

Al-Qaeda & the West Back Syrian Rebels Against Assad

Obama-backed Egypt Forging “One Nation” With Sudan Terror Regime

U.S. Involvement in Syrian War Becoming More Apparent

Chemical Weapons Charge May Be Pretext to Put U.S. Troops in Syria

Reports: U.S. Personnel Arming and Training Syrian Rebels

Without Congress, Obama Deepens Overt U.S. Support for Syrian War

Most Arms Shipments to Syria Go to Jihadists

Should Pres. Obama be Detained for Violating the NDAA?

Without Asking Congress, Obama Puts U.S. Troops on Syria Border

Obama Deepens U.S. Support for Syrian Rebels with Secret Order

U.S. to Send Missiles, Troops to “Defend” Turkey From Syria

Obama Surrounds Syria with U.S. Troops; Regional War Nears

U.S.-funded Jihadist “Holy War” in Syria Seeks Sharia Dictatorship

After U.S. Uproar, Another Syrian “Civilian Massacre” Story Falls Apart

U.S.-backed Syrian Opposition Linked to Bilderberg, CFR, Goldman Sachs & George Soros

As War Propaganda Implodes, Calls for Syria Intervention Grow

Possible U.S. Involvement in Covert Warfare in Syria

Syria: From Valued Ally to “Vicious Enemy”

U.S. to Recognize One Syrian Rebel Group, Blacklist Another

Libya: Now What?

This article originally appeared on: The New American

U.S. Pastors, Christian Leaders Pledge to Stand Strong for Marriage

0

On June 20, as the nation waited for a ruling from the Supreme Court on a pair of cases that could change how Americans view marriage, a group of over 200 Catholic, Protestant, and Orthodox clergy and Christian leaders released a signed pledge vowing to “stand in solidarity to defend marriage and the family and society founded upon them. The “Marriage Solidarity Statement,” drafted by Keith Fournier, editor of Catholic Online, and Mat Staver, chairman of Liberty Counsel Action, acknowledges that while there are differences between the signers on some significant matters of religious doctrine and practice, “on the matter of marriage, we stand in solidarity.” The pledge was vetted among hundreds of pastors and Christian leaders across the nation, and was ultimately signed by a group of clergy and leaders who arguably represent tens of millions of Christians across America.

“As a nation, we have lost our moral compass,” the Christian leaders declare in their solemn pledge. “As a result, we are losing true freedom. We affirm together that there is a moral basis to a free society. Though we live in a secular society, together we reject relativism and secularism.”

They go on to affirm that “marriage and family have been inscribed by the Divine Architect into the order of creation. Marriage is ontologically between one man and one woman, ordered toward the union of the spouses, open to children and formative of family. Family is the first vital cell of society; the first church, first school, first hospital, first economy, first government and first mediating institution of our social order. The future of a free and healthy society passes through marriage and the family.”

While noting that the Supreme Court is poised to render verdicts on the future of two major marriage cases – Proposition 8 in California and the federal Defense of Marriage Act – the leaders affirm that marriage predates government and stands above the judgments and mandates of civil institutions, including the U.S. Supreme Court. “Redefining the very institution of marriage is improper and outside the authority of the State,” the pledge reads. “The Supreme Court has no authority to redefine marriage.”

Should the High Court become “the tool by which marriage is redefined in the positive law of this nation,” the statement continues, “the precedent established will leave no room for any limitation on what can constitute such a redefined notion of marriage. Conferring a moral and legal equivalency to same-sex couples by legislative or judicial fiat also sends the message that children do not need a mother and a father. It undermines their fundamental rights and threatens their security, stability, and future.”

The statement recalls that in its 1992 Planned Parenthood v. Casey abortion ruling, the High Court acknowledged that its power is ultimately based upon the legitimacy of its decisions in the eyes of the nation’s citizens. “If the Supreme Court were to issue a decision that redefined marriage or provided a precedent on which to build an argument to redefine marriage,” the statement read, “the Supreme Court will thereby undermine its legitimacy. The Court will significantly decrease its credibility and impair the role it has assumed for itself as a moral authority. It will be acting beyond its proper constitutional role and contrary to the Natural Moral Law which transcends religions, culture, and time.”

“As Christians united together in defense of marriage,” conclude the clergy, “we pray that this will not happen. But, make no mistake about our resolve. While there are many things we can endure, redefining marriage is so fundamental to the natural order and the true common good that this is the line we must draw and one we cannot and will not cross.”

Keith Fournier, one of the statement’s principal architects, noted that the institution of marriage between a man and a woman predates the Christian Church. “Though affirmed, fulfilled, and elevated by Christian teaching, the truth that marriage can exist only between one man and one woman is not based on religion or revelation alone, but on the Natural Moral Law, written on the human heart and discernible through the exercise of reason,” he said. “Civil institutions do not create marriage nor can they manufacture a right to marry for those who are incapable of marriage. Experience and history have shown us that if the government redefines marriage to grant a legal equivalency to same-sex couples, that same government will then enforce such an action with the police power of the State. This will bring about an inevitable collision with religious freedom and conscience rights and does not serve the common good of society.”

Among the high-profile clergy and Christian leaders signing on to the marriage statement were: Tony Perkins, president of the Family Research Council; Dr. James Dobson, founder of Focus on the Family; Dr. Richard Land of the Southern Baptist Convention; Don Wildmon, founder of the American Family Association; Gary Bauer, president of American Values; Penny Nance, president of Concerned Women for America; Al Kresta, president of Ave Maria Radio; Father Frank Pavone, president of Priests for Life; and world-renowned pediatric neurosurgeon Dr. Benjamin Carson.

Click Here to read the statement in full and for a list of all the signers.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

The Smoking Gun: The Direct Link Between Agenda 21 and Local Planners

0

When the fight started against Agenda 21, those of us working to expose it were largely ignored by the main stream media and even the established Conservative movement and its media. Too far out there, they said, to be taken seriously.
 
Then, as more and more Americans began to experience the dire effects of Sustainable Development in their daily lives, suddenly our message began to take hold. Today, thousands of Americans have taken up the fight. And anti-Agenda 21 activists are storming planning meetings, demanding answers. State legislatures and even some county and city governments are passing legislation against it. It seems the Agenda 21 fight is everywhere.
 
So, now, proponents of the Sustainable Development policy are alarmed and working feverishly to counter our claims that such controls over local development and energy policy have their roots in international policy; in particular, our claims that these planning policies come from the UN’s Agenda 21 that was introduced to the world at the Earth Summit in Rio in 1992.
 
Their most often-used description of Agenda 21 is an “innocuous, 20-year-old document that has no enforcement power.” Continuously we hear that local planning programs, especially from such groups like the American Planning Association (APA), have no connection to Agenda 21 or the UN. It’s all local – or as the APA says in its document, “Glossary for the Public,” “There is no hidden agenda.” In its “Agenda 21: Myths and Facts” document found on the APA website, the group goes to extreme measures to distance itself and its policies from Agenda 21, specifically saying “The American Planning Association has no affiliation regarding any policy goals and recommendations of the UN.”
 
Well, then it would be interesting to hear the APA explain information found in one of its own documents from 1994. The document was an APA newsletter to its members in Northern California (San Francisco Area). The article was a commentary entitled “How Sustainable Is Our Planning?” by Robert Odland. It was written just two years after the UN Earth Summit at which Agenda 21 was first introduced to the world. The document can be viewed here.
 
The fifth paragraph of the article says, “Vice President Gore’s book, Earth in the Balance, addressed many of the general issues of sustainability. Within the past year, the President’s Council on Sustainable Development has been organized to develop recommendations for incorporating sustainability into the federal government. Also, various groups have been formed to implement Agenda 21, a comprehensive blueprint for sustainable development that was adopted at the recent UNCED conference in Rio de Janeiro (the “Earth Summit.”)   
 
In one paragraph, this document brings together the APA, Agenda 21, the UN’s Earth Summit, Al Gore, Sustainable Development, the President’s Council on Sustainable Development, and NGO groups with the mission of implementing Agenda 21 and the description of Agenda 21 as a “comprehensive Blueprint” for Sustainable Planning. It sounds like it came verbatim from one of my speeches!
 
A couple of paragraphs higher in the article, it says, “A common misconception is that sustainability is synonymous with self-sufficiency; on the contrary, sustainability must recognize the interconnections between different levels of societal structure.” That “societal structure” is “social justice,” as described in Agenda 21. A visit to the PlannersNetwork.org, of which the APA is a member, will find in its Statement of Principles this quote: “We believe planning should be a tool for allocating resources … and eliminating the great inequalities of wealth and power in our society … because the free market has proven incapable of doing this.”
 
The United Nations blatantly advocates that Capitalism and private property rights are not sustainable and pose the single greatest threat to the world’s ecosystem and social equity. And, while sometimes using different words, the APA is helping communities across the nation enforce these ideas, while swearing it is all a local idea, designed from local input.  
 
As George Orwell masterfully put it in his epic novel Animal Farm, it’s become difficult to see the difference between the pigs and the farmers – or the APA and the UN.
 
Sustainable Development is not implemented in the open, as the APA claims, but in back rooms filled with the proper NGO organizations, which surround your elected officials and pressures their actions. In that way it is changing our American society and form of government, making government more powerful and more invasive in our daily lives. Sustainability is anti-free enterprise, anti-private property, and anti-individual – and that’s why we oppose it.

 

View this article on our web site: http://americanpolicy.org/2013/06/05/here-it-is-the-smoking-gun/
Tom DeWeese is one of the nation’s leading advocates of individual liberty, free enterprise, private property rights, personal privacy, back-to-basics education and American sovereignty and independence. Go to americanpolicy.org for more information

Tom DeWeese’s new book is now on Amazon! Click here for more information

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Clashes in Egypt as Millions Call for Morsi's Resignation

0

A broad coalition of anti-Morsi demonstrators have swarmed Cairo’s Tahrir Square calling for the President’s resignation ahead of a televised address Wednesday evening.

A boy holds a defaced poster of Egyptian President Mohamed Mursi that reads, “Tamarod, Rebel June 30, It’s the End of (the) Brotherhood’s role” outside his family’s tent in front of the Ministry of Defense in Cairo June 25, 2013. (Photo: Amr Abdallah Dalsh/ Reuters) Ahead of the speech, state media is reporting clashes between the liberal factions and Morsi supporters. An estimated 160 people were reported injured in the city of Mansoura and Reuters reports, “rival factions were on the streets of other nearby towns in the Nile Delta as night fell. Crowds were also gathering in Cairo, in separate locations.”

Other media outlets are reporting two deaths and as many as 230 injuries as the tension continues to mount between those calling for President Mohamed Morsi’s resignation and others who back the controversial regime.

Reuters continues: 

Fears of a violent stand-off in the streets between Morsi’s Islamist supporters and a broad coalition of the disaffected have led people to stock up on food. Long lines of cars outside fuel stations have snarled roads in Cairo and other cities. 

Wednesday’s speech and skirmish come ahead of widespread anti-government protests scheduled for June 30, for which Egypt’s military is preparing for by bringing in “reinforcements of troops and armor to bases near Egyptian cities,” Al Jazeera reports.

The protests have been organized by the Tamarod (‘Rebel’) petition campaign who, in a run up to the demonstrations, is holding rallies inside Cairo’s metro station. The group is calling for Morsi’s resignation followed by ‘snap elections’ and is hoping to collect 15 million signatures for a petition in support of a vote of no confidence in the leader, who marks his first year in office on Sunday.

“The campaign accuses Morsi, who hails from the Muslim Brotherhood, of ‘failing to implement policies to improve the life of ordinary people,’ citing Egypt’s increasingly dire economic situation,” Ahram Online reports.

It is yet unknown what the President plans to address in the speech, which is scheduled for 9:30 PM local time, however, he has deemed it “an important speech,” and reports say that he “shows no sign” of resignation.

The Morsi administration, which has received consistent support from the Obama administration, has been widely condemned for their severe crackdown on dissenters.

You can view a live stream of the speech below:

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Marc Rich, the Oil Trader Clinton Pardoned on His Last Day, Dead at 78

0

In announcing the death of 78-year-old international oil trader Marc Rich (shown), commentators around the world nearly ran out of descriptors, calling him “friend,” “pioneer,” “colorful,” “great,” “controversial,” a “buccaneer,” the “King of Oil,” and the “King of Commodities.” Others weren’t so kind, calling him a “traitor,” a “tax evader,” and a “racketeer.”

His impact as a trader in the world commodity market was profound. He learned to trade oil and other commodities at the age of 20 at Phillip Brothers (now called Phibro) where he met his future partner, Pincus “Pinky” Green. After a disagreement over the amount of bonuses they were owed, Rich and Green left Phibro and started their own company, Marc Rich and Company AG, in 1974, just in time to recognize and profit from the 1973 oil embargo. By being quick on their feet and taking advantage of contacts at the highest levels of governments worldwide, Rich was able to match needs with demands and take a commission in the process.

Following the Iran hostage crisis in 1979, for instance, Rich was able to deliver oil from Iran and the Soviet Union to the apartheid regime in South Africa in exchange for uranium from Namibia, which was sold back to the USSR. As the Wall Street Journal noted: “Over two decades … Mr. Rich’s involvement in the firm … grew [it] into a global trading and mining giant.” That modest assessment missed the impact of Rich and Green. His company was sold to its management in 1994 and then merged with another commodity trading firm, Xstrata, and last year the combined companies did $214 billion in business, and employed 140,000 people worldwide.

Rich gained national attention when his trading activities caught the eye of the new U.S. attorney in Manhattan, Rudolph Giuliani, who, after investigating Rich’s activities, secured more than 50 indictments against him for fraud, racketeering, and tax evasion in September 1983. The next year, after failing to persuade Giuliani that he was innocent, Rich fled to Switzerland, where he lived out the rest of his life. On his own website, Rich defended himself:

These transactions, which also involved major U.S. oil companies … were not unlike many other transactions widely engaged in during this period. In accordance with the law and following the advice of competent counsel, payments attributable to the offshore aspects of the linked transactions were properly treated as exempt from U.S. taxes….

The U.S. Attorney investigating the matter ambitiously turned the proper reporting treatment of these complex corporate transactions – essentially a routine tax allocation dispute – into a highly politicized criminal tax and energy fraud case alleging that domestic oil revenues were improperly diverted offshore….

Shortly after the conclusion of the case against the companies in 1984, the U.S. Department of Energy itself reached conclusions supporting the manner in which the challenged transactions were originally reported.

Despite his claims of innocence, Rich’s U.S.-based affiliates paid nearly $200 million in fines, and the FBI put Rich onto its “most-wanted” list for nearly a decade. After several attempts to arrest Rich failed, the case disappeared from public view.

Until January 20, 2001, that is, when President Bill Clinton, on his last day in office, granted Rich a presidential pardon. This erupted into a scandal known as “Pardongate,” but by that time, nothing could be done, and Rich could relax at his villa (“La villa rose”) overlooking Lake Lucerne.

In a rare and revealing interview lasting more than 30 hours in November 2009, with the business editor of a Swiss newspaper, Rich spelled out just how he had managed not only to make himself extremely wealthy, but avoid being prosecuted by Giuliani. It was very simple: He bribed top government officials who helped him do “workarounds” on existing embargoes while providing espionage tips to his contacts in those governments. In essence, Rich had an enormously influential network of powerful people dependent upon him for their existence and their financial well-being.

Said interviewer Daniel Ammann, “The biggest advantage of Marc Rich and his company is that they were on the spot. They weren’t dealing from the U.S. or Switzerland. They were on the spot.” He added:

Let’s say Iran after the 1979 revolution. They were there. In Angola, Cuba, Jamaica, South Africa. There were always his people working with the local authorities. The commodity trade is often done by governments so they really had the best contacts imaginable.

When Rich was paying big bribes to buy and sell the stores of commodities from entire nations, he made sure he was paying off all the right people and depositing the money into all the right offshore bank accounts for those people, all the time.

This sheds light on Clinton’s defense of his pardon of Rich when he said he was influenced by pleas for clemency from Ehud Barak, Israel’s former prime minister and Shimon Peres, then (and now) the president of Israel. During the oil embargo following the hostage crisis, it was Rich who was able to sell embargoed Iranian oil to its enemy, Israel. In such a crisis, enemies become friends, and Rich’s successful providing of oil to Israel was remembered by his friends. Explained Amman:

Rich was the very needed and useful intermediary. He was the one who brought their oil to the customer and converted it into foreign currencies. I really think they needed him as much as he needed them. This is sort of the principle of trading.

Of course, the fact that Denise Rich, Rich’s wealthy socialist wife, gave hundreds of thousands of dollars to the Clinton library fund and to Hillary Clinton’s run for the senate didn’t hurt, either.

Rich was indeed all of the descriptors offered by commentators around the world at the news of his death from a stroke in Lucerne at age 78. Rich was a major player. All he did was what George Washington Plunkitt, the Tammany Hall politician, did: “I seen my opportunities and I took ’em.” Rich just did it on a far grander scale. 

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

S Sudan moves closer to new oil pipeline

0

File photo shows soldiers guarding an oil production facility in South Sudan on January 29, 2012.

Presidents of Uganda, Kenya, and Rwanda have agreed to construct two pipelines across East Africa, one of which through South Sudan, making the landlocked country closer to its target of gaining access to a pipeline to export oil to the south.

Ugandaâ„¢s Foreign Minister Sam Kutesa confirmed on Wednesday that President Yoweri Museveni, his Rwandan counterpart Paul Kagame, and Kenyan President Uhuru Kenyatta signed a memorandum of understanding to build the pipelines during a joint meeting in Ugandan capital Kampala on Tuesday.

The planned pipelines, which the African authorities describe as crucial for unity in East Africa, will end South Sudanâ„¢s dependence on Sudan for its oil exports.

One of the pipelines will transfer South Sudanâ„¢s oil to the Kenyan port city of Lamu, while the other would stretch from Rwanda to Kenyaâ„¢s second-largest city of Mombasa.

At the moment, South Sudan can export its oil only through Sudan. But there is occasional disruption in oil flow because of conflicts over pricing and security issues.

In January 2012, South Sudan stopped its oil production following tensions over pipeline fees and disputed territory.

In March, Sudan and South Sudan struck a deal to resume the flow of southern oil exports through pipelines in the north. The pipelines, which are South Sudan’s only route to international market, carry oil from the landlocked South through Sudan to a port on the Red Sea.

Two neighbors also agreed to withdraw their troops from contested border areas to ease tensions and facilitate the resumption of oil exports.

South Sudan seceded from the Republic of Sudan on July 9, 2011, after decades of conflict with Khartoum. The new oil-rich nation is one of the least-developed countries in the world with one in seven children dying before the age of five.

MT/JR/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

TWA Flight Conspiracy Theories Advanced in New EPIX Channel Video

0

The EPIX cable television channel will air the documentary TWA Flight 800 on July 17, a video that claims the official investigation over the 1996 airline disaster needs to be reopened because of new evidence. The New York-to-Paris flight exploded less than two minutes after take-off, killing all 230 passengers and crew aboard the plane.

The official National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB) investigation concluded that the explosion of TWA Flight 800 on July 17, 1996 was likely a result of an electrical short that ignited a fuel tank on the wing of the Boeing 747 aircraft. Fueling speculation about the TWA Flight 800 tragedy was the remarkably safe flight history of the Boeing 747 fleet; no 747 had seen a mid-wing fuel tank explode in the more than 25 years of flights before that time, or since.

The video’s producers concluded, according to Time magazine, that they have “reviewed the FAA radar evidence along with new evidence not available to the NTSB during the official investigation and [they] contend that the NTSB’s probable cause determination is erroneous and should be reconsidered.”

Aviation journalist William J. McGee at Time.com wrote that “There may be enough smoking guns to warrant reopening the investigation.” McGee concluded after watching the documentary, “Although I’m not ready to support all the film’s premises, after watching the documentary, I believe there are enough smoking guns to warrant an unbiased reexamination. What surprises me, although I suppose it shouldn’t, is the rush to slam the movie sight unseen…. It’s time that journalists and government officials alike recognize the best way to quell public doubts is to encourage further investigation. And let the results speak for themselves.”

McGee’s view is not unanimous among the documentary’s viewers. Popular Mechanics magazine published a persuasive article dismissing the documentary as “conspiracy theory.” Of course, conspiracy theories are commonplace and real, from the Mafia to Mexican drug gangs to 19 hijackers conspiring to hijack airplanes and fly them into buildings on September 11, 2001. Newspaper reporters generally dismiss as “conspiracy theories” only the conspiracy theories they don’t believe in. And if anything has become apparent in recent months – as it was revealed the IRS has been targeting conservative political groups and the NSA is monitoring the telephone and Internet habits of the entire American public – is that even conspiracy theorists such as radio talk show host Alex Jones may have been insufficiently paranoid about their government’s mendacity.

One person who doesn’t believe there was a conspiracy in the Flight 800 investigation is John Goglia, one of the NTSB Board members wrote the 1999 NTSB report on Flight 800. Goglia published a defense of the NTSB findings in a Forbes magazine op-ed, stressing that “If an explosion had occurred outside the aircraft while it was in flight, aircraft damage inside the aircraft would have shown a pattern of blast fragments coming from outside the aircraft.  Aircraft debris from inside the fuselage did not contain evidence of such an explosion. Nor did the aircraft skin around the fuselage. This skin is relatively thin and easy to damage and would have shown evidence of an explosion…. While the film claims to have the radar data from five different locations surrounding the accident site, it has no radar evidence to support any missile launch, let alone two or three. In my opinion, the eyewitness accounts are less reliable than the radar data. Period.” 

Goglia stressed in his Forbes op-ed that the NTSB study had only concluded that the electrical short/fuel tank explosion was a “probable cause” explanation of the disaster: “New and substantial evidence could warrant re-opening of the investigation. I do not believe the film or petition to the NTSB raises any new evidence and its three-missiles-brought-down-the-aircraft theory is just plain ridiculous.”

The documentary’s authors – independent producer Kristina Borjesson and Tom Stalcup of the Flight 800 Independent Researchers Group – interviewed various officials who were part of the official investigation and eyewitnesses to the explosion.

In one segment, Borjesson asks former NTSB senior accident investigator Hank Hughes what his analysis of why Flight 800 exploded. Hughes’ response: 

The primary – primary conclusion was the explosive forces came from outside the airplane, not the center fuel tank.

Borjesson noted that the NTSB report ignored eyewitness accounts in its reports during an interview with the leftist Democracy Now! internet-based video channel: “The significance of it is that it is the hard evidence that has been reviewed and is being presented by the government’s own former, you know, members of the official investigation. And the other thing is, is that for the first time the eyewitnesses are brought in as a credible piece of the investigation. And as you know, in any investigation, it doesn’t matter whether it’s cops or reporters or whatever, the key to those investigations are firsthand sources, evidence and eyewitnesses.”

Co-producer Tom Stalcup stressed in the same interview that “The eyewitnesses reported something going up, heading out down towards that airplane, a long distance, colliding with it in a perpendicular fashion, detonating near or at the aircraft.”

But the skin of the aircraft left no evidence it had received a blow from a missile, according to the original 2000 NTSB report: “Only two holes had any characteristics of high-velocity penetration, and these holes also exhibited some low-velocity penetration characteristics. Both holes were about 3/16 inch in diameter… [and] on the basis of the direction of the penetrations and their locations relative to each other, it was determined that the penetrating objects for the two holes did not originate from a common point, nor did they originate from a point outside the airplane.”

The movie reportedly hypothesizes that three missiles – two from sea and one from land – may have been fired at the aircraft that had just lifted off from John F. Kennedy International Airport. Commander William Donaldson, USN (Ret.), explained the three-missile theory in an interview with The New American magazine back on December 4, 2000.

There are three major problems with the three-missile theory, however: One, it revolves around eyewitness accounts, which are traditionally unreliable in tragedies. Two, the radar evidence is inconsistent at best for missile attacks.

Finally, there’s the problem of motive. If the alleged missile attack had been an accident as a result of a Navy exercise – say with some top secret, new weapon with a minimal radar signature – three missiles from different platforms would not make any sense. And if the Navy fired three missiles at one civilian jet liner, it could not be an accident. And if it were done deliberately, why this plane? What was so special about this particular aircraft? And why never use the same assassination tactic again? Alternatively, if it had been a terrorist attack (and it would have been the most deadly terror attack in U.S. history prior to 9/11), why waste three missiles fired at the same plane? And if three missiles were fired by terrorists – and only one or two hit the plane – where is the radar track for the errant missiles? No one has claimed that there is a radar record for these alleged missiles that failed to hit the target. Nor has any terrorist group ever claimed responsibility for TWA Flight 800.

Photo of Boeing 747-100 N93119, the TWA Flight 800 aircraft, in 1982

This article originally appeared on: The New American

‘World War Z’ and Hollywood’s Zionist Embrace

0

I went to the Drive-In in Atlanta Friday night, to celebrate a friend’s birthday, a beautiful night under an almost full moon. We watched This is The End and Fast and Furious 6, and two of us stayed for the 2:00 am screening of World War Z.

I’m not a zombie fanatic, so other than watching the Walking Dead, I had few expectations beyond the trailers that have been on TV since the Super Bowl. So I was surprised, jarred out of the movie really, when right in the middle of the narrative, Brad Pitt’s character, Gerry Lane, travels to Israel and spends more than 10 minutes in a full-on pro-Israel propaganda piece that was as corny as it was crazy.

The Times of Israel may be only slightly exaggerating when it calls this “the greatest piece of cinematic propaganda for Israel since Otto Preminger’s “Exodus.”Not only is Israel’s fanatical Wall Building proven to be justified, against the hordes of undead invaders, and not only are Jewish victimizations paraded to justify the aggrandizement of Israeli military prowess, but it’s Israel’s supposed humanism, and multicultural inclusiveness, which in the end weakens the fragile post-apocalyptic state and allows the zombies to overrun everything. Its pretty heady stuff.

The film

Spoiler Alert: In order to deconstruct this bizarre interlude into politics at the movies, I will need to reveal most of the plot points, so read on at your own risk. Apparently, WWZ is based on the book of the same name, by Max Brooks, Mel’s son. It took many years to produce, cost about 200 million to make, and has a respectable 67% rating on Rotten Tomatoes, which ensures a wide audience and broad cultural impact for this summer blockbuster. The story centers on an unexplained global zombie pandemic that starts suddenly and engulfs the world rapidly with an onslaught of sprint-inclined zombies that rush toward their prey in huge mindless swarms. What people seem to like about the book is that it engages the global geo-politics of the zombie fall out, but it quickly reverts to neo-conservative assumptions that are played out with far less scope in the film. While the film sticks with the super fast zombies, and the compelling immersion narrative technique, its international scope is greatly curtailed, with Israel the only country besides the US that is featured in any substantive way, beyond very brief forays into Korea, Wales, and at the very end, Canada.

Pitt plays Gerry Lane, a semi-retired UN worker who reluctantly is drawn back into the field to save his family and all of humanity. His zombie-readiness credentials are listed by his agency head as field experience in the conflict zones of Kosovo, Chechnya, and especially Liberia; and with this, the racialized naturalizing of interpersonal human violence begins. After zombies suddenly swarm through New Jersey, Gerry gets his family to the safety of offshore naval vessels and then embarks on a search for patient zero, in hopes of finding a cure. In the book, this would be the outbreak of disease in China, but in the film this is South Korea, which we never really see, beyond a mostly white military unit on a US base besieged by walkers. Gerry immediately loses his South Asian medical investigator to a panic-induced, self inflicted gunshot to the head, runs several harrowing zombie gauntlets, and picks up vital intel from a deranged CIA officer who suggest that answers lie in Israel, which has somehow managed to wall itself off from the plague, and also mysteriously seems to have known in advance that it was coming. Gerry says something about “they’ve been building wall for two millennia,” and then he’s off.

Before the viewer can process whether the film is about to go down some post-9/11 Jewish conspiracy path, Gerry is landing in the Holy Land fortress-state to the site of slowly fluttering Israeli flag close-ups, triumphant marshal music, and confident IDF soldiers speaking in Hebrew, rushing around, smiling in soft filtered light close-ups. It’s the first glimpse of order, military control, and calm since the disaster has started, and its so overtly pro-military that its reminiscent of the armed forces segments in Transformers, looking almost like a commercial shot by the media wing of the armed services. [1] Filmed in Malta, the aerial and long distance wide shots do a passable job of conveying Jerusalem to an unfamiliar audience, and Gerry is soon talking to the Mossad chief, Jurgen Warmbrunn, played by a somewhat Tevya [2]-like caricature that really is redolent of Exodus.

Gerry’s already informed the audience that wall building is natural to Israel, so the reinforcement of ancient and Separation Walls is plausible, and comes as not at all veiled justification of Israel’s current and widely condemned Apartheid Wall. He questions the Mossad chief on how he knew the threat was coming, and gets a lesson in revisionist Zionist history, starting with the legitimate failure to take the threat in 30s Germany seriously, and then the same failure from similar or greater threat in 1973, when “we were almost washed into the sea,” and at the 1978 Olypmics, both of which “we did not see coming.” It’s the classic, and academically disproven myth that Israel was always on the defense in its wars, and also the conflation of Palestinians and Arabs with Nazis, as ever-present existential threats to peace-loving Jews. Then we are treated to a quasi-mystical “10th Man” theorem, in which any time there is too much consensus, a 10th man in the hierarchy must consider the impossible, as a form of protection from this repeated failure to see the inevitable next assault on the Jewish people. This throw-away theory is never returned to in the film, but briefly justifies Israel’s aggressive military posture, and suggests that others in the world must follow suit to survive the coming Armageddon.

In the book, unlike the film, Cuba is portrayed as ascendant during the disaster, due to its supposedly fascist state military control of the society. Worse, South Africa rehabilitates apartheid era tactics and leaders, at the request of Nelson Mandela himself, in an effort to stave off the zombies. It creates survivalist Bantustans for the privileged, and fake safe zones where lesser humans are fed to biters/zombies to buy time for the others to regroup. So the defense-of-apartheid trope is neither accidental nor limited to Israel. While the fate of North Korea is a mystery in the book, in the film we are told it survived by the largest feat of social engineering ever: it knocked the teeth of all 13 million inhabitants out in one day, thereby preventing zombies from biting and spreading their virus after they’ve shifted. Viva totalitarianism.

In Israel, Gerry’s Mossad tour continues, showing a society safely protected by its paranoia and militarism from the outside threat, the only known safe haven as the world crumbles. At a clearing in front of the large barrier wall, near a refugee processing military checkpoint, is a spectacle of pure multicultural fantasy, in which Hassidic and secular Jews, and Palestinians sing and dance in praise of the savior state. I think I caught a Palestinian woman singing a patriotic song in Hebrew, after she grabs the mike in the celebratory frenzy. It’s a very brazen rewrite of the violence and exclusion of Israel’s hundreds of check-points, which are turned completely on their head in the film. Talking over the din of this utopian spectacle, Jurgen explains that they are letting in every human being, in a kind of equalized Right of Return for all, because every living human is one less undead to deal with later. This is the high point of the Zionist propaganda, after which things quickly fall apart. But by now Israel’s aggression and militarism have been fully justified, and it is the only safe harbor in the apocalypse. Its apartheid walls are what save it, and others wishing to survive must copy their example (as the US is doing on its southern border in real life). And we have received heavy-handed doses of Israel’s democratic, multicultural, inclusive nature, all in defiance of any basic facts, human rights reports, or even middle of the road media coverage.

Then it comes unglued. Israel’s supposed openness and multiculturalism are what does it in! Jews and Palestinians singing together in a circle get too loud, and the zombies create zombie pyramids to overrun the walls and invade the sanctuary-state. Chaos ensues and Gerry, with his IDF escort, makes his way to the airport to try to escape alive. It’s such a straight shot at the weakness of inclusion and a (fantasy) post-racial Jewish state, that the Times of Israel, again, says: “Basically, if it weren’t for those damn peaceniks, Israel would have survived. Hey, who the hell wrote this movie, Meir Kahane?”5 And below an accompanying photo of the zombie pile breaching the Security Wall, their caption: “World War Z’s zombie pyramid. Damn peace camp.” Message received.

guerra mundial z estreno junio 2013

Zombies rush the wall in World War Z

But as the Times also states, “Okay, so Israel falls to the zombie plague, too. But… at least it lasted longer than everybody else. That has to stand for something, right?” And from here on out, Gerry has acquired an Israeli sidekick, young badass IDF soldier Segen, played by Daniella Kertesz, one of at least three credited Israeli actors in the film. As Jerusalem/Israel falls, Jewish soldiers fight valiantly with guns, grenades and hand-to-hand combat to stem the tide, and Gerry rushes to the airport. On the way, Segen is bitten and Gerry performs a quick amputation of her hand, saving her from becoming undead. They escape together, and travel to the film’s 3rd act, in the WHO offices in Wales. Segen’s now disabled body does not prevent her from continuing to fight on the way, but it is also used to symbolize her and the Israeli/Jewish state’s lesser status in the ranks of humanity, coming in second to the fully humanized and whole body of Brad Pitt’s Gerry Lane, whose full, passive, hetero-normative family awaits him in Nova Scotia, and gives him a reason to keep on fighting to save us all.

The final sequences, in the WHO offices in Wales, are much less broad in scope, as Gerry uses his cunning and superior intelligence to figure out that zombies only feed on healthy humans, and avoid those who they sense are sick, weak, or terminal, apparently following a precedent found amongst predators in nature. “Mother” nature is literally called a ruthless bitch by the Harvard doctor earlier in the film, but luckily (super) man [3] will overcome her with reason, so not to worry. And while I suspect my biologist colleagues will tell me this is not a very accurate depiction of predators and nature, it is a zombie film after all, and the pretense to realism and intellectual accuracy is just that, a pretense. But this analytic allows for a bizarre anti-environmentalism to cohabitate with the neo-conservative, macho geopolitics of the global narrative. [4]

So Gerry risks all to acquire the zombie-surrounded pathogen samples to test his hypothesis, purposely infects himself, and then powerfully is able to walk undetected through the undead, thus finding the cure to the global crisis. But remember, his fully able body is not actually sick, its just temporarily infected, before receiving the antidote to whatever typhus or dengue fever he selected for himself, and he will live on in full health after this mission.

World War Z’s racial hierarchy

Gerry’s method of survival is important because it confirms the total racial hierarchy of value established in the film’s narrative structure. While Segen fights valiantly on the plane and in the Welsh research facility, she and the Israeli social body are clearly secondary, tools to achieve a final solution and goal, but little more. Mystical, paranoid Jews developed a survival instinct and a vicious apartheid separation system, which allowed Gerry a space to visit and make observations about the undead menace that only his superior intelligence could bestow on the world. It is the US military, working with the UN, in the body of the selfless white, Aryan, Christian male, Gerry Lane, which occupies the apex of human subjectivity. This narrative is a perfect metaphor for the reality of the Jewish/Christian Zionist political relationship that it is based on.

The Times of Israel misses this entirely, of course, as their celebration of the film’s Zionism culminates in a critique of the sub-titling in Turkey, where apparently references to Israel and Jews are replaced with the generic phrase Middle East, much to their displeasure. But in the real world, Christian Zionists mainly in the US and also scattered throughout the settler-colonies of the West, contribute more than 10 times the funding to Israel than the much vaunted Jewish communal support machine does. And it does so in the service of Israel’s Jewish defeat of unnamed Arab armies, to prepare the way for Christian rapture, during which Jews and other infidels will be converted or eliminated to create the (alarmingly mono-cultural or mono-theocratic) Kingdom of Heaven here on Earth, or in the sky somewhere.

In concluding, let’s look at the racial hierarchy of World War Z’s narrative. Gerry is the superman, for sure, who saves us all. Segen, minus her hand, is a worthy sidekick, useful like the Jews in general, in getting to the End of Times, or at least the end of the story. Almost all the others in the film are explicitly lesser in one way or another. Before being rescued by the UN helicopter after New Jersey is overrun, Gerry and his family are taken in by a kind Latino family, whose assimilated son translates their unexpected hospitality. But when Gerry tells them that he has experienced things like this before and learned that “movement is survival,” their lesser racial/rational status prevents them from leaving their home and being saved with Gerry and his family. Only the son, who has converted to the “American” way, and learned English, survives, and gets unofficially adopted by the Lanes. This liberal act of compassion is compelling, but reinforces the necessity of assimilation to the dominant culture to ensure acceptance and survival. The unassimilated parents are left in the dust.

Thierry Umutoni, Gerry’s presumptively African boss at the UN is competent, but unable to do more than recognize and deploy Gerry’s greater intelligence and skills. He also can’t adequately protect Gerry’s family, who are immediately shipped off to the Nova Scotia refugee camp when they think Gerry is dead. Gerry’s wife and kids are important, and worth saving (given their apex whiteness), but still lesser due to gender and age – passive, needing protection, unable to fend for themselves, and in the case of the children, annoyingly and dangerously irrational in the face of the threat of death. It’s a racial hierarchy that is explicitly gendered, with the patriarchal leader unequivocally at the head throughout the film, especially in the predictable Hollywood moment conclusion when the family is reunited.

Thierry assigns Gerry to guide Harvard educated Dr. Andrew Fassbach through the Korean hotzone, in search of patient zero. Fassbach, played by actor Elyes Gabel, is not white, has a British accent, and is presumptively of South Asian or Arab heritage. Gerry instructs him in what to do and expect, but on first sight of zombies as they deplane in the darkness and fog of Korea, he breaks ranks, panics, runs, maladroitly falls, and accidentally shoots himself dead. Potentially useful intelligence wasted on a lesser person, to be sure, who lacked the hetero-manly fortitude to face down the threat, thus confirming his lesser racial status, almost straight out of 19th century colonial tropes of the lesser manhood of colonized men. Korea itself is never seen, beyond the literal shadows at the edge of the US military base there. As to North Korea, all we hear is a deranged whisper of its ultra-fascist response.

In the end we are left with a prototypical kind of liberal multiculturalism that reinforces rather than challenges the hierarchies of modern white supremacy. The rational, Aryan, Christian male is at the very top, with his appended family next in line. Jews are provisionally white, therefore useful in Empire’s need to fend off the hordes of undead walkers and others at the periphery. But ultimately even the mystical Jews are expendable, en route to the final salvation. All the other Others in the narrative are even further behind in the ranks of worthy survivors. While the film definitely provides a bizarrely crude Zionist redemption narrative, and even a Kahane-esque rebuke of liberal Zionist tendencies toward peace and coexistence, the ultimate Subject of value is the Christian Zionist of US Empire, so powerful that it goes unnamed, largely unseen, even though He is always, irrevocably at the center of the story.

Its fun to speculate about what motivates the heightened zombie vogue, what psychological and social angst it reveals. On the one hand, there is the fear of declining Empire, the fear of anarchy and chaos should the bottom fall any further out of our privileged economy. This makes perfect sense, and seems to have a lot of merit. On the other hand, the zombie meme may be less about looming Armageddon, and more about a nagging subconscious awareness that the extreme inequalities of our current world order are in fact already a kind of zombie-scape, in which almost 3 billion people live in such extreme poverty, largely removed from the view of Westerners, malnourished and off the grid, that they are real life living dead in a way, and they have lots of reason to come for us, looking to eat us, or at least consume our ill-gotten wealth. Maybe it’s a little of both.

When WWZ (both the book and the film) strides into Israel, the slippage between zombie and racial-Other comes clearly into view. During an interview about his book, Max Brooks is asked by a caller in Alexandria, VA if he “compare(s) the zombies to today’s fundamentalist Islamists? i.e., unthinking, uncaring, irrational villains who kill for the sake of killing?” He replies:

“The lack of rational thought has always scared me when it came to zombies, the idea that there is no middle ground, no room for negotiation. That has always terrified me. Of course that applies to terrorists, but it can also apply to a hurricane, or flu pandemic, or the potential earthquake that I grew up with living in L.A. Any kind of mindless extremism scares me, and we’re living in some pretty extreme times.”

Brooks seems moored in the state of our current world, and its (political or force of nature) “zombies,” more than fear of any impending melt-down. While his work is noted for its breadth of global politics, it’s also clear that it lacks structural analysis about the causes of violence and injustice, because the privileged prefer to construct those coming for them as mindless and irrational. Maybe what we need is a narrative from the perspective of the zombie, a subaltern zombie tale in which the myth of irrationality is finally rebuked.

Jesse Benjamin, an associate professor of sociology at Kennesaw State University, is a US and an Israeli citizen.

Notes

[1] In this case, it’s the Israeli Defense Forces (IDF), and not the US army, marines, navy and airforce shilled for in Transformers. But at least one of the people behind WWZ was also on board for Transformers: Revenge of the Fallen, and that’s Ben Seresin Director of Photography, and this may explain some of the similarity of sympathetic flag close-ups and reverential pro-military stylings.

[2] The main character in Fiddler on the Roof.

[3] I mean this more in the Nietzsche superman sense than in the comic book superman sense. Nietzsche’s superman is Man with a capital M, the rational conqueror of nature, physics, and lesser humans that also features centrally, although inverted, in the critical theories of Sylvia Wynter.

[4] Apparently the book is more ambivalent on the environmental front, with this same meta-explanation more or less in place, but balanced to some extent by the despoliation of the Canadian arctic by uninfected humans amassing there due to zombies discomfort with the cold. Somehow readers seem to take this as an admonition that humans are too hard on their environment and need to rethink this.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

UK spy agencies get rise despite cuts

0

Spy agencies are the biggest winners of the British governmentâ„¢s new multi-billion-pound austerity plans, getting a higher-than-inflation annual increase to their combined £1.9 billion budget.

Based on the new budget proposals unveiled by Chancellor George Osborne on Wednesday, spy agencies MI5 and MI6 as well as eavesdropping agency the Government Communications Headquarters (GCHQ) will get budget rises equal to annual inflation plus three percent from 2015.

The three will effectively receive the biggest rises of any government department including the health service and the education sectors.

The ring fencing of the spy agencies spending comes as Osborne also announced an equal-to-inflation annual rise in the counter-terrorism police budget.

This is while the spy agencies have recently faced severe criticism over abuse of their power.

Recent revelations showed that GCHQ has been illegally tapping fiber optic cables carrying global internet communications and the police have been spying on 9,000 campaigners, described as Å“domestic extremists”, while many of them have no criminal record.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Russia keen on new Iran-P5+1 talks

0

Russia has called for another round of talks between Iran and the P5+1 group of world powers once Iranian President-elect Hassan Rohani has assumed office.

Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov made the call during a press conference on Wednesday. Å“There have been certain breakthroughs made before the elections, and we would like to reaffirm them,” he explained.

Lavrov said prior to the June 14 presidential election, Tehran had announced its readiness to discuss the conditions for halting its 20-percent uranium enrichment.

On June 21, Lavrov said the P5+1 group was to make an offer for talks shortly after Iranâ„¢s president-elect is sworn in early August.

Iran and the P5+1 — Russia, China, France, Britain, and the United States plus Germany — have held several rounds of talks, mainly over the Iranian nuclear energy program.

The US, Israel, and some of their allies have repeatedly accused Iran of pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program and used the same allegation as a pretext to impose illegal sanctions against the Iranian nation.

Tehran has categorically rejected the accusation, arguing that as a signatory to the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) it is entitled to develop nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

Meanwhile, numerous inspections of Iran’s nuclear facilities by the IAEA have never found any evidence showing that the Iranian nuclear energy program has been diverted toward non-civilian purposes.

China and Russia, as two veto-wielding powers at the United Nations Security Council, have repeatedly voiced support for Iran’s nuclear energy program, and opposed the US-engineered sanctions against the Islamic Republic.

On June 11, Russian President Vladimir Putin stressed the peaceful nature of Iranâ„¢s nuclear energy program, saying he had Å“no doubt that Iran is adhering to the rules” regarding its nuclear energy program and its international commitments.

MRS/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Weiner the frontrunner: Democrats back disgraced congressman in NYC mayoral race

0

Anthony Weiner is looking more likely than ever to win the New York City mayoral race scheduled for later this year. According to the latest polls, the former congressman is the top contender among Democratic Party hopefuls.

Weiner, 48, announced last month that’d he be seeking the
position of mayor of New York, a role which will be vacated by
Michael Bloomberg when his third and final term expires at the
start of 2014. Now only four weeks after officially throwing his
hat in the race, Weiner is winning the support of 25 percent of
registered Democrats, according to a just released poll conducted
by Wall Street Journal-NBC New York-Marist.

The news puts Weiner at the top of his party’s race for the first
time since he confirmed in May the long-standing rumors he’d be
running for mayor, but the ex-lawmaker will likely face a battle
through Election Day that’s largely uphill. Even if Weiner is
winning the support of a quarter of his party, the high-profile
scandal that prompted his resignation from the United States
House of Representatives in 2011 is still fresh on the minds of
voters.

Rep. Weiner was already eyeing the New York City two years ago
when he was caught sending graphic photographs to women over
Twitter. At first Weiner relentlessly denied allegations that he
acted inappropriately, but after several weeks took
responsibility and resigned from Congress.

When Mr. Weiner announced he’d be running for mayor last month,
he said, “I made some big mistakes, and I know I let a lot of
people down, but I also learned some tough lessons
.”

“I’m running for mayor because I’ve been fighting for the
middle class and those struggling to make it my entire life. And
I hope I get a second chance
,” he said.

Before Weiner confirmed he’d be running for mayor, a March 2013
poll found that less than half of the city’s Democrats would even
considering voting for the disgraced congressman. According to
the latest numbers, though, Weiner is now the frontrunner,
grabbing 25 percent of support among Democrats to the runner up’s
20 percent. City Council Speaker Christine Quinn, the party’s
frontrunner up until recently, now has only one-fifth of her
party’s support.

“Things are changing — the race has been scrambled by Weiner’s
candidacy
,” Lee Miringoff, director of the Marist College
Institute for Public Opinion, told the Wall Street Journal.
“Weiner’s candidacy has gotten more acceptable to voters since
he announced, (and) Quinn’s having a difficult time reversing
what has been a slow but steady decline in her numbers
.”

Speaking to the New York Times earlier this year about his
Democratic contenders, Weiner said, “I like them all.” In
the same interview, though, Weiner took a jab at one stance in
particular adopted by Quinn that doesn’t sit well with him. In
2008, Quinn supported removing a term limits law, which as a
result allowed Mayor Bloomberg to successfully campaign for a
third term in office.

“The term-limits thing, as an issue, was a deal breaker for
me
,” Weiner told the Times in April. “But, I think the
polls are right: Chris Quinn is leading, and then someone will
get into a runoff with her. I don’t like runoffs, and I don’t
think we should have them so you don’t have these divisive
primaries anymore
.”

According to the latest poll, Weiner and Quinn are being trailed
by Comptroller Bill Thompson with 13 percent of the party’s
support, followed by Public Advocate Bill de Blasio and city
Comptroller John Liu. Fewer than one in five Democrats are
undecided, the poll found.

“This won’t change our focus one bit,” a spokesperson for
Mr. Weiner told the Journal. “Anthony is going to keep talking
about the issues and how to stand up for New Yorkers who want a
middle class fighter in City Hall
.”

Mike Morey, a spokesman for Ms. Quinn, told the New York Times,
“We fully expect the polls to fluctuate throughout the
campaign, but we are confident that on Election Day, when voters
have to decide who they want to lead this city, they will choose
someone who has demonstrated the ability to lead and
deliver
.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

1000s of UK teachers set to walk out

0

Thousands of teachers across north-west England will walk out on Thursday to voice their outrage at attacks on their working conditions and pay.

The strike organized by the two biggest teachersâ„¢ unions the National Union of Teachers (NUT) and National Association of Schoolmasters Union of Women Teachers (NASUWT) will affect 3,000 schools.

NUT said part of the striking teachers will also march in protest to the governmentâ„¢s education cuts in the cities of Manchester, Liverpool, Preston and Chester.

The two unions said they want the Education Secretary Michael Gove to halt changes to teachersâ„¢ pay and conditions as long as the negotiations between the unions and the government over the thorny matters continue.

The NUT and NASUWT General Secretaries held talks with Gove on June 17 but the two left the meeting describing Goveâ„¢s response as Å“extremely disappointing”.

They said over the last year Gove “has made no effort to hold serious discussions with both unions or cease his escalating attacks on teachers.”

The unions have already warned that the Thursday strike will be a prelude to a series of walkouts in the autumn.

The Thursday action also follows a march by hundreds of teachers in London to call on the government to protect education.

AMR/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

West, Texas sues owner of exploded fertilizer plant

0

The city of West, Texas, has filed a lawsuit against the owner of the fertilizer plant that exploded in April, as well as the chemical company that supplied two 100-ton shipments of ammonium nitrate in the weeks before the deadly blast.

The city has filed a suit against Adair Grain Inc. and ammonium
nitrate supplier CF Industries, claiming that the chemical
shipments were improperly stored and caused the explosion that
killed 15 people and destroyed more than 150 homes. A high
school, middle school, apartment complex and a nursing home were
also destroyed in the April 17 blast.

The lawsuit claims that 30 tons from the first 100-ton shipment
of ammonium nitrate had not yet been sold and were being
dangerously stored in the plant at the time of the explosion. The
city has accused the supplier of failing to properly inspect the
fertilizer mixing facility to determine whether hazard mitigation
was necessary or to provide recommendations for safe
storage. Even though the Illinois-based CF industries knew
that the plant was located within a community of homes, parks,
and schools, it chose to blindly sell hundreds of tons of the
hazardous material to the facility, the suit states.

“The explosion happened when a substantial portion of the
thirty tons of ammonium nitrate stockpiled in the fertilizer
mixing building was heated to the point of detonation,”
the
complaint states. “This explosion occurred at approximately
7:50 p.m., some twenty minutes after a fire had been
detected in the same building at the fertilizer facility.”

The lawsuit also accused CF Industries of providing outdated
safety information to West Fertilizer, and failing to provide a
material safety data sheet for either of the two shipments.

After investigating the blast for a month, Texas fire marshals
said they could not determine a cause. Investigators have
launched a criminal probe, but no one has yet been charged.

The city of West is seeking $17 million in damages for negligence
and product liability. The city says it needs the money to fix
its streets, water and sewer lines that were destroyed by the
explosion. The deadly blast resulted in an estimated $57 million
in damages, and the Federal Emergency Management Agency has
refused to
provide funds to help rebuild the devastated town.

But Scott Deatherage, a Dallas attorney specializing in
environmental law, told CBS News that this would most likely be a
difficult case for the city to win, since the chemical in
question is used extensively throughout the US. Ammonium
nitrate can be found in products ranging from fertilizer to
instant cold packs used as first aid on injuries.

“Consider ammonium nitrate is a very common material sold all
over the country, all over Texas, and it’s used everyday,”
he
said. “So to argue that particular product is somewhat
defective is extremely difficult. It’d be like saying gasoline is
defective because it exploded somewhere.”

CF Industries provided a statement to WPTV, claiming that there
is “no basis for this suit”, but that it was
“sympathetic to those whose lives were affected by this
unfortunate incident.”

“The CF Industries’ companies will seek dismissal of this
lawsuit and otherwise defend the company vigorously in
court,”
it said in a statement to CBS. 

This article originally appeared on: RT

1 killed, many injured in Egypt clashes

0

Thousands of President Morsi’s supporters gather in central Cairo on June 21, 2013.

At least one person has been killed and 237 people injured in clashes between supporters and opponents of Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi in the Nile Delta city of Mansura, the Health Ministry has said.

The clashes broke out on Wednesday when opponents of the president began throwing rubbish at his supporters who were holding a rally in the coastal city, AFP reported, citing a security official.

Gehad al-Haddad, a spokesman for the Muslim Brotherhood, said one person was killed in the clashes.

The injured were transferred to Mansura International Hospital where hospital officials said two people were taken to the intensive care unit with live bullet wounds.

The violence erupted just hours before Morsi prepared to address the nation on his achievements during his first year in office.

Meanwhile, troops have been deployed across Egyptian cities ahead of June 30 protests planned by the opposition to demand the president resign.

Several political groups say the government is dominated by Muslim Brotherhood. The opposition also accuses Morsi of deviating from the 2011 revolution that toppled the Western-backed regime of Hosni Mubarak.

Morsiâ„¢s supporters, however, say the president is cleansing Egyptian institutions of corruption. They also believe that he needs time to put into practice the principles of the 2011 revolution.

The president’s supporters have strongly condemned the upcoming opposition rally, which marks Morsiâ„¢s first year in office, as a coup against democracy.

Egypt has witnessed continuing anti-government protests since Morsi took office in June 2012 in a landmark election held following the ouster of Mubarak.

MN/MHB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Crippled Fukushima Daiichi Plant: TEPCO Shareholders Want Out of Nuclear Power

0

A group of shareholders at Tokyo Electric Power Company is demanding the utility withdraw from the business of nuclear power generation. TEPCO operates the crippled Fukushima Daiichi nuclear power plant.

Shareholders gathered in Tokyo on Wednesday. It was their first annual meeting since the utility was effectively placed under government control.

TEPCO Chairman Kazuhiko Shimokobe apologized to shareholders for continuing to cause concern and inconvenience more than 2 years after the nuclear disaster.

The utility has been slow to clean up the Fukushima Daiichi plant and continues to report leaks of radiation-contaminated water.

TEPCO President Naomi Hirose asked shareholders to support the firm’s plan to restart its nuclear reactors. He said management will quickly improve safety and strengthen operations.

The shareholders’ group is demanding the firm decommission all of its nuclear reactors. They also want more detailed disclosure of information, and cuts in remuneration to board members.

One shareholder said decommissioning the reactors would be a way for TEPCO to compensate survivors of the nuclear disaster.

Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the
copyright owner.

For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Gunmen abduct 2 police officers in Sinai

0

Heavily-armed gunmen have kidnapped two Egyptian police officers in the volatile Sinai Peninsula, security sources say.

Local officials said on Wednesday that the officers were abducted near the city of Saint Catherine in the South Sinai Governorate.

The head of South Sinai Ambulance service, Khaled Abu Hashem, said the policemen “were abducted on their way to Sharm al-Sheikh International Hospital in an ambulance.”

The abduction was reportedly an act of revenge against one of the policemen, who had had a quarrel with a member of the Bedouin community at a gas station.

Talks are underway between the South Sinai tribal leaders and security officials for the release of the kidnapped officer.

Militant groups and criminals have exploited a security vacuum that developed in the Sinai since the 2011 uprising against the countryâ„¢s former dictator Hosni Mubarak.

Occasionally, tribal Bedouins in the increasingly lawless peninsula would briefly kidnap foreigners to use them as bargaining chips with authorities, urging them to release imprisoned relatives.

In August 2012, at least 15 Egyptian policemen were killed in an assault on a police station at the border between Egypt and Israel. It was the deadliest incident in Egypt’s Sinai in decades.

In response, Cairo launched an offensive against terrorists in Sinai, sending thousands of troops backed by tanks and heavy equipment into the region.

MT/JR/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

SF Pride: Military Recruiters Welcome, Bradley Manning Not

0

June 1 Rally for Bradley Manning (Photo: Jenna Pope)SF Pride is welcoming military recruiters to this massive June 30 LGBTQ celebration, the media exposed Tuesday, just weeks after the Pride board officially dumped Wikileaks Whistle-blower Bradley Manning as the Grand Marshall.

The national guard will join the celebration’s vast corporate and bank sponsors–including AT&T and Bank of America–by setting up recruiting booths, marking the first time the military will formally recruit at this massive celebration since ‘Don’t Ask, Don’t Tell’ was overturned in 2011.

When the revelations of military recruiters were made public, queer and anti-militarist groups were already mobilizing against the SF Pride Boards controversial dethroning of Bradley Manning as the parade’s Grand Marshall.

The news that military recruiters will be in full force is a blow to many LGBTQ organizers and Manning supporters demanding that the SF Pride Board stand up against U.S.-led wars by reinstating Manning, who is widely hailed as a ‘queer hero’ for leaking and exposing U.S. war crimes.

“It’s shocking, but not surprising,” declared Clare Bayard, San Francisco queer organizer on issues of racism, militarism and war with Catalyst Project. “Since the community response was so loud and clear when Pride threw Bradley Manning under the bus, they’ve found another way to reassert their role in trying to defang a queer liberation movement with a long history of challenging militarism.”

“I don’t want the military at Pride,” declares Stephen Funk, a queer former service member who refused deployment to Iraq on ethical grounds and is an active supporter of Bradley Manning and member of Iraq Veterans Against the War. “This shows who is really controlling Pride. Now the gay rights movement you see on the media is not anti-war, they are all about assimilation.”

In early June, the SF Pride Board announced their final decision to exclude Manning from this honor after he was initially rewarded this title April 26.

This provoked uproar from within the LGBTQ community, leading to protests and a massive community meeting attended by over one hundred calling for the board to reinstate this honor.

LGBTQ and veterans groups announced Tuesday that they will defy the Pride Board by honoring the queer whistle blower as ‘community’ grand marshall on June 30. Manning supporters have garnered widespread support for this action, including pledges from the SF dyke and trans marches–also during Pride weekend–that they will honor Manning.

“There’s been an outpouring of support for Bradley Manning in the LGBTQ community, not only in San Francisco but nationally and internationally, since Pride’s leadership made its divisive decision to overturn his election as Grand Marshal,” declared former SF Pride Grand Marshall Joey Cain.

Manning’s supporters blasted the embrace of military recruiters as the latest blow by an SF Board that they say has been too eager to embrace militarism. “It makes me feel very upset that the military would be welcome but Bradley Manning isn’t,” declared Michael Thurman– organizer with Bradley Manning Support Network and Courage to Resist–as he made picket signs for upcoming actions to hold Pride accountable. “That shows how militarized the decision-making process is.”

Many in the LGBTQ community have blasted Pride for only looking out for the interests of the most elite U.S. gays.

“Look at this week with the Supreme Court gutting the Voting Rights Act and Indian Child Welfare Act, and the Texas legislature’s attempt to slash abortion rights,” declared Bayard. “Pride has long positioned itself as an arm of funneling white gays with money away from uniting with our multiracial, cross-class, many-gendered queer family with interests way past marriage, towards joining up with conservative white electoral agendas.”

Organizers vow that they will not let the Pride’s embrace of military recruiters stop them from sending a loud anti-war message this weekend. Bayard insists:

The Pride committee would love nothing more than for us to spend the weekend celebrating the defeat of DOMA and Prop 8. We don’t want to trade ‘tolerance’ and the opportunity to enlist in occupation forces for our deeply held values of justice and building healthy communities that meet everyone’s needs and celebrate everyone’s gift. Queers need other routes besides joining the military to be accepted and loved. Trashing Bradley Manning and inviting in the military is a clear message about where they want to position us, but we refuse to be used as a wedge.

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Bulls Eye: Smith and Wesson Sales Sky Rocket: “We Are At Maximum Capacity”

0


Obama-guns

Economic growth from the first quarter may have just gone boom as American wages collapse and the prospects for jobs continue to deteriorate, but one industry is breaking records without fail every month.

Firearms manufacturer Smith and Wesson reported a 37% increase in sales year-over-year, with President James Debney noting that demand for product isn’t waning and production capacity is the only bottleneck (so, if they had more manufacturing plants, sales would be even higher).

President James Debney:

“…gains over the year were driven by strong consumer demand for our products, which we believe is due to heightened awareness paired with our ability to significantly increase our manufacturing capacity. Full year sales growth of nearly 43% was driven in large part by our increased M&P production. Demand remains strong across our product portfolio…

“While we significantly increased our production capacity in fiscal 2013, we remained capacity constrained as we have in the past five quarters. We plan to continue intelligently increasing capacity in fiscal 2014.

“…Sales for the quarter rose 37.6% year-over-year. Gross margins in the high 30s continue to expand …”

According to the report, Smith and Wesson manufacturing operations are running at maximum capacity.

He may be destroying the broader economy and impoverishing America, but we can’t deny that President Barrack Obama is without a doubt the greatest gun salesman of all time.

gun-sales-obama(Infographic via The Gateway Pundit)

Please Spread The Word And Share This Post



Author:
Mac Slavo
Views:
Read by 430 people
Date: June 26th, 2013
Website: www.SHTFplan.com


Copyright Information: Copyright SHTFplan and Mac Slavo. This content may be freely reproduced in full or in part in digital form with full attribution to the author and a link to www.shtfplan.com. Please contact us for permission to reproduce this content in other media formats.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Death Row Prisoner William Van Poyck’s Final Farewell

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/william_van_poycks_final_farewell_20130626/

Posted on Jun 26, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Marc Rich, the Oil Trader Clinton Pardoned on His Last Day, Dead at 78

0

In announcing the death of 78-year-old international oil trader Marc Rich (shown), commentators around the world nearly ran out of descriptors, calling him “friend,” “pioneer,” “colorful,” “great,” “controversial,” a “buccaneer,” the “King of Oil,” and the “King of Commodities.” Others weren’t so kind, calling him a “traitor,” a “tax evader,” and a “racketeer.”

His impact as a trader in the world commodity market was profound. He learned to trade oil and other commodities at the age of 20 at Phillip Brothers (now called Phibro) where he met his future partner, Pincus “Pinky” Green. After a disagreement over the amount of bonuses they were owed, Rich and Green left Phibro and started their own company, Marc Rich and Company AG, in 1974, just in time to recognize and profit from the 1973 oil embargo. By being quick on their feet and taking advantage of contacts at the highest levels of governments worldwide, Rich was able to match needs with demands and take a commission in the process.

Following the Iran hostage crisis in 1979, for instance, Rich was able to deliver oil from Iran and the Soviet Union to the apartheid regime in South Africa in exchange for uranium from Namibia, which was sold back to the USSR. As the Wall Street Journal noted: “Over two decades … Mr. Rich’s involvement in the firm … grew [it] into a global trading and mining giant.” That modest assessment missed the impact of Rich and Green. His company was sold to its management in 1994 and then merged with another commodity trading firm, Xstrata, and last year the combined companies did $214 billion in business, and employed 140,000 people worldwide.

Rich gained national attention when his trading activities caught the eye of the new U.S. attorney in Manhattan, Rudolph Giuliani, who, after investigating Rich’s activities, secured more than 50 indictments against him for fraud, racketeering, and tax evasion in September 1983. The next year, after failing to persuade Giuliani that he was innocent, Rich fled to Switzerland, where he lived out the rest of his life. On his own website, Rich defended himself:

These transactions, which also involved major U.S. oil companies … were not unlike many other transactions widely engaged in during this period. In accordance with the law and following the advice of competent counsel, payments attributable to the offshore aspects of the linked transactions were properly treated as exempt from U.S. taxes….

The U.S. Attorney investigating the matter ambitiously turned the proper reporting treatment of these complex corporate transactions – essentially a routine tax allocation dispute – into a highly politicized criminal tax and energy fraud case alleging that domestic oil revenues were improperly diverted offshore….

Shortly after the conclusion of the case against the companies in 1984, the U.S. Department of Energy itself reached conclusions supporting the manner in which the challenged transactions were originally reported.

Despite his claims of innocence, Rich’s U.S.-based affiliates paid nearly $200 million in fines, and the FBI put Rich onto its “most-wanted” list for nearly a decade. After several attempts to arrest Rich failed, the case disappeared from public view.

Until January 20, 2001, that is, when President Bill Clinton, on his last day in office, granted Rich a presidential pardon. This erupted into a scandal known as “Pardongate,” but by that time, nothing could be done, and Rich could relax at his villa (“La villa rose”) overlooking Lake Lucerne.

In a rare and revealing interview lasting more than 30 hours in November 2009, with the business editor of a Swiss newspaper, Rich spelled out just how he had managed not only to make himself extremely wealthy, but avoid being prosecuted by Giuliani. It was very simple: He bribed top government officials who helped him do “workarounds” on existing embargoes while providing espionage tips to his contacts in those governments. In essence, Rich had an enormously influential network of powerful people dependent upon him for their existence and their financial well-being.

Said interviewer Daniel Ammann, “The biggest advantage of Marc Rich and his company is that they were on the spot. They weren’t dealing from the U.S. or Switzerland. They were on the spot.” He added:

Let’s say Iran after the 1979 revolution. They were there. In Angola, Cuba, Jamaica, South Africa. There were always his people working with the local authorities. The commodity trade is often done by governments so they really had the best contacts imaginable.

When Rich was paying big bribes to buy and sell the stores of commodities from entire nations, he made sure he was paying off all the right people and depositing the money into all the right offshore bank accounts for those people, all the time.

This sheds light on Clinton’s defense of his pardon of Rich when he said he was influenced by pleas for clemency from Ehud Barak, Israel’s former prime minister and Shimon Peres, then (and now) the president of Israel. During the oil embargo following the hostage crisis, it was Rich who was able to sell embargoed Iranian oil to its enemy, Israel. In such a crisis, enemies become friends, and Rich’s successful providing of oil to Israel was remembered by his friends. Explained Amman:

Rich was the very needed and useful intermediary. He was the one who brought their oil to the customer and converted it into foreign currencies. I really think they needed him as much as he needed them. This is sort of the principle of trading.

Of course, the fact that Denise Rich, Rich’s wealthy socialist wife, gave hundreds of thousands of dollars to the Clinton library fund and to Hillary Clinton’s run for the senate didn’t hurt, either.

Rich was indeed all of the descriptors offered by commentators around the world at the news of his death from a stroke in Lucerne at age 78. Rich was a major player. All he did was what George Washington Plunkitt, the Tammany Hall politician, did: “I seen my opportunities and I took ’em.” Rich just did it on a far grander scale. 

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Green Groups Celebrate Obama Speech, But For What?

0

After Obama’s climate speech on Tuesday and the reaction that followed, a couple of questions stand out.

Number one. Is it possible that the anti-Keystone XL movement counting their victory on the controversial tar sands project prematurely?

And second. Have environmental groups more broadly been too friendly to President Obama in the aftermath of a mere speech, however welcome its rhetorical flourishes?

With a showering of praise from ‘big green’ groups like NRDC, Sierra Club, and Environment America–the last of which decided to launch an expensive ‘thank you’ TV ad out for the president–is it possible that the environmental movement is easing off the pressure at exactly the moment they should be holding Obama’s feet more firmly to the fire?

As Robert Weissman, president of Public Citizen, said in his remarks about the speech, climate change “poses a near-existential threat to humanity,” and presidential rhetoric–especially vague rhetoric–is simply too little and too late.

“We need a national mobilization — and indeed a worldwide mobilization — to transform rapidly from our fossil fuel-reliant past and present to a clean energy future,” Weissman said. “We need a sense of urgency — indeed, emergency — massive investments, tough and specific standards and binding rules.”

Though the president offered none of that, many groups were blasting praise to their memberships and heralding a new era of executive action.

But where’s the action?

If you want to know what President Obama signaled about his pending decisions about the Keystone XL pipeline, just read the headlines:

Analysts see okay for Keystone as Obama muddies the debate (the Globe and Mail);
Keystone XL pipeline: Did Obama just drop a big hint about his decision?
(Christian Science Monitor);
After speech, Canada confident Keystone XL will be approved (Mining Gazette);
Obama hints that Keystone XL may be rejected
(Raw Story);
or Obama hints at Keystone approval (Politico)

Or don’t. Because the truth of the matter seems that everyone is entitled to interpret Obama’s surprise comments about the controversial tar sands project however they feel most comfortable.

First, here’s what the president said during his address at Georgetown University on Tuesday:

I know there’s been … a lot of controversy surrounding the proposal to build a pipeline, the Keystone pipeline, that would carry oil from Canadian tar sands down to refineries in the Gulf. And the State Department is going through the final stages of evaluating the proposal. That’s how it’s always been done.

But I do want to be clear: Allowing the Keystone pipeline to be built requires a finding that doing so would be in our nation’s interest. And our national interest will be served only if this project does not significantly exacerbate the problem of carbon pollution. The net effects of the pipeline’s impact on our climate will be absolutely critical to determining whether this project is allowed to go forward. It’s relevant.

In response, some of the groups most vocal and active in their opposition praised Obama’s language, saying they were both surprised and heartened because to them it meant that the president could not make such bold public statements and then–given all the available science and public outcry– turn around and approve the project.

“This is an appropriate standard that the president appears to be setting on Keystone XL,” said 350.org’s Bill McKibben, probably the single group best known for organizing and standing against Keystone XL. “The president is saying what the science has always demanded. It’s encouraging news for certain.”

The answer to Obama’s question about the “pipeline’s impact on our climate” is clear, said Oil Change International. “Keystone XL will greatly impact our climate, and thus our communities and our children,” the group opposed to the project said. “On this basis, the pipeline must be denied.”

But though groups like Oil Change International and 350.org–long associated with promoting the scientific consensus on climate change–may understand the certainty of the warnings associated with the further development of the Alberta tar sands, it is not at all clear that the State Department shares this understanding.

Indeed, here’s what the State Department’s draft Supplement Environmental Impact Statement (SEIS) itself said:

[F]rom a global perspective, the decision whether or not to build the Project will not affect the extraction and combustion of WCSB [Western Canadian Sedimentary Basin] oil sands crude on the global market. However, on a life-cycle basis and compared with reference crudes refined in the United States, oil sands crudes could result in an increase in incremental GHG emissions.

As others have pointed out, this creates a very possible loophole because what this phrasing really says is that while tars sands development itself will definitely increase carbon emissions, the mere building of the Keystone XL pipeline will not.

If interpreted this way by the State Department, and if Obama follows their guidance as he suggested he will, then the fate of Alberta’s “carbon bomb” has now been entrusted to nuanced legal interpretations of a highly controversial impact study.

And as Politico reports, proponents of the pipeline were in a mostly celebratory mood.

The company building the pipeline and many of its top supporters in Congress saw Obama’s remarks as highly encouraging.

Keystone builder TransCanada said in a statement that it’s “pleased with the President’s guidance to the State Department, as the almost five-year review of the project has already repeatedly found that these criteria are satisfied.” Rep. Lee Terry (R-Neb.) said Obama’s remarks were “a positive step forward toward getting this project built, creating jobs and decreasing our dependence on foreign sources of oil.” And a spokesman for House Speaker John Boehner said “the standard the president set today should lead to speedy approval of the Keystone pipeline.”

And despite the hopes and desires of environmentalists, even as they once again enjoyed his rhetorical gifts, Obama just might.

When and if he does it will be TransCanada–as tar sands oil snakes its way from Alberta to the Gulf coast for export–who will be producing the next batch of ‘thank you’ ads for the president.

___________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

A New Beginning Without Washington’s Sanctimonious Mask

0

It is hard to understand the fuss that Washington and its media whores are making over Edward Snowden. We have known for a long time that the National Security Agency (NSA) has been spying for years without warrants on the communications of Americans and people throughout the world. Photographs of the massive NSA building in Utah built for the purpose of storing the intercepted communications of the world have been published many times. 

It is not clear to an ordinary person what Snowden has revealed that William Binney and other whistleblowers have not already revealed. Perhaps the difference is that Snowden has provided documents that prove it, thereby negating Washington’s ability to deny the facts with its usual lies.

Whatever the reason for Washington’s blather, it certainly is not doing the US government any good. Far more interesting than Snowden’s revelations is the decision by governments of other countries to protect a truth-teller from the Stasi in Washington.

Hong Kong kept Snowden’s whereabouts secret so that an amerikan black-op strike or a drone could not be sent to murder him. Hong Kong told Washington that its extradition papers for Snowden were not in order and permitted Snowden to leave for Moscow.

The Chinese government did not interfere with Snowden’s departure.

The Russian government says it has no objection to Snowden having a connecting flight in Moscow.

Ecuador’s Foreign Minister Ricardo Patino responded to Washington’s threats with a statement that the Ecuadorian government puts human rights above Washington’s interests. Foreign Minister Patino said that Snowden served humanity by revealing that the Washington Stasi was violating the rights of “every citizen in the world.” Snowden merely betrayed “some elites that are in power in a certain country,” whereas Washington betrayed the entire world.

With Hong Kong, China, Russia, Ecuador, and Cuba refusing to obey the Stasi’s orders, Washington is flailing around making a total fool of itself and its media prostitutes.  

Secretary of State John Kerry has been issuing warnings hand over fist. He has threatened Russia, China, Ecuador, and every country that aids and abets Snowden’s escape from the Washington Stasi. Those who don’t do Washington’s bidding, Kerry declared, will suffer adverse impacts on their relationship with the US.  

What a stupid thing for Kerry to say. Here is a guy who once was for peace but who has been turned by NSA spying on his personal affairs into an asset for the NSA. Try to realize the extraordinary arrogance and hubris in Kerry’s threat that China, Russia, and other countries will suffer bad relations with the US. Kerry is saying that amerika doesn’t have to care whether “the indispensable people” have bad relations with other countries, but those countries have to be concerned if they have bad relations with the “indispensable country.” What an arrogant posture for the US government to present to the world.

Here we have a US Secretary of State lost in delusion along with the rest of Washington. A country that is bankrupt, a country that has allowed its corporations to destroy its economy by moving the best jobs offshore, a country whose future is in the hands of the printing press, a country that after eleven years of combat has been unable to defeat a few thousan d lightly armed Taliban is now threatening Russia and China.  

God save us from the utter fools who comprise our government.

The world is enjoying Washington’s humiliation at the hands of Hong Kong. A mere city state gave Washington the bird. In its official statement, Hong Kong shifted the focus from Snowden to his message and asked the US government to explain its illegal hacking of Hong Kong’s information systems.

China’s state newspaper, The People’s Daily, wrote: “The United States has gone from a model of human rights to an eavesdropper on personal privacy, the manipulator of the centralized power over the international internet, and the mad invader of other countries’ networks. . . The world will remember Edward Snowden. It was his fearlessness that tore off Washington’s sanctimonious mask.”

China’s Global Times, a subsidiary of The People’s Daily, accused Washington of attacking “a young idealist who has exposed the sinister scandals of the US government.” Instead of apologizing “Washington is showing off its muscle by attempting to control the whole situation.”

China’s official Xinhua news agency reported that Snowden’s revelations had placed “Washington in a really awkward situation. They demonstrate that the United States, which has long been trying to play innocent as a victim of cyber attacks, has turned out to be the biggest villain in our age.”

The Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov made it clear that Russia’s sympathy is with Snowden, not with the amerikan Stasi state. Human rights ombudsman Vladimir Lukin said that it was unrealistic to expect the Russian government to violate law to seize a transit passenger who had not entered Russia and was not on Russian soil. RT’s Gayane Chichakyan reported that Washington is doing everything it can to shift attention away from Snowden’s revelations that “show that the US has lied and has been doing the same as they accuse China of doing.”

Ecuador says the traitor is Washington, not Snowden.

The stuck pig squeals from the NSA director—”Edward Snowden has caused irreversible damage to US”—are matched by the obliging squeals from members of the House and Senate, themselves victims of the NSA spying, as was the Director of the CIA who was forced to resign because of a love affair. The NSA is in position to blackmail everyone in the House and Senate, in the White House itself, in all the corporations, the universities, the media, every organization at home and abroad, who has anything to hide. You can tell who is being blackmailed by the intensity of the squeals, such as those of Dianne Feinstein (D, CA) and Mike Rogers (R, MI). With any luck, a patriot will leak what the NSA has on Feinstein and Rogers, neither of whom could possibly scrape any lower before the NSA.

The gangster government in Washington that has everything to hide is now in NSA’s hands and will follow orders. The pretense that amerika is a democracy responsible to the people has been exposed. The US is run by and for the NSA. Congress and the White House are NSA puppets.

Let’s quit calling the NSA the National Security Agency. Clearly, NSA is a threat to the security of every person in the entire world. Let’s call the NSA what it really is—the National Stasi Agency, the largest collection of Gestapo in human history. You can take for granted that every media whore, every government prostitute, every ignorant flag-waver who declares Snowden to be a traitor is either brainwashed or blackmailed. They are the protectors of NSA tyranny. They are our enemies.

The world has been growing increasingly sick of Washington for a long time. The bullying, the constant stream of lies, the gratuitous wars and destruction have destroyed the image hyped by Washington of the US as a “light unto the world.” The world sees the US as a plague upon the world.

Following Snowden’s revelations, Germany’s most important magazine, Der Spiegel, had the headline: “Obama’s Soft Totalitarianism: Europe Must Protect Itself From America.” The first sentence of the article asks: “Is Barack Obama a friend? Revelations about his government’s vast spying program call that into doubt. The European Union must protect the Continent from America’s reach for omnipotence.”

Der Spiegel continues: “We are being watched. All the time and everywhere. And it is the Americans who are doing the watching. On Tuesday, the head of the largest and most all-encompassing surveillance system ever invented is coming for a visit. If Barack Obama is our friend then we really don’t need to be terribly worried about our enemies.”

There is little doubt that German Interior Minister Hans Peter Friedrich has lost his secrets to NSA spies. Friedrich rushed to NSA’s defense, declaring: ”that’s not how you treat friends.” As Der Spiegel made clear, the minister was not referring “to the fact that our trans-Atlantic friends were spying on us. Rather, he meant the criticism of that spying. Friedrich’s reaction is only paradoxical on the surface and can be explained by looking at geopolitical realities. The US is, for the time being, the only global power—and as such it is the only truly sovereign state in existence. All others are dependent—either as enemies or allies. And because most prefer to be allies, politicians—Germany’s included—prefer to grin and bear it.”

It is extraordinary that the most important publication in Germany has acknowledged that the German government is Washington’s puppet state.

Der Spiegel says: “German citizens should be able to expect that their government will protect them from spying by foreign governments. But the German interior minister says instead: ‘We are grateful for the excellent cooperation with US secret services.’ Friedrich didn’t even try to cover up his own incompetence on the surveillance issue. ‘Everything we know about it, we have learned from the media,’ he said. The head of the country’s domestic intelligence agency, Hans-Georg Maassen, was not any more enlightened. ‘I didn’t know anything about it,’ he said. And Justice Minister Sabine Leutheusser-Schnarrenberger was also apparently in the dark. ‘These reports are extremely unsettling,’ she said. With all due respect: These are the people who are supposed to be protecting our rights? If it wasn’t so frightening, it would be absurd.”

For those moronic amerikans who say, “I’m not doing anything wrong, I don’t care if they spy,” Der Spiegal writes that a “monitored human being is not a free one.” We have reached the point where we “free americans” have to learn from our German puppets that we are not free.

Present day Germany is a new country, flushed of its past by war and defeat. Russia is also a

new country that has emerged from the ashes of an unrealistic ideology. Hope always resides with those countries that have most experienced evil in government. If Germany were to throw off its amerikan overlord and depart NATO, amerikan power in Europe would collapse. If Germany and Russia were to unite in defense of truth and human rights, Europe and the world would have a new beginning. 

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Smith & Wesson Hits Record Sales

0

Gun company cannot keep up with national demand.

Kit Daniels
Infowars.com
June 26, 2013

Smith & Wesson finished its fiscal year with colossal profits as the demand for new firearms surges nationwide.

The storied firearms company released a yearly financial report Tuesday showing astronomical sales figures and a favorable future outlook.

Net sales for the recent fourth quarter were almost $180 million, an increase of over 37% from the same quarter last year.

For the full fiscal year, net sales reached over $587 million, an increase of over 42% compared to the previous year.

Even after increasing production capacity, Smith & Wesson cannot meet ongoing demand for most of its firearms, according to the report. The company’s back orders are exploding as a result.

Other firearms manufacturers are also experiencing high demand and massive back orders. In May, Guns.com reported that Sturm, Ruger & Co. could not manufacture the additional two million firearms necessary to keep up with its most recent orders. Ruger stopped taking new orders for two months last year in order to catch up to sales.

The surge in demand has left empty gun store shelves nationwide. Michael Cargill, the owner of Central Texas Gun Works in Austin, Texas and a guest on the Alex Jones Show, believes the Obama Administration has greatly influenced gun sales.

“Because of the current administration and their continued attack on lawful gun ownership in this country, your major gun manufacturers have seen their profit earnings soar to unprecedented numbers,”
said Cargill. “I contribute that to the President being the nation’s number one gun seller.”

Wait times for new firearms are now meeting or even surpassing the wait times for concealed handgun licenses nationwide. Licensees may get their new permit in the mail before their new handgun.

“Consumers who are looking your most popular firearms such as the Smith & Wesson M&P Shield and the Springfield XDS for concealed carry purposes will have to wait three months for the industry to catch up with the demand,” Cargill said. “Because citizens are concerned that their civil liberties and Second Amendment rights will be taken away, the wait time for a [Texas] CHL license is also three months.”

Be sure to check out Michael Cargill’s interview on the Infowars Nightly News:

To see more interviews like this one, consider becoming a Prisonplanet.tv subscriber for only $5.95 per month!

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 1:52 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Eavesdropping on the Planet, Whistleblowers and Edward Snowden

0

In the course of his professional life in the world of national security Edward Snowden must have gone through numerous probing interviews, lie detector examinations, and exceedingly detailed background checks, as well as filling out endless forms carefully designed to catch any kind of falsehood or inconsistency. The Washington Post (June 10) reported that “several officials said the CIA will now undoubtedly begin reviewing the process by which Snowden may have been hired, seeking to determine whether there were any missed signs that he might one day betray national secrets.”

Yes, there was a sign they missed — Edward Snowden had something inside him shaped like a conscience, just waiting for a cause.

It was the same with me. I went to work at the State Department, planning to become a Foreign Service Officer, with the best — the most patriotic — of intentions, going to do my best to slay the beast of the International Communist Conspiracy. But then the horror, on a daily basis, of what the United States was doing to the people of Vietnam was brought home to me in every form of media; it was making me sick at heart. My conscience had found its cause, and nothing that I could have been asked in a pre-employment interview would have alerted my interrogators of the possible danger I posed because I didn’t know of the danger myself. No questioning of my friends and relatives could have turned up the slightest hint of the radical anti-war activist I was to become. My friends and relatives were to be as surprised as I was to be. There was simply no way for the State Department security office to know that I should not be hired and given a Secret Clearance. 1

So what is a poor National Security State to do? Well, they might consider behaving themselves. Stop doing all the terrible things that grieve people like me and Edward Snowden and Bradley Manning and so many others. Stop the bombings, the invasions, the endless wars, the torture, the sanctions, the overthrows, the support of dictatorships, the unmitigated support of Israel; stop all the things that make the United States so hated, that create all the anti-American terrorists, that compel the National Security State — in pure self defense — to spy on the entire world.

Eavesdropping on the planet

The above is the title of an essay that I wrote in 2000 that appeared as a chapter in my book Rogue State: A Guide to the World’s Only Superpower. Here are some excerpts that may help to put the current revelations surrounding Edward Snowden into perspective …

Can people in the 21st century imagine a greater invasion of privacy on all of earth, in all of history? If so, they merely have to wait for technology to catch up with their imagination.

Like a mammoth vacuum cleaner in the sky, the National Security Agency (NSA) sucks it all up: home phone, office phone, cellular phone, email, fax, telex … satellite transmissions, fiber-optic communications traffic, microwave links … voice, text, images … captured by satellites continuously orbiting the earth, then processed by high-powered computers … if it runs on electromagnetic energy, NSA is there, with high high tech. Twenty-four hours a day. Perhaps billions of messages sucked up each day. No one escapes. Not presidents, prime ministers, the UN Secretary-General, the pope, the Queen of England, embassies, transnational corporation CEOs, friend, foe, your Aunt Lena … if God has a phone, it’s being monitored … maybe your dog isn’t being tapped. The oceans will not protect you. American submarines have been attaching tapping pods to deep underwater cables for decades.

Under a system codenamed ECHELON, launched in the 1970s, the NSA and its junior partners in Britain, Australia, New Zealand, and Canada operate a network of massive, highly automated interception stations, covering the globe amongst them. Any of the partners can ask any of the others to intercept its own domestic communications. It can then truthfully say it does not spy on its own citizens.

Apart from specifically-targeted individuals and institutions, the ECHELON system works by indiscriminately intercepting huge quantities of communications and using computers to identify and extract messages of interest from the mass of unwanted ones. Every intercepted message — all the embassy cables, the business deals, the sex talk, the birthday greetings — is searched for keywords, which could be anything the searchers think might be of interest. All it takes to flag a communication is for one of the parties to use a couple or so of the key words in the ECHELON “dictionary” — “He lives in a lovely old white house on Bush Street, right near me. I can shoot over there in two minutes.” Within limitations, computers can “listen” to telephone calls and recognize when keywords are spoken. Those calls are extracted and recorded separately, to be listened to in full by humans. The list of specific targets at any given time is undoubtedly wide ranging, at one point including the likes of Amnesty International and Christian Aid.

ECHELON is carried out without official acknowledgment of its existence, let alone any democratic oversight or public or legislative debate as to whether it serves a decent purpose. The extensiveness of the ECHELON global network is a product of decades of intense Cold War activity. Yet with the end of the Cold War, its budget — far from being greatly reduced — was increased, and the network has grown in both power and reach; yet another piece of evidence that the Cold War was not a battle against something called “the international communist conspiracy”.

The European Parliament in the late 1990s began to wake up to this intrusion into the continent’s affairs. The parliament’s Civil Liberties Committee commissioned a report, which appeared in 1998 and recommended a variety of measures for dealing with the increasing power of the technologies of surveillance. It bluntly advised: “The European Parliament should reject proposals from the United States for making private messages via the global communications network [Internet] accessible to US intelligence agencies.” The report denounced Britain’s role as a double-agent, spying on its own European partners.

Despite these concerns the US has continued to expand ECHELON surveillance in Europe, partly because of heightened interest in commercial espionage — to uncover industrial information that would provide American corporations with an advantage over foreign rivals.

German security experts discovered several years ago that ECHELON was engaged in heavy commercial spying in Europe. Victims included such German firms as the wind generator manufacturer Enercon. In 1998, Enercon developed what it thought was a secret invention, enabling it to generate electricity from wind power at a far cheaper rate than before. However, when the company tried to market its invention in the United States, it was confronted by its American rival, Kenetech, which announced that it had already patented a near-identical development. Kenetech then brought a court order against Enercon to ban the sale of its equipment in the US. In a rare public disclosure, an NSA employee, who refused to be named, agreed to appear in silhouette on German television to reveal how he had stolen Enercon’s secrets by tapping the telephone and computer link lines that ran between Enercon’s research laboratory and its production unit some 12 miles away. Detailed plans of the company’s invention were then passed on to Kenetech.

In 1994, Thomson S.A., located in Paris, and Airbus Industrie, based in Blagnac Cedex, France, also lost lucrative contracts, snatched away by American rivals aided by information covertly collected by NSA and CIA. The same agencies also eavesdropped on Japanese representatives during negotiations with the United States in 1995 over auto parts trade.

German industry has complained that it is in a particularly vulnerable position because the government forbids its security services from conducting similar industrial espionage. “German politicians still support the rather naive idea that political allies should not spy on each other’s businesses. The Americans and the British do not have such illusions,” said journalist Udo Ulfkotte, a specialist in European industrial espionage, in 1999.

That same year, Germany demanded that the United States recall three CIA operatives for their activities in Germany involving economic espionage. The news report stated that the Germans “have long been suspicious of the eavesdropping capabilities of the enormous U.S. radar and communications complex at Bad Aibling, near Munich”, which is in fact an NSA intercept station. “The Americans tell us it is used solely to monitor communications by potential enemies, but how can we be entirely sure that they are not picking up pieces of information that we think should remain completely secret?” asked a senior German official. Japanese officials most likely have been told a similar story by Washington about the more than a dozen signals intelligence bases which Japan has allowed to be located on its territory.

In their quest to gain access to more and more private information, the NSA, the FBI, and other components of the US national security establishment have been engaged for years in a campaign to require American telecommunications manufacturers and carriers to design their equipment and networks to optimize the authorities’ wiretapping ability. Some industry insiders say they believe that some US machines approved for export contain NSA “back doors” (also called “trap doors”).

The United States has been trying to persuade European Union countries as well to allow it “back-door” access to encryption programs, claiming that this was to serve the needs of law-enforcement agencies. However, a report released by the European Parliament in May 1999 asserted that Washington’s plans for controlling encryption software in Europe had nothing to do with law enforcement and everything to do with US industrial espionage. The NSA has also dispatched FBI agents on break-in missions to snatch code books from foreign facilities in the United States, and CIA officers to recruit foreign communications clerks abroad and buy their code secrets, according to veteran intelligence officials.

For decades, beginning in the 1950s, the Swiss company Crypto AG sold the world’s most sophisticated and secure encryption technology. The firm staked its reputation and the security concerns of its clients on its neutrality in the Cold War or any other war. The purchasing nations, some 120 of them — including prime US intelligence targets such as Iran, Iraq, Libya and Yugoslavia — confident that their communications were protected, sent messages from their capitals to their embassies, military missions, trade offices, and espionage dens around the world, via telex, radio, and fax. And all the while, because of a secret agreement between the company and NSA, these governments might as well have been hand delivering the messages to Washington, uncoded. For their Crypto AG machines had been rigged before being sold to them, so that when they used them the random encryption key could be automatically and clandestinely transmitted along with the enciphered message. NSA analysts could read the messages as easily as they could the morning newspaper.

In 1986, because of US public statements concerning the La Belle disco bombing in West Berlin, the Libyans began to suspect that something was rotten with Crypto AG’s machines and switched to another Swiss firm, Gretag Data Systems AG. But it appears that NSA had that base covered as well. In 1992, after a series of suspicious circumstances over the previous few years, Iran came to a conclusion similar to Libya’s, and arrested a Crypto AG employee who was in Iran on a business trip. He was eventually ransomed, but the incident became well known and the scam began to unravel in earnest.

In September 1999 it was revealed that NSA had arranged with Microsoft to insert special “keys” into Windows software, in all versions from 95-OSR2 onwards. An American computer scientist, Andrew Fernandez of Cryptonym in North Carolina, had disassembled parts of the Windows instruction code and found the smoking gun — Microsoft’s developers had failed to remove the debugging symbols used to test this software before they released it. Inside the code were the labels for two keys. One was called “KEY”. The other was called “NSAKEY”. Fernandez presented his finding at a conference at which some Windows developers were also in attendance. The developers did not deny that the NSA key was built into their software, but they refused to talk about what the key did, or why it had been put there without users’ knowledge. Fernandez says that NSA’s “back door” in the world’s most commonly used operating system makes it “orders of magnitude easier for the US government to access your computer.”

In February 2000, it was disclosed that the Strategic Affairs Delegation (DAS), the intelligence arm of the French Defense Ministry, had prepared a report in 1999 which also asserted that NSA had helped to install secret programs in Microsoft software. According to the DAS report, “it would seem that the creation of Microsoft was largely supported, not least financially, by the NSA, and that IBM was made to accept the [Microsoft] MS-DOS operating system by the same administration.” The report stated that there had been a “strong suspicion of a lack of security fed by insistent rumors about the existence of spy programs on Microsoft, and by the presence of NSA personnel in Bill Gates’ development teams.” The Pentagon, said the report, was Microsoft’s biggest client in the world.

Recent years have seen disclosures that in the countdown to their invasion of Iraq in 2003, the United States had listened in on UN Secretary-General Kofi Annan, UN weapons inspectors in Iraq, and all the members of the UN Security Council during a period when they were deliberating about what action to take in Iraq.

It’s as if the American national security establishment feels that it has an inalienable right to listen in; as if there had been a constitutional amendment, applicable to the entire world, stating that “Congress shall make no law abridging the freedom of the government to intercept the personal communications of anyone.” And the Fourth Amendment had been changed to read: “Persons shall be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, except in cases of national security, real or alleged.” 2

The leading whistleblower of all time: Philip Agee

Before there was Edward Snowden, William Binney and Thomas Drake … before there was Bradley Manning, Sibel Edmonds and Jesselyn Radack … there was Philip Agee. What Agee revealed is still the most startling and important information about US foreign policy that any American government whistleblower has ever revealed.

Philip Agee spent 12 years (1957-69) as a CIA case officer, most of it in Latin America. His first book, Inside the Company: CIA Diary, published in 1974 — a pioneering work on the Agency’s methods and their devastating consequences — appeared in about 30 languages around the world and was a best seller in many countries; it included a 23-page appendix with the names of hundreds of undercover Agency operatives and organizations.

Under CIA manipulation, direction and, usually, their payroll, were past and present presidents of Mexico, Colombia, Uruguay, and Costa Rica, “our minister of labor”, “our vice-president”, “my police”, journalists, labor leaders, student leaders, diplomats, and many others. If the Agency wished to disseminate anti-communist propaganda, cause dissension in leftist ranks, or have Communist embassy personnel expelled, it need only prepare some phoney documents, present them to the appropriate government ministers and journalists, and — presto! — instant scandal.

Agee’s goal in naming all these individuals, quite simply, was to make it as difficult as he could for the CIA to continue doing its dirty work.

A common Agency tactic was writing editorials and phoney news stories to be knowingly published by Latin American media with no indication of the CIA authorship or CIA payment to the media. The propaganda value of such a “news” item might be multiplied by being picked up by other CIA stations in Latin America who would disseminate it through a CIA-owned news agency or a CIA-owned radio station. Some of these stories made their way back to the United States to be read or heard by unknowing North Americans.

Wooing the working class came in for special treatment. Labor organizations by the dozen, sometimes hardly more than names on stationery, were created, altered, combined, liquidated, and new ones created again, in an almost frenzied attempt to find the right combination to compete with existing left-oriented unions and take national leadership away from them.

In 1975 these revelations were new and shocking; for many readers it was the first hint that American foreign policy was not quite what their high-school textbooks had told them nor what the New York Times had reported.

“As complete an account of spy work as is likely to be published anywhere, an authentic account of how an ordinary American or British ‘case officer’ operates … All of it … presented with deadly accuracy,” wrote Miles Copeland, a former CIA station chief, and ardent foe of Agee. (There’s no former CIA officer more hated by members of the intelligence establishment than Agee; no one’s even close; due in part to his traveling to Cuba and having long-term contact with Cuban intelligence.)

In contrast to Agee, WikiLeaks withheld the names of hundreds of informants from the nearly 400,000 Iraq war documents it released.

In 1969, Agee resigned from the CIA (and colleagues who “long ago ceased to believe in what they are doing”).

While on the run from the CIA as he was writing Inside the Company — at times literally running for his life — Agee was expelled from, or refused admittance to, Italy, Britain, France, West Germany, the Netherlands, and Norway. (West Germany eventually gave him asylum because his wife was a leading ballerina in the country.) Agee’s account of his period on the run can be found detailed in his book On the Run (1987). It’s an exciting read.

Notes

  1. To read about my State Department and other adventures, see my book West-Bloc Dissident: A Cold war Memoir (2002) ↩
  2. See Rogue State: A Guide to the World’s Only Superpower, chapter 21, for the notes for the above. ↩

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Repeal of Important Civil Rights Legislation: US Supreme Court Guts the 1965 Voting Rights Act

0

Tuesday’s decision by the US Supreme Court gutting the 1965 Voting Rights Act is an outrage that must be answered by working people. This act of judicial oppression is a milestone in the mounting attacks on democratic rights by the US financial aristocracy and its political servants.

By a 5-4 margin, the court effectively abrogated one of the most important pieces of civil rights legislation in American history. The Voting Rights Act remains on the books, but its enforcement mechanism has been declared unconstitutional and struck down.

The opinion written by Chief Justice John Roberts is insolent in its dismissal of any concern over five unelected judges overturning an act of Congress and defying the popular will. This ruling will shock and anger millions of working people–and it should.

Roberts, Antonin Scalia, Clarence Thomas, Samuel Alito and Anthony Kennedy will go down in history alongside those high court justices who issued the pro-slavery Dred Scott decision in 1857. On the eve of the 150th anniversary of the battle of Gettysburg, these minions of American capitalism have demonstrated that the US ruling class is opposed to the democratic principles for which millions of working people have given their lives.

The narrow majority dropped any pretense to judicial restraint or respect for the separation of powers, overturning a law that was reauthorized only seven years ago by overwhelming votes–98-0 in the Senate, 390-33 in the House of Representatives–and signed into law by a Republican president, George W. Bush.

In striking down a key section of the Voting Rights Act, the court majority defied the plain language of the Constitution. The Fifteenth Amendment, adopted in the wake of the Civil War, reads:

Section 1. The right of citizens of the United States to vote shall not be denied or abridged by the United States or by any State on account of race, color, or previous condition of servitude.

Section 2. The Congress shall have power to enforce this article by appropriate legislation.

For nearly a century, Congress took no action to enforce the Fifteenth Amendment, while African Americans were systematically disenfranchised throughout the southern states. Only in response to mass civil rights struggles that spanned more than a decade was the Voting Rights Act finally enacted in 1965. The law is explicitly grounded on the language of Section 2, which provides the most sweeping grant of legislative power that can be afforded by the Constitution.

Section 4 of the Voting Rights Act identified those states, mainly in the South, which were to face federal oversight of voting and election law changes because of their long history of excluding African Americans from the polls. In the course of several renewals, most recently in 2006, Congress broadened the law to include discrimination against minority language groups, such as Hispanics, and added more states or counties found to have engaged in discriminatory practices.

Section 4 currently covers all of nine states–Alabama, Alaska, Arizona, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, South Carolina, Texas and Virginia–and parts of seven others–California, Florida, Michigan, New Hampshire, New York, North Carolina and South Dakota.

The court majority declared that the coverage formula laid down in Section 4 had become outdated because of increases in registration and turnout at the polls on the part of African American voters. But the majority opinion scarcely attempted to justify this claim. Roberts wrote, “When the law was last renewed, in 2006, Congress relied on data from decades before.” But nowhere did he address the thousands of pages of evidence of ongoing acts of racial discrimination accumulated as part of the 2006 renewal.

In fact, the majority opinion in Shelby County v. Holder offers nothing of any substance, legally or factually. It is a pile of words concocted for the purpose of justifying a decision reached long in advance–and foreshadowed in the language of an earlier decision, Northwest Austin Municipal Utility District Number One v. Holder in 2009, which turned aside a previous challenge to the Voting Rights Act on technical grounds.

If the ultra-right majority on the court now feels emboldened to go further, it is because it is not acting in a vacuum. These justices are encouraged by the general atmosphere of reaction that permeates government and media circles.

The president of the United States asserts the right to target any individual, including US citizens, for assassination. Those such as Edward Snowden who expose government criminality are witch-hunted and vilified as traitors. An entire American city, Boston, is placed on lockdown in complete disregard of fundamental constitutional rights–all without any significant opposition from within the political establishment.

The five arch-reactionaries would not dare to hand down such a ruling if they were not encouraged as well by the cowardice and complicity of American liberalism and the Democratic Party, which have gone along with sweeping attacks on democratic rights. None of these spent forces will lift a finger to defend the democratic rights of the people.

The claim by Roberts that there is no longer any significant racial discrimination in the states targeted by the Voting Rights Act is patently false. These states, particularly in the Deep South, remain among the most politically reactionary and backward in the US, with the highest rates of executions, the worst conditions of life for the masses, and incessant efforts to curtail the right of workers and minorities to vote.

The dissenting opinion written by Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg, and signed by three other justices, had no difficulty citing a mass of empirical evidence of ongoing racially-motivated discrimination, including efforts to purge the rolls of black voters, the redrawing of electoral boundaries to eliminate black office-holders, and the moving of polling places to make it harder for blacks to vote.

Ginsburg noted the character of the plaintiff, Shelby County, Alabama, in the suburbs of the city of Birmingham, one of the key battlegrounds of the civil rights era. The majority opinion made no attempt to explain why federal oversight of Shelby County should be ended, nor could it since both the county and towns within it have repeatedly been sanctioned under the Voting Rights Act for discriminatory practices, as recently as 2008.

As for the claim by the majority that the Voting Rights Act had become outmoded by social progress in the South, Ginsburg pointed out that the law was designed to be flexible and included a bailout mechanism allowing states to leave federal oversight if they went ten years without being successfully sued for discrimination. Not one of the states covered by the law has attempted to qualify, although hundreds of cities, counties and smaller jurisdictions have done so.

Ginsburg also made short work of the claim that the Voting Rights Act formula amounts to “unequal treatment” of the states, pointing out that this is commonplace in federal laws, from appropriations bills that award funding disproportionately to small and rural states to laws that apply to only a single state (as in provisions covering disposal of nuclear waste).

The dissent underscored the fact that the court majority is engaged, not in rational argument and analysis, but in pushing toward a predetermined goal, using whatever pseudo-legal verbiage might fill the bill.

Scalia voiced the sentiments of this majority when he sneered during the oral arguments in the case that Congress reauthorized the Voting Rights Act in 2006 only because of “a phenomenon that is called perpetuation of racial entitlement.”

The attack on the right to vote is not fundamentally a racial issue. It is part of an assault on the democratic rights of the entire working class. Dozens of states in recent years have enacted voter ID laws and other anti-democratic provisions in a deliberate effort to make it harder for the poor, the elderly, and students to vote.

There is a definite class logic behind this campaign: the American ruling elite is well aware that its policies of militarism and social austerity are opposed by the vast majority of the population. Opinion polls show only 15 percent support the Obama administration’s drive to war in Syria, and even fewer back cuts in Social Security, Medicare and other social benefits. To carry through the reactionary program of the financial aristocracy requires dispensing with democratic forms of rule.

The 5-4 ruling to wipe out a crucial legal guarantee of the people’s right to vote comes barely a decade after a similar political milestone: the 5-4 ruling that ratified the theft of the 2000 presidential election and installed the loser of the popular vote, George W. Bush, in the White House.

From Bush v. Gore to Shelby County, the Supreme Court has lost all credibility in the eyes of the people. It deserves neither deference nor respect. The defense of democratic rights requires the development of a mass popular movement of working people and youth in opposition to the entire political establishment, its two-party system, and the capitalist state institutions they defend.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Police Sergeant Arrested for Having Sex with Bikini-Baristas

0

Police sergeant trades sex for police tips.

Julie Wilson
Infowars.com
June 26, 2013

The owner of a bikini-barista stand and a 30-year veteran sheriff’s sergeant were arrested last week for conspiring to promote prostitution in Snohomish County, Washington. According to authorities, a total of seven barista stands were under investigation on suspicions of operating a prostitution ring.

The coffee stands got the attention of the local police department after customers complained of barista employees showing their private parts in exchange for tips. Along with coffee, some employees were selling sex.

Darrell L. O’Neill, a Snohomish County sheriff sergeant who was part of the investigating team, was allegedly receiving sex from the baristas, and in exchange offered them tips on how to avoid arrest for prostitution.

Deputy police chief Dan Templeton says “Sgt. O’Neill was giving the baristas information indicating when undercover operations were taking place at the stands, as well as how to avoid detection, and possibly even provided a description of undercover vehicles that were being used in the investigation.”

The owner of the barista stand, Carmela A. Panico, had been under investigation for several months. According to court records, she was arrested in July of 2011 and plead guilty to charges of misdemeanor lewd conduct. Previously, Panico was employed with Talents West, a strip club company that was shut down in 2010 for racketeering.

“In March, the Snohomish County Sheriff’s Office was notified by a local law enforcement agency of possible criminal activities being conducted by a Sheriff’s Office commissioned officer,” Sheriff’s spokeswoman Shari Ireton said in a statement. “Upon learning of the allegations, Sheriff’s Office administration immediately contacted Everett Police Department and requested a criminal investigation.”

Everett police called the investigation a “multijurisdictional effort to stop prostitution and lewd conduct.” Even the Federal Bureau of Investigation was involved.

After numerous customer complaints regarding barista’s exposing themselves, an investigation was launched on seven different barista stands in Everett, Edmonds and Kent, Washington, including Java Juggs and Twin Peaks espresso.

Panico’s manager, a 22-year old Shoreline woman was also arrested. Officials say it’s possible more arrests will be made in the future.

According to the police chief, detectives “observed both in-person and through on-camera surveillance not only lewd conduct but sexual activity at these stands.”

So far attempts to contact Panico and O’Neill for comment have been unsuccessful.

Following the officer’s arrest, O’Neill has been placed on paid administrative leave, however officials are planning an internal investigation on O’Neill’s involvement.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 1:48 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

New Jersey hospital deports unconscious stroke victim

0

A US hospital deported an unconscious stroke victim after noticing that the patient was an undocumented immigrant from Poland. Polish health officials are furious that the man was “dumped on their doorstep” before the transfer was approved.

“Imagine being carted around like a sack of potatoes,”
Polish Consul General Ewa Junczyk-Ziomecka told the New York
Daily News, describing the incident in which 69-year old
Wladyslaw Haniszewski was unconsciously deported to his homeland.

Haniszewski, who suffers from a blood disease, lived in Perth
Amboy, N.J., for 30 years. He recently lost his job, apartment
and health insurance, and was forced to move into a homeless
shelter, the Daily News reports.

After the man suffered a dangerous stroke, a friend named Jerzy
Jedra took him to the New Jersey hospital for treatment. When
officials at the Robert Wood Johnson University Hospital noticed
that the patient had no health insurance and lived in the US
without documentation, they sent the comatose man to Poland. US
hospitals are legally required to provide emergency care to
anyone who needs it, but are allowed to deport stabilized
undocumented immigrants.

But in order to deport someone, a US hospital must first get
consent from either the patient, a family member, or a court
guardian. Officials at the Polish consulate claim that no one was
contacted, and that Haniszewski’s family was never informed that
the man was deported.

Meanwhile, Haniszewski was left at the doorstep of a hospital in
Boleslawiec, Poland. The facility is now being forced to take
care of the man’s medical payments, which have cost “a few
hundred dollars”
a day, the hospital’s deputy director told
TVN.

Junczyk-Ziomecka, who works at the Polish consulate in New York
City, said she was trying to help the comatose man, only to
realize last week that he was gone. Polish officials are furious
about the deportation, especially since the 69-year-old patient
was not in a healthy state to sign off on the transfer.

“Behind our backs they transported the unconscious man to
Poland,”
she told TVN, noting that she was most furious about
the hospital’s decision to dump the man at a facility in Poland.
“I cannot imagine such a situation that the decision about
transporting an unconscious person could be made without
agreement. Between the two institutions must be a contract, there
must be documents. You cannot simply leave a patient at the door
and drive away.”

At least 800 people have been deported from US hospitals without
consent over the past six years in 15 states, the Associated
Press reported in April. Medical repatriation has become
increasingly common, but AP suggests that the actual number of
such hospital deportations is much higher. Some health advocates
are afraid that repatriations will occur more frequently after
major components of Obamacare are implemented in 2014, since the
US government will reduce its payments to hospitals that care for
large numbers of uninsured patients.

Shena Erlington, director of the Health Justice Program, told the
Daily News that although hospitals may face the burden of paying
for uninsured patients, medical care providers should not have
the ability to deport patients. 

“It’s an incredibly disturbing case,” Lori Nessel,
director of the Center for Social Justice at Seton Hall
University School of Law, said about the Haniszewski
repatriation. “This kind of actions seems clearly illegal and
also not ethical, but it’s hard to bring a legal action.”

The New Jersey hospital denies any wrongdoing and claims that the
patient was informed of his discharge and care plan. The patient
is awake, but is unable to speak or communicate with doctors.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Supreme Court 'Greenlight': States Line Up to Pass Discriminatory New Voter Laws

0

A February demonstration in support of the 1965 Voting Rights Act. Tuesday’s ruling by the Supreme Court gutted an essential protective of the law. (Photo: SEIU International/ Flickr)The flood gates have opened. Following the Tuesday Supreme Court ruling that gutted an essential protective from the 1965 Voting Rights Act, a slew of states with a history of racial discrimination are already lining up to pass new voter identification laws all but guaranteeing increased minority voter suppression.

Hours after the Supreme Court ruling, Texas attorney general, Greg Abbott, declared he was instantly implementing a controversial voter ID law that had been blocked by the Obama administration last August.

“With today’s decision, the state’s voter ID law will take effect immediately. Photo identification will now be required when voting in elections in Texas,” he said.

The law was initially blocked on the basis that the requirement to show photo identification before casting a ballot would have imposed “strict, unforgiving burdens” on poor minority voters, the Guardian reports.

The NAACP estimates that a quarter of African-Americans and 16% of Latinos of voting age lack a current government-issued photo ID and are thus at risk of disenfranchisement.

“The court’s majority put politics over decades of precedent and the rights of voters,” said NAACP President, Benjamin Todd Jealous. “We are more vulnerable to the flood of attacks we have seen in recent years.”

“The Supreme Court’s ruling sets the stage for a fight to ensure that people of color are not turned away from the ballot box using modern pretextual devices like photo identification,” added NAACP General Counsel Kim Keenan. “Until we demand a fix for this problem, equal rights under the law and a fair vote will be no more than a promise to millions of voters.”

The Supreme Court voted 5-4 striking down Section 4 of the Voting Rights Act, which determines which states and localities–based on those locations having a history of racial discrimination–are subject to federal “preclearance” before changing any voting laws, from new congressional district maps to the precinct locations and voting hours. Prior to the ruling, nine states, including Texas, and parts of seven others were required to obtain the approval.

Tuesday’s ruling also cleared the way for Alabama to pass a new voter identification law. Following the news, Alabama Attorney General Luther Strange and Secretary of State Beth Chapman said they believed the voting requirement, which is scheduled to take effect with the June 2014 primaries, can now move forward without any oversight or preclearance. 

“Photo voter ID will the first process that we have gone through under this new ruling,” Chapman stated. 

In addition to Texas and Alabama, a slew of other formerly Confederate states that had previously been subject to oversight are also announcing new legislation. The Associated Press reports:

[…] Mississippi pledged to immediately implement laws requiring voters to show photo identification before getting a ballot. North Carolina Republicans promised they would quickly try to adopt a similar law. Florida now appears free to set its early voting hours however Gov. Rick Scott and the GOP Legislature please. And Georgia’s most populous county likely will use county commission districts that Republican state legislators drew over the objections of local Democrats.

According to a recent report by the Brennan Center for Justice, any weakening of preclearance requirements within the Voting Rights Act “would seriously threaten the rights of minority voters across the country to cast a ballot and generate additional confusion and litigation over voting rules.”

They estimate that over the past 15 years the Justice Department has blocked discriminatory election changes from the listed jurisdictions 86 times. 

Myrna Pérez, author of the report, noted that the most “dangerous” changes would be those kept below the radar. “The biggest threats could come from small town officials making changes without any public notice or scrutiny — canceling an election, say, or moving the location of a polling station a week before election day” she said, adding, “We will be asking people to keep vigilant.”

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Americans Agree: NSA 'Most Likely' Spied On Judicial and Executive Figures

0

A new study shows that the majority of American voters believe the NSA may have monitored the private communications of Congress, military leaders, and judges.

(Photo: Oli Scarff/Getty Images) According to Rasmussen Reports, who published the poll, 72% of voters think it is “somewhat likely” that the NSA spied on these officials, violating “one of the country’s most cherished constitutional standards — the checks and balances between the three branches of government.” 

This larger figure is divided in two–with 27% of those polled finding the action “somewhat likely” while 45% agree it is “very likely.” Only 14% of the participants disagreed, saying the possibility of the NSA acting in this way is “not likely.”

Rasmusen adds that this data is especially significant considering that 57% of voters believe in the likelihood that the NSA data will be used by U.S. government agencies to harass political opponents.

President of the company Scott Rasmusen commented on the recent leaks, noting that “none of the public players comes off looking great in the NSA story.”

1,000 people participated in the survey which was facilitated by Pulse Opinion Research.

(Chart via Instantpiechart)Lucia Brown is a summer editorial intern at Common Dreams.

_____________________

‬

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Study links fracking with methane-contaminated drinking water

0

Household drinking water that comes from wells near known fracking sites contains levels of methane six times greater than what’s common elsewhere, a new study has found.

Researchers at Duke University sampled drinking water from 141
wells across northeastern Pennsylvania and southern New York and
determined that the concentration of methane, the main component
of natural gas, is much higher when those wells are within one
kilometer of a hydraulic fracturing, or “fracking” sites.

Fracking is a method of drilling deep into the Earth in order to
extract natural gas and has seen an emergence in recent years as
an increasingly popular process used by energy companies. That
spread in popularity is not without opposition from
environmentalists and activists, however, who fear fracking has
detrimental effects on the Earth.

According to the latest study, researchers have linked fracking
sites with methane contamination several times over what is seen
elsewhere. The scientists say that those high levels aren’t a
direct result of the drilling, though, but caused in part by poor
well construction that has allowed the water to become
contaminated.

“It is looking like we are seeing a problem with well
construction in some places and not others
,” wrote the
study’s main author, Robert Jackson.

“Poor casing and cementing problems are the simplest
explanation of what we found
,” he said, but declined to
single out well construction as the exclusive cause of the
contamination.

“We need to understand why, in some cases, shale gas
extraction contaminates groundwater and how to keep it from
happening elsewhere
,” the researchers wrote.

Jackson and his crew determined that 82 percent of the 141 water
wells tested had elevated levels of methane, with other additives
appearing in unusually high numbers as well. In addition to
finding methane concentrations at around six times the usual
level, Jackson also found ethane concentrations 23 times higher
in drinking water at homes near fracking sites. In ten of the
sites located within one kilometer of a drilling, propane was
detected in 10 separate water samples.

“The methane, ethane and propane data, and new evidence from
hydrocarbon and helium isotopes, all suggest that drilling has
affected some homeowners’ water
,” Jackson wrote.

Steve Everley, a spokesman for Energy in Depth, told the Wall
Street Journal that Jackon’s study “is not a smoking gun to
say that gas drilling is a problem
.”

“There is methane concentration near gas wells, but there is
also methane concentrations in areas where there is no gas
drilling
,” he said. Energy in Depth, wrote the Journal, is
funded by the Independent Petroleum Association of America.

Jackson’s peer-reviewed study appeared in this week’s edition of
the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences.

This article originally appeared on: RT

3 Things to Know About Wendy Davis' Rowdy, Badass Victory for Women in Texas

0

June 26, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

After Texas Republicans used their majority to cut off debate and force a vote on the gravely abortion-restricting bill SB5 Monday, female Texas democrats refused to take it from these right-wing bullies. Enter Texas State Senator Wendy Davis (D), who led an epic, eleven-hour filibuster that killed the insanely damaging (not to mention insulting to women) legislation. SB5 would have closed nearly every abortion clinic in the state, leaving only a handful of locations where women in Texas can safely and legally procure the procedure. It also would have outlawed abortion after 20 weeks, directly contradicitng Roe v. Wade.

Women in Texas — and across the country — won a huge victory yesterday, but the War on Women is far from over.

Here are 3 things to know about the rowdy, inspiring battle that went down yesterday in one of America’s reddest states.

1. Wendy Davis and her Comrades, Ultimate Badasses, refused to back down

Davis literally stood with Texas woman for eleven hours, unable to even lean against a podium for support, let alone take a bathroom break or eat. Determined to strike down the bill to which she brought national attention, Davis flat-out refused to yield.

After hours of Davis delivering facts about the necessity of access to abortion and heartwrenching testimony from women across the country, Texas republicans decided they just couldn’t take any more of her talking and moved to shut her right up. They claimed she violated the filibuster’s “three-strike” rules, twice by allegedly veering off topic by bringing up topics like Planned Parenthood’s budget, mandatory sonograms, and Roe v. Wade (not “germaine,” the GOP claimed), and also by receiving assistance to strap on a backbrace. Shortly after 10 p.m., her Senate foes said she had broken the rules and the filibuster was over.

Attempts to silence Davis resulted in an in eruption of shouting, as supporters yelled “LET HER SPEAK!” At 11 p.m., Democratic senators challenged the end of the filibuster and debated the rules, postponing the vote about 11:45 p.m.. Backing Davis were Sen. Kirk Watson, Sen. Rodney Ellis and Sen. Leticia Van De Putte, who came from her father’s funeral in San Antonio to stand with Davis and Texas women.

The crowd loudly refused to accept the filibuster’s end. Chanting ensued for a straight 15 minutes, drowning out the vote.

Sen. Robert Lloyd Duncan asked for “order” to no avail, and the unruly crowd was ordered out of the building so that the Republicans could have their way and throw away women’s rights in some peace and quiet. But, oh no, it didn’t stop there.

2. The Senate Republican pulled some really shady shit.

The Senate passed the bill minutes after the midnight deadline, but the GOP went ahead and changed the document to pretend they met the deadline anyway:

The initial time stamp on the Capitol website and on Senate documents placed the vote at 12:02 or 12:03 on June 26. But then someone mysteriously changed the time stamp to make it appear SB5 passed before the deadline. The time stamp evidence, circulated on Twitter, eventually forced GOP leaders to admit defeat, at least for tonight.

By 12:45 AM, protesters were cleared from the room, and a couple of hours later, the bill was officially dead. But it isn’t over.

3. This has nationwide importance. As Sarah Seltzer writes on Medium:

What Davis was fighting, a kind of anti-choice ram-rodding in the statehouse, isn’t unusual. In fact, restricting reproductive rights is one of the most common tactics the state-level GOP has used across the country since the wave of Tea Party candidates took office in 2010, punching holes in the rights afforded by Roe every year. It was called the “War on Women” by national media in 2011. But it never stopped.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

5 Craziest Reactions to Today's Marriage Equality Rulings

0

Mike Huckabee says Jesus is crying over marriage equality.
Photo Credit: Nancy Bauer/Shutterstock.com

June 26, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Though the strong majorities of Americans who support marriage equality and equal federal benefits for gay couples celebrated today’s historic Supreme Court rulings, several prominent conservatives reacted with fear and fury. Though the conservative establishment (by in large) had little to sayabout the marriage equality cases, the vitriol that came from these particular conservatives stood out:

1. Rand Paul and Glenn Beck worry about Muslims and animals: In a video captured by Buzzfeed’s Andrew Kaczynski, the purportedly libertarian Senator and popular talk show host worry about a host of bizarre “logical” consequences of the moves toward marriage equality, with Beck asking “who are you to say that, if I’m a devout Muslim, I come over here and I have three wives, who are you to say if I’m an American citizen that I can’t have multiple wives?” Paul nodded, saying “people take it to one extension further – does it have to be humans?…I’m kinda with you…we should not just say ‘oh, we’re punting on it, marriage can be anything.”

2. Mike Huckabee channels Jesus’ tearducts: On Twitter, the former Governor and leading GOP Presidential candidate had two words: “ Jesus wept.” He later elaborated, saying that the Supreme Court declared itself “ bigger than God.”

3. Congressmen declare the apocalypse is imminent: At a press conference ThinkProgress watched after the ruling, Rep. Tim Walberg (R-MI) declared that “society itself is at risk and cannot continue.” At the same presser, Rep. Louie Gohmert (R-TX) said that same-sex marriage was “usually tried at the end of a great civilization.” Walberg and Gohmert’s comments echoed House Judiciary Chair Bob Goodlatte (R-VA), who had said earlier that “preserving the institution of traditional marriage is crucial to the stability of our society.”

4. Ralph Reed sees “Orwellian” threat to federalism, rule of law, and Western civilization: In a press release emailed to ThinkProgress, the influential evangelical activist falsely claimed that there “has never been any attempt by either party to repeal or modify” DOMA, and that the overturning the act was “an Orwellian act of judicial fiat.” He added that the Prop 8 ruling “endangers federalism as well as the most time-honored tradition in the history of Western civilization,” and that “these twin decisions will undermine the already low respect for the federal courts and the rule of law.

5. The National Organization for Marriage suggests the Supreme Court is corrupt and smells bad: The leading anti-marriage equality organization’s press release blamed a conspiracy of “homosexual” and “liberal” lower circuit judges for the Court’s rulings. “There is a stench coming from this case that has now stained the Supreme Court,” said Brian Brown, the organization’s President, in a confusingly mixed metaphor. “They’ve allowed corrupt politicians and judges to betray the voters, rewarding them for their betrayal.” The organization vowed to challenge any efforts by marriage advocates to overturn bans in the states, and looks to have an ally in Rep. Tim Huelskamp (R-KS), who announced he would introduce a federal constitutional amendment prohibiting same-sex marriage in response to the court rulings.

Another fiery reaction – outgoing Rep. Michele Bachmann’s declaration that “no man, not even a Supreme Court, can undo what a holy God has instituted” – didn’t have quite the intended impact. “Who cares?” responded House Minority Leader Nancy Pelosi (D-CA), when asked for comment on Bachmann’s outburst.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

N.J. Senate Approves Bill Requiring DNA Sample For Disorderly Persons Convictions

0

Donna Anderson
Infowars,.com
June 24, 2013

In a move lawmakers say takes a “sensible approach to fighting crime,” New Jersey senators approved a bill that would require DNA testing for people convicted of a disorderly persons offense. The legislation is only expected to affect a small percentage of offenders but we all know it’s only a matter of time before the DNA every citizen in America is entered in the federal database.

The New Jersey bill is co-sponsored by state Sen. Nicholas Sacco, D-North Bergen, and Paul Sarlo, D-Wood-Ridge and was approved by a vote of 35-3. DNA would be required from anyone convicted of a “more serious disorderly persons offense,” such as domestic violence, shoplifting, prostitution and some drug-related crimes.

“DNA is one of the most powerful tools we have to identify perpetrators and exonerate those falsely accused of crimes,” Sacco said. “A more expansive DNA database will enable us to solve investigations with greater speed and accuracy. By adding certain serious disorderly persons offenses … this legislation only affects a small percentage of offenders and takes a sensible approach to fighting crime.”

Currently, the federal government and 28 states authorize the practice of collecting DNA samples from people arrested in connection with serious crimes. In a Supreme Court ruling earlier this month arguing the legality of a Maryland state law authorizing warrantless DNA collection from people who had been arrested but not yet convicted, Justice Anthony M. Kennedy wrote for the majority, “taking and analyzing a cheek swab of the arrestee’s DNA is, like fingerprinting and photographing, a legitimate police booking procedure that is reasonable under the Fourth Amendment.”

However, Justice Antonin Scalia wrote a stern dissenting opinion, arguing that the Fourth Amendment forbids searches without reasonable suspicion to gather evidence about an unrelated crime.

“Make no mistake about it: because of today’s decision, your DNA can be taken and entered into a national database if you are ever arrested, rightly or wrongly, and for whatever reason..Solving crimes is a noble objective,” he concluded, “but it occupies a lower place in the American pantheon of noble objectives than the protection of our people from suspicionless law enforcement searches. The Fourth Amendment must prevail.”

According to Justice Scalia, “DNA testing as it is actually practiced is to solve cold cases, not to identify the suspect in custody.”

Apparently, though, as long as you’re voluntarily giving up your DNA it’s fine. Earlier this month law enforcement officials in Alabama set up roadblocks in St. Clair and Bibb counties, asking motorists to voluntarily submit blood and DNA samples.

In 2009, while protesting that Texas’ thumbprint requirement for renewing a driver’s license was unconstitutional, Alex Jones was already anticipating that Americans would soon be required to turn over their DNA, and it’s no secret that the federal government has been quietly and surreptitiously building the DNA database for years.

In 2010, the Department of Motor Vehicles in Penn Branch in Southeast Washington began offering free HIV tests to anyone applying for a driver’s license. Participants were offered up to $15 to help toward their DMV costs and the program was strictly voluntary but you know everyone who’s participated is now listed on the federal Combined DNA Index System.

In 2009, police officers in Idaho were actually forcibly taking roadside blood samples from people they only suspected of drunk driving, a practice which has been in place in some areas since 1995. In an article for PrisonPlanet.com, Paul Joseph Watson wrote,

“…officers in Texas and Idaho are training to withdraw blood from “suspects” as a replacement for the standard breathalyzer test, primarily because police can’t make anyone breathe into a tube but apparently, in the “land of the free,” they can forcibly hold someone down and jab a needle into their arm and take their blood, “a practice that’s been upheld by Idaho’s Supreme Court and the U.S. Supreme Court.”

It’s highly unlikely that anyone caught shoplifting a pack of gum would someday go on to become a murderous thug who’s able to evade capture but, according to New Jersey and the United States Supreme Court it’s always a possibility, so better to get that shoplifter’s DNA on file now — just in case.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 1:08 pm

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Monsanto Earnings Drop on Higher Seed-Production Costs

0

Jack Kaskey
Bloomberg
June 26, 2013

Monsanto Co. (MON), the world’s largest seed company, reported third-quarter earnings fell 3 percent as increased seed-production costs overshadowed rising prices for Roundup herbicide.

Net income dropped to $909 million, or $1.68 a share, in the three months through May, from $937 million, or $1.74, a year earlier, St. Louis-based Monsanto said today in a statement. Per-share profit excluding a legacy tax matter was $1.66, exceeding the $1.59 average of 15 analysts’ estimates compiled by Bloomberg.

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Hugh Grant said profit fell because last year’s U.S. drought required more seed to be shipped from South America in the quarter, and the company didn’t pass on the higher costs to customers. Gross profit in the unit that makes Roundup herbicide gained 31 percent because of higher prices while profit in the larger seed unit declined 10 percent.

Read full article

Judge Outlaws First Amendment in Bank Graffiti Case

0

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
June 26, 2013

Don’t mess with the banks. That’s the message coming out of a courtroom in San Diego, California, after a man was arrested for writing anti-bank messages outside the Bank of America. Jeff Olsen is charged with 13 counts of vandalism and faces time in prison for expressing his opinion on a public sidewalk.

“I wrote ‘No thanks big banks,’ I wrote ‘Shame on Bank of America,’” Olsen told CBS8 in San Diego. “Always on city sidewalks, washable chalk, never crude messages, never vulgar, clearly topical,” he added.

The San Diego city attorney decided to prosecute Olsen after numerous complaints about the anti-bank messages were sent in an email from a high ranking bank security manager.

Olsen’s attorney argued that his client’s First Amendment right to free speech will be violated if he is convicted on the vandalism charge. Judge Howard Shore said the messages directed at the banking industry have nothing to do with the First Amendment. “In light of the fact that it’s clear in the case law, vandalism is not a legitimate exercise of free speech rights. It really is irrelevant what the message is, or content is,” the judge said.

The absurd case reveals just how far the state will go to prevent criticism of a corporate partner in crime. Children are not arrested for drawing on sidewalks with washable chalk and citizens putting up signs for garage sales or private business in the public commons are rarely arrested and prosecuted. Clearly, the Olsen case is political in nature. It is a ham-fisted response by government in reaction to criticism of the bankster elite and their predatory behavior.

In another case with political overtone, prosecutors in West Virginia have requested a court-imposed gag order to prevent a father and his 14-year old son from talking to the media. The 14-year old, Jared Marcum, was arrested for wearing a National Rifle Association t-shirt to school two weeks ago. The eight grader was charged with obstructing an officer and faces a $500 fine and up to a year in jail.

The arresting cop did not accuse the teen of making any threats or acting violently. He did say, however, that Marcum hindered his ability to carry out his duties by talking.

Note: Alex briefly entertained the prospect of a July 4th sidewalk chalk revolt on today’s broadcast. He suggested people should, at their own peril, exercise their First Amendment rights by using water-soluble sidewalk chalk to spread the message of liberty and warn others of encroaching tyranny.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 1:26 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Rand Paul Immigration Amendment Would Prevent National ID Card

0

With the Senate apparently within days or hours of passing the so-called Gang of Eight’s immigration reform bill, one opponent of that bill has offered an amendment to that legislation that would prevent it from becoming another tool of totalitarianism.

On June 20, Senator Rand Paul (shown, R-Ky.) announced on his website that he would introduce the Protect Our Privacy Act as an amendment to S. 744, the Border Security, Economic Opportunity, and Immigration Modernization Act.

According to Paul, his measure would prohibit the issuance of a national ID card. The constitutionally consistent freshman senator believes that his proposed amendment would push back against the assault on liberty being perpetrated by the Obama administration.

“A National ID card violates our right to privacy by helping to consolidate data and facilitate the government in the tracking of individuals. President Ronald Reagan opposed this idea, as did President Bill Clinton. They believed, as I do, that American citizens should not be forced to carry around a National Identification Card as a condition of citizenship, because the card offends any reasonable basic concept of freedom. While identifying and documenting immigrants is necessary for proper reform, implementing a mandatory identification registry for all citizens is not,” Paul said.

Senator Paul’s statement provides the following points relating to the protections proposed by his amendment.

The Protect Our Privacy Act does the following:

– Prohibits the Department of Homeland Security from interpreting the immigration reform bill to permit a national identification card or system;

– Prohibits the Federal or State government from requiring photographs or biometric information without probable cause;

– Prevents the provision in the bill titled “Photo Tool” from allowing the government to force all citizens to provide a photo;

– Prohibits a “biometric social security card” for citizens; and,

– Forbids a “de facto national registry of citizens.”

In an op-ed published by Politico, Senator Paul explained his impending “no” vote on the immigration overhaul:

I will be voting no on the Senate’s Gang of Eight immigration bill, because the legislation does not secure the border first.

I think we desperately need immigration reform. Unfortunately, this legislation does not give us serious reform.

Of paramount concern is what to do with the 12 million people currently residing in the U.S. who are in legal limbo: No one is seriously contemplating they leave, but conservatives believe normalizing their status should be dependent on border security first.

Any immigration reform must expand legal immigration and the work visa program, so we don’t find another 12 million undocumented workers here a decade from now. The Gang of Eight bill actually decreases the number of agricultural workers visas. If work visas are less than what the market demands, the workers will come illegally and we’re right back where we started.

On May 24, Senator Paul published a similar opinion piece in the Washington Times. Paul wrote:

The controversial immigration-reform bill that passed the Senate Judiciary Committee this week is expected to be considered by the Senate in June. Many see measures contained in this bill, such as a strong E-Verify and a “photo tool,” as a means to control unlawful immigrants’ access to unlawful employment. I worry that they go too far.

I think there are better ideas that err on the side of individual privacy while still strengthening our borders. We should scrap a national identification database and pass immigration reform that secures the border, expands existing work-visa programs and prevents noncitizens from access to welfare. These simple ideas will eliminate the perceived need for an invasive worker-verification system and a government citizenship database.

I am against the idea that American citizens should be forced to carry around a National Identification Card as a condition of citizenship. I worry that the Senate is working to consider a series of little-noticed provisions in comprehensive immigration reform that may provide a pathway to a national ID card for all individuals present in the United States – citizens and noncitizens. These draconian ideas would simply give government too much power.

Forcing Americans to carry around an identification card to affirmatively prove citizenship offends our basic concept of freedom. Wanting to avoid a “papers please” culture in our country is also why conservatives oppose federal universal gun background checks. We oppose such measures not because we don’t believe in common-sense rules or regulation – but because we are wary of giving the federal government this kind of centralized power over our daily lives.

I am against government lists of those who own or have transferred a firearm for the same reason I oppose any pathway to a national ID. I don’t think that government should have the awesome power of monitoring the legal activities of American citizens. That is not a proper role of the federal government – or any level of government, for that matter.

As with his other amendments to the immigration bill, Paul is blocking every effort by his colleagues in Congress to deprive Americans of their most basic civil rights as protected by the Constitution.

In the Politico letter, Senator Paul places the onus for real immigration reform on the shoulders of the House of Representatives.

The authors of the current bill gloss over these core immigration issues by saying they will simply put more people on the border. This is like using a Band-Aid to cure a cold, and further shows Washington’s ignorance of the deep systematic flaws that have contributed to our immigration dilemma.

It is now up to the House to champion real immigration reform. If we’re going to fix our broken borders and have an overhaul of the system verifiable by Congress, the House will have to lead the way.

The New York Times reported on Tuesday, June 25, that House Republicans “feel no pressure to act quickly” on the immigration issue.

“We have a minority of the minority in the Senate voting for this bill,” the Times quotes Representative Tom Cole (R-Okla.), referring to the 15 members of the GOP likely to vote in favor of the measure when the Senate votes this week.

“That’s not going to put a lot of pressure on the majority of the majority in the House,” Cole said, as reported by the Times.

Finally, as The New American has repeatedly pointed out throughout the debate on the immigration issue over the past few years, Congress is not empowered by the Constitution to legislate in the arena of immigration.

Nearly the entire universe of authority delegated to the Congress of the United States is contained with Article I, Section 8 of the Constitution. Not one of the roughly 20 powers listed authorizes Congress at all, not to mention exclusively, to establish immigration policy.

The closest the Constitution comes to placing anything even incidentally related to immigration within the bailiwick of Congress is found in the clause of Article I, Section 8 that empowers Congress to “establish an uniform Rule of Naturalization.”

That’s it. There is no other mention of immigration in the text of the Constitution. Somehow, though, the enemies of state sovereignty and enumerated powers have extrapolated from that scant reference to “naturalization” the exclusive and unimpeachable right to legislate in the arena of immigration.

The difference between immigration and naturalization is one of definition. Immigration is the act of coming to a country of which one is not a native.

Naturalization, however, is defined as the conference upon an alien of the rights and privileges of a citizen. It is difficult to understand how so many lawyers, judges, and legislators (most of whom are/were lawyers) can innocently confuse these two terms.

Before the states sent delegates to a convention in Philadelphia in 1787 to amend the Articles of Confederation (the result of which was the Constitution), they had years of experience policing their sovereign borders, setting rules governing the means by which one could lawfully enter the state. That is to say, they were policing the immigration of aliens, an act undeniably within their right as a sovereign government.

On not one single occasion during that summer of 1787 did any one of the 55 (on and off) representatives of the 13 states suggest the endowment of the new federal government with the authority to set immigration policy for the entire nation. That is significant. Not even the most strident advocate of a powerful national government ever proposed granting the power in question to the central authority.

The Senate will likely vote on the immigration bill this week.

Photo of Sen. Rand Paul: AP Images

Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

The Smoking Gun: The Direct Link Between Agenda 21 and Local Planners

0

When the fight started against Agenda 21, those of us working to expose it were largely ignored by the main stream media and even the established Conservative movement and its media. Too far out there, they said, to be taken seriously.
 
Then, as more and more Americans began to experience the dire effects of Sustainable Development in their daily lives, suddenly our message began to take hold. Today, thousands of Americans have taken up the fight. And anti-Agenda 21 activists are storming planning meetings, demanding answers. State legislatures and even some county and city governments are passing legislation against it. It seems the Agenda 21 fight is everywhere.
 
So, now, proponents of the Sustainable Development policy are alarmed and working feverishly to counter our claims that such controls over local development and energy policy have their roots in international policy; in particular, our claims that these planning policies come from the UN’s Agenda 21 that was introduced to the world at the Earth Summit in Rio in 1992.
 
Their most often-used description of Agenda 21 is an “innocuous, 20-year-old document that has no enforcement power.” Continuously we hear that local planning programs, especially from such groups like the American Planning Association (APA), have no connection to Agenda 21 or the UN. It’s all local – or as the APA says in its document, “Glossary for the Public,” “There is no hidden agenda.” In its “Agenda 21: Myths and Facts” document found on the APA website, the group goes to extreme measures to distance itself and its policies from Agenda 21, specifically saying “The American Planning Association has no affiliation regarding any policy goals and recommendations of the UN.”
 
Well, then it would be interesting to hear the APA explain information found in one of its own documents from 1994. The document was an APA newsletter to its members in Northern California (San Francisco Area). The article was a commentary entitled “How Sustainable Is Our Planning?” by Robert Odland. It was written just two years after the UN Earth Summit at which Agenda 21 was first introduced to the world. The document can be viewed here.
 
The fifth paragraph of the article says, “Vice President Gore’s book, Earth in the Balance, addressed many of the general issues of sustainability. Within the past year, the President’s Council on Sustainable Development has been organized to develop recommendations for incorporating sustainability into the federal government. Also, various groups have been formed to implement Agenda 21, a comprehensive blueprint for sustainable development that was adopted at the recent UNCED conference in Rio de Janeiro (the “Earth Summit.”)   
 
In one paragraph, this document brings together the APA, Agenda 21, the UN’s Earth Summit, Al Gore, Sustainable Development, the President’s Council on Sustainable Development, and NGO groups with the mission of implementing Agenda 21 and the description of Agenda 21 as a “comprehensive Blueprint” for Sustainable Planning. It sounds like it came verbatim from one of my speeches!
 
A couple of paragraphs higher in the article, it says, “A common misconception is that sustainability is synonymous with self-sufficiency; on the contrary, sustainability must recognize the interconnections between different levels of societal structure.” That “societal structure” is “social justice,” as described in Agenda 21. A visit to the PlannersNetwork.org, of which the APA is a member, will find in its Statement of Principles this quote: “We believe planning should be a tool for allocating resources … and eliminating the great inequalities of wealth and power in our society … because the free market has proven incapable of doing this.”
 
The United Nations blatantly advocates that Capitalism and private property rights are not sustainable and pose the single greatest threat to the world’s ecosystem and social equity. And, while sometimes using different words, the APA is helping communities across the nation enforce these ideas, while swearing it is all a local idea, designed from local input.  
 
As George Orwell masterfully put it in his epic novel Animal Farm, it’s become difficult to see the difference between the pigs and the farmers – or the APA and the UN.
 
Sustainable Development is not implemented in the open, as the APA claims, but in back rooms filled with the proper NGO organizations, which surround your elected officials and pressures their actions. In that way it is changing our American society and form of government, making government more powerful and more invasive in our daily lives. Sustainability is anti-free enterprise, anti-private property, and anti-individual – and that’s why we oppose it.

 

View this article on our web site: http://americanpolicy.org/2013/06/05/here-it-is-the-smoking-gun/
Tom DeWeese is one of the nation’s leading advocates of individual liberty, free enterprise, private property rights, personal privacy, back-to-basics education and American sovereignty and independence. Go to americanpolicy.org for more information

Tom DeWeese’s new book is now on Amazon! Click here for more information

This article originally appeared on: The New American

The Man Who Made JFK a Speed Freak

0

 

 Standard Podcast Hide Player | Play in Popup | Download

Bill Birnes talks to Lew Rockwell about the entertainment doctor who putJFK on methamphetamine and changed American history.

 

 

 

 

Iran launches indigenous landing craft

0

The Islamic Republic of Iran has launched a domestically designed and manufactured landing craft capable of carrying 400 tons of commodities in the southern province of Hormozgan.

The vessel, named Moshtari 2 (Jupiter 2) was launched in the waters of the Persian Gulf off the coast of Qeshm Island on Wednesday with a number of local officials in attendance.

Moshtari 2 is 49 meters long and 11.5 meters wide with a depth of 2.5 meters. It can carry 50 automobiles equal to 400 tons, runs on two 700-horsepower engines and has twenty crew members on board working in two shifts.

The vessel will initially travel between Laaft pier in Qeshm Island and Pehel port on the suburbs of the city of Khamir in Hormozgan Province.

Moshtari 2 was constructed over 27 months at a cost of 25 billion rials (over USD 2 million).

MP/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Riots in China restive region kill 27

0

A fresh wave of ethnic riots has hit Chinaâ„¢s troubled restive far western region of Xinjiang, killing more than dozen people, state media say.

The riots erupted after knife-wielding mobs attacked police stations in a remote Turpan prefecture early on Wednesday, Xinhua news agency reported.

Local officials said as many as 27 people were killed, including nine officers in the troubled region.

Security forces reportedly arrested three people and were searching for fleeing suspects.

The Turkic-speaking Xinjiang is home to a large population of Muslim Uighur, who complain of marginalization.

The autonomous region has been the scene of numerous violent incidents in recent years. Ethnic clashes between Uighur and Han Chinese communities in 2009 in Urumqi left nearly 200 people dead.

JR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran destroys 115 tons of illicit drugs

0

Iran has burned more than 100 tons of narcotics across the country to mark the International Day against Drug Abuse and Illicit Trafficking, Press TV reports.

Iranian anti-narcotics police chief, Brigadier General Ali Moayyedi, announced on Wednesday that 115 tons of illicit drugs which were destroyed today had been seized across the country over the first three months of the current Persian calendar year, which began on March 21, 2013.

Å“As compared to first three months of last year, we have seized six percent more opium, 13 percent more hashish, 200 percent more morphine, 82 percent more heroin and 60 percent more of other illicit drugs excluding crack,” Moayyedi said.

He further criticized the international community for its lack of cooperation with Iran in its fight against narcotics, saying that some of the drugs seized had been destined for Europe as they have no usage in Iran.

Å“Morphine is not used in Iran at all. It is transited to Europe and used there. We have seized tons of morphine this year. You can say that we are fighting for them and we are saving their lives and their society. But the international community is not helping, they are not cooperating with us as they should be,” the Iranian official said.

On Monday, Iranian Ambassador to the International Atomic Energy Agency Ali Asghar Soltanieh also stated that Iran has played an exceptional role in fighting drug trafficking.

Soltanieh made the remarks as the 55th summit of the UN Commission on Narcotic Drugs (CND) kicked off in Vienna.

Over the past three decades, more than 3,700 members of Iranian police force have lost their lives and many more have been injured in the fight against drug trafficking.

MKA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Gitmo protester arrested after scaling White House fence

0

An activist who has been protesting the continuous operation of the Guantanamo Bay military detention facility was arrested Wednesday after climbing over the fence on the north lawn of the White House.

Diane Wilson, a member of the activism group Code Pink, was
arrested Wednesday afternoon in Washington, according to the
organization’s official Twitter account.

Wilson, a Texas shrimp boat captain in her sixties, has been
regularly demonstrating outside of the White House in an effort
to raise awareness of the 166 Gitmo detainees who remain held at
the detention facility in Cuba more than four years after
President Barack Obama said he’d shut the center down. Eighty-six
of those inmates have been cleared for release, and more than 100
have been participating in a hunger strike that started this past
February.

As an act of solidarity with the detainees who have engaged in a
months-long hunger strike, Wilson has been fasting for 57 days as
of Wednesday’s arrest.

Wilson and other members of Code Pink began demonstrating outside
of the White House just after 12 noon on Wednesday, and word of
her arrest circulated quickly over the Internet around one hour
later.

Jodi Evans, a fellow co-founder of the group, tweeted that Wilson
was arrested shortly after climbing over the White House fence in
order to demand the detainees’ release. Photos have since spread
of Wilson standing on the lawn of the property, as well as other
images of her laying on the grass as armed police and guard dogs
race to the scene. 

Code Pink tweeted that co-founder Medea Benjamin was also
apprehended by police after reportedly assisting Wilson. Benjamin
made headlines on her own account earlier this year after she
interrupted the president during a speech about the detention
center.

“Eighty-six were cleared already. Release them today!”
Benjamin yelled during last month’s presidential address in
Washington.

“I’m willing to cut the young lady who interrupted me some
slack because it’s worth being passionate about
,” the
president responded. “Is this who we are? Is that something
our fathers foresaw? Is that the America we want to leave our
children
?

Wilson has previously been arrested for chaining herself to the
White House fence, and was sentenced to three months in jail in
2006 after interrupting a speech by then-Vice President Dick
Cheney.

This article originally appeared on: RT

NSA Ensnared In Another Lie

2

NSA Head General Keith Alexander (Photo: Charles Dharapak/AP Photo)The NSA moved quickly to cover its tracks Tuesday after being publicly exposed for posting a false “fact sheet” on the Prism internet spying program that deceptively portrayed U.S. privacy protections as stronger than they actually are.

The public statement was initially published last week to quell widespread outrage at the NSA snooping program, exposed by The Guardian in early June. Facing heated questioning from Congress, chastisement from international governments, and deep anger from those caught in the vast spying dragnet, the NSA hoped to clear the air by illustrating the oversight and limits placed on internet snooping.

Yet, the fact sheet turned out to contain serious falsehoods, making what was already a highly secretive spying operation even more mysterious.

Senators Ron Wyden and Mark Udall released a public letter Monday declaring the “fact sheet” to be significantly inaccurate because it, “portrays protections for Americans’ privacy being significantly stronger than they actually are.”

The senators, however, did not publicly reveal exactly where the inaccuracies lie, because they did not wish to expose classified documents. Rather, they shared the inaccuracies in a classified letter to the NSA.

After the public exposure, NSA officials admitted to the falsehoods. NSA head General Keith Alexander wrote a letter to the senators admitting the fact sheet ‘could have more precisely described’ NSA targeting.

As the Washington Post reports, NSA Spokeswoman Judith Emmel refused to admit to the lies yet acknowledged the “fact sheet” had been removed:

NSA spokeswoman Judith Emmel would not explicitly acknowledge that the fact sheet had been removed from the agency’s Web site. Instead, she referred to the text of a 2008 law that governs NSA surveillance programs.

“Given the intense interest from the media, the public, and Congress, we believe the precision of the source document (the statute) is the best possible representation of applicable authorities,” Emmel said in a prepared statement sent by e-mail to The Washington Post.

This is not the first embarrassing lie that the NSA has been caught in since the spying scandal broke.

Earlier this month, national intelligence director James Clapper was blasted for lying in a March testimony in which he declared that the NSA is not tracking and storing information on ‘hundreds of millions of Americans.’ Clapper defended his actions on the grounds that he responded in what he thought was ‘the most truthful, or least untruthful manner.’

Senators Wyden and Udall are calling for the NSA to publicly admit to the falsehood, declaring, “When the NSA makes inaccurate statements about government surveillance and fails to correct the public record, it can decrease public confidence in the NSA’s openness.”

Yet, an article in The Atlantic, compared the disproved “fact sheet” with leaked documents to uncover the secret lie.            While they questioned many of the NSA statement’s claims, they cast considerable doubt on the following “fact sheet” assertions:

  • Any inadvertently acquired communication of or concerning a U.S. person must be promptly destroyed if it is neither relevant to the authorized purpose nor evidence of a crime.
  • Any information collected after a foreign target enters the U.S. – or prior to a discovery that any target erroneously believed to be foreign was in fact a U.S. person – must be promptly destroyed unless that information meets specific, limited criteria approved by the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court.

Trevor Trimm from the Electronic Frontier Foundation pointed to broad NSA deceptiveness but could not pinpoint the secret lie exposed by the senators.

I can’t really tell which statement Wyden and Udall think is inaccurate. Many of the statements are written to downplay the true scope of what the NSA does and how it affects Americans’ privacy. For example, they say nothing about how they can hold onto communications forever if the communication is encrypted. Essentially they’re saying, if you value privacy, you are suspicious. But I doubt this is what Wyden and Udall are talking about. This is exactly problem with keeping such sweeping surveillance powers behind the veil of secrecy – the public has no way of knowing if what the government says is true or not.

But I have no doubt Wyden and Udall are correct. They originally said Americans would be “stunned” to learn how the government was interpreting the Patriot Act, and they were proven right when the Verizon court order was published. Wyden also alleged the NSA could conduct “backdoor searches” of US persons data after targeting foreigners under the FISA Amendments Act, and it’s becoming increasingly clear, judging by the latest report from the Guardian, that he was right about that too.  

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Texas, the 'Undisputed Champion of Judicial Killings,' Set to Carry Out Milestone Execution

0

On Wednesday, Texas is set to reach the “shameful milestone” of executing its 500th inmate since it reinstated in the death penalty in 1982.

Texas is set to confirm its “dubious distinction of being the undisputed champion of judicial killings” with its milestone execution of Kimberly McCarthy. (Photo: Kurt and Sybilla/cc/flickr) 52-year-old Kimberly McCarthy is scheduled to die by lethal injection shortly after 6 PM in Huntsville, Texas after her lawyer exhausted all efforts to appeal the execution.

The Guardian‘s Ed Pilkington writes that it “will confirm Texas’s dubious distinction of being the undisputed champion of judicial killings.”

As Nick Chiles reports at the Atlanta Black Star:

Texas kills an average of one inmate every three weeks, a pace that makes it by far the most active state in the killing business. Of the 34 states that have the death penalty on the books, Texas has killed almost five times more people than the runner-up, Virginia, which has had 110 executions since the death penalty was federally reinstated in 1976.

Among the previous 499 inmates killed by Texas before this “shameful milestone,” Amnesty International points out, “there have been prisoners suffering from severe mental illness or intellectual disability, and teenage defendants who had been provided with woefully inadequate legal representation.”

In addition to being the 500th person to be executed in the state since the death penalty’s reinstatement, Sadhbh Walshe writes,

McCarthy will also be the 185th black person. This is significant because it means that in a state where African Americans make up just 12.2% of the population, they account for around 37% of those who are executed. This is disturbing of itself, but all the more so because McCarthy’s application for a stay was based on claims that her conviction and death sentence were the result of a process that was infected by racial discrimination.

Amnesty International explains:

McCarthy’s death sentence was for the murder of a 71-year-old white neighbor Dorothy Booth, who was stabbed to death in 1997. At the 2002 trial – which was a retrial – the jury consisted of 11 white members and one person of color. At the jury selection, only four out of 64 prospective members of the jury were black, and three of these were dismissed by the prosecution – a decision which was never challenged by McCarthy’s lawyer.

“The shameful errors that plague Ms. McCarthy’s case–race bias, ineffective counsel and courts unwilling to exercise meaningful oversight of the system–reflect problems that are central to the administration of the death penalty as a whole,” Maurie Levin, McCarthy’s lawyer, said. “For this to be the emblem of Texas’ 500th execution is something all Texans should be ashamed of.”

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Not Prepared: 17 Signs That Most Americans Will Be Wiped Out By The Coming Economic Collapse

0

This article has been generously contributed by Michael Snyder. You can follow his regular writings, research and analysis at The Economic Collapse Blog and The American Dream. Read his recent book The Beginning of the End to get an idea of what America may look like in the very near future.

Tornado-Damage-Photo-by-JOE-M500-300x300The vast majority of Americans are going to be absolutely blindsided by what is coming. They don’t understand how our financial system works, they don’t understand how vulnerable it is, and most of them blindly trust that our leaders know exactly what they are doing and that they will be able to fix our problems. As a result, most Americans are simply not prepared for the massive storm that is heading our way. Most American families are living paycheck to paycheck, most of them are not storing up emergency food and supplies, and only a very small percentage of them are buying gold and silver for investment purposes.  They seem to have forgotten what happened back in 2008. When the financial markets crashed, millions of Americans lost their jobs. Because most of them were living on the financial edge, millions of them also lost their homes. Unfortunately, most Americans seem convinced that it will not happen again. Right now we seem to be living in a “hope bubble” and people have become very complacent. For a while there, being a “prepper” was very trendy, but now concern about a coming economic crisis seems to have subsided. What a tragic mistake. As I pointed out yesterday, our entire financial system is a giant Ponzi scheme, and there are already signs that our financial markets are about to implode once again. Those that have not made any preparations for what is coming are going to regret it bitterly.  The following are 17 signs that most Americans will be wiped out by the coming economic collapse…

#1 According to a survey that was just released, 76 percent of all Americans are living paycheck to paycheck. But most Americans are acting as if their jobs will always be there. But the truth is that mass layoffs can occur at any time. In fact, it just happened at one of the largest law firms in New York City.

#2 27 percent of all Americans do not have even a single pennysaved up.

#3 46 percent of all Americans have $800 or less saved up.

#4 Less than one out of every four Americans has enough money stored away to cover six months of expenses.

#5 Wages continue to fall even as the cost of living continues to go up. Today, the average income for the bottom 90 percent of all income earners in America is just $31,244. An increasing percentage of American families are just trying to find a way to survive from month to month.

#6 62 percent of all middle class Americans say that they have had to reduce household spending over the past year.

#7 Small business is becoming an endangered species in America. In fact, only about 7 percent of all non-farm workers in the United States are self-employed at this point. That means that the vast majority of Americans are depending on someone else to provide them with an income. But what is going to happen as those jobs disappear?

#8 In 1989, the debt to income ratio of the average American family was about 58 percent. Today it is up to  154 percent.

#9 Today, a higher percentage of Americans are dependent on the government than ever before. In fact, according to the U.S. Census Bureau 49 percent of all Americans live in a home that gets direct monetary benefits from the federal government. So what is going to happen when the government handout gravy train comes to an end?

#10 Back in the 1970s, about one out of every 50 Americans was on food stamps. Today, about one out of every 6.5 Americans is on food stamps.

#11 It is estimated that less than 10 percent of the U.S. population owns any gold or silver for investment purposes.

#12 It has been estimated that there are approximately 3 million“preppers” in the United States. But that means that almost everyone else is not prepping.

#13 44 percent of all Americans do not have first-aid kits in their homes.

#14 48 percent of all Americans do not have any emergency supplies stored up.

#15 53 percent of all Americans do not have a 3 day supply of nonperishable food and water in their homes.

#16 One survey asked Americans how long they thought they would survive if the electrical grid went down for an extended period of time. Incredibly, 21 percent said that they would survive for less than a week, an additional 28 percent said that they would survive for less than two weeks, and nearly 75 percent said that they would be dead before the two month mark.

#17 According to a survey conducted by the Adelphi University Center for Health Innovation, 55 percent of Americans believe that the government will come to their rescue when disaster strikes.

Just because you are living a comfortable middle class lifestyle today does not mean that it will always be that way.

If you doubt this, take a look at what is going on in Greece. Many formerly middle class parents in Greece have become so impoverished that they are actually dumping their children at orphanages so that they won’t starve…

Scores of children have been put in orphanages and care homes for economic reasons; one charity said 80 of the 100 children in its residential centres were there because their families can no longer provide for them.

Ten percent of Greek children are said to be at risk of hunger. Teachers talk of cancelling PE lessons because children are underfed and of seeing pupils pick through bins for food.

If the U.S. economy crashes and you lose your job, how will you and your family survive?

Will you and your family end up homeless and totally dependent on the government for your survival?

Get prepared while there is still time. If you do not know how to get prepared, my article entitled “25 Things That You Should Do To Get Prepared For The Coming Economic Collapse” has some basic tips, and there are dozens of excellent websites out there that teach people advanced prepping techniques for free.

So there is no excuse. You can trust that Ben Bernanke and Barack Obama have everything under control, but as for me and my family we are going to prepare for the giant economic storm that is coming.

I hope that you will be getting prepared too.

Prepping-2013-425x318

Michael T. Snyder is a graduate of the University of Florida law school and he worked as an attorney in the heart of Washington D.C. for a number of years. Today, Michael is best known for his work as the publisher of The Economic Collapse Blog and The American Dream. If you want to know what things in America are going to look like in a few years read his new book The Beginning of the End.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Report: Hidden Tariff On American Citizens In New Immigration Bill: Millions More Stand To Lose Their Jobs

2


Leave it to the best and brightest in Congress to craft legislation that does more harm than good.

Amid a national employment crisis that has left one in every three Americans near poverty and on government welfare, our dear leaders have taken it upon themselves to legislate millions more out of jobs.

The Obamacare mandates slated to go into effect next year will force employers to provide health care coverage, or pay a fine to the government of $3000 per employee if they fail to do so. This is a job killer in and of itself, but it doesn’t stop there.

Under the immigration legislation making its way through Congress right now there exists a provision that will allow illegal immigrants residing in the United States the option of being classified as “registered provisional immigrants,” which means they can work legally within the United States. It sounds like a great idea to the progressive-minded.

Here’s the problem.

“Under Obamacare, businesses with over 50 workers that employ American citizens without offering them qualifying health insurance could be subject to fines of up to $3,000 per worker. But because newly legalized immigrants wouldn’t be eligible for subsidies on the Obamacare exchanges until after they become citizens — at least 13 years under the Senate bill — businesses could avoid such fines by hiring the new immigrants instead.”

What the new legislation essentially does is place a tariff on hiring American citizens.

Estimates suggest that well over thirty million immigrants, perhaps more, will benefit from the law.

Who won’t benefit?

That’d be the 23% of Americans who have lost their jobs over the last five years, and the millions more who are struggling to stay gainfully employed in the worst labor market since the great depression.

You see, coupled with Obamacare the immigration bill gives employers absolutely no incentive to hire Americans. In fact, it punishes them for doing so by mandating company sponsored medical coverage or forcing them to pay a tax for failure to provide their employees with healthcare.

By hiring a provisional immigrant, they can avoid those taxes for up to thirteen years.

Businesses across the country are barley staying afloat and Congress will leave them no choice but to lay off employees who will cost them more money under the new healthcare mandates.

It’s basic economics, something our Congressional membership fails to understand.

This is what happens when you don’t read the bills before you pass them.

As you may have guessed, it’s likely that not a single one of the representatives who are in support of the immigration overhaul have read the 1,200 page legislation.

Here are a few responses from the bill sponsors when they were pressed to address the provisional immigrant issue:

“We’re trying to solve that right now. I don’t know if that’s been solved,” Senator Max Baucus of Montana (chief author of Obamacare) told The Weekly Standard.

…

“I don’t know. I’d have to look at it closely,” said Senator Bob Casey of Pennsylvania. “I just haven’t read it that closely to know.”

…

Senator Tom Carper of Delaware said he was too busy to answer the question. “I don’t have the time to drill down on it right now.”

Congress is a vote away from vaporizing millions of jobs because of the ignorance and complacency of the majority of  its members.

Tsar-Nuclear-Explosion

It really makes you wonder… are they doing this intentionally?

Please Spread The Word And Share This Post



Author:
Mac Slavo
Views:
Read by 1,270 people
Date: June 26th, 2013
Website: www.SHTFplan.com


Copyright Information: Copyright SHTFplan and Mac Slavo. This content may be freely reproduced in full or in part in digital form with full attribution to the author and a link to www.shtfplan.com. Please contact us for permission to reproduce this content in other media formats.

This article originally appeared on: SHTF Plan

Supreme Court Reluctantly But Historically Elevates Same-Sex Marriage

0

Photo Credit: rSnapshotPhotos/ Shutterstock.com

June 26, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The U.S. Supreme Court opened the legal door to same-sex marriage Wednesday, issuing two narrow rulings that did not confer broad new civil rights but still clearly established that same-sex marriage must be treated equally under federal law.

“The crowds are overwhelmingly ecstatic about this experience,” said Tom Goldstein, publisher of SCOTUSblog.com, describing the scene at the Courthouse. “The bottom line from the court seems to be straightforward. It was not going to announce fundamental rights for same sex marriage, but it will uphold the rights of people who have been married… sometimes you have to listen to the music not the individual notes.”

The Court’s majority sent the message that same-sex marriages and individuals deserve equal treatment. In the first case, it threw out the key sections of the federal Defense of Marriage Act (DOMA), saying it was unconstitutional on equal protection grounds for the federal law to say that legal marriage can only be between a man and a woman. But the Court did not declare a federal constitutional right to same-sex marriage.

In a second decision, the Court held that a private group did not have legal standing to defend California’s Proposition 8, a same-sex marriage ban that was overturned by a lower federal court. Same-sex marriages can now resume in California, making it the 13th state to recognize these marriage. However, supporters in the state are likely to sponsor a new state ballot measure, making same-sex marriage legal, to remove the prospect of further legal fights by gay marriage opponents.

Supporters of marriage equality immediately hailed the decisions as big steps forward.

“Twelve years ago I came out to my parents. It was one of the hardest things I’ve ever done, and was not well received,” said Arshad Hasan, Executive Director 
of Democracy for America. “At the time, it was difficult to imagine them ever accepting this part of me.

Two weeks ago, I married the man I love–and received the blessing of love from my father, who overcame his prejudices and preconceptions to take a huge step forward.
Today, we as a country took a huge step forward. The Supreme Court’s decision to strike down DOMA is another milestone on the journey both my father and our country have taken: toward acceptance, equality, and love.”

“Today the nation took another historic step towards creating a more perfect union,” said Rick Jacobs, founder CourageCampaign.org, a California progressive coalition. “The judiciary has now caught up with the American public and the tremendous momentum our movement has had since the passage of Prop. 8 five years ago. Love should not be legislated or litigated.”

Taken together, the Court’s rulings means that progress on marriage equality is moving ahead, even if it will now proceed in a bifurcated fashion. In federal law, which includes 100s of programs and entitlements affecting married couples from healthcare to taxes, same-sex married couples will be treated the same as heterosexual couples. That is a major step for individuals exhausted by second-class treatment of their relationships.

But because marriage is a state-sanctioned institution, only those states that allow same-sex marriage will be able to marry same-sex couples. The result is marriage equality will face a continuing state-by-state march for equal status, even as federal law and programs are now opened to same-sex married couples.

In California, Gov. Jerry Brown is telling county officials to issue marriage licenses “as soon as the Ninth Circuit confirms the stay is lifted.” He said, “After years of struggle, the U.S. Supreme Court today has made same-sex marriage a reality in California.”

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

‘Tehran welcomes direct Iran-US flights’

0

Iran Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi says the Islamic Republic welcomes the establishment of direct flights between Iranian and US cities after more than three decades.

Å“We welcome direct flights between Iran and the United States, and have no problem with it,” Salehi told IRNA on Wednesday.

Å“Launching direct flights is for the sake of public welfare, and we have no problem with this issue.”

On Tuesday, Mehr News Agency reported that necessary preparations were made to sign a memorandum of understanding regarding the establishment of direct flights between Iran and the United States.

According to the report, Atlanta-based Delta Air Lines and the national Iranian flag carrier, Iran Air, are expected to transport passengers between Iran and the United States.

MP/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Liberals Declare IRS Political Targeting Scandal Dead

0

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
June 26, 2013

Photo: TravelingOtter

Mother Jones, the progressive magazine published by the Foundation for National Progress, a Soros funded nonprofit, hopes the discovery that not just Tea Party groups were targeted by the IRS will defuse the scandal.

“Democrats on the House Ways and Means Committee have obtained a list of group names IRS staffers used when applying extra scrutiny to applications for nonprofit status,” writes Andy Kroll for the magazine. His article is titled Poof! The IRS Scandal Evaporates.

The list of words include “Medical Marijuana,” “Occupied Territory Advocacy,” “Healthcare legislation,” “Paying National Debt,” and “Green Energy Organizations.” Kroll argues that the words signify that the IRS wasn’t simply targeting Tea Party groups, but “were on the watch for groups of all political stripes,” including ostensibly liberal or so-called progressive groups.

In order to equalize the investigation and downplay the Tea Party targeting, an IRS spokeswoman said that J. Russell George, the Treasury Department inspector general, is reviewing to what extent the IRS harassed other groups.

“So is it case closed on the IRS debacle?” muses Kroll. “Not yet. The agency still needs to explain why its staffers singled out groups in this way, and how it further intends to streamline the vetting process. But is this a liberal political conspiracy? Sure doesn’t look like it.”

Kroll and Mother Jones are unable to see over the false left-right political divide. Obama, the IRS, and the totality of the federal government are controlled by a shadow government not beholden to or governed by liberal or conservative politics, as Mother Jones would have us believe. This should be painfully obvious, even to the most obtuse and brainwashed Democrat, by the fact that the political agenda under Obama has deviated little from his Republican predecessor. Obama’s social rhetoric is liberal and Democrat, but his political actions, most notably the subversion of the Constitution, are right out the authoritarian elite’s playbook.

Is it surprising that the IRS — long used as a political tool in addition to an agency of grand thievery — also targeted the Occupy movement or groups dedicated to promoting medical marijuana? Not at all. Naturally, and predictably, groups that do not follow the establishment script will be targeted for elimination.

Sheriff Mack: IRS Are White Collar Criminals

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 11:59 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

10 Natural Substances That May Help Cure Type 1 Diabetes

0

Could the long-sought after cure for type 1 diabetes be as close as your kitchen cupboard? An accumulating body of scientific research appears to point in exactly that direction.

One so-called ‘incurable disease’ that afflicts millions of people around the world is type 1 diabetes. Unlike type 2 diabetes, where the body becomes resistant to its own insulin, type 1 is characterized by the inability of the body to produce enough insulin, as the beta cells within the pancreas which are responsible for the production of insulin (and the proinsulin from which it is made) are either destroyed or seriously impaired. This can happen due to autoimmune issues, bacterial or viral infections, incompatible foods in the diet and chemical exposures  (or a combination of any one or more of these factors), to name but a few major triggers.

And yet, plenty of peer-reviewed and published research now indicates that plant compounds, including many found within commonly consumed foods, are capable of stimulating beta cell regeneration within the pancreas, and as a result may be potentially provide a cure — truly a four letter word, as far as the profit-based model of medicine goes, which thrives on the concept of the incurability of the disease-afflicted human body in favor of symptom management.

The discovery of the beta cell regenerative potential of various food and compounds is bound to upset a burgeoning diabetes industry, with millions of dollars of public and private money continually being poured into fund-raising efforts for a future “cure”; A cure that will presumably be delivered through the prohibitively expensive pharmaceutical or biologics (e.g. stem cells, islet cell xenotransplantation) pipeline, which by the very nature of the FDA drug approval process requires the promotion of synthetic (and therefore patentable) compounds over natural ones.

Let’s take a look at the latest preclinical study on the topic, published last month in the Canadian Journal of Physiology and Pharmacology[1]. An active fraction of flaxseed, which researchers named Linun usitassimum active fraction (LU6), was found to generate a wide range of benefits in a type 1 diabetes animal model, including the following:

  • Improved glucose utilization in the liver
  • Supported normalized glycogenesis (glucose forming activity) in the liver and muscle tissue
  • Reduced pancreatic and intestinal glucosidase inhibitory activity, which translates into lower post-meal blood sugar elevations

Even more remarkable was the observation that this flaxseed compound normalized plasma insulin and C-peptide levels (C peptide is not C-reactive protein, rather it is a direct indicator of how much insulin is being produced by the beta cells in the body. Learn more), an indication that beta cell function was effectively restored. The researchers described the truly amazing results as follows:

Normalization of plasma insulin and C-peptide levels were observed in diabetic mice, indicating endogenous insulin secretion after the treatment with LU6. The histochemical and immunohistochemical analysis on pancreatic islets suggests the role of LU6 fraction in islet regeneration and insulin secretion as evident in increase functional pancreatic islets producing insulin. Furthermore, significant insulin producing islet formation was also observed in in vitro PANC-1 cells after LU6 treatment, indicating the cellular aggregates to be newly formed islets. This suggests the potential of LU6 fraction in the formation of new islets in vitro, as well as in vivo. Thus, LU6 can be used as a nutraceutical-based first-line treatment for diabetes. [emphasis added]

Keep in mind that this is not the first time that flaxseed has been found to improve blood sugar disorders. We have a few studies on GreenMedInfo.com already indexed on the topic that you can view here: Flaxseed and Diabetes.

Furthermore, we have found a broad range of natural substances experimentally confirmed to stimulate beta cell regeneration, 10 of  which are listed below:

  • Arginine: a 2007 study found that the amino acid L-arginine is capable of stimulating the genesis of beta cells in an animal model of alloxan-induced diabetes.[2]
  • Avocado: A 2007 study found that avocado seed extract reduced blood sugar in diabetic rats. Researchers observed a restorative and protective effect on pancreatic islet cells in the treated group.[3]
  • Berberine: A 2009 study found that this plant compound, commonly found in herbs such as barberry and goldenseal, induces beta cell regeneration in diabetic rats, which lends explanation for why it has been used for 1400 years in China to treat diabetes.[4]
  • Chard: A 2000 study found that chard extract given to diabetic rats stimulates the recovery of injured beta cells.[5]
  • Corn Silk: A 2009 study found that corn silk reduces blood sugar and stimulates beta cell regeneration in type 1 diabetic rats.[6]
  • Curcumin (from Turmeric): A 2010 study found that curcumin stimulates beta cell regeneration in  type 1 diabetic rats.[7] Additionally, a 2008 study found that curcumin preserves pancreatic islet cell survival and transplantation efficiency.[8]
  • Genistein (from soy, red clover): A 2010 study found that genistein induces pancreatic beta-cell proliferation through activation of multiple signaling pathways and prevents insulin-deficient diabetes in mice.[9]
  • Honey: A 2010 human study found that long-term consumption of honey might have positive effects on the metabolic derangements of type 1 diabetes, including possible beta cell regeneration as indicating by increases in fasting C-peptide levels.[10]
  • Nigella Sativa (black seed): A 2003 animal study found that black seed consumption lead to partial regeneration/proliferation of the beta-cells.[11] A 2010 human study also found that the consumption of one gram of black seed a day for up to 12 weeks had a broad range of beneficial effects in diabetics, including increasing beta cell function.[12]
  • Stevia: A 2011 human study found that stevia has anti-diabetic properties, including revitalizing damaged beta cells, and compares favorably with the drug glibenclamide but without the adverse effects.[13] 

For a full list of beta cell regenerating substances, view our page on the topic. The data is also available to download as a PDF, which members can acquire by using their membership tokens without paying the nominal fee.

For additional research on the topic of regenerative medicine and diabetes you can consult the articles 6 Bodily Tissues that Can Be Regenerated Through Nutrition and Diabetes: An Entirely Preventable and Reversible Disease. Or,  visit our Health Guide on Blood Sugar Disorders.


Disclaimer: This article is not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment. Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of GreenMedInfo or its staff.

This article originally appeared on: Green Med Info

Israel OKs new illegal settlers units

0

The illegal Israeli settlement of Ma’aleh Adumim in the occupied West Bank (file photo)

The Israeli regime has approved the construction of 69 new illegal settler units in East al-Quds (Jerusalem), despite widespread international criticism of settlements in the occupied Palestinian territories.

The settler homes will be built in Har Homa, a settlement neighborhood in the southern sector of East al-Quds which Israel occupied in 1967, an Israeli official said on Wednesday.

On June 13, an Israeli regime spokesman said that Tel-Aviv would build more than 1,000 new illegal units in two West Bank settlements namely Itamar and Bruchin.

On the same day, Nabil Shaath, an adviser to acting Palestinian Authority chief Mahmoud Abbas, said the latest Israeli move shows Tel Aviv Å“is destroying the two-state solution and the prospects of a peace deal in deeds and words.”

On June 15, Secretary-General of the United Nations Ban Ki-moon criticized the settlement expansion in the occupied West Bank, calling the move a Å“violation of international law.”

The Israeli settlements in the occupied Palestine have created a major obstacle to the Middle East peace process.

More than half a million Israelis live in over 120 illegal settlements built since Israelâ„¢s occupation of the Palestinian territories of the West Bank and East al-Quds in 1967.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Flaxseed lignan appears to have potential anti-diabetic properties.

0

Abstract Title:

Flaxseed (Linum usitatissimum L.) extract as well as (+)-secoisolariciresinol diglucoside and its mammalian derivatives are potent inhibitors ofα-amylase activity.

Abstract Source:

Bioorg Med Chem Lett. 2013 May 15 ;23(10):3007-12. Epub 2013 Mar 16. PMID: 23583514

Abstract Author(s):

Christophe Hano, Sullivan Renouard, Roland Molinié, Cyrielle Corbin, Esmatullah Barakzoy, Joël Doussot, Frédéric Lamblin, Eric Lainé

Article Affiliation:

Laboratoire de Biologie des Ligneux et des Grandes Cultures UPRES EA 1207, Equipe Lignanes des Linacées, Antenne Scientifique Universitaire de Chartres, 21 rue de Loigny la Bataille, F28000 Chartres, France. christophe.hano@univ-orleans.fr

Abstract:

Type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM) is one of the common global diseases. Flaxseed is by far the richest source of the dietary lignans (i.e., secoisolariciresinol diglucoside) which have been shown to delay the development of T2DM in animal models. Herein, we propose the first evidences for a mechanism of action involving the inhibition of the pancreaticα-amylase (EC 3.2.1.1) by flaxseed-derived lignans that could therefore constitute a promising nutraceutical for the prevention and the treatment of T2DM.

Article Published Date : May 14, 2013

Study Type : Review


This article originally appeared on: Green Med Info

UK Chancellor unveils new tough cuts

0

British govt. introduces new tough austerity measures amid economic failures

British Chancellor George Osborne has unveiled a raft of new austerity measures for the years to come, introducing an extra £11.5bn in spending cuts for the fiscal year of 2015-2016.

The new planning also involve a series of tough new welfare measures, including a seven-day wait before unemployed people can claim benefits.

The cuts will also affect many government departments, including the Foreign and Commonwealth Office and the Justice Department, although, Osborne said the National Health Service (NHS) and the army will not be affected by the cuts.

“While recovery from such a deep recession can never be straightforward, Britain is moving out of intensive care, and from rescue to recovery”, said the Chancellor.

The continuing austerity will lead to the loss of automatic pay rises for civil servants, the effective abolition, by introducing a temperature test, of winter fuel payments for British pensioners living abroad, and cuts across Whitehall that will see the communities and local government department’s current spending budget cut by 10%, according to local media reports.

“The damage from our banking crisis is worse than anyone feared. We have to deal with the world as it is, not as we wish it to be. So this country has to continue to make savings”, George Osborne told MPs.

The total number of job losses in the government will be over 144,000, a far higher number than previously thought.

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Mother Jones Declares IRS Political Targeting Scandal Dead

0

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
June 26, 2013

Photo: TravelingOtter

Mother Jones, the progressive magazine published by the Foundation for National Progress, a Soros funded nonprofit, hopes the discovery that not just Tea Party groups were targeted by the IRS will defuse the scandal.

“Democrats on the House Ways and Means Committee have obtained a list of group names IRS staffers used when applying extra scrutiny to applications for nonprofit status,” writes Andy Kroll for the magazine. His article is titled Poof! The IRS Scandal Evaporates.

The list of words include “Medical Marijuana,” “Occupied Territory Advocacy,” “Healthcare legislation,” “Paying National Debt,” and “Green Energy Organizations.” Kroll argues that the words signify that the IRS wasn’t simply targeting Tea Party groups, but “were on the watch for groups of all political stripes,” including ostensibly liberal or so-called progressive groups.

In order to equalize the investigation and downplay the Tea Party targeting, an IRS spokeswoman said that J. Russell George, the Treasury Department inspector general, is reviewing to what extent the IRS harassed other groups.

“So is it case closed on the IRS debacle?” muses Kroll. “Not yet. The agency still needs to explain why its staffers singled out groups in this way, and how it further intends to streamline the vetting process. But is this a liberal political conspiracy? Sure doesn’t look like it.”

Kroll and Mother Jones are unable to see over the false left-right political divide. Obama, the IRS, and the totality of the federal government are controlled by a shadow government not beholden to or governed by liberal or conservative politics, as Mother Jones would have us believe. This should be painfully obvious, even to the most obtuse and brainwashed Democrat, by the fact that the political agenda under Obama has deviated little from his Republican predecessor. Obama’s social rhetoric is liberal and Democrat, but his political actions, most notably the subversion of the Constitution, are right out the authoritarian elite’s playbook.

Is it surprising that the IRS — long used as a political tool in addition to an agency of grand thievery — also targeted the Occupy movement or groups dedicated to promoting medical marijuana? Not at all. Naturally, and predictably, groups that do not follow the establishment script will be targeted for elimination.

Sheriff Mack: IRS Are White Collar Criminals

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Fresh street protests erupt in Brazil

0

Brazilians protest in Belo Horizonte on June 26, 2013.

Brazilians have begun to protest in the city of Belo Horizonte with authorities expecting over 100,000 protesters ahead of a semi-final Confederations Cup game.

The protesters blocked roads and set fire to a bus early Wednesday in the state capital of Minas Gerais.

State authorities have assigned 1,500 soldiers and 5,700 police and firefighters to patrol the city during the day.

The governor of Minas Gerais, Antonio Anastasia, said that authorities were determined to keep the demonstrators two kilometers (1.2 miles) away from the stadium.

Other rallies are planned in more than 12 Brazilian cities, including the countryâ„¢s capital Brasilia.

The protests erupted on June 11, when people in Sao Paulo took to the streets to condemn a price hike in public transport.

The unrest spread quickly spread across the nation as protesters also voiced their anger over the high cost of the World Cup, poor public service and political corruption.

On several occasions, Brazilian police resorted to tear gas and rubber bullets to disperse the protesters.

In a bid to end the unrest, Brazilian President Dilma Rousseff pledged on June 21 to improve public services and to fight harder against widespread corruption in the country.

However, Brazilians were not swayed by her proposed reforms as new demonstrations have since been staged.

Protest organizers have vowed to continue demonstrations until concrete steps are taken to reform the political system as numerous social media call for a general strike on July 1.

CAH/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Violent clashes injure dozens in Egypt

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Dozens of people have been injured after supporters and opponents of Egyptian President Mohammed Morsi clashed in the Nile Delta city of Mansoura, security sources say.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Snowden’s asylum could take months’

0

Ecuadorâ„¢s foreign minister has said it could take months for his government to decide whether to grant asylum to American whistleblower Edward Snowden.

Ricardo Patino also drew a parallel on Wednesday between Snowden and WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange, who was granted asylum in the Ecuadorean Embassy in London last year.

Patino said Ecuador took “two months to make a decision in the case of Assange, so do not expect us to make a decision sooner this time.”

Ecuador said on Wednesday that the United States must “submit its position” regarding Edward Snowden in writing.

In a statement from its embassy in the United States, Ecuador said it would examine Snowdenâ„¢s asylum request Å“responsibly” and weigh Å“human rights obligations.”

Snowden is currently in a transit zone of Moscowâ„¢s Sheremetyevo Airport where he arrived after leaving Hong Kong on Sunday.

Russian President Vladimir Putin vowed on Tuesday that Moscow would not extradite Snowden to the United States.

Patino confirmed a day earlier that Ecuador is considering a request for asylum by Snowden.

Meanwhile, Washington has reportedly revoked Snowdenâ„¢s passport, with State Department spokesperson, Jen Psaki, saying the fugitive Å“should not be allowed to proceed in any further international travel, other than is necessary to return him to the US.”

In the beginning of June, Snowden leaked two top secret US government spying programs under which the National Security Agency (NSA) and the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) are eavesdropping on millions of American and European phone records and the Internet data from major Internet companies such as Facebook, Yahoo, Google, Apple, and Microsoft.

Several US government officials including President Obama and FBI director Robert Mueller have defended the secret spying programs claiming that they are essential to the fight against terrorism.

CAH/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Enemy of freedom Lindsey Graham says he would support censoring mail for ‘national security’ purposes

0

Ethan A. Huff
Natural News
June 26, 2013

U.S. Senator Lindsey Graham (R-South Carolina)

If there is any remaining doubt in your mind about the fact that the federal government today has been completely overrun by sociopathic, freedom-hating enemies of the U.S. Constitution, some recent absurd statements made by South Carolina Senator (and full-fledged American traitor) Lindsey Graham, a Republican, should put all such doubt to rest.

When questioned recently about the unveiling of the massive and insanely illegal National Security Agency (NSA) spying and surveillance program, which involved tracking the online activities of innocent Americans without warrant, Graham expressed his full approval for the initiative. He also went a step further, indicating that he would also support intercepting and censoring postal mail as well if it was deemed necessary for “national security” purposes.

“In World War II, the mentality of the public was that our whole way of life was at risk, we’re all in,” said a deranged Graham to reporters. “When you wrote a letter overseas, it got censored. When a letter was written back from the battlefield to home, they looked at what was in the letter to make sure they were not tipping off the enemy. If I thought censoring the mail was necessary, I would suggest it, but I don’t think it is.”

Well, phew! Thank goodness Sen. Graham does not currently see fit to have government thugs rip open our mail and read our private letters without probable cause or a warrant, in direct violation of the Constitution. But the fact that he could approve of such illegal activity in the future shows just how much of a threat this domestic enemy is to American freedom.

Lindsey Graham, the type of domestic enemy our Founding Fathers warned us about

None of this is all that surprising really, given Sen. Graham’s extensive track record of trashing the Constitution every chance he gets — for your safety and security, of course. Concerning the brave and highly-patriotic whistleblowing activities of former NSA insider and CIA contractor Edward Snowden, for instance, Sen. Graham made the suggestion that this American patriot be followed “to the ends of the earth to bring him to justice.”

Snowden’s only “crime,” of course, was exposing a massive online surveillance program that makes the wiretapping activities of George Bush’s Patriot Act looks like mere child’s play. The real traitor and enemy in this case is none other than Sen. Graham, who should be immediately pulled from office and tried for treason for blatantly violating his oath of office, not to mention the many other traitors in Congress that are calling for Snowden to be prosecuted rather than hailing him as the hero he truly is.

“I understand that I will be made to suffer for my actions,” wrote Snowden in a note accompanying the release of documents showing that the NSA is in the process of building an advanced, global spying machine. “(But) I will be satisfied if the federation of secret law, unequal pardon and irresistible executive powers that rule the world that I love are revealed even for an instant.”

Rather than back Snowden, Sen. Graham and others have viciously demonized him, exposing who they truly side with: The globalist powers rather than us, the American people. Thus, it is time for Sen. Graham to go, along with Obama, Republican Senator John McCain, Democratic Sen. Diane Feinstein, Republican Speaker of the House John Boehner, Republican Senator John Thune, and the many others in Congress from both sides of the aisle who have betrayed both their oaths of office and the people for whom they were enlisted to serve.

“[Lindsey Graham] is a traitor to these United States just as surely as a sworn member of al Qaeda is,” wrote Mark Shea for Patheos.com following the passage of Obama’s traitorous National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) back in 2011. Graham was a vehement supporter of this atrocious bill. “In a more civilized age, [those who supported such a bill] would be defenestrated and put in the stocks to be pelted with mud.”

Sources for this article include:

http://news.yahoo.com

http://www.ajc.com

http://www.patheos.com

Watch: John Oliver Nails Scotus for Gutting Voting Rights Act

0

June 26, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Last night, John Oliver wasted no time in hilariously scolding the Supreme Court for its horrendous decision to scuttle the 1965 Voting Rights Act, the landmark piece of civil rights legislation which has potected the rights of minority voters in states with a history of racism. “These states include: Whitesylvania, Pale-afornia, Klansas, Caucasicut and Mississippi,” the Daily Show host joked.

At least John Roberts gave a really good reason for the change, Oliver further mocked. “The country has changed,” said Chief Justice Roberts.

“It has changed,” Oliver replied. “We have iPads, Twitter, maxi-pads with wings, and everyone is allergic to bread.”

Texas, Oliver pointed out, wasted no time in reacting. Two hours later, the state was enacting redistricting and the most restrictive voter I.D. laws in the country. “It takes less time for them to disenfranchise minority voters than to barbecue a pig,” Oliver concluded.

Watch:

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Texas to immediately begin voter ID program following Supreme Court decision

0

A controversial voter identification law in Texas is expected to go into effect immediately, according to the state attorney general, in the wake of a Tuesday ruling handed down by the United States Supreme Court.

Only moments after the high court invalidated part of the Voters
Rights Act of 1965 on Tuesday, Texas Attorney General Greg Abbott
said his state will begin “immediately” honoring local
legislation that many say limits the ability for minorities to
cast ballots.

Until this week’s SCOTUS ruling, states such as Texas have
required federal preclearance to make changes to voting rules.
With the invalidating of the Voting Rights Act’s Section 4,
however, Texas and other locales are now in the free to enact
their own rules for voters without awaiting permission from
Washington.

“The section determined which states must receive clearance
from the Justice Department or a federal court in Washington
before they made minor changes to voting procedures, like moving
a polling place, or major ones, like redrawing electoral
districts
,” Adam Liptak wrote for the New York Times.

In a 5-4 decision this week, however, the court canned that
section of the Voters Right Act, prompting Abbott to say his
state will at once begin mandating photo ID cards inside of
polling places.

“With today’s decision, the state’s voter ID law will take
effect immediately
,” Abbott said Tuesday. “Photo
identification will now be required when voting in elections in
Texas
.”

“Redistricting maps passed by the Legislature may also take
effect without approval from the federal government
,” Abbott
added.

Gov. Rick Perry, who unsuccessfully vied for the GOP’s nod as
presidential nominee last year, called the ruling “a clear
victory for federalism and the states
.”

“Texas may now implement the will of the people without being
subject to outdated and unnecessary oversight and the overreach
of federal power
,” Perry said, according to the Dallas
Morning News.

Opponents of the Texas law feared that giving the state the
ability to enact its own voter ID program would disenfranchise
poor minority voters who would be unable to produce the
documentation necessary to obtain a state sanctioned
identification card. Last year a federal court said the state law
imposed “strict, unforgiving burdens” on many Texas
residents, but Tuesday’s ruling out of Washington will let Gov.
Perry and his administration soon enforcing the ID program.

“The Supreme Court has effectively gutted one of the nation’s
most important and effective civil rights laws
,” Lawyers’
Committee for Civil Rights Under Law chief counsel Jon Greenbaum
told The Guardian. “Minority voters in places with a record of
discrimination are now at greater risk of being disenfranchised
than they have been in decades
.”

“Today’s decision is a blow to democracy. Jurisdictions will
be able to enact policies which prevent minorities from voting,
and the only recourse these citizens will have will be expensive
and time-consuming litigation
,” he said.

President Barack Obama, the nation’s first black president,
called the SCOTUS ruling “deeply disappointing.”

Abbott plans to make the ID program mandatory as soon as
possible, but Susan Frederick, a legal expert with the National
Conference for State Legislatures, told the Houston Chronicle
that the attorney general may have jumped the gun.

“For any state to be able to move forward with legislative
that is previously adjudicated or dealt with in state court,
[officials] certainly have to go back and make sure it didn’t fly
afoul of the state constitution or any other currently valid
federal law
,” she said.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Global Bond Fire

0

The stock market rout continued on Monday as shares dropped sharply in markets around the world. China’s Hang Seng was particularly hard hit (down 449 pts) following reports on state media of a “moratorium on transfers, online banking, and counters.” The Bank of China’s aggressive steps to curtail nonbank “shadow” lending, has intensified a liquidity squeeze that’s now impacting normal banking activities. The unexpected cash crunch has intensified the fears of jittery investors who are still reeling from last weeks announcement by the Fed that it would reduce its long-term asset purchases as soon as the end of 2013. The FOMC’s statement put equities into a nosedive while bond yields on benchmark 10-year US Treasuries soared to their highest level in more than 2 years. The Fed—whose credibility has been badly damaged by its inability to hit its unemployment or inflation targets—now faces the prospect of sliding stock prices accompanied by rising long-term rates that will undercut the fragile economic recovery. This is from Bloomberg:

“U.S. stocks retreated, sending the Standard and Poor’s 500 Index to a nine-week low, as Chinese equities entered a bear market amid concern a cash crunch will hurt the world’s second-largest economy and speculation increased that the U.S. will begin curbing stimulus.

“Investors have been shaken by the concept of rising interest rates and a reduction in stimulus from the Federal Reserve, coupled with the uncertainty regarding effectively how robust the Chinese central banking system is,” Ethan Anderson, senior portfolio manager for Rehmann Financial in Grand Rapids, Michigan, said by phone.” (Bloomberg)

Markets have been bitch-slapped by rate shock and early fiat withdrawal symptoms. Four years of monetary pump-priming and unprecedented easing has reduced a cache of hardbitten Wall Street traders into a passel of whiny, liquidity-addicted basket cases who fall-to-pieces at the mere suggestion of an end to Bernanke’s massive monthly subsidy-handout.

The Fed’s announcement ended a long period of relative calm in the markets as extreme market volatility has returned with a vengeance. Rising yields and China woes have triggered a flight from interest-rate-sensitive emerging markets increasing the probability of a global slowdown. Investors pulled more than $3 billion out of EM stock funds last week alone. The Fed’s belief that economic data will steadily improve, has reversed flows which will be a damper on growth in the mainly raw materials-dependent countries.

The bond market has been walloped bigtime by the change in policy. Yields on benchmark 10-year USTs spiked to their highest level in nearly two years. The sudden uptick in yields could be fatal for housing which has rallied on the Fed’s historic low rates and dwindling inventory. Early reports from many of the hotter markets suggest some pullback on sales already although the extent of the damage won’t appear in the data for another month.

Adding to the foofaraw surrounding the Fed’s announcement, the Bank for International Settlements released a report on Monday calling for an end to quantitative easing. The BIS, which is called the bank of the central banks, posits that it’s time for the world’s CBs to end their “extraordinary actions” and “accommodation” and return to downsizing, deleveraging and austerity. Economist Paul Krugman ridiculed the BIS report in a post on his blog on Monday saying:

“Part of what makes the report so awesome is the way that it trots out every discredited argument for austerity, with not a hint of acknowledgement that these arguments have been researched and refuted at length.” (“Dead-enders in Dark Suits”, Paul Krugman, New York Times)

Naturally, the report was full of the expected attacks on labor protections, health care, and pensions, the perennial targets of bankers and the investors class. Here’s a clip from the report:

“By hindering the reallocation of capital and workers across sectors, structural rigidities put the brakes on the economic engine of creative destruction…. Measures to curb future increases in pension and health care spending are key to the success of these efforts.”

In other words, dying under a freeway overpass (no health care) is a small price to pay for bigger profits for rapacious mega-corporations. Where have we heard that before?

In any event, it’s hard to believe that anyone is going to follow the advice of the tone-deaf BIS. In fact, even the IMF has parted ways with the belt-tightening crackpots and called for a repeal of the ill-conceived budget cuts (aka—the “sequester”). Surprisingly, the IMF has said that “deficit reduction in 2013 has been excessively rapid and ill-designed”. Here’s more from the Fund’s statement:

“The automatic spending cuts (“sequester”) not only exert a heavy toll on growth in the short term, but the indiscriminate reductions in education, science, and infrastructure spending could also reduce medium-term potential growth. …. At the same time, the expiration of the payroll tax cut and the increase in high-end marginal tax rates also imply some further drag on economic activity. A slower pace of deficit reduction would help the recovery at a time when monetary policy has limited room to support it further.” (IMF)

Is the IMF really acknowledging that monetary policy (notably: QE) has been a flop? Bernanke’s uber-accommodative easing hasn’t lowered unemployment or boosted inflation. Long-term rates are higher now than they were when the program began 6 months ago! Only stock prices have rebounded. Equities are more than 140 percent higher than their March 2009 lows, mainly due to the Fed’s lamebrain “pedal-to-the-metal” policy which is now causing violent gyrations on stock indices around the world. And let’s not forget the $11.2 trillion US Treasuries market, which—according to Andy Haldane, Director of Financial Stability at the Bank of England, “Is the biggest government bond bubble in history.” (Now, that’s saying something) Haldane added that “a disorderly reversion” in bond yields is the “biggest risk to global financial stability.”

Indeed. The dangers to the financial system and the broader economy are quite real. Even so, stocks will probably not fall of a cliff anytime soon, rather their steady retreat will be preceded by months of erratic rand excruciating rollercoaster swings signaling widespread loss of confidence in the Fed and growing uncertainty about the future. Journalist Adam Shell summed it up best on a Monday piece on USA Today. He said:

“The market is undergoing a real-life reality check that will show just how much of the market’s gains were due to the so-called “sugar rush” caused by the Fed’s QE program, which is currently injecting more than $1 trillion into the financial system annually….No one quite understands what the removal of that amount of liquidity over the next year will do to interest rates or stock prices.” (“Market eyes fresh ‘fix’ as Fed plans QE withdrawal”, Adam Shell, USA Today)

The question is whether the economy “can stand on its own two feet or not”?  If it can’t, then we must assume that QE was the wrong policy which, of course, it was.

MIKE WHITNEY lives in Washington state. He is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion (AK Press). Hopeless is also available in a Kindle edition. Whitney’s story on declining wages for working class Americans appears in the June issue of CounterPunch magazine. He can be reached at fergiewhitney@msn.com.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

EDL fake video of UK scientist slammed

0

The far-right EDL has made a fake, mocked up video of the iconic scientist Stephen Hawking.

The far-right fascist group, English Defence League (EDL) has made a fake, mocked up video of the iconic scientist and theoretical physicist, Stephen Hawking.

The false footage, now on YouTube, shows Hawking supporting the EDLâ„¢s fascist ideology and hate towards the faith of Islam in his characteristic synthesized voice.

The fake information on the video shows Hawking saying, Å“Thankfully groups like the EDL are helping the English media wake up to the threat posed by the Islamification of England”, adding, Å“Why is the British government allowing Muslims to immigrate and have children in such large numbers? When these Muslims threaten the British way of life…..”

The footage continues to insult Muslims, denouncing mosques and Muslim schools in Britain.

The video was originally posted on the EDL Bournemouth Facebook page and shared 73 times by contentious EDL-sympathisers.

Chief executive of the Motor Neurone Disease Association, Sally Light, condemned the video, telling the Huffington Post UK newspaper that Å“it is inappropriate and incredibly disrespectful to people living with motor neurone disease (MND).”

Hawking has been surviving MND for some 40 years since he was diagnosed at the age of 21. The famous physicist uses a computer that detects cheek movement to type out what he wants to say, before the information is sent to a voice synthesizer.

In May, Hawking was also victim to crude insults, after he planned to boycott an Israeli conference that was hosted by the regimeâ„¢s controversial president Shimon Peres.

The scientistâ„¢s move led to Israeli regime supporters making offensive comments about his physical state.

BGH/MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Iran Navy protects ships in free waters’

0

Iran Navy resolved to protect vessels in free waters: Navy cmdr.

File photo shows Iranian Navy ships during Velayat-90 war games in the Strait of Hormuz in southern Iran on January 3, 2012.

Iran Navy Commander Rear Admiral Habibollah Sayyari has reaffirmed the Islamic Republicâ„¢s determination to protect maritime security for the countryâ„¢s commercial vessels.

Å“As long as we maintain our maritime presence, we will not allow any intrusion against our commercial ships,” Sayyari said in a Wednesday ceremony.

Å“So far, apart from escorting more than 2,000 commercial vessels and oil tankers, the Navy has had nearly 150 confrontations with pirates and has arrested and handed over several groups of them to the respective judicial authorities,” he added.

Sayyari pointed out that the Islamic Republic has provided the maritime security as far away as the southern Indian waters down to 10-degree northern latitude and has assisted both Iranian vessels and the foreign ships requesting help.

Iran Navy has been expanding its presence in the international waters since last year, deploying vessels to the Indian Ocean and around the Horn of Africa. It also dispatched two ships via the Suez Canal to the Mediterranean for the first time in February 2011.

Moreover, in line with the international efforts to combat piracy, the Iranian Navy has been conducting anti-piracy patrols in the Gulf of Aden since November 2008 to shield the vessels involved in maritime trade, especially ships and oil tankers owned or leased by Iran.

The country has repeatedly clarified that its military might is merely based on the nation’s defense doctrine of deterrence and poses no threat to other countries.

ASH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Supreme Court Throws Out Federal Defense of Marriage Act, Elevating Rights of Same-Sex Couples

0

Photo Credit: M Blanken/Shutterstock.com

June 26, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

In the first of two highly anticipated same-sex marriage cases, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled that sections of the federal Defense of Marriage Act (DOMA)x is unconstitutional on equal protection grounds–that U.S. citizens cannot be treated differently under the law.

 “The federal statute is invalid, for no legitimate purpose overcomes the purpose and effect to disparage and injure those whom the State, by its marriage laws, sought to protect in personhood and dignity, by seeking to displace this protection and treating those persons as living in marriages less respected than others,” the Court held in 5-4 decision written by Justice Anthony Kennedy.

However, the ruling does not establish a constitutional right to same-sex marriage.

The Court’s was reviewing the part of the federal Defense of Marriage Act of 1996 that defines marriage to be “only a legal union between one man and one woman as husband and wife” in determining federal benefits violates the Constitution’s equal protection clause.  It came in a lawsuit about federal taxes where the plaintiff, Edith Windsor, claimed that she was entitled to a tax refund of more than $363,000 after her same-sex spouse died.  The Court’s right-wing Justices opposed the DOMA ruling and read from their dissents from the bench.  The immediate effect is that married same-sex couples in the twelve states that allow such unions, along with the District of Columbia, will now become subject to more than 1,000 federal laws and programs and start to receive federal benefits. Those states include: Maine, New Hampshire, Vermont, New York, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, Connecticut, Delaware, Maryland, Minnesota, Iowa and Washington.

It is a little early to predict what the more general effect of the ruling will have on the rest of the 1996 law, but most legal experts have previously said that this this kind of ruling would effectively spell the end of the challenged part of the 1996 law. 

On the other hand, it is likely to have no direct effect on state-based bans on same-sex marriage. The Court’s second ruling on same-sex marriage is expected later this morning as well, but legal observers are already saying that language in this ruling suggests that it will dismiss a California suit challenging a lower court decision that overruled a state ballot measure banning same-sex marriage.

If so, the result is that the country will be further divided on red and blue state lines on the issue of same-sex marriage, with advocates forced to fight for years in state legislatures for state-based rights, while the federal government cannot make the legal distinction between different and same-sex married couples.   

Steven Rosenfeld covers democracy issues for AlterNet and is the author of “Count My Vote: A Citizen’s Guide to Voting” (AlterNet Books, 2008).

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Top cleric slams Shia killing in Egypt

0

A prominent Iranian cleric has strongly condemned the recent killing of Shia Muslims in Egypt, saying that Takfiri extremists are seriously damaging the reputation of Islam and the Muslim world through such vicious actions.

Å“The main problem facing the Muslim world is Salafist Takfiris, who are dealing heavy blows to the pillars of Islam and the reputation and dignity of Muslims worldwide through their brutal actions. They introduce Islam, which is a religion of mercy and kindness, as a religion of violence, bloodshed, cruelty and savagery,” Grand Ayatollah Nasser Makarem Shirazi said in a statement released on Wednesday.

The statement also expressed the readiness of Iranian scholars to hold talks with their Egyptian counterparts in order to foster proximity among various schools of Islam and promote unity among Muslims.

Grand Ayatollah Makarem Shirazi also asked all Muslim scholars not to remain silent on the recent massacre of Shias in Egypt, urging the Egyptian government to spare no efforts to bring those responsible for the crime to justice.

Å“Unfortunately, Egypt is facing a Zionist plot that seeks to undermine its stability, security and independence. It can spread to the entire region if no proper solution is sought,” the senior Iranian cleric stated.

On Sunday, a group of Takfiri extremists attacked the house of a Shia cleric at a village near Cairo in Giza Province.

The cleric and three of his followers were murdered after the house was surrounded by hundreds of people vowing to kill them for being Shias.

Their bodies were then dragged into the street by Takfiri extremists.

Takfiris believe that only their interpretation of Islam is correct and all other Muslims are unbelievers.

Egyptian Prime Minister Hesham Kandil has denounced the killing of the Shias and said he is closely following the investigation into the incident. He also promised that the culprits would be punished.

The incident comes a week after Salafist clerics insulted Shia Muslims during a demonstration.

The Shia community is being targeted by Salafists, with the support of various countries, especially Saudi Arabia and Qatar.

Shias, who form just one percent of Egyptâ„¢s population, are often attacked by extremist groups.

MP/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Afghanistan unhappy with UK-run jail

0

British military vehicles are parked in a compound in Camp Bastion, Afghanistan. (file photo)

Senior Afghan officials in Kabul have once again denounced the British-run prison in Helmand Province, saying the detention of Afghans by British forces is unacceptable.

On Wednesday, Afghan presidential spokesperson, Aimal Faizi, said in a statement that the unlawful detention and internment of Afghan nationals is against international law.

The condemnation comes as a two-week deadline has expired for the British armed forces to hand over Afghans in the camp. The deadline was set by Afghan President Hamid Karzai on June 8 after revelations that UK forces were holding over 90 Afghans without trial.

President Karzai and other senior official in Kabul are still waiting for the handover of all Afghan detainees in Camp Bastion to the Afghan government.

The Afghan Defense Ministry has also described the detentions as illegal and inhuman.

“The prisoners must be handed over to the Afghan authorities,” he said. “After their handover to us, they will be dealt with according to our judicial laws, and the agreements reached with the international community,” General Zahir Azimi, a spokesman for the Afghan Defense Ministry, said earlier this month.

However, UK Defense Secretary Philip Hammond has claimed the detainees were involved in the killing of British forces.

British forces have been based in Helmand province since the US-led war in Afghanistan began in 2001. Some 9,000 British troops are currently stationed in the war-ravaged country.

The British forces in Afghanistan are normally allowed to detain suspects for four days. However, the detaineesâ„¢ lawyers said they have been held in custody without charge for up to 14 months.

Lawyers say the case is against international law and the British constitution.

JR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Michael Hastings’ Wife Vows to “Take Down Whoever Did This”

1

Friend of journalist reveals colleagues were “too scared” to release panicked email

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
June 26, 2013

The wife of Rolling Stone journalist Michael Hastings, who was killed in what many people believe was a suspicious car crash last week, has vowed to “take down whoever did this,” according to the man who released an email in which Hastings told friends he was being harassed by the government.

Michael Hastings.

Staff Sergeant Joseph Biggs, who yesterday told Fox News that Hastings was working on “the biggest story yet” about the CIA before his untimely death, was responsible for releasing an email Hastings wrote 15 hours before his car crash in which the journalist stated he was “onto a big story” and needed “to go off the rada[r] for a bit.”

Biggs tweeted that the reason he released the email was because Hastings’ other friends and colleagues who received it were “too scared” to do so.

After the email was released, Hastings’ wife Elise Jordan thanked Biggs and vowed to “take down whoever did this,” according to Biggs.

Biggs, who met Hastings when he was an embedded journalist in Afghanistan in 2008, added, “I won’t let a man die in vein [sic] because I’m too scared of what will happen to me. If I sent that email to Mike he wouldn’t rest, he would fight.”

In his interview with Fox News yesterday, Biggs also said that Hastings “drove like a grandma” and that it was totally out of character for him to be speeding in the early hours of the morning.

Earlier this week, former counter-terror czar under two different presidents Richard Clarke told the Huffington Post that the fatal crash of Hastings’ Mercedes C250 Coupe was “consistent with a car cyber attack.”

Hastings had made numerous powerful enemies as a result of his exposure of Gen. Stanley A. McChrystal in 2010, receiving several death threats in the process.

According to Hastings’ colleague Cenk Uygur, the writer was, “incredibly tense and very worried, and was concerned that the government was looking in on his material,” and also a “nervous wreck” in response to the surveillance of journalists revealed by the AP phone tapping scandal and the NSA PRISM scandal.

BuzzFeed editor Ben Smith added that Hastings had told friends and family “he was concerned that he was under investigation.”

Another close friend who wishes to remain anonymous said that Hastings was “very paranoid that he was being watched by the FBI.”

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

Lawmakers Seek to Stop Obama Arming Terrorists in Syria

0

Lawmakers have now introduced bills in both houses of Congress aimed at restraining President Obama and his lawless intervention in Syria on behalf of jihadist rebels, many of whom are openly fighting under the banner of al-Qaeda while massacring Christians and other minorities. If the legislation becomes law, it would make any military action – including the ongoing provision of weapons and training to opposition forces by the administration – contingent on congressional approval.

Of course, the U.S. Constitution already grants war powers to Congress, stating that wars must be declared by lawmakers – not the president. Obama, however, like previous administrations, has a long track record of ignoring his oath of office in virtually every field. In Libya, for example, he even launched an unconstitutional war to overthrow dictator Moammar Gadhafi without so much as a semblance of permission from Congress.

While the U.S. government has been funding opposition forces in Syria since long before open warfare began, the president has stepped up that assistance, offering everything from training and money to military weapons. Obama’s “regime change” operation, backed by the highest echelons of the global establishment, recently culminated with a deeply unpopular announcement this month that the administration would be openly supplying arms and other military aid to rebel forces. Having U.S. troops set up a “no-fly zone” is also being considered.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 10:49 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

High-tech tombstones link bar codes to memories of dead loved ones

0

AFP
June 26, 2013

Rick Miller kneels in front of a grave and uses his cell phone to scan a small barcode on a tombstone. Within seconds, he’s looking at photos and videos of a lost loved one.

But that’s not all.

Without leaving this vast cemetery in a suburb of Philadelphia, he can listen to the deceased’s favorite music, read remembrances, write in a guest book and even share pictures and feelings on Twitter or Facebook.

Here at Sunset Memorial Park, everyone equipped with a smartphone or tablet can do the same, provided they download the proper app.

All it takes is a simple scan of a QR code – a square, black barcode stuck to the tombstone – to learn about Lance Clinton Erb, laid to rest beneath a bronze plaque engraved with the years of his birth and death – “1947-1990″ – and a picture of his beloved pet Labrador.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 10:31 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

GM Cabbage with Scorpion Poison Coming Soon

0

Gala Health
June 26, 2013

Agribusiness is in a mad rush to take over the earth, and seems willing to stop at nothing. Coming soon is cabbage with scorpion poison engineered in every cell. Of course, they claim it’s safe and will result in less pesticide use, but history and logic say otherwise. Who will wake from the insane mating between Agribiz and GMOs?

Get ready for genetically engineered cabbages that come complete with their own scorpion poison, just for you to eat. It’s touted as requiring less pesticide use and being, of course, completely safe. Close investigation, though, indicates that neither claim is likely true.

A pesticide made with scorpion poison genetically engineered into a virus was first tested back in 1994. Interestingly, the scientists who sprayed the test field wore full body suits to protect them from this “harmless” poison.

One must wonder at just how safe it could be when the developers themselves don’t trust it more than that! Of course, the head of the trial, Professor David Bishop, insisted that the trial was safe–though he himself opted to take a vacation, rather than be there for it.

Read More

Empty Lectures About the Sanctity of the ‘Rule of Law’

0

The spectacle of the US threatening Hong Kong, China, Russia and now little Ecuador with all manner of reprisals if they don’t respect the “rule of law” and hand over whistleblower Edward Snowden to the tender mercies of the US national security apparatus is delicious to watch.

The very idea of Secretary of State John Kerry lecturing Russia about “following the law” is laughable. He cites seven common criminals that the US handed over to Russia over the past year, but Russia no doubt recalls cases where the US used diplomatic pressure to extradite Russian citizens from countries like Lithuania and Thailand that the Russians did not believe had committed extraditable crimes.

Also comical is Kerry and Sen. Chuck Schumer (D-NY) referring to Russia as an “ally” or “friend” and asking how President Vladimir Putin can then behave so badly in refusing to hand over the vile traitor Snowden. Ally? Friend? If so, why is the US emplacing anti-missile batteries around Russia? Why is the US National Security Agency, as Snowden disclosed, secretly tapping Russian leaders’ cell phones during a G-8 conference? This is the behavior of a “friend” and “ally”?

Beyond that, Kerry is a fine one to talk about betrayal. He has famously betrayed his own Vietnam War comrades-in-arms – veterans who had, with him, risked their careers in the military and their futures in the US by coming forward in the Winter Soldier movement during the early 1970s to speak out about US war crimes the US, and often they themselves, had committed in Vietnam. But Kerry, in the interest of pursuing his political career, later abandoned that honorable stance and became instead an avid supporter of US empire, even becoming an apologist for the Vietnam War in his failed 2004 campaign for the presidency, when he tried to capitalize on his alleged heroism as a Navy riverboat captain. Such a stunning betrayal of one’s comrades and one’s conscience is hard to even contemplate.

Also stunning is hearing Kerry and the US government lecture Ecuador and other Latin American nations that might be considering offering Snowden asylum about respecting the “rule of law,” and threatening them with “consequences” if they offer him haven from US prosecution.

The US, almost since its founding, has treated all of Latin America as its private property, launching invasions to topple leaders it opposes, propping up fascist military dictators for centuries, orchestrating coups to overthrow legitimately elected governments, and even training generations of future fascist leaders at its School of the Americas in Ft. Benning, GA. This country is hardly in a position to issue such pious admonitions when Latin Americans of almost every nation can point to coups and murders and years of police state terror in their history that are all directly attributable to the US.

Indeed, the Obama administration itself was behind the latest coup against a democratic government in Honduras, and actively interfered in the last democratic presidential election in Venezuela in a failed effort to prevent the populist successor to the late Hugo Chavez from winning.

Ecuadorians certainly recall that in the early 1960s, the American CIA infiltrated the Ecuadorian government, setting up CIA-dominated news agencies and radio stations, bombing right-wing newspapers and churches and blaming the left, all to force a democratically elected president, Velasco Ibarra, out of office. When Carlos Arosemara, who replaced Ibarra, refused to cut off relations with Castro’s Cuba, the CIA orchestrated and financed a military coup, after which the ensuing military government outlawed Communism and cancelled elections scheduled for 1964.

The intervening decades have seen plenty more US interference in Ecuadoran politics, including a coup attempt widely believed to have been backed by the US as recently as 2010, during the first Obama administration. That coup by a group of National Police senior officers sought – unsuccessfully – to deny a second term to President Rafael Correa, the country’s current president. They held the wounded Correa captive for 12 hours in a hospital before he was finally rescued by the Ecuadoran military. Now in his third term after a resounding victory in the last election, Correa clearly has that incident burned in his memory.

Just a few days ago, Correa’s government bluntly ordered the US Embassy’s first secretary, Mark Sullivan, out of the country, accusing him of meddling in the Ecuador’s domestic affairs. Sullivan, a shady character who has long links with the military in Colombia, appears to have been the CIA’s station chief in Quito, using his embassy position as a cover, and was reportedly demanding a say in personnel decisions of the Ecuadorian National Police as a condition for US “law enforcement” aid. Given the US government’s suspected role in the strike by the National Police that morphed into the attempted coup only three years ago, and its earlier blatant intervention in presidential elections where it backed candidates trying to defeat Correa, that demand by Sullivan was tantamount to a demand for the US to be able to name the next coup leaders.

And then Kerry has the gall to go and lecture Ecuador, and other Latin American nations, about the need to adhere to “the rule of law,” and not to grant asylum to Snowden.

Are you laughing yet?

Ecuadorians and other Latin Americans are not.

 

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

An Anti-Immigrant Bill Masked as Reform

0

On Monday, 67 senators voted for cloture on Hoeven-Corker, a “border security” amendment to the immigration reform bill. The vote virtually guarantees that immigration reform will pass in the Senate. At the same time, it also guarantees the bill’s costs to immigrant communities will far outweigh its benefits.

The refrain that Democrats and their allies have been repeating — that the immigration reform bill offers a path to citizenship for 11 million undocumented immigrants — is simply a lie. The Congressional Budget Office estimates that if the bill were to pass, roughly 4 million of the current 11.5 million undocumented immigrants would be excluded. Their estimate is overly optimistic, and it’s possible that nearly half of undocumented immigrants would never benefit from the legalization. But even those who would eventually benefit are in for a long, difficult, precarious path.

Fifty Arizonas

The reform bill would create a bleak future for millions of undocumented immigrants. To kick off the post-reform era, ICE would be required to organize a massive deportation campaign, rounding up 90 percent of all immigrants who overstayed a visa in the previous year. As it progressed, day-to-day life would become significantly more difficult for undocumented people than it is currently.

Once all legitimate businesses adopt the E-Verify employment authorization system required under the proposal, more immigrants would end up in dangerous, unregulated jobs where they are misclassified as independent contractors for the shadiest of companies. If a worker presented a fake Social Security number to her boss, she could be imprisoned for five years.

Undocumented immigrants are currently issued driver’s licenses in nine states, but they would likely lose that privilege under reform. The immigration bill requires that state licenses comply with the REAL ID Act and other federal regulations restricting identification cards. If a state does not comply, most of its residents would be forced to obtain a US passport solely for work authorization purposes. That is more than enough incentive to guarantee states will restrict driver’s licenses.

There is also the matter of the border. Before the Hoeven-Corker amendment, the bill was set to infuse an additional $6.5 billion into militarizing the US-Mexico border. But under the amendment, which is so bad that Arizona Governor Jan Brewer initially expressed support, that number comes to well over $40 billion. The plan involves doubling the size of the Border Patrol, completing 700 miles of fencing, and flying more aerial drones over the area. The Border Patrol would set up more checkpoints in border communities and commit dozens more human rights abuses each day. Migrants would still cross, but in increasingly remote areas, and more people would die as a result. If apprehended, border crossers would face between one and 30 years in prison, depending on their prior criminal and immigration records.

A Raw Deal, Even for Immigrants Who Legalize

Most people who legalize under the reform bill would be granted status as registered provisional immigrants (RPIs). RPI status would be renewable in six-year increments. But immigrants earning below the federal poverty line who have also been unemployed for more than 60 consecutive days would lose their legal status. Day laborers, seasonal workers, and many others would likely face exclusion on this basis. (The Congressional Budget Office presumed that only a “small percentage” would lose RPI status, leading them to overestimate the number of immigrants that would be legalized).

To maintain RPI status, workers would be compelled to stay at jobs with abusive conditions so as not to risk unemployment. Women would be forced to stay married to abusive men so they could meet the household income requirement. Most immigrants would have to maintain RPI status for at least 10 years before obtaining green cards. It would be at least 15 years before they could qualify for most public benefits and at least 10 years before they could receive health insurance subsidies under the Affordable Care Act. Many would struggle to access health care and other services over that time.

Another problem with RPI status is that it would lock immigrants into a single path to legalization. Immigration law is complicated, but many undocumented immigrants can obtain a green card fairly quickly once a citizen child or parent petitions for them. The reform bill would eliminate these options, however, and RPIs would be stuck on the 10-year track (there are limited exceptions in the case of marriage to a US citizen of the opposite sex). In effect, many immigrants would have their green cards significantly delayed under the reform bill.

Democrats and their Friends

In the two days before the Senate vote, Senator Chuck Schumer hosted a series of conference calls with his allies — unions and advocacy groups that claim to speak for immigrants. He let them know he agreed to include the Hoeven-Corker amendment, which would drastically increase deportations and border militarization. This was just the latest in a series of compromises, starting with the exclusion of same-sex couples from the bill’s initial version.

Schumer asked for his friends’ continued support in spite of the amendment and in spite of the collective punishment immigrant communities would have to accept in order for some to be legalized. His friends willingly obliged (they aren’t the ones being punished, after all). Organizations from SEIU to National Immigration Forum to Church World Service to America’s Voice each issued a press statement following the same talking points and accepting Hoeven-Corker as a necessary compromise.

Lately, Senator Schumer has even begun to promote himself as some sort of civil rights leader. In a CNN appearance, he stated, “This [immigration bill] has the potential of becoming the next major civil rights movement… I could see a million people on the Mall.” This is all very rich coming from a man who has accepted more than $100,000 from the private prison industry.

It’s possible that a million person march on Washington could actually happen. The organizations involved are good at mobilizing people, drawing on their hopes without actually discussing the substance of the bill or listening to their concerns. And the bill might contain just enough racist state violence to appease House Republicans after some modification, although that is an open question. More likely, the House will reject any Senate bill and the Democrats will try to capitalize off of the disappointment in the 2014 midterm elections.

Regardless of how far the legislative process continues, defenders of human rights need to push back hard against this immigration reform bill and the spineless grasstops advocacy groups that are promoting it. Luckily, it seems that a few organizations have started reflecting on whether or not continued support is worth it and Presente.org has come out to formally oppose the bill. Even PICO and United We Dream, two organizations that had been closely invested in immigration reform, staged a protest in Schumer’s office on Tuesday afternoon as it became clear that the senator was in the process of adding even more anti-immigrant amendments to win Republican votes.

If things continue down the same path, however, either Congress will pass an immigration reform bill that is far worse than the status quo, or the precedent Democrats have set will rear its ugly head the next time Congress tries to address immigration, with he nasty provisions resurfacing. When they haven’t been sycophantically supporting Schumer and other Senate Democrats, immigrant and civil rights groups have been either deluding themselves into thinking they can amend the bill or hiding behind a futile campaign to have Obama issue a moratorium on deportations. My hope is that they will all wake up and realize that the task at hand is to fight their “friends” in Congress and kill this bill.

Justin Feldman lives in Washington, DC and blogs at http://openborders.us

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Iran, Tajikistan discuss bilateral ties

0

Iranian Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi (R) meets his Tajik counterpart Hamrokhon Zarifi in Tehran on June 26, 2013.

Iranian and Tajik foreign ministers have met in Tehran in an effort to further enhance Tehran-Dushanbe relations.

During the Wednesday meeting, Iranian Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi said Iran and Tajikistan should take advantage of commonalities between the Tajik and Iranian nations in order to bring the two countries closer.

Pointing to the mass participation of the Iranians in the June 14 presidential election, Salehi stated, Å“We hope to see major developments regarding the Islamic Republic of Iranâ„¢s relations with the world, particularly the West, and in the new era, ties with friendly countries like Tajikistan will expanded more than before.”

Hassan Rouhani emerged victorious in Iran’s June 14 vote, which was marked by an overwhelming 72.7 percent voter turnout, according to Iranian Interior Ministry.

The Iranian diplomat also expressed satisfaction with cooperation between Tehran and Dushanbe in regional and international fields, saying that the enhancement of bilateral ties in energy sector would be in the interest of both nations.

Tajik Foreign Minister Hamrokhon Zarifi, for his part, described Iranâ„¢s presidential election as a turning point that manifested the Islamic Republicâ„¢s culture and civilization.

Zarifi further hailed the cooperation between Iran and Tajikistan in political, cultural, economic and commercial fields over the past years, stressing the need for further expansion of Tehran-Dushanbe cooperation in bilateral projects.

According to the Tajik minister, more than 200 Iranian companies are engaged in economic, commercial, industrial and civil projects in Tajikistan.

During the talks, the two sides also exchanged views on the latest developments in the region, including the ongoing crisis in Syria.

MKA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Bahrain protesters slam activist death

0

Bahrainis take part in a protest to demand more rights at the village of Bilad al-Qadeem, in a suburb of Manama, on June 15, 2013.

Bahraini protesters have held a demonstration to protest the death of an activist killed by regime forces.

Hussein Abdullah Abdulkarim died after an explosive device went off near his house in the village of Saar near the capital Manama. His family accused the Bahraini regime of being behind his death.

On Wednesday, a funeral procession was held at Husseinâ„¢s home village where protesters chanted slogans against the regime and called for its downfall.

Activists say the 35-year-old man was arrested on several occasions for taking part in anti-regime protests.

The Bahraini uprising began in mid-February 2011, when the people, inspired by the popular revolutions that toppled the dictators of Tunisia and Egypt, started holding massive demonstrations.

The Bahraini government promptly launched a brutal crackdown on the peaceful protests and called in Saudi-led Arab forces from neighboring states.

Dozens of people have been killed in the crackdown, and the security forces have arrested hundreds, including doctors and nurses accused of treating injured revolutionaries.

A report published by the Bahrain Independent Commission of Inquiry in November 2011 found that the Al Khalifa regime had used excessive force in the crackdown and accused Manama of torturing political activists, politicians, and protesters.

Bahrainis say they will continue holding demonstrations until their demand for the establishment of a democratically elected government is met.

MAM/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Full Spectrum Dominance: Weaponising The Weather

Countercurrents 26/6/2013

The US military is striving to achieve what it calls ‘full spectrum dominance’ of the planet by controlling the weather. But it is not just the US that is involved in climate modification, China and Russia are too. Thanks to people like researcher Dane Wigington, however, we are getting to know a good deal about the massive US programme and how the very essentials needed to sustain life on Earth are being recklessly destroyed.

Geo-engineering is not a topic that will begin to affect us in several years, but is already causing massive animal and plant die offs around the world, as well as human illnesses. Wigington presents compelling evidence to confirm that secretive geo-engineering programmes are taking place (1). At one level, airplanes are spraying toxic chemicals into the atmosphere. These ‘chemtrails’ (stratospheric aerosol geo-engineering) are clearly visible trails left behind aircraft that do not disappear but spread out and are visible for many hours (or days).

Why are they spraying? For instance, to test out human reactions to certain harmful substances, to dim sunlight or manipulate the atmosphere in order to make their other experiments possible, to combat the climate damage that has resulted from what they have already done, or to weaken our ability to procreate. There may be many reasons. Even if a person cares to ignore the evidence pertaining to chemtrails, it is interesting to note that the Ministry of Defence in Britain admitted to spraying germs on the UK population between 1940 and 1979 (2). The US military also sprayed toxic chemicals on US cities (3).

The materials from these chemtrails showing up on the ground are the same often highly toxic materials mentioned in numerous geo-engineering patents and documents, including aluminium and barium (1). The planet is being encased by such materials.

By joining the dots, we can see that geo-engineering has links to what is happening with our food and agriculture. The aluminium being sprayed from planes can adversely affect plants and soil. It is interesting to note therefore that Monsanto has now patented aluminium resistant seeds. It may or may not require a leap of faith, but imagine a world where one corporate entity holds the key to plant (and thus human) life. Just as interesting, is that the Norwegian Arctic island of Svalbard now houses a ‘doomsday’ vault designed to keep millions of natural seed samples safe from natural and ‘unnatural’ disasters. Bill Gates has invested tens of his millions along with the Rockefeller Foundation, Monsanto Corporation, Syngenta Foundation and the Government of Norway, among others, in this seed bank (4).

The Gates and the Rockefeller families have long been concerned with human over population and both have interests in GM crops, ‘family planning’ and depopulation (4). Monsanto, which Gates now has shares in, owns the Epicyte gene, which some fear could be used (or is being used) to sterilise or make infertile those sections of the global population deemed ‘surplus to requirements’. Indeed, the Rockefeller Foundation has links going back to the Nazi eugenics (renamed ‘genetics’) movement.

It’s a win-win situation for these linked elite interests. If they are trying to control all sides of the equation, they seem to be on the right track. They not only have aluminium resistant crops and are meddling with the climate, but they also control the doomsday natural seed vault, which may be regarded as a kind of fallback or insurance policy. The Rockefeller family first set about controlling oil, then agriculture via the petro-chemical dependent ‘Green Revolution’ (4) and now, with other players, potentially all human life on Earth.

But whether that scenario plays out is another matter because geo-engineering is much more wide ranging and far reaching. In attempting to play god with the Earth’s atmosphere, there may soon be no life left to control.  

The High Frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP) is carrying out electromagnetic experimentations with the ionosphere and developing electromagnetic weaponry. It is claimed that HAARP intends to induce ionospheric modifications with a view to altering weather patterns and disrupting communications and radar (5)(6). There are experiments regarding clouds and drought, tectonics and earthquakes, atmospheric conductivity and, along with sunlight dimming and atmospheric warming, attempts at trying to rectify the damage already done to the environment due to geo-engineering.

According to Wigington, these programmes, not industrialisation, are responsible for the bulk of global warming, the hole in the ozone layer and methane that has been released into the atmosphere, which is many times worse than the impact of carbon dioxide. Once people begin to tamper with nature, unintended consequences result. And the answer to try to put right what they have succeeded in damaging thus far is simply more of the same, more tampering. The genie is out of the bottle. It can’t be put back in so it becomes a case of ever more geo-engineering, ever more ‘innovations’ – a spiral towards ultimate catastrophe, including further global heating, atmospheric oxygen depletion, drought, floods and diseases. A parallel can be drawn with agriculture and the never ending stream of (highly profitable) inputs required to attempt to overcome the problems resulting from the petro-chemical-driven ‘Green Revolution’ and now GM crops.    

The potential for undermining economies and inflicting drought, earthquakes, germ warfare, crop failures or suchlike on populations and countries is apparent — the euphemism for this irresponsible destruction of the planet is the Hollywoodesque term ‘full spectrum dominance’. In the meantime, we, the ordinary people, have no say about any of this. People have no say and most are unaware that any of this is happening. But the impact can be felt, whether it is extreme, unpredictable weather patterns, ice melt in the Arctic, massive animal and plant die offs and increasing levels of serious human ailments and diseases, such as dementia and autism. In his recent presentation, Wigington provided compelling evidence for all of this (1).   

Why would people do this knowing that it could adversely impact everyone, including themselves and their children? Pyschopathy, insanity? Perhaps. But short-term strategic gain could be all that matters to these people — a case of if we do not do it, our rivals will. As with the proliferation of nuclear weapons and testing, this is another treadmill, a geo-engineering one that threatens to turn Earth into an uninhabitable planet resembling Venus. But for the powerful people behind all of this, that seems to be a gamble worth taking, a price worth paying. Is there any hope for the future of the planet? Yes, but only if they can be made to stop doing this.

 Notes

Rouhani forms group to weigh P5+1 talks

0

Iran and the P5+1 wrapped up two days of comprehensive talks in the Kazakh city of Almaty on April 6, 2013.

Iranâ„¢s president-elect Hassan Rouhani has formed a group to assess the future rounds of comprehensive negotiations between Iran and the P5+1 group of world powers, the Iranian foreign minister says.

Å“Mr. Rouhani has appointed a group to examine the continuation of talks with the P5+1 (permanent members of the UN Security Council plus Germany) and our friends in the Foreign Ministry are cooperating with him,” said Ali Akbar Salehi in a joint press conference with his visiting Tajik counterpart, Hamrokhon Zarifi, in Tehran on Wednesday.

Å“When Mr. Rouhani takes office, the time and venue for the next round of talks will be determined,” he added.

Rouhani emerged victorious in Iranâ„¢s 11th presidential election in June 14, which was marked by a high voter turnout, winning 50.7 percent of a total of over 36 million ballots counted. The voter turnout in the election was 72.7 percent, according to Iranâ„¢s Interior Ministry.

Rouhani was Iranâ„¢s chief nuclear negotiator from October 2003 to August 2005.

Salehi noted that since the Iranian administration is in the transition process, it is not easy to hold talks with the P5+1 at present time, and the concerned parties should wait for at least two to three weeks.

Iran and the P5+1 have held several rounds of talks on a range of issues with the main focus being on Iran’s nuclear energy program.

The two sides wrapped up their latest round of negotiations on April 6 in the Kazakh city of Almaty. An earlier meeting had been held in Almaty on February 26-27.

The US, Israel and some of their allies falsely claim that Iran is pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program, with Washington and the European Union using the unfounded claim as a pretext to impose illegal sanctions on Iran.

Tehran strongly rejects the allegation over its nuclear energy activities, maintaining that as a committed signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency, it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

ASH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Rand Paul Immigration Amendment Prevents Creation of National ID Card

0

With the Senate apparently within days or hours of passing the so-called Gang of Eight’s immigration reform bill, one opponent of that bill has offered an amendment to that legislation that would prevent it from becoming another tool of totalitarianism.

On June 20, Senator Rand Paul (shown, R-Ky.) announced on his website that he would introduce the Protect Our Privacy Act as an amendment to S. 744, the Border Security, Economic Opportunity, and Immigration Modernization Act.

According to Paul, his measure would prohibit the issuance of a national ID card. The constitutionally consistent freshman senator believes that his proposed amendment would push back against the assault on liberty being perpetrated by the Obama administration.

“A National ID card violates our right to privacy by helping to consolidate data and facilitate the government in the tracking of individuals. President Ronald Reagan opposed this idea, as did President Bill Clinton. They believed, as I do, that American citizens should not be forced to carry around a National Identification Card as a condition of citizenship, because the card offends any reasonable basic concept of freedom. While identifying and documenting immigrants is necessary for proper reform, implementing a mandatory identification registry for all citizens is not,” Paul said.

Senator Paul’s statement provides the following points relating to the protections proposed by his amendment.

The Protect Our Privacy Act does the following:

– Prohibits the Department of Homeland Security from interpreting the immigration reform bill to permit a national identification card or system;

– Prohibits the Federal or State government from requiring photographs or biometric information without probable cause;

– Prevents the provision in the bill titled “Photo Tool” from allowing the government to force all citizens to provide a photo;

– Prohibits a “biometric social security card” for citizens; and,

– Forbids a “de facto national registry of citizens.”

In an op-ed published by Politico, Senator Paul explained his impending “no” vote on the immigration overhaul:

I will be voting no on the Senate’s Gang of Eight immigration bill, because the legislation does not secure the border first.

I think we desperately need immigration reform. Unfortunately, this legislation does not give us serious reform.

Of paramount concern is what to do with the 12 million people currently residing in the U.S. who are in legal limbo: No one is seriously contemplating they leave, but conservatives believe normalizing their status should be dependent on border security first.

Any immigration reform must expand legal immigration and the work visa program, so we don’t find another 12 million undocumented workers here a decade from now. The Gang of Eight bill actually decreases the number of agricultural workers visas. If work visas are less than what the market demands, the workers will come illegally and we’re right back where we started.

On May 24, Senator Paul published a similar opinion piece in the Washington Times. Paul wrote:

The controversial immigration-reform bill that passed the Senate Judiciary Committee this week is expected to be considered by the Senate in June. Many see measures contained in this bill, such as a strong E-Verify and a “photo tool,” as a means to control unlawful immigrants’ access to unlawful employment. I worry that they go too far.

I think there are better ideas that err on the side of individual privacy while still strengthening our borders. We should scrap a national identification database and pass immigration reform that secures the border, expands existing work-visa programs and prevents noncitizens from access to welfare. These simple ideas will eliminate the perceived need for an invasive worker-verification system and a government citizenship database.

I am against the idea that American citizens should be forced to carry around a National Identification Card as a condition of citizenship. I worry that the Senate is working to consider a series of little-noticed provisions in comprehensive immigration reform that may provide a pathway to a national ID card for all individuals present in the United States – citizens and noncitizens. These draconian ideas would simply give government too much power.

Forcing Americans to carry around an identification card to affirmatively prove citizenship offends our basic concept of freedom. Wanting to avoid a “papers please” culture in our country is also why conservatives oppose federal universal gun background checks. We oppose such measures not because we don’t believe in common-sense rules or regulation – but because we are wary of giving the federal government this kind of centralized power over our daily lives.

I am against government lists of those who own or have transferred a firearm for the same reason I oppose any pathway to a national ID. I don’t think that government should have the awesome power of monitoring the legal activities of American citizens. That is not a proper role of the federal government – or any level of government, for that matter.

As with his other amendments to the immigration bill, Paul is blocking every effort by his colleagues in Congress to deprive Americans of their most basic civil rights as protected by the Constitution.

In the Politico letter, Senator Paul places the onus for real immigration reform on the shoulders of the House of Representatives.

The authors of the current bill gloss over these core immigration issues by saying they will simply put more people on the border. This is like using a Band-Aid to cure a cold, and further shows Washington’s ignorance of the deep systematic flaws that have contributed to our immigration dilemma.

It is now up to the House to champion real immigration reform. If we’re going to fix our broken borders and have an overhaul of the system verifiable by Congress, the House will have to lead the way.

The New York Times reported on Tuesday, June 25, that House Republicans “feel no pressure to act quickly” on the immigration issue.

“We have a minority of the minority in the Senate voting for this bill,” the Times quotes Representative Tom Cole (R-Okla.), referring to the 15 members of the GOP likely to vote in favor of the measure when the Senate votes this week.

“That’s not going to put a lot of pressure on the majority of the majority in the House,” Cole said, as reported by the Times.

Finally, as The New American has repeatedly pointed out throughout the debate on the immigration issue over the past few years, Congress is not empowered by the Constitution to legislate in the arena of immigration.

Nearly the entire universe of authority delegated to the Congress of the United States is contained with Article I, Section 8 of the Constitution. Not one of the roughly 20 powers listed authorizes Congress at all, not to mention exclusively, to establish immigration policy.

The closest the Constitution comes to placing anything even incidentally related to immigration within the bailiwick of Congress is found in the clause of Article I, Section 8 that empowers Congress to “establish an uniform Rule of Naturalization.”

That’s it. There is no other mention of immigration in the text of the Constitution. Somehow, though, the enemies of state sovereignty and enumerated powers have extrapolated from that scant reference to “naturalization” the exclusive and unimpeachable right to legislate in the arena of immigration.

The difference between immigration and naturalization is one of definition. Immigration is the act of coming to a country of which one is not a native.

Naturalization, however, is defined as the conference upon an alien of the rights and privileges of a citizen. It is difficult to understand how so many lawyers, judges, and legislators (most of whom are/were lawyers) can innocently confuse these two terms.

Before the states sent delegates to a convention in Philadelphia in 1787 to amend the Articles of Confederation (the result of which was the Constitution), they had years of experience policing their sovereign borders, setting rules governing the means by which one could lawfully enter the state. That is to say, they were policing the immigration of aliens, an act undeniably within their right as a sovereign government.

On not one single occasion during that summer of 1787 did any one of the 55 (on and off) representatives of the 13 states suggest the endowment of the new federal government with the authority to set immigration policy for the entire nation. That is significant. Not even the most strident advocate of a powerful national government ever proposed granting the power in question to the central authority.

The Senate will likely vote on the immigration bill this week.

Photo of Sen. Rand Paul: AP Images

Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Lawmakers Seek to Stop Obama Arming Terrorists in Syria

1

Lawmakers have now introduced bills in both houses of Congress aimed at restraining President Obama and his lawless intervention in Syria on behalf of jihadist rebels, many of whom are openly fighting under the banner of al-Qaeda while massacring Christians and other minorities. If the legislation becomes law, it would make any military action – including the ongoing provision of weapons and training to opposition forces by the administration – contingent on congressional approval.

Of course, the U.S. Constitution already grants war powers to Congress, stating that wars must be declared by lawmakers – not the president. Obama, however, like previous administrations, has a long track record of ignoring his oath of office in virtually every field. In Libya, for example, he even launched an unconstitutional war to overthrow dictator Moammar Gadhafi without so much as a semblance of permission from Congress.

While the U.S. government has been funding opposition forces in Syria since long before open warfare began, the president has stepped up that assistance, offering everything from training and money to military weapons. Obama’s “regime change” operation, backed by the highest echelons of the global establishment, recently culminated with a deeply unpopular announcement this month that the administration would be openly supplying arms and other military aid to rebel forces. Having U.S. troops set up a “no-fly zone” is also being considered.      

For some members of Congress, enough is enough. Murmurs about impeaching Obama over his unlawful war scheming have even been popping up since last year on both sides of the aisle. Rep. Walter Jones (R-N.C.) even introduced a resolution stating that the president’s use of military force without congressional permission constitutes an impeachable offense. After the decision to openly arm rebel forces was announced earlier this month, though, lawmakers in both parties and in both houses of Congress are taking action.

In the Senate, a bipartisan coalition of four senators introduced a bill last week to make any administration involvement in the Syrian conflict contingent on congressional approval. Sponsored by Sen. Rand Paul (R-Ky.), Sen. Tom Udall (D-N.M.), Sen. Chris Murphy (D-Conn.), and Sen. Mike Lee (R-Utah), the legislation would prohibit any military support for warring factions in Syria unless Congress specifically approves.

“The president’s unilateral decision to arm Syrian rebels is incredibly disturbing, considering what little we know about whom we are arming,” said Sen. Paul. The liberty-minded Republican with potential presidential aspirations, who recently blasted some of his Senate colleagues for voting to support weapons transfers to al-Qaeda allies, has been a leading critic of lawless foreign interventionism since his election.

“Engaging in yet another conflict in the Middle East with no vote or congressional oversight compounds the severity of this situation,” Paul continued. “The American people deserve real deliberation by their elected officials before we send arms to a region rife with extremists who seek to threaten the U.S. and her allies.” Sen. Lee, another leading proponent of liberty in Congress, said, expressing similar concerns.

More recently, Rep. Tom Rooney (R-Fla.) and Rep. Michael McCaul (R-Texas) announced Tuesday the introduction of the “Congressional Accountability and Oversight in Syria Act,” a similar piece of legislation containing much of the same language. The goal, according to the two congressmen, is also to prohibit the administration from taking military action in Syria without explicit permission from Congress.

“What is the goal of providing weapons to the rebels?” asked Rep. Rooney in a statement about the legislation. “We know that the rebels have been infiltrated by al Qaeda and some of the same people we’ve been fighting for the last 10 years. Senior administration officials have told me they can’t give any assurance that our weapons won’t wind up in the hands of al Qaeda. So what’s our endgame?”

Indeed, as The New American has documented for well over a year, rebel ranks are infested with al-Qaeda-linked terrorists and violent jihadists from across the Middle East. The most effective fighting force in Syria, the al Nusra front, officially merged with the terror group earlier this year. Separately, opposition forces have come under fire for using chemical weapons, eating body organs out of Syrian troops, massacring civilians, firing on protesters, ethnic cleansing of minorities, and more.

“If the President wants to take us into Syria, he needs to come to Congress and convince us,” continued Rep. Rooney, who serves on the House Intelligence and Appropriations committees. “The President needs to make a convincing case that this is in our national security interest, and he needs to lay out a clear and comprehensive mission, including an exit strategy. He hasn’t done that yet.”

According to an e-mail survey of around 4,500 people conducted by Rep. Rooney’s office, his constituents – like most Americans – overwhelmingly agree that the United States should steer clear of the conflict in Syria. Almost 84 percent of respondents, for example, oppose sending arms to rebel forces. A stunning 97.4 percent said they did not support putting American troops on the ground. 

It is not the first time that Rooney, who tried but failed to cut off funds for Obama’s war on Libya, has spoken out about the administration’s lawless behavior in Syria. Last year, after then-Defense Secretary Leon Panetta said the administration would seek “international permission” from the UN and NATO, instead of congressional approval to wage war on the Syrian regime, the Florida congressman issued a strongly worded statement demanding that Obama come to Congress.

“Once again, we’re seeing the Obama administration ignore the Constitution, the War Powers Act, and the role of Congress in determining when this country goes to war,” said Rooney, an Army captain. “It’s an insult to the American people for the Secretary of Defense to come before a Senate committee and say that the administration will seek ‘international permission’ to spend American resources and potentially put American lives on the line in Syria, but won’t consult with Congress.… The founders were clear not to leave this decision in the hands of one man, and rightfully so.”

The new five-page legislation, which cites older U.S. laws and United Nations efforts in Syria, expresses the sense of Congress that all sides and factions in the war should stop the violence. If enacted, it would prohibit any federal agency from providing aid to any group, movement, or individual unless and until the administration receives specific congressional authorization. The only exception, assuming the administration complies, would be humanitarian aid. 

According to cosponsor Rep. McCaul, who serves as chairman of the House Homeland Security Committee, the bill is also aimed at ensuring U.S. national security. Like other lawmakers from both parties and virtually every serious analyst in the world, the congressman from Texas has serious concerns about opposition forces in Syria and their well-documented links to terrorist groups.

“Arming the rebels in Syria potentially places those weapons into the hands of the Islamist extremists who have infiltrated their ranks and who continue to plot against the United States and our interests abroad,” Rep. McCaul said in a statement. “If the president believes American involvement in Syria is necessary, he will have to present a convincing plan to the Congress and make the case that providing assistance to Syrian opposition forces would not pose a national security threat to the United States.”

On the other side of the debate are establishment forces in both parties – especially RINO Republicans, such as Sen. Lindsey Graham (R-S.C.) and Sen. John McCain (R-Ariz.), the latter of whom is currently embroiled in scandal after posing for pictures with rebel kidnappers in Syria. Among the warmongering wing of both parties, lawmakers are insisting that Obama get the U.S. government even deeper into the bloody Syrian conflict, which some analysts have suggested could become a regional or even global war.

Already, an estimated 100,000 people have been killed in the fighting, with over a million having fled the country so far. Fueled largely by foreign powers – the Obama administration, Sunni Arab dictators, al-Qaeda, and some European governments on one side; the Iranian regime, Russia’s Vladimir Putin, and Hezbollah on the other – the brutal war is expected to continue raging. Meanwhile, innocent civilians, especially Christians and Shia Muslims, are paying the steepest price.

Alex Newman, a foreign correspondent for The New American, is currently based in Europe. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.
.

Related articles:

President Obama OKs Shipment of Arms to Al-Qaeda in Syria

Western-backed Syrian Rebels Massacre Shia Villagers

Syrian Rebel Alliance Openly Threatens Ethnic Cleansing

Syrian Rebels Massacre Christian Village

Russia to Arm Syria, EU Lifts Embargo on Rebels

Oops! Sen. McCain Met Syrian Rebels Accused of Kidnapping

Obama-backed Syrian Rebels “Ethnic Cleansing” Christians

Syrian Christians Fear Genocide if al-Assad Falls to Muslim Extremists

Christian Massacres: A Result of U.S. Foreign Policy

Libyan Rebels Accused of “Ethnic Cleansing,” Black Genocide

Rand Paul: Senate Is Arming Al-Qaeda and Rushing to War in Syria

Syrian Rebels Fire on Civilian Protesters

Syrian Rebel Leader Filmed Eating Soldier’s Body Organs

Obama Plots Openly Arming Jihadist Rebels in Syria

Obama Unsure Who’s Behind Syrian Chemical Attacks – or Is He?

Top Syrian Rebel Group Merges With Al-Qaeda in Iraq

Obama Paves Way to Arm Muslim Brotherhood-linked Regime in Somalia

Obama-backed War Making Syria a Jihad Haven; Europe Threatened

Al-Qaeda & the West Back Syrian Rebels Against Assad

Obama-backed Egypt Forging “One Nation” With Sudan Terror Regime

U.S. Involvement in Syrian War Becoming More Apparent

Chemical Weapons Charge May Be Pretext to Put U.S. Troops in Syria

Reports: U.S. Personnel Arming and Training Syrian Rebels

Without Congress, Obama Deepens Overt U.S. Support for Syrian War

Most Arms Shipments to Syria Go to Jihadists

Should Pres. Obama be Detained for Violating the NDAA?

Without Asking Congress, Obama Puts U.S. Troops on Syria Border

Obama Deepens U.S. Support for Syrian Rebels with Secret Order

U.S. to Send Missiles, Troops to “Defend” Turkey From Syria

Obama Surrounds Syria with U.S. Troops; Regional War Nears

U.S.-funded Jihadist “Holy War” in Syria Seeks Sharia Dictatorship

After U.S. Uproar, Another Syrian “Civilian Massacre” Story Falls Apart

U.S.-backed Syrian Opposition Linked to Bilderberg, CFR, Goldman Sachs & George Soros

As War Propaganda Implodes, Calls for Syria Intervention Grow

Possible U.S. Involvement in Covert Warfare in Syria

Syria: From Valued Ally to “Vicious Enemy”

U.S. to Recognize One Syrian Rebel Group, Blacklist Another

Libya: Now What?

This article originally appeared on: The New American

U.S. Pastors, Christian Leaders Pledge to Stand Strong for Marriage

0

On June 20, as the nation waited for a ruling from the Supreme Court on a pair of cases that could change how Americans view marriage, a group of over 200 Catholic, Protestant, and Orthodox clergy and Christian leaders released a signed pledge vowing to “stand in solidarity to defend marriage and the family and society founded upon them. The “Marriage Solidarity Statement,” drafted by Keith Fournier, editor of Catholic Online, and Mat Staver, chairman of Liberty Counsel Action, acknowledges that while there are differences between the signers on some significant matters of religious doctrine and practice, “on the matter of marriage, we stand in solidarity.” The pledge was vetted among hundreds of pastors and Christian leaders across the nation, and was ultimately signed by a group of clergy and leaders who arguably represent tens of millions of Christians across America.

“As a nation, we have lost our moral compass,” the Christian leaders declare in their solemn pledge. “As a result, we are losing true freedom. We affirm together that there is a moral basis to a free society. Though we live in a secular society, together we reject relativism and secularism.”

They go on to affirm that “marriage and family have been inscribed by the Divine Architect into the order of creation. Marriage is ontologically between one man and one woman, ordered toward the union of the spouses, open to children and formative of family. Family is the first vital cell of society; the first church, first school, first hospital, first economy, first government and first mediating institution of our social order. The future of a free and healthy society passes through marriage and the family.”

While noting that the Supreme Court is poised to render verdicts on the future of two major marriage cases – Proposition 8 in California and the federal Defense of Marriage Act – the leaders affirm that marriage predates government and stands above the judgements and mandates of civil institutions, including the U.S. Supreme Court. “Redefining the very institution of marriage is improper and outside the authority of the State,” the pledge reads. “The Supreme Court has no authority to redefine marriage.”

Should the High Court become “the tool by which marriage is redefined in the positive law of this nation,” the statement continues, “the precedent established will leave no room for any limitation on what can constitute such a redefined notion of marriage. Conferring a moral and legal equivalency to same-sex couples by legislative or judicial fiat also sends the message that children do not need a mother and a father. It undermines their fundamental rights and threatens their security, stability, and future.”

The statement recalls that in its 1992 Planned Parenthood v. Casey abortion ruling, the High Court acknowledged that its power is ultimately based upon the legitimacy of its decisions in the eyes of the nation’s citizens. “If the Supreme Court were to issue a decision that redefined marriage or provided a precedent on which to build an argument to redefine marriage,” the statement read, “the Supreme Court will thereby undermine its legitimacy. The Court will significantly decrease its credibility and impair the role it has assumed for itself as a moral authority. It will be acting beyond its proper constitutional role and contrary to the Natural Moral Law which transcends religions, culture, and time.”

“As Christians united together in defense of marriage,” conclude the clergy, “we pray that this will not happen. But, make no mistake about our resolve. While there are many things we can endure, redefining marriage is so fundamental to the natural order and the true common good that this is the line we must draw and one we cannot and will not cross.”

Keith Fournier, one of the statement’s principal architects, noted that the institution of marriage between a man and a woman predates the Christian Church. “Though affirmed, fulfilled, and elevated by Christian teaching, the truth that marriage can exist only between one man and one woman is not based on religion or revelation alone, but on the Natural Moral Law, written on the human heart and discernible through the exercise of reason,” he said. “Civil institutions do not create marriage nor can they manufacture a right to marry for those who are incapable of marriage. Experience and history have shown us that if the government redefines marriage to grant a legal equivalency to same-sex couples, that same government will then enforce such an action with the police power of the State. This will bring about an inevitable collision with religious freedom and conscience rights and does not serve the common good of society.”

Among the high-profile clergy and Christian leaders signing on to the marriage statement were: Tony Perkins, president of the Family Research Council; Dr. James Dobson, founder of Focus on the Family; Dr. Richard Land of the Southern Baptist Convention; Don Wildmon, founder of the American Family Association; Gary Bauer, president of American Values; Penny Nance, president of Concerned Women for America; Al Kresta, president of Ave Maria Radio; Father Frank Pavone, president of Priests for Life; and world-renowned pediatric neurosurgeon Dr. Benjamin Carson.

Click Here to read the statement in full and for a list of all the signers.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Rush: Obama one of most successful presidents

0

Joe Kovacs
WND
June 26, 2013

With the U.S. still struggling to emerge from the economic malaise of recent years, the top-rated radio host who once said he hopes Barack Obama fails is now saying Obama “may be one of the most successful presidents that we’ve ever had.”

The remark from Rush Limbaugh was in response to complaints from others lamenting the state of the country, telling him, “Boy, this Obama. He’s really, really making a mess of things.”

“Wait a minute,” Limbaugh responded. “Obama isn’t ‘making a mess’ of anything. Obama may be one of the most successful presidents that we’ve ever had.”

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 9:58 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Gag order sought for eight-grader arrested over NRA shirt

0

Eric Owens
The Daily Caller
June 26, 2013

The case of the rural West Virginia eighth-grader who was suspended and arrested in late April after he refused to remove a t-shirt supporting the National Rifle Association just keeps getting weirder.

According to local CBS affiliate WOWK-TV, the student, 14-year-old Jared Marcum, was back at the Logan County Courthouse on Monday for a hearing because prosecutors Christopher White and Sabrina Deskins were seeking an emergency gag order.

Earlier this month, Marcum had been formally charged with obstructing an officer. He was also suspended from school for one day. His crime was refusing a teacher’s request to take off the shirt, which was emblazoned with a hunting rifle and the statement “protect your right.”


Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 10:03 am

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

British police regularly spy on activists, campaigners: revealed

0

Press TV
June 26, 2013

British police put around 9 thousand political activists on its extremists list, many of whom have no prior criminal record, local media reported.

UK police documents show thousands of people across Britain are being monitored as “domestic extremists” – Many of them with no criminal record.

According to the documents, police are using spying techniques including undercover agents, paid informants and intercepts to gather information on the listed individuals.

Details of the spying program were disclosed to The Guardian, upon a freedom of information request.

Senior officers familiar with the program have indicated that many of the people listed on the database have no criminal record.

Police have allocated an especial unit called “the National Domestic Extremism Unit” to the cause using surveillance techniques to monitor campaigners who are listed on the secret database.

As Scotland Yard was battling to contain the fallout over the activities of a former undercover police officer who was asked to dig for “dirt” that would undermine the Stephen Lawrence campaign, evidence emerged that the main witness to his murder was also targeted.

Sources indicated that the Met secretly bugged meetings with Duwayne Brooks and his solicitor.

The surveillance operation was understood to have been authorised by a “senior officer” in around 1999 or 2000.

At least two meetings are believed to have been covertly recorded, one of them at the offices of Brooks’s solicitor, Jane Deighton. She told the BBC that if true the operation was “scandalous”.

The extremism unit monitors the full range of activists: from far-right activists in the English Defence League through to animal rights protesters, anti-capitalists and anti-war demonstrators.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 10:08 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Smearing Alice Walker

0

In the comments section of a recent online article in the right wing New York Jewish publication, Algemeiner, not to be confused with the Frankfurter Allgemeine but conceivably with Der Sturmer, there was an argument over whether or not the “Mossad should deal with” Alice Walker as punishment for the critical comments directed towards Israel and American Jewish supporters of Israel in her latest book, “The Cushion in the Road” which, we can assume, none of those commenting had read.

All it took to set off the threat and a stream of racist venom against the 69 year African-American author was an inflammatory headline in Algemeiner’s June 19th edition:“ADL Blasts Anti-Israel Author Walker: ‘She is ‘unabashedly infected with Anti-Semitism’” followed by an article in the same vein.

As could be anticipated from the headline, the story featured a statement by Anti-Defamation League director, Abe Foxman:

“Alice Walker has sunk to new lows with essays that remove the gloss of her anti-Israel activism to reveal someone who is unabashedly infected with anti-Semitism.

“She has taken her extreme and hostile views to a shocking new level, revealing the depth of her hatred of Jews and Israel to a degree that we have not witnessed before.  Her descriptions of the conflict are so grossly inaccurate and biased that it seems Walker wants the uninformed reader to come away sharing her hate-filled conclusions that Israel is committing the greatest atrocity in the history of the world.”

According to an ADL press release, Walker’s book “devotes 80 pages to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, often making comparisons between Israel and Nazi Germany, denigrating Judaism and Jews, and suggesting that Israel should cease to exist as a Jewish state.”

To make the point, the ADL includes four examples. Let’s look at one of them:

“Walker analogizes the Palestinians’ situation with the civil rights era and discrimination against Blacks in the American South. She writes: ‘It is because I recognize the brutality with which my own multibranched ancestors have been treated that I can identify the despicable, lawless, cruel, and sadistic behavior that has characterized Israel’s attempts to erase a people, the Palestinians, from their own land.’”

In case the inner racists of its readers hadn’t been stirred up enough by Foxman’s rant, the Algemeiner reporter added that “Walker has a history of making extreme anti-Israel statements. In June 2012 she refused to allow an Israeli company to publish a Hebrew edition of her novel, ‘The Color Purple.’ Most recently, Walker wrote a letter calling on the singer-songwriter Alicia Keys to cancel her upcoming July 4th concert appearance in Tel Aviv.”

“In her book,” the article concludes, “Walker accuses Israel of ‘genocide,’ ‘ethnic cleansing,’ ‘crimes against humanity,’ and ‘cruelty and diabolical torture.’” In so doing, it should be noted, she is simply observing the same phenomena that a number of dissident Israelis have previously noted.

The Jewish establishment and the ADL, in particular, have long had a pre-occupation, if not an obsession, with the notion of “Black anti-Semitism.” In 1992, it published a 50 page letter-size “ADL walkerResearch Report,” entitled “The Anti-Semitism of Black Demagogues and Extremists” which included just about everyone who had broken the unwritten taboo of speaking and writing about the role of Jews in the African slave trade.

For having the temerity to step outside of the invisible plantation in which a patronizing Jewish establishment has long consigned the black intelligentsia and political class, Walker is being subjected to a level of racist venom that one might expect from a KKK journal.

When one of Algemeiner’s commenters, Eric R., calls for “Mossad to deal with her” and  another commenter, Boston University history professor, Richard Landes, replies that “this is a stupid comment and should have been moderated out,” Eric R. writes back to justify his virtual call for her to be eliminated, Mossad style:

“Tell me, Professor Landes, why you are against Israel dealing with her and other Nazis in this manner? Don’t just give me a reflexive ‘How awful! We can’t say that!’ How else are you going to stop such hatred coming from such sick, hate-filled scum like Walker, who is basically inciting people to genocide? Persuade them? This woman is deranged by her hate, and can no longer be reasoned with. People like her who support and incite people to murder Jews are just as bad as the suicide bombers themselves….

“Israel is dealing with two genocidal groups that increasingly dominate the world — Marxists and Islamists. Playing nice will no longer work with such brutal totalitarian ideologies. To survive, Israel will have to play some very brutal hard ball. That is just a fact of life in an increasingly intolerant, anti-Semitic and totalitarian world. Trying to silence me does not change that.”

Landes, donning his professorial robes, writes, in another comment , that “one of the tragedies of the african-american community is its susceptibility to both anti-semitism and the kind of demon-infested conspiracy thinking that informs Walker’s world view and like so many other manifestations of anti-Semitism historically, it not only hurts Jews, in the long run it does even more damage to the cultures of the anti-semites.

“no one but the warmongers win with this kind of thinking… and yet I’m sure Alice thinks of herself as a good person working for peace and justice.”

M Ben Faivol, a regular commenter on Algemeiner and other Jewish online journals, had different advice for Eric, something akin to a Psy-Op attack on Walker.

“The Mossad should not deal with her; for the Mossad to do so would give her new found stamina as well as give her cause even further celebrity status,” he wrote. “If Eric really wants to do something about Ms. Walker, he should take responsibility and recognize that he has power to change the world—her world.

“He should undertake such activities as to become fully versed in her works that are anti-Semitic as well as what else she has done that is Pro-Palestinian. He should then find the areas he sees where confrontations leading to embarrassing her publicly can be addressed. THEN he should find a credible person or organization that has like-minded people who can help him formulate the attacks. At that point, he is ready to gain supporters to help and to then undertake non-violent confrontations. Good Luck. If I can help you, please get my email from Algemeiner.”

That Algemeiner did not remove the Mossad comment (while censoring one of mine) should tell the reader all she or he needs to know about the publication. Among the 68 comments still on the site, there are only two that suggest that Walker may be on to something. As for the rest there are some that are just as ugly whose authors have no compunction about posting their names.

It is also obvious that none of the latter take into consideration that Israel might be a valid object for criticism.

George Yegorov who apparently lives in the Ukraine was among the first:

“Alice Walker isn’t a thinker or a writer,” he writes. “She rode to fame during a time when critics championed ‘ethnic’ writing, no matter how bad it was. And now because of the dim-wittedness of those times, during which all voices were ‘valid’ and ‘equal’, even though it is more than apparent that art distinguishes itself by talent only…If people had just waited for real talent to emerge instead of dressing a wart hog in a ball gown and giving it a rhinestone tiara, we wouldn’t now be stuck with Alice Walker.”

Rochelle Davidson would burn her books: “Everyone who bought this trash talking book should get together and burn them all at once. We can’t allow this hatred talk to stay available to anyone. We should boycott buying or reading it and make sure that she knows WHY. She would be the first one to scream when there are anti-black rantings going on.”

Monique Shanabarger, 75 years old from Morocco and a devoted fan of Daniel Pipes, can not contain herself, nor her racism. Here she is unedited (but broken into paragraphs for easier reading):

“Alice Walker is your typical angry, resentful, envious and enraged black american female,” she writes, “who takes advantage of our freedoms to spew out her hate and jealousy of the success of Israel and the brilliant intellect of the jewish people.In comparaison a great majority of her kind have really never totally gave up the law of the jungle with a hidden sense of inferiority and savage, bacward reasonning  no matter how much instruction and emancipation they get in the modern world.

“Well,our left leaning jewish people ought to stop giving an audience and importance to her kind and put them in their place and stop being hypocritical like them.The jews should help and take care of their own poor and Israel and be proud and assertive before there is another holocost.Real charity begins at home,you liberal jews had better ponder on that,wake up and smell the coffee and fast while you can!

“This is coming frome me a 75 years old jewish Moroccan woman whose father had prepared to gun down his ten children,his wife and himself while the german gestapo was knocking at our door the night the Americans landed and invaded north africa in 1942.They saved us in the nick of time.Remember ALL THAT AND WAKE UP!!!!!”

To Monique’s screed, Los Angeles attorney Ilbert Phillips objects, but only slightly:

“Martinique [getting her name wrong]: ‘a great majority of her kind. . . the law of the jungle. . . savage backward reasoning. .. . Ms. Walker is clearly a American is mixed ancestry (both African and European) Your piece sounds as racist as Alice Walker’s drivel. We do not need that kind of language to describe Ms. Walker as the anti-semite she is. She is clearly emotionally disturbed and her ancestry has nothing to do with it.”

A David S Most suspects that “the specific nature of her anti-Semitism indicates some deeper and darker inner hatreds towards Jews than the standard variety. She is probably a follower of Louis Farrakhan who has been preaching this kind of anti-Semitism for years.

“How this woman could become infected with a hate virus so virulent that it lets her write lies, distortions, and outright venom would make a great psycho study. She shares the thinking of such greats as Adolf Hitler and Ken Livingstone, ex-London mayor.”

A Judie Selig writes that: “Alice Walker has shown the world how ignorant and stupid she really has become. She has not been in the limelight for quite awhile and this is giving her 15 minutes of fame that she dearly needs! Her lies about us are disgraceful and we as Jews should take her lack of knowledge as a sign of her losing her place in the world. She is pathetic and needs deep therapy.”

Ruth-Claire Weintraub, a PEP (Progressive Expect for Palestine) social worker from New York, now living in Canada, suggests that:

“This is very sad, that a woman with as much sensitivity and insight about the terrible injustices experienced by people of African descent as Alice Walker, is overwhelmed by such a negative bias towards Israeli Jews. I wonder how such utter poison, such poisonous water, got into her well?”

Walker would no doubt reply that she has been to Occupied Palestine and has seen the situation for herself and probably would recommend that Weintraub and the rest of her Jewish critics do the same.

The last comment posted was mine although it took two days to pass muster with Algemeiner’s moderator :

“I have posted all of these comments on my Facebook page for all of the world to see. I can tell you one thing: they will help the sales of her book.”

Jeffrey Blankfort is a journalist and radio host and can be reached at jblankfort@earthlink.net

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Walker Cushion

0

walker

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

EU: UK spying scandal raises concerns

0

EU Justice Commissioner Viviane Reding speaks during a press conference in Brussels.

The UK governmentâ„¢s spying scandal is causing concerns among Europeans with the EU chief justice writing to British authorities demanding urgent answers.

The EU’s Justice Commissioner Viviane Reding has written to Foreign Secretary William Hague demanding answers by the end of the week on leaked reports that Britain’s spy services are tapping cables that carry the world’s phone calls and Internet traffic.

“I have sent a letter to express my concern,” Reding told a briefing on Wednesday, adding: “I have asked for a very urgent reply by the end of this week.”

The EU chief justice demanded answers about the scope and extent of the online eavesdropping program and called for clear answers about the alleged details published in British papers this week.

The revelations, published by The Guardian newspaper, are based on leaked documents from U.S. former intelligence contractor Edward Snowden, who has been accused by the White House of espionage.

The report on the British programme codenamed Tempora has sparked a fresh outcry from privacy campaigners.

Reding said she had asked Hague to Å“clarify the extent of the programme, whether the data stayed in Britain or was passed to other countries, whether the spying was limited to individual cases and what the possibilities for legal redress were”.

“It is a very clear signal that we need… the right balance between the protection of data and the processing of data for security reasons,” Reding said.

The Guardian reported on Saturday that Britain’s Government Communications Headquarters (GCHQ) has started processing vast amounts of personal information — including Facebook posts, emails, Internet histories and phone calls — and was sharing it with its US partner the National Security Agency (NSA).

The United States and Britain are facing mounting criticism for spying on their own citizens, however, London remained defiant, defending the spying programs and its intelligence sharing with Washington.

In a speech in the U.S. on Tuesday night, William Hague defended joint UK-U.S. spying programmes, claiming they were conducted within a strict legal framework.

William Hague again dismissed concerns on Tuesday in a speech at the Ronald Reagan Library in California, saying Britain should have nothing but pride in its “indispensable” intelligence-sharing relationship with the US.

“Let us be clear about it: in both our countries intelligence work takes place within a strong legal framework. We operate under the rule of law and are accountable for it. In some countries secret intelligence work is used to control their people – in ours it only exists to protect their freedoms.”

However, in an article published by The Guardian, the former Conservative leadership contender David Davis disputed Hagueâ„¢s claims, saying Britain’s intelligence agencies are only subject to law in theory.

He accused GCHQ of circumventing “inconvenient laws” by handing over personal data to the U.S. and raised the prospect of “extremely serious violation” of the rights of British citizens over the use of their personal data.

The leading German social democrat, Thomas Oppermann, has said the details of Project Tempora make it sound as if George Orwell’s surveillance society has become a reality in Britain.

On Tuesday night the British inventor of the internet accused the West of hypocrisy over online snooping.

Sir Tim Berners-Lee told the Times: “In the Middle East, people have been given access to the internet but they have been snooped on and then they have been jailed.

“Obviously, it can be easy for people in the west to say, ‘oh, those nasty governments should not be allowed access to spy’. But it’s clear that developed nations are seriously spying on the internet.”

The Guardian said the documents it had seen showed that by last year, GCHQ was handling 600 million “telephone events” each day, had tapped more than 200 fibre-optic cables, and was able to process data from at least 46 of them at a time.

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Challenging Liberty: The Danger of DNA Databases

0

Earlier this month, the Supreme Court passed down a ruling stating that it is legal to take DNA swabs from arrestees without a warrant on the grounds that “a DNA cheek swab [was similar] to other common jailhouse procedures like fingerprinting;”[1] and yesterday, it was reported that the New Jersey state senate passed a bill that “would require the collection of DNA samples from people convicted of some low-level crimes, including shoplifting and drug possession.”[2] While many are praising the passing of such legislation, it ignores the inherent dangers of allowing the government to collect DNA.

While DNA databases may seem new, this is only because they are recently coming back into the news. They have been around for quite some time as, since 1988, “every US state has established a database of criminal offenders’ DNA profiles” with the goal of “quickly and accurately [matching] known offenders with crime scene evidence.”[3] Politicians are arguing that taking DNA samples of criminals will actually lower crime, as the DNA works as a deterrent by increasing the likelihood that a criminal will be convicted if they are caught. However, this may not be the case, as a working paper from the University of Virginia found last year that, ” The probability of reoffending and being convicted for any offense is 3.7 percentage points (23.4%) higher for those with a profile in the DNA database than those without ,” (emphasis added) and, that DNA profiling mainly affects younger criminals with multiple convictions, as they are “85.6% more likely to be convicted of a crime within three years of release than their unprofiled counterparts.”[4] Thus, on a practical level, we should be skeptical as to whether or not DNA databases will actually lower crime in the long-term.

A separate but equally important issue in regards to these DNA databases is the assault on our privacy. Barry Steinhardt, then-Associate Director of the ACLU, stated back in 2000 that:

“While DNA databases may be useful to identify criminals, I am skeptical that we will ward off the temptation to expand their use,” said Barry Steinhardt, Associate Director of the ACLU. “In the last ten years alone, we have gone from collecting DNA only from convicted sex offenders to now including people who have been arrested but never convicted of a crime.”[5]

Indeed, Steinhardt is quite correct in that law enforcement has a history of expanding the use of their tools. One example is tasers, which, when first introduced, were seen as a way to apprehend criminals without resorting to lethal force, have now gone so far astray from that original purpose that they have been used on children.[6] Thus, it would not be a stretch to assume that, over time, this DNA database could be used improperly, such as in the case of Earl Whittley Davis, where his DNA was uploaded and he subsequently became a subject of a 2004 cold case murder:

Earl Whittley Davis was a shooting victim whose DNA profile was subsequently uploaded into CODIS even though he had done nothing wrong. This victim then became the subject of a cold case hit for a murder that occurred in 2004. Although the Maryland District Court found that crime control was a generalized interest that did not outweigh Davis’ privacy when placement of his DNA profile in CODIS was not in response to a warrant or to an applicable statute, the Court held that the DNA evidence was nonetheless admissible.

The Court reasoned that placement of Davis’ profile in CODIS was not reckless, flagrant or systematic, that exclusion would result in only marginal deterrence, if any, and that any deterrent effect would be greatly outweighed by the cost of suppressing “powerfully inculpatory and reliable DNA evidence.” This case should lead people to fear that utilizing such practices to expand the DNA database would open a backdoor to population-wide data banking. By denying certiorari, the U.S. Supreme Court is implicitly affirming the rulings of the Second and Eleventh Circuits. This will make it more challenging for those opposing DNA database statutes on Fourth Amendment grounds.[7] (emphasis added)

In the dissenting opinion of the Supreme Court case, Maryland v. King, many of the Justices echoed this worry of law enforcement using the DNA databases to attempt to solve old crimes, with Justice Scalia stating, “Solving unsolved crimes is a noble objective, but it occupies a lower place in the American pantheon of noble objectives than the protection of our people from suspicionless law-enforcement searches. The Fourth Amendment must prevail.” [8]

DNA databasing is dangerous as it provides a future diary of sorts, which “has the potential to reveal to third parties a person’s predisposition to illnesses or behaviors without the person’s knowledge; and it is permanent information, deeply personal, with predictive powers” and thus “[calls] into question the very meaning and possibility of human liberty”[9] as it can lead into the slippery slope of pre-crime, especially with regard to a person’s behaviors.

In addition to this, DNA databasing could negatively impact minorities and the poor, and even allow people’s family members to be arrested, as Wired reported back in 2011:

Civil rights advocates have warned that demographically unbalanced forensic DNA data banks could “create a feedback loop.” Because samples are stored and compared against DNA collected at future crime scenes, police will be more likely to pursue crimes committed by members of overrepresented groups, while underrepresented groups can more easily evade detection.

The potential for problems expands when states permit so-called familial DNA searches, in which police who can’t find a database match to crime scene DNA can search the database for partial matches, ostensibly from the suspect’s family and relatives, who can then be targeted. It’s even possible to imagine situations in which some races or groups become universally covered, while others remain only partially surveyed. [10] (emphasis added)

Yet, what is most worrying is the expansion of DNA databasing from major criminal offenders such as murderers and rapists to now including “some low-level crimes, including shoplifting and drug possession.”[11] This expansion of DNA databasing to include even victimless crimes is quite worrisome as it shows that we are moving to a state of law where virtually any crime will allow the police to draw and database one’s DNA.

With the passing of this ruling and the steadily increasing implementation of DNA databasing on the state level, an ember in the light of freedom is quietly extinguished.

References

[7] Candice Roman-Santos, “Concerns Associated with Expanding DNA Databases,” Hastings Science & Technology Law Journal 2:267 (2010), pg 20

[8] Liz Goodwin, “In dissent, Scalia joins with court’s liberals to blast police DNA testing without warrant,” Yahoo! News, June 3, 2013 ( http://news.yahoo.com/blogs/lookout/dissent-scalia-joins-court-liberals-blast-police-dna-184252969.html )

[9] Christine Rosen, “Liberty, Privacy, and DNA Databases,” The New Atlantic, 1:1 Spring 2003, pg 39

[11] The Star Ledger , June 24, 2013

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Khangiran output hits 50mn cu. m. of gas

0

An Iranian gas industry official says Khangiran gas refinery in northeastern country produces 50 million cubic meters (cu. m.) of gas per day, supplying gas to six northern provinces.

Managing Director of Shahid Hasheminejad (Khangiran) Refinery Mohsen Hassani said on Wednesday that the refinery currently supplies natural gas to Khorasan Razavi, Northern Khorasan, Southern Khorasan, Golestan, and Mazandaran provinces as well as parts of Semnan province.

He further stated that the total output of Khangiran refinery has increased from 15.8 billion cu. m. in 2008 to 17.19 billion cu. m. in 2012.

While Khangiran refinery produced 582,000 tons of sulfur in 2008, its sulfur yield hit 626,000 tons in 2012, Hassani pointed out.

Hassani further noted that the ratio of gas consumed by the refinery to untreated gas received by it has been reduced from 3.6 percent in 2008 to 2.3 percent in 2012 and is expected to further decrease to 1.5 percent next year.

In March, the first phase of the project to cut gas burning in flares at Khangiran refinery got underway.

Head of the Health, Safety and Environment Protection Department at Khangiran Refinery Seyed Esmail Qaderi said the plan will reduce air pollution and save 3.2 million cubic meters of natural gas.

MP/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US to deploy troops to Egypt to control Middle East: Analyst

0

Press TV
June 26, 2013

In an indication of “a great power struggle over control of the Middle East,” the United States is deploying about 400 ground troops to Egypt, a military analyst told Press TV.

“The U.S. does not want to lose Syria and Egypt,” Michael Burns said on Tuesday.

The troops have been training for months at Fort Hood, Texas in anticipation of anti-government protests in Egypt and the possibility of having to protect the country’s border with Israel.

The U.S. soldiers will be joining troops from 12 other nations to guard posts and security checkpoints along the Sinai Peninsula to respond to any peace treaty violations between Egypt and Israel.

“We have an enormous influence by the Israeli lobby in this country,” that drives key policy decisions in Washington, Burns said.

Burns slammed what he called the “skullduggery” of U.S. foreign policy which is “engorging in a feast of war upon war.”

A spokesman of the Egyptian armed forces has confirmed the deployment of U.S. troops to Egypt, according to Ahram Online.

The opposition in Egypt continues to clash with supporters of President Mohamed Morsi and plans mass protests on June 30.

The Egyptian president has called for dialogue with the opposition in order to forge a roadmap and eliminate the existing disagreements in the country.

Why the Ruling Class is So Upset About Edward Snowden

0

I don’t have a weak stomach, but I confess that watching TV news does get me nauseated. So I do so sparingly. I have of course been following the coverage of the Edward Snowden story, just to see how opinion is being shaped.

In the days immediately after June 5, when Snowden revealed that the U.S. government daily collects mega-data of all phone call records in the U.S. and beyond, the cable news networks seemed puzzled about how to deal with the story.

They couldn’t very well denounce Snowden out of hand, lest they be accused of being shameless lackeys of the state (even though that’s in fact what they are). They all like to posture as “fair and balanced,” so they did initially pose the question: is Snowden a hero, or a villain?

Early opinion polls showed considerable support for Snowden’s action; a Time poll released June 13 showed 54% of those surveyed in the U.S. thought he’d done the right thing. Some unlikely people (Bill O’Reilly, Glenn Beck) called Snowden a “hero.” But that may be changing, as the networks now compete with one another to generate outrage–not at the spying, mind you, but at Snowden for violating the law. O’Reilly’s current position is that while a hero, Snowden should be placed on trial and judged by a jury. Which is to say, he should be apprehended abroad, brought back in handcuffs and treated to the same benefits of the U.S. judicial system enjoyed by a Bradley Manning or a Guantanamo detainee.

He broke the law! He told us: “Any analyst at any time can target anyone.”

“He took an oath,” thunders Dianne Feinstein, chair of the Senate Intelligence Committee (and thus someone complicit in the spying programs). What she means by this is that he broke his pledge, made when he became an employee of the CIA contractor Booz Allen Hamilton–which helps handle the massive effort to monitor all of us daily–to conceal any secrets he obtained as an employee. She is of course not referring to the oath he made at the same time, to uphold the Constitution of the United States, which says very clearly that “the right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated…”

Snowden has not merely revealed that the U.S. government has forced service providers Microsoft, Yahoo, Google, Facebook, PalTalk, AOL, Skype, YouTube and Apple to share all their records with itself, in the form of mega-data that can only be accessed for content following the issuance of warrants from (secret) courts, in order to thwart real or imagined terrorist plots.

He hasn’t merely shown that the NSA intercepts 1.7 billion electronic records every day (in order, of course, to thwart the terrorists). He has charged the following:

“Any analyst at any time can target anyone. Any selector, anywhere… I, sitting at my desk, certainly had the authorities to wiretap anyone, from you or your accountant, to a federal judge, to even the President…”

He is referring to tens, maybe hundreds of thousands of employees of the state security apparatus. (The numbers are of course secret.)

That was and is the main story. Obama may say, “No one is listening to your phone calls,” and acknowledge, now that Snowden has come forward, that the government “merely” has available for perusal (following clandestine court procedures that secretly authorize such inspection) all of your telecommunications addresses and locations, all of your email and online contacts, lists of all the sites you visit online such that an analyst may sit at his desk with this comprehensive picture of your life but no access to the content of your communications. That’s bad enough.

But Snowden indicates that those with that power can indeed gain access to what Bill Clinton recently called the “meat” of your communications. That is, every word you’ve spoken on the phone recently, or maybe for several years; or test-messaged or instant-messaged online; can be accessed by government “analysts” at their whim.

Now why should this bother anybody? A virtual industry of bloggers has mushroomed overnight, people boasting, in the wake of Snowden’s revelations, that they have nothing to hide. Why should anybody not doing wrong be concerned?

Well, recall how, in 2008, ABC News revealed that National Security Agency staffers enjoyed monitoring satellite phone sex involving U.S. officers in Iraq. It’s worth quoting at length.

“‘These were just really everyday, average, ordinary Americans who happened to be in the Middle East, in our area of intercept and happened to be making these phone calls on satellite phones,’ said Adrienne Kinne, a 31-year old US Army Reserves Arab linguist assigned to a special military program at the NSA’s Back Hall at Fort Gordon from November 2001 to 2003.

Kinne described the contents of the calls as ‘personal, private things with Americans who are not in any way, shape or form associated with anything to do with terrorism.’ […]

Another intercept operator, former Navy Arab linguist, David Murfee Faulk, 39, said he and his fellow intercept operators listened into hundreds of Americans picked up using phones in Baghdad’s Green Zone from late 2003 to November 2007.

‘Calling home to the United States, talking to their spouses, sometimes their girlfriends, sometimes one phone call following another,’ said Faulk. […]

‘Hey, check this out,’ Faulk says he would be told, ‘there’s good phone sex or there’s some pillow talk, pull up this call, it’s really funny, go check it out. It would be some colonel making pillow talk and we would say, ‘Wow, this was crazy,’ Faulk told ABC News.”

If that’s the way NSA analysts could deal with U.S. military officers in Iraq–fellow cogs in the system, fighting on behalf of U.S. imperialism–how much respect do you suppose they have for you and your privacy? For your security from their searches, their violations?

But the main issue is not your protection from phone-sex interlopers, but protection from those who want to do you harm. The FBI’s “Counterintelligence Program” (COINTELPRO), active from 1956 to 1971, collected information through wiretaps and other means with the specific objective of destroying civil rights and left-wing organizations. One of its stated missions was to use surveillance on activists to release negative personal information to the public to discredit them. In many instances the agents succeeded, and they ruined lives. And their abilities to do so pale in comparison with the abilities of Obama’s NSA.

Tens of Thousands of Spooks, with Access to Your Data

Snowden says that his personal history should not be the issue in the media, but rather his revelations. Certainly this is true. But his history is a part of this story. It shows that the monitoring of personal communications is so vast, requiring so much labor power, that those overseeing it enlist even high school dropouts without formal academic credentials to do what they do.

(I do not mention this out of any disrespect for Snowden. On the contrary, I think he’s obviously highly intelligent and plainly very competent at his former job. One can question the wisdom, judgment and political consciousness of Snowden at age 21, when he joined the Army as a Special Forces recruit thinking he’d fight in Iraq, as he put it, “to help free people from oppression,” or his subsequent involvement with the CIA. But I think he’s extremely bright, and more than that, at this point in his life, a real moral exemplar.)

What I mean is that the demand for “analysts” in this data-collecting apparatus is so vast that those running it are surely signing on some people who have excellent computer skills but little understanding of anything else, are control-freaks, bigots, voyeurs (like those referenced above)… And they have ready access to your information.

Just as one example of ignorance within this stratum: after 9/11 a friend of mine was visited by FBI agents inquiring about a recent computer game purchase. She and her husband answered all the questions posed, but she was astounded by the agents’ lack of sophistication. They asked where the couple was from; India, they replied. “Is that a Muslim country?” they were asked. My friend was both intimidated and amused by the visit. She’d assumed U.S. intelligence personnel would have some basic grasp of geography and history.

Imagine such people accessing your personal information with impunity, thinking, well, here’s a reason to investigate–and doing it even if only just to pass (well-paid) time at their desks?

Remember the “Information Awareness Office” under Admiral John Poindexter, set up by a mysterious agency in the Defense Department in January 2002, and its creepy “Total Information Awareness” program? The one with the weird icon of an eye atop a pyramid, staring down at the planet, illuminating the Greater Middle East? That was specifically advertized as a body to gather personal information on everybody in the country–phone records, emails, medical records, credit card records, etc.–so that all this could be made immediately available to law officials when required and without warrants. It generated unease, even during that period in which the Bush-Cheney administration was systematically using fear to justify all kinds of repressive measures. It was defunded by Congress the following year. But the mentality remained, and Congress notwithstanding, the machinery of “total” surveillance obviously grew, along with the culture of secrecy.

In 2004 there were reports, citing Russian intelligence, that the former East German spy chief Markus Wolf had been hired as a consultant by U.S. Homeland Security. I have not found confirmation of them (and Wolf is now dead.) But I thought at the time it was entirely plausible that the Bush administration would be willing to learn a thing or two about domestic spying from the experts of the former Stasi. What ruling elite has ever gained more total information awareness about its citizens than the old German Democratic Republic? And done it with such elegant legal scaffolding?

Legal, Like East Germany

As historians such as Katherine Pence and Paul Betts have shown, the GDR authorities operated within scrupulously observed legal constraints. One sees this in the film Das Leben der Anderen (The Lives of Others) produced in the reunited Germany in 2006. It depicts the surveillance culture of the former East Germany, leaving the viewer nauseated. As it happens, the protagonist, a popular writer and regime loyalist named Georg Dreyman, is subjected to meticulous surveillance. His home is thoroughly bugged; an agent reports on his conversations, visitors, love-making, etc. He is never charged with anything nor punished. At one point his apartment is raided on a suspicion that he’s authored an article critical of the GDR published in the west. He cooperates politely; nothing is found; the authorities leave money for the repair of furniture they’d torn up. Everything according to law.

I thought of that film while reading the lead Boston Globe editorial on June 13. It concludes that the “policies that [Snowden revealed], however objectionable, are properly authorized” while Snowden himself “broke the law.” Thus, you see, he’s not a whistle-blower but a criminal. The editors call for him to be placed on trial, as do virtually all mainstream journalists. I should not be shocked, but it is quite amazing to see Keith Olbermann’s successor, MSNBC’s “progressive” Ed Schultz join the crowd, labeling Snowden a “punk” and lawbreaker. (Chris Hayes however remains, somewhat timidly, pro-Snowden.)

The message to the masses is: How dare Mr. Snowden tell the people that they are virtually naked in the eyes of the state, that the U.S. of A. has become one huge airport body-scanner! Because in so doing he betrays state secrets, and helps the terrorists who will now take more precautions to escape surveillance.

And how dare he tell the Chinese that Tsinghua University and the Hong Kong headquarters of Pacnet have been hacked by the NSA, even as the U.S. has accused the Chinese of hacking (in all likelihood, in response to U.S. actions, and less effective, and on a smaller scale)! How dare he consort with the “enemy”!

U.S. to World: “You Must View Snowden as a Criminal, and Give Him Back”

Suddenly, the Cold War has reappeared. Snowden is charged with espionage, some of his critics alleging that he’s in the service of the PRC and/or Russia or other “enemies.” It in fact appears that Beijing and Moscow both were taken by surprise by this episode, and that both have attempted to handle Snowden’s unexpected presence carefully to avoid annoying the U.S.

But how should they respond to Washington’s logic, thoroughly embraced by the TV talking heads? “Look,” says the U.S. State Department, expecting the world to cower and obey. “This man has been charged with felonies. We’ve gone through the legal process, through treaties we have with other countries, to have him appropriately returned to face justice. We’ve revoked his passport, so he can’t legally travel, except to be returned to the U.S. So damn it, do the right thing. Turn him over!”

That’s supposed to be convincing? The media’s complaining of Russian “defiance.” Senator Chuck Schumer appeared on some show suggesting that Putin never misses an opportunity to “poke America in the eye” (referring no doubt to Russian refusal to cooperate in “regime change” in Syria, and refusal to toe the U.S.-Israeli line on Iran). But imagine if a Russian in the U.S. revealed to a U.S. paper that Putin had a massive surveillance program, and Putin demanded his immediate extradition for breaking Russian law? How would the U.S. public react?

Kerry’s talking tough. He’s demanding that Putin not allow Snowden to fly out the country (presumably to Ecuador via Cuba). His tough talk might explain the reported fact that Snowden missed his planned Monday flight out of Moscow. (Might he have threatened to force the Aeroflot plane to land in the U.S.?)

It all, in my humble opinion, boils down to this. The entirety of the ruling elite and the journalistic establishment are keen on defending the programs Snowden has exposed; keen on punishing him for his whistle-blowing; determined to vilify him as a punk, narcissist, egoist, attention-hungry ne’er-do-well (anything but a thoughtful man who made a moral choice that has enlightened people about the character of the U.S. government); feverishly working on damage control while anticipating more damning revelations; and determined to get those four laptops with their incriminating content back into the bosom of the national security state.

What sort of state is it, that says to its own people, we can invade a country based on lies, kill a million people, hold nobody accountable but hey, when one of us does something so abominable as to reveal that the state spies constantly on the people of the world, we have to have a “manhunt” for him and punish him for treason?

The Director of National Intelligence, James Clapper, has the audacity to tell NBC News, “It is literally gut-wrenching to see” Snowden’s revelations… because of the “damage” they do to “our intelligence capabilities”! As though there were really an “our” or “us” at this point. As though we were a nation united, including the mindful watchers and the grateful watched.

No, there are us, and there are them. The tiny power elite that controls the mainstream press and cable channels, the corporations that dutifully hand over mega-data to the state (and then deny doing so to allay consumer outrage), the twin political parties, are sick to their stomachs that they’ve been so exposed.

We in our turn should feel, if not terrorized, nauseated.

GARY LEUPP is Professor of History at Tufts University, and holds a secondary appointment in the Department of Religion. He is the author of Servants, Shophands and Laborers in in the Cities of Tokugawa Japan; Male Colors: The Construction of Homosexuality in Tokugawa Japan; and Interracial Intimacy in Japan: Western Men and Japanese Women, 1543-1900. He is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion, (AK Press). He can be reached at: gleupp@granite.tufts.edu

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Win for Equality: SCOTUS Rules DOMA Unconstitutional

0

developing…

Photo: chris dilts/cc/flickr In a victory for marriage equality, the U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on Wednesday that the Defense of Marriage Act (DOMA)–a federal law that deprived legally married same-sex couples of benefits given to other married couples–is unconstitutional and “a deprivation of equal liberty.”

Writing the majority opinion, Justice Anthony Kennedy wrote, “DOMA is unconstitutional as a deprivation of the equal liberty of persons that is protected by the Fifth Amendment.”

He continued:

DOMA singles out a class of persons deemed by a State entitled to recognition and protection to enhance their own liberty. It imposes a disability on the class by refusing to acknowledge a status the State finds to be dignified and proper. DOMA instructs all federal officials, and indeed all persons with whom same-sex couples interact, including their own children, that their marriage is less worthy than the marriages of others. The federal statute is invalid, for no legitimate purpose overcomes the purpose and effect to disparage and to injure those whom the State, by its marriage laws, sought to protect in personhood and dignity. By seeking to displace this protection and treating those persons as living in marriages less respected than others, the federal statute is in violation of the Fifth Amendment.

Kennedy was joined by Justices Ginsburg, Breyer, Sotomayor and Kagan.

* * *

____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Second LGBT Victory as High Court Defers on Prop. 8

0

In the second decision favorable to marriage equality advocates and deemed a victory by the LGBT community on Wednesday, the US Supreme Court ruled that it will not address the merits of a challenge to California’s Proposition 8, saying those who brought the proposed the ban of same-sex marriage had no legal standing to do so.

Gay rights supporter Vin Testa waves a rainbow flag outside the U.S. Supreme Court building. (Photo by Win McNamee/Getty Images) The 5-4 ruling by the court means that same-sex couples in California will soon be free to marry once more, restoring rulings by lower federal and state courts that determined the ban was unconstitutional.

Celebrations broke out on the steps of the Supreme Court in Washington, DC and inside the rotunda at City Hall in San Francisco among other places where marriage equality advocates had gathered.

Legal experts say that California can now rely on those earlier rulings and allow the resumption of same-sex unions in a matter of weeks when the decision goes into effect.

In response, Equality California and other gay rights groups cheered the decision and tweeted:

_________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Lebanon Army finds tunnels in Sidon

0

Lebanese army forces monitor a street in Abra, on the outskirts of the southern Lebanese city of Sidon on June 23, 2013.

The Lebanese Army has discovered a series of tunnels in the southern city of Sidon, with a large amount of weapons and ammunition stored inside, Press TV reports.

The tunnels connect a number of buildings controlled by supporters of Takfiri cleric Sheikh Ahmad al-Assir.

This comes as the Lebanese troops are going ahead with their mop-up operation in Sidon following fierce clashes with the armed followers of Sheikh Assir.

The Army is reported to be in full control of the city. The troops have seized control of the radical clericâ„¢s base.

The government has declared a day of national mourning to honor over a dozen soldiers killed in clashes with militants.

The Army found “dozens of bodies of armed men, wearing military fatigues with their weapons lying nearby,” according to a military source in the city.

The Lebanese troops also seized weapons, such as rocket launchers and machineguns inside the sheikhâ„¢s base as well as military uniforms.

Government troops are now searching for Sheikh Assir, who’s a staunch supporter of Takfiri insurgents fighting the Syrian government. Takfiris dismiss most of Islamic sects as infidels.

More than 50 people were killed and scores of others injured in the deadly clashes in Sidon, Lebanon’s third-largest city some 40 kilometers (25 miles) south of Beirut.

The Army said clashes erupted on Sunday after supporters of the Takfiri cleric opened fire without provocation on an Army checkpoint in Abra, a neighborhood of the Sidon coastal city.

Lebanonâ„¢s Army has pledged to fight until it Ëœfinishes withâ„¢ the radical sheikh.

Assir was unknown just two years ago, but he gained prominence as the spillover into Lebanon from the conflict in neighboring Syria has escalated. The cleric is believed to have hundreds of armed supporters in Sidon involved in the fighting.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Texas Implements Voter ID Law

0

Greg Abbott implements Texas Voter ID law immediately after the ruling.

PJ Media

June 26, 2013

Texas Attorney General Greg Abbott responded to today’s Supreme Court decision striking down Section 4 of the 1965 Voting Rights Act by implementing Texas’ voter ID law. The Texas legislature had passed that law in 2011, only to have the Obama-Holder Justice Department put it on ice while challenging it under the Voting Rights Act.

Appearing on the Janine Turner Show today, Abbott was jubilant.

“This is a huge win for the Constitution and for equality in this country,” Abbott said. “Before today, different states were treated differently under the Constitution. The Voting Rights Act is the only law that was used to impose disparate or different kind of treatment. Specifically, Texas was called out and treated differently than other states.”

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 9:23 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Snowden Circus a Huge Distraction From World War 3?

0

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
June 26, 2013

Several prominent voices in the alternative media are speculating that former CIA analyst and NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden could be a double agent whose revelations are only serving to distract from the much bigger issue of the imminent escalation of the war in Syria.

FURTHER READING

Here come the Edward Snowden truthers —
http://www.salon.com/2013/06/19/here_come_the_edward_snowden_truthers/

Snowden: An exercise in disinformation —
http://21stcenturywire.com/2013/06/25/snowden-an-exercise-in-disinformation/

How to Identify a CIA Limited Hangout Operation —
http://tarpley.net/2013/06/19/how-to-identify-a-cia-limited-hangout-operation/

My Creeping Concern that the NSA Leaker Edward Snowden is not who he Purports to be —
http://www.globalresearch.ca/my-creeping-concern-that-the-nsa-leaker-edward-snowden-is-not-who-he-purports-to-be/5339161

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

From Karen Silkwood to Michael Hastings, something is wrong

0

Douglas J. Hagmann
homelandsecurityus.com
June 26, 2013

Just a few short years ago, I would have likely considered the death of Rolling Stone Reporter Michael Hastings an “open and shut” tragedy after a cursory review of the open source evidence associated with this event. Based on a number of things I’ve recently seen and certain information which I’ve been given over the last few years, I have my doubts. Serious doubts. Legitimate doubts.

I am not writing out of lack of experience and exposure to such events, as I’ve spent the last 28 years of my life as a career investigator. In the mid-to-late 1970′s, I spent several years as a “first responder,” long before that descriptive phrase was ever used. In many ways, my transition from responding to tragedies of all kinds to the investigation of such events was a natural evolution, and set the stage for my current overlapping roles as an investigative journalist and a talk show host with the only goal of identifying truth and exposing lies, wherever the journey might lead.

Offering my background is to simply provide you with a frame of reference regarding how and why I am going on record to say that I suspect that there is something very wrong taking place in America, and it is not new. It is, however, becoming more refined and deadly, and perhaps even more common than any of us can comprehend or might be willing to accept. After all, it’s extremely uncomfortable for us to believe that there is an unseen darkness or a hidden hand that exists in our world as we personally know it.

We all have enough drama in our own lives to keep us busy, so why should we seek out more? We are busy today putting food on our tables, working multiple jobs to keep a roof over our heads, and are dog-tired from dealing with the stress in our own lives just to survive. Or perhaps those stresses are behind you, and you are merely trying to enjoy your life in retirement. So why would any reasonably sane person, at whatever station they find themselves in their lives, go looking for conspiracies where none might exist? Why would we subject ourselves to the mocking and marginalization that comes with questioning the official accounts of various incidents?

The answer, I submit, is that many of us are inherently moral and just who resent lie after lie served to us by those we have elected to represent us. We expect and deserve the truth as citizens. We are not the subjects of royalty, despite the acceptance by some to be treated as such. We care about the condition of our country and the world we are leaving to our offspring, and would not sleep well knowing that we’ve done nothing to protect our children and grandchildren.

The very institution that had once forced transparency in our government, the media formerly populated by persistently inquisitive journalists has been infiltrated, compromised and is now acting as an agent of out-of-control leaders who have given themselves the power to terminate, at will and without due process, anyone they deem a threat to the safety and security of our nation. To many, that sounded reassuring while the embers of what once were the World Trade Center towers were still glowing white hot. Unspeakable carnage, we were told, caused by a nebulous foreign enemy with designs to keep attacking us into oblivion. Our rational thought was overcome by our emotional outrage, and those we placed in power exploited our grief and our concern to the point we find ourselves today.

So much has happened since then that it is difficult to recognize what we have done and allowed to be done to ourselves and our nation. Yet, there have been a number of hard-core, no nonsense, truth-seeking journalists who have seen through the fog of deception and dared to take on the people and institutions who are actively pursuing an agenda that is antithetical to everything we hold dear. The tyranny that has been forming for decades regard such truth-seeker as troublesome and uncultivated wildflowers that have taken root in an otherwise pristine lawn. The more aggressive the and uncultivated the wildflower, the more troublesome they become to the illusion of a well-planned landscape that serves as nothing more than eye candy to an ever-growing controlled populace. It is only reasonable that they should be cut down, uprooted and destroyed.

Could this be what we might be witnessing to the truth-seekers who dare take on the powers of the royalty who are in power? From the strange car “accident” that took the life of whistleblower Karen Silkwood in 1974 to the Michael Hastings wreck of 2013 and countless other conveniently coincidental deaths in between, could we be witnessing the deliberate purging of those who are desperately seeking the truth?

The fate of our nation, the world, and our offspring depends upon us to be asking questions and demanding answers. I ask that you look in the mirror and decide whether you can accept every official narrative you are being spoon fed by the powerbrokers and the elitists. The next time you see an errant wildflower pop up in an expanse of a finely trimmed lawn, think about those who have tried to warn us of the tyranny that is taking us over from within.

If we don’t unite and demand accountability despite the deliberate disparagement, marginalization and vilification as conspiracy theorists or tilting at windmills, then who will?

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Bloody Carnage Continues in Iraq

0

ABC News Radio
June 26, 2013

Another round of violence in Iraq Tuesday claimed the lives of three dozen people as national security forces are straining to prevent attacks seemingly committed by al Qaeda-linked groups.

As has been the case since late April when a revival of sectarian warfare began in earnest, no one claimed responsibility for Tuesday’s series of suicide bombings both north and south of Baghdad.

In the deadliest assault, 16 civilians were killed and more than 50 injured when two militants blew themselves up in an attack directed at Shiite Turkmen protesting deteriorating security in Salahuddin province.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 9:35 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

97% Opposed To TSA Body Scanners

TSA completes enforced public comment period on rollout of invasive technology

Steve Watson
Infowars.com
June 26, 2013

After two and a half years of stalling, delaying and ignoring court orders, the TSA this week finally completed it’s public notice and comment rulemaking period regarding the mass rollout of body scanners in airports. The results don’t look good for the agency.

Comments ranged from covering the health issues surrounding the machines, to the invasion of privacy, and the fact that the machines can be fooled and fairly easily bypassed by anyone who has the know how.

The TSA says it been able to process 4,321 comments thus far, and there are sure to be more to work through.

Jonathon Corbett, the engineer who filmed himself passing through the scanners with metal objects in his pockets, reports that from his analysis of the most recent 100 comments on the TSA’s website, 97 percent were opposed, with just 2 percent in favour and 1 percent not appearing to take a position on either side.

“At least 20 people mentioned me by name (all in opposition, of course), a handful of others mentioned my blog or my video, and at least one likely TSA Out of Our Pants reader took my suggestion and simply told the TSA that they suck.” Corbett writes.

According to the law, the TSA must now review and respond to all the comments, before deciding whether to adopt the “proposal” to adopt AIT technology for primary screening. Of course, the agency has been using the technology for years now, so this is merely a formal process that it has been forced to complete, after repeated refusal to do so, in violation of federal law.

As we reported last September, the federal court that previously ruled the TSA’s deployment of body scanners was illegal and demanded the agency comply “promptly” with the order to hold public hearings, backed off the issue, effectively allowing the TSA to continue to ignore its responsibility on the matter.

The court effectively caved to the agency’s appeals, allowing the TSA until the end of March 2013 to begin the public engagement process, meaning that a full 23 months have now passed since the original court order, and around four years have elapsed since the agency officially rubber stamped the deployment of the body scanners.

As Corbett notes, the USPS once adopted a rule after receiving 10 comments in favor and 8,097 in opposition, so it we can hardly expect the TSA to suddenly scrap the scanners in light of the negative comments it has received.

“The good news is that they have to consider every comment and respond to every reason that people have given them to get rid of the nude body scanners, or else face lawsuits (for example, by me :) ).” Corbett notes.

The response does illustrate, however, that the American people are overwhelmingly opposed to the use of scanners, despite claims by the TSA that the majority of people are not concerned about the use of the technology — once again exposing the agency’s lies.

Corbett’s entire submission to the TSA (PDF) makes for very interesting reading. It is essentially a studiously referenced essay that presents the voluminous amount of evidence for why body scanners should not be used on members of the public.

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

27 Killed in China Riots

0

Sky News
June 26, 2013

At least 27 people have been killed and three others injured after knife-wielding gangs went on the rampage through a town in far western China, according to state media.

The Xinhua news agency said mobs attacked police stations, a local government building and a construction site in the Turpan Oasis in the Turkic-speaking Xinjiang region.

Nine police officers and security guards, as well as eight civilians, were killed before police shot dead 10 of the attackers.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 9:26 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

It Isn’t Snowden Who Needs Clemency

0

A White House petition asking US president Barack Obama to pardon NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden has passed the 100,000-signature mark, theoretically compelling a response from the Obama administration (I say “theoretically” because the finish line on these petitions has been moved before).

My own sympathies naturally lie with Snowden, and the petitioners’ hearts are presumably in the right place, but I can’t help thinking that the petitioners have things backward.

Edward Snowden committed no crime. Rather, he exposed the crimes of the very administration being petitioned (and “classification” of information for the purpose of concealing criminal activity is itself illegal). To presume, as this petition does, an entitlement on the part of an acknowledged criminal to pardon – or to persecute – the hero who brings that criminal’s actions to light is, in a word, perverse.

Obama and his associates haven’t just violated “their” own codified laws. They have, by their own admissions, declared and prosecuted war on the very people in whose names they claim their power, wandering well beyond the pale of authoritarianism and raising the totalitarian flag over their battlements.

It isn’t Snowden who needs clemency. It’s Barack Obama, his co-conspirators and his accessories before and after the fact. Nor is it Snowden alone before whom the crooks should be made to grovel for mercy. The fate of the Obama Spy Ring rightfully belongs in the hands of ALL its victims.

Will these telecom voyeurs, these data burglars – and their bosses – be made to truly pay for their crimes? It seems unlikely, as they are made members of the world’s most powerful organized crime syndicate, the government of the United States.

While the gang occasionally finds itself compelled to throw a bit player or two under the bus to simmer things down a bit, the kingpins, ringleaders and shot-callers usually walk without consequence. Which explains why US Senators Charles Schumer (D-NY) and Dianne Feinstein (D-CA) and US Representative Mike Rogers (R-MI) are at present freely vocalizing their “fury” at Snowden instead of modeling orange coveralls while making big rocks into small rocks on the grounds of some penal institution.

This isn’t just some random racket ginned up by a few assorted thugs. It’s far bigger than that. If we want to get clear of these schemers and their schemes, we’re going to have to suppress the larger racketeer-influenced corrupt organization. That is, we must abolish the US government – preferably sowing salt in the earth of, and leaving not one stone standing atop another in, Washington, DC.

Otherwise, we’ll just have to be satisfied with absurd and hopeless gestures, like asking Barack Obama to forgive Edward Snowden for revealing, and us for noticing, his crimes.

Thomas L. Knapp is Senior News Analyst at the Center for a Stateless Society (c4ss.org).

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Conflicts Fuel Caucasus Climate Fears

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/conflicts_fuel_caucasus_climate_fears_20130626/

Posted on Jun 26, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Iran urges Qatar to revise Syria policy

0

Iranian Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi has expressed hope that the new Qatari ruler Sheikh Tamim bin Hamad Al Thani will revise the Persian Gulf stateâ„¢s policy toward Syria.

During a Wednesday press conference with his Tajik counterpart, Hamrokhon Zarifi, in Tehran, Salehi said, Å“We hope that the new Emir would pay special attention to the Syria issue and seriously reconsiders [his country’s] past policies” so that peace and stability would return to Syria and the Syrian people are saved from the ongoing suffering and bloodshed.

Salehi further stated that all the countries in the region will be benefited by a change in Qatarâ„¢s policy of supporting anti-Syria militants.

Å“…If a power vacuum is created in Syria, it will have a disastrous effect on the entire region, from which no country will emerge unscathed.”

On Tuesday, Qatari ruler Sheikh Hamad bin Khalifa Al Thani officially abdicated power in favor of his son, Sheikh Tamim. The 61-year-old Emir, who had overthrown his father in a coup in 1995, handed over the power to his 33-year-old son after 18 years of ruling the country.

The Iranian minister went on to say, Å“We offer a helping hand to Qatar, and in view of a power shift in this country, we hope that the country would enter a new era of international interaction with the countries in the region and other countries….”

Salehi also offered congratulations to Sheikh Tamim, wishing felicity for the Qatari government and nation.

Å“Although we have different views on major issues in the region, this has not hindered good political relations between the two countries and we hope these [bilateral] ties would further expand in the new era,” the Iranian diplomat stated.

Qatarâ„¢s international standing has been greatly undermined, particularly across the Muslim world, because of its deep involvement in supporting the foreign-backed militancy against the Syrian government.

MKA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Gutting the Voting Rights Act: Supreme Court’s War on Democracy and the Right’s Last Stand for White Supremacy

0

The U.S. Supreme Court’s right-wing majority is a serial killer of American democracy — first Bush v. Gore, then Citizens United, now gutting the Voting Rights Act — but another part of this crime story is the Right’s grotesque last stand for white supremacy.

Whatever legalistic wording or tortured logic is applied, the ugly truth is that the narrow right-wing majority of the U.S. Supreme Court is at war with American democracy. Or, put a bit differently, these justices don’t believe that a democratic judgment relying on black and brown people should be respected.

The five Republicans on the Court know full well that by striking down the preclearance requirement before electoral changes can be made in states and districts with a documented history of racial discrimination, they are inviting a wave of legal impediments to minority voting. The same five justices also knew that in 2010 their Citizens United ruling would open the floodgates for mostly right-wing billionaires to inundate political campaigns with misleading propaganda.

Photo: U.S. Chief Justice John Roberts.

And, the stage for this sustained judicial assault on democracy was set when the predecessor to the Roberts Court, the Rehnquist Court, intervened to stop the counting of votes in Florida and to effectively anoint Republican George W. Bush the President, though he lost the national popular vote and would have lost the swing state of Florida to Democrat Al Gore if all ballots legal under state law were counted. [See Neck Deep for details.]

The Bush v. Gore case was the first clear indicator that the modern Republican Right was determined to use the Supreme Court as a weapon to negate democracy and assure continued GOP control of the U.S. government. The Right was determined to assert and maintain its power by almost any means possible.

Though Bush’s presidency turned out to be a disaster for the United States and the world, it was a godsend to the Court’s right-wing majority. Bush was able to replace two Republican justices who participated in appointing him — William Rehnquist and Sandra Day O’Connor — with right-wingers, John Roberts and Samuel Alito.

Those two Bush appointments moved the Court even further to the Right and gave the Republicans hope that even amid the nation’s demographic changes, which were reflected in the election of Barack Obama in 2008 as the nation’s first African-American president, there was still a way for right-wing and white power to be sustained.

The Citizens United case of 2010 was the next blow, delivered by the Roberts Court, making possible unlimited spending from “dark pools” of cash to propagandize the American electorate. That surge of right-wing money — combined with progressive disappointment with the first two years of Obama’s presidency — helped elect rabidly right-wing Republican majorities in the House and in state capitals around the country.

Given that 2010 was a census year, Republicans were empowered to gerrymander congressional seats to concentrate liberal voters in a few isolated districts and arrange for solid conservative majorities in most others. (The redistricting effectively guaranteed a continued Republican majority in the House even though Democratic candidates received about one million more votes nationwide in 2012.)

Voter Suppression

The outcome of Election 2010 also enabled Republican-controlled statehouses to begin a coordinated strategy to suppress the votes of blacks, Hispanics, the poor and the young — seen as predominantly Democratic voters — by requiring photo IDs, tightening eligibility and reducing voting hours.

That plan, however, ran afoul of the Voting Rights Act, especially in Old Confederacy states like Texas which were covered by the preclearance requirement of the law. Using the Act, the Justice Department was able to beat back most of the attempts to infringe on suffrage — and minorities provided key votes to reelect President Obama in 2012.

So, the Voting Rights Act of 1965 (which had been reauthorized overwhelmingly by Congress in 2006) became the next target of the Roberts Court. In a historic ruling on Tuesday, the five right-wing justices — Roberts, Alito, Antonin Scalia, Anthony Kennedy and Clarence Thomas — gutted the law by ripping out the preclearance procedure.

The five justices barely bothered with any logical or constitutional argument. Their central point was to publish charts that showed that black voting in areas under special protection of the Voting Rights Act was generally equal to or even higher than the percentages of white voters.

But all that did was show that the law was working, not that those areas would not again resort to trickery once preclearance was removed. As Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg argued in a dissent, there was no justification for the Court to overrule the judgment of Congress, reaffirmed only seven years ago.

“Throwing out preclearance when it has worked and is continuing to work to stop discriminatory changes is like throwing away your umbrella in a rainstorm because you are not getting wet,” Ginsburg wrote.

There also is no doubt that the Constitution grants Congress the explicit power to enact legislation to protect the voting rights of people of color. The Fifteenth Amendment states that “The right of citizens of the United States to vote shall not be denied or abridged by the United States or by any State on account of race, color, or previous condition of servitude.” It adds: “The Congress shall have power to enforce this article by appropriate legislation.”

The amendment was ratified in 1870 during Reconstruction, meaning that many whites from Southern states and other racist jurisdictions never accepted its legitimacy. Once Reconstruction ended in 1877, the whites of the Old Confederacy reasserted political control and deployed a wide array of tactics to deter many blacks from voting.

It was not until the Civil Rights Movement of the 1960s that the federal government reasserted its determination to guarantee justice for African-Americans, including the right to vote through the Voting Rights Act of 1965. Because the national Democratic Party took the lead in pushing these changes, many Southern whites switched their allegiance to the Republican Party.

This white backlash gave impetus to the elections of Richard Nixon, Ronald Reagan and George H.W. Bush, all of whom appealed to white voters with coded racially tinged language. The Republican strategy also included putting like-minded justices on the Supreme Court with an eye toward rolling back the civil rights gains of the 1960s.

To make its appeals to racism less offensive, the Right also began cloaking itself in the nation’s founding mythology, dressing up renewed appeals for “states’ rights” in a fabricated historical narrative that the key Framers of the Constitution — the likes of George Washington and James Madison — despised the idea of a strong central government when nearly the opposite was true. [See Consortiumnews.com’s “The Right’s Dubious Claim to Madison.”]

Rebranding the Racists

What the Right actually was doing with its bogus history was enabling today’s neo-Confederates to rebrand themselves, from the overt appeals to racism symbolized by the Stars and Bars by substituting the Revolutionary War banner of a coiled snake and “Don’t Tread on Me” motto. Yet, despite the more popular imagery of 1776 over 1860, the philosophy remained the same.

This cosmetic transformation of the Right — from its crude allusions to the Old Confederacy to its more palatable references to the Revolutionary War — surfaced most clearly after the election of Barack Obama in 2008. The Right recognized that the demographic shifts that made his election possible were also dooming the future of white supremacy.

So, the Tea Party — invoking the Right’s carefully constructed founding myth — rallied to “take our country back,” aided immensely by massive funding from the Koch Brothers and other right-wing billionaires.

The Right’s current message remains wrapped in the word “liberty” — much as that word was used by some of American slaveholders in the nation’s early years and by the Confederates during the Civil War. But the Right’s message is really all about the “liberty” of white Americans to reign over – and rein in – non-white Americans.

It is not even clear that many right-wing white Americans believe that blacks and other non-whites deserve citizenship, a position that many in the Tea Party appear to share with their forebears — some of the slaveholding Founders, the “nullificationists” of the pre-Civil War South, the Confederates, and the Ku Klux Klan.

That sentiment remained at the heart of the Jim Crow laws during Southern segregation denying citizenship rights to blacks despite the Fourteenth and Fifteenth amendments; it can be seen in the Right’s longstanding refusal to grant congressional voting rights to District of Columbia residents, many of whom are black and who face “taxation without representation”; it is reflected in the Right’s obsession with the conspiracy theory about Obama being born in Kenya; and it fires up Republican opposition to immigration reform since it would permit some 11 million undocumented immigrants – mostly Hispanic – to eventually gain citizenship.

It is this fear of real democracy — with its genuine promise of one person, one vote — that has now motivated the Supreme Court’s right-wing majority to give America’s neo-Confederates one more shot at reversing the nation’s acceptance of racial equality at the ballot box.

If the civil rights era starting in the 1960s was a kind of Second Reconstruction — forcing fairness and decency down the throats of resentful Southern whites — then what Roberts, Scalia, Kennedy, Thomas and Alito have done could be viewed as the start of a Second Jim Crow era.

After the Voting Rights Act was gutted on Tuesday, some officials from the Old Confederacy immediately rubbed their hands with glee, anticipating how they could minimize the number of black and brown voters in future elections and maximize the number of white Republican members of Congress.

“With today’s decision,” said Greg Abbott, the attorney general of Texas, “the state’s voter ID law will take effect immediately. Redistricting maps passed by the Legislature may also take effect without approval from the federal government.”

Investigative reporter Robert Parry broke many of the Iran-Contra stories for The Associated Press and Newsweek in the 1980s. You can buy his new book, America’s Stolen Narrative, either in print here or as an e-book (from Amazon and barnesandnoble.com). For a limited time, you also can order Robert Parry’s trilogy on the Bush Family and its connections to various right-wing operatives for only $34. The trilogy includes America’s Stolen Narrative. For details on this offer, click here.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

The Tal Kalakh Peace Deal

0

Damascus.

Once a rebel stronghold, the town of Tal Kalakh on the Syrian side of the border with Lebanon changed sides at the week-end and is now controlled by the Syrian army. The switch in allegiance is the latest advance by government forces into areas where they have had little or no authority since the start of the revolt in Syria two years ago.

The government is triumphant at the surrender of 39 local leaders of the rebel Free Syrian Army with their weapons, which were ceremoniously stacked against the outside wall of the town’s military headquarters. The exact terms of the deal are mysterious, but there is no doubt that the regular Syrian army now holds all parts of Tal Kalakh, which had a pre-war population of 55,000 and is an important smuggling route for arms and ammunition from Lebanon a couple of miles to the south. Syrian army commanders claimed the reason the rebels had given up in the town so easily was because of their defeat in the battle for the similarly strategically important town of Qusayr, 20 miles away, earlier in June.

The Syrian opposition denied that the town had fallen, saying that there was still fighting going on there. In a three-hour visit, I saw no sign of it. Soldiers and civilians looked relaxed and there were no indications of recent destruction, though there are plenty of buildings damaged by shellfire or pockmarked with bullet holes from fighting in 2011 or 2012. The pro-rebel Al-Jazeera Arabic satellite television channel claimed smoke was rising from the town. I did not see or smell any.

The rebels’ strenuous denial that they had lost an important town without a fight may show a certain desperation on their part. Ahmed Munir, the governor of Homs province, which includes Tal Kalakh, pointed out in an interview that the Syrian army had moved into the town just as 11 major powers, including the US, Britain, France, Turkey, Saudi Arabia and Qatar, meeting in Qatar, had promised the rebels more weapons and equipment.

A local FSA commander, who said his name was Khalid al-Eid, explained that he had gone over to the government side along with 20 men he led because of general disillusionment with the uprising. A paunchy man in his early thirties with a black beard and a red baseball cap, he appeared self-confident and almost truculent as he talked about his life as an FSA leader.

He said that before the uprising, he “used to work as a policeman during the day-time and in the family perfume shop in the evening”. He seemed assured he would be able to return to his old routine.

Listening to him impassively were Syrian army officers and some civilians, including Khalid al-Eid’s father, who expelled his son from the family home when he joined the FSA. The deal that brought the army back into Tal Kalakh appears to have been brokered by leading citizens of the town who did not want it to become a battleground again. The devastating destruction at Qusayr when it was stormed over two weeks by the Syrian army and the Lebanese Shia militia Hezbollah gave a sense of urgency to the final negotiations.

Tal Kalakh may be peaceful now but it has seen much fighting in the recent past. There is an elaborate military checkpoint at the entrance to the town just off the Homs-Tartus main road where documents are checked. The atmosphere in the military headquarters housed in an administrative building of a large grain silo was relaxed, as if nobody expected to do more fighting. The buildings immediately in front of the army’s positions had been wrecked by cannon fire and looked as if they had been abandoned. Armed rebellion had started early in Tal Khalak in May 2011, probably because its position on the Lebanese border made it easy to smuggle in weapons.

The cache of weapons on show by the army — a few mortar bombs, rockets and explosives — were not very impressive. There was also a truck of furniture looted from the local hospital by the rebels on show, but the aging white-painted beds and chairs looked unsaleable.

Beyond a zone of outright destruction in front of Syrian army’s front line there was an area which looked as if shops and houses had been abandoned a long time ago. A government guide who tried to explain why there was nobody on the streets said “it is because it is siesta time and they are all in bed”. But this did not explain the absence of cars or clothes drying on lines in backyards.

The shutters of shops were rusty in places and there was grass growing in cracks in the pavement. Most local inhabitants are likely to have become refugees in Lebanon over a year ago.

Even here there were some government loyalists. Umm Said al-Masri, a woman surrounded by her family, was reopening a vegetable shop. “God bless the army,” she said, confirming that it had reasserted control three days earlier. Her children chanted slogans in support of Syrian President Bashar al-Assad and there were new-looking posters of him on the walls. Deeper into the town more people appeared on the streets and most of the small shops were open, selling everything from fruit to shoes.

Close to the border there are Christian Maronite villages along the steep sides of the hills, houses often having small statues of the Virgin Mary in blue and white robes facing the road. The land falls away quickly to the al-Kabir river at the bottom of a deep wooded valley, which is the frontier between Syria and Lebanon. In this area a donkey specially trained to carry smuggled goods and cross the border without human assistance is said to be worth more than a car.

Everybody seemed to accept that the Syrian army is back for good. The soldiers in checkpoints were not wearing helmets and often not carrying their weapons, as if they did not expect anybody to attack them. Khalid al-Eid said there had been 300-400 FSA in Tal Kalakh before the army’s return but they must have melted back into the local population under an unofficial amnesty or have gone to Lebanon. Soldiers or guerrillas who have switched sides are often an unreliable source of information about their former colleagues because they denigrate them in a bid to impress their new masters. But Khalid al-Eid did say that his men were “paid $1,300 a month and we got an extra $1,000 if we carried out an operation”. He described how he would make Youtube films — “sometimes they show us firing when there was nothing to shoot at” — which would later be shown on al-Arabiya and al-Jazeera satellite television.

What were the exact terms of the deal that replaced the FSA with the Syrian army? Peace did not break out all of a sudden and it had been preceded by a series of local ceasefires and negotiations arranged by leading local townspeople. Monsignor Michel Naaman, a Syriac Catholic priest in Homs, who has often taken part in mediating such agreements said that “older people in the town had seen much of it damaged and did not want it destroyed”.

He adds that there are many other such deals and agreements in the making. For instance in Homs many people have moved to the al-Waar district for safety, its population rising from 150,00 to 700,000. The Old City, which once had 400,000 people in it is almost empty aside from rebel fighters. He says that ceasefires or agreements for rebels to put down their weapons in return for an amnesty are much easier to arrange when all the rebels are Syrians. “When there are foreign Salafi or Jihadi fighters present, as there are in the Old City, an agreement is almost impossible.”

The Governor Ammed Munir believes “one should try to make a deal in each case without a special military operation”. He says that the Old City of Homs is particularly difficult to deal with because “you can’t have an agreement with so many gangs and in case, there are many tunnels into and out of the Old City”. Overall, there is little fighting in Homs province because of the government success at Qusayr and because these local ceasefires are holding. An injection of more arms and money, which may be the result of last weekend’s Doha meeting of the 11 Friends of Syria could bring a new surge in violence but would not produce a decisive result in the civil war.

The Tal Kalakh peace deal is important because no serious negotiations on who holds power in Syria can take place given the present level of violence in the country as a whole. The only way to bring the political temperature down is by local ceasefires and peace deals. The government is gaining ground this year as the rebels did in 2011 but nobody is going to win on the battlefield.

PATRICK COCKBURN is the author of “Muqtada: Muqtada Al-Sadr, the Shia Revival, and the Struggle for Iraq.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Everywhere is Taksim

0

The everyday praxis of occupied Taksim was in some ways more radical than that of Occupy Wall Street or even Tahrir during the 2011 uprising — but their demands, so far, have not been.

What started out as a protest tactic became an experiment in communal living. Activists occupied Gezi Park in order to prevent the cutting down of its trees — but their encampment soon grew into a utopian community whose everyday praxis was much more revolutionary than its demands.

Gezi Park: A Radical Space with Realistic Demands

In occupied Gezi Park everything was free. Food, water, gas masks, hard hats, medicines, tampons, blankets, tents. There was a free library with free books, and free concerts every night. “We didn’t want money to come into the park,” an activist explained. “We knew that would cause problems.” According to surveys, the vast majority of people took part in the protests as individuals, not as members of political parties, much less socialist organizations. And yet the park was run according to anti-capitalist ideas. Some occupiers likened Gezi park to the Paris Commune, others to Madrid’s Puerta del Sol.

The occupation of public space has been a key component of recent mass movements across the world. Despite very different goals, not to mention political contexts, activists from Egypt, to Bahrain, the United States, Germany, Spain, and now also Turkey, have sought to not only protest in, but rather occupy public space through the creation of encampments. Yet once established, their everyday praxis varied. During the massive anti-Mubarak protests in early 2011, occupied Tahrir became a liberated zone in a double sense. It was free of the police, but also largely free of oppressive practices. Civilian volunteers guarded security checkpoints around Tahrir while groups known as legaan shaabeya protected neighborhoods. The repressive security apparatus of the state had not only — momentarily — been brought to its knees. It had been made superfluous. But there was no attempt to abolish the use of money. While some donations were made, Tahrir was largely supplied by informal street vendors who sold everything from koshary to cigarettes. Instead of embracing the idea of free goods and services, Egyptian activists had to defend themselves against accusations that they were receiving free meals.

But the radical praxis of Gezi park was not matched by equally radical demands. The five main goals include: preservation of the park, ending police brutality, halting the sale of public spaces, and freedom of expression and the media. Despite the fact that the opposition is boiling with anger about Prime Minister ErdoÄŸan, it has not demanded that he resign, nor that early elections be held. While “ErdoÄŸan istifa” may be heard in chants, or seen on banners, or scrolled as graffiti on the walls of Istanbul — the Taksim Dayanışması, (Taksim Solidarity) a platform of over 117 groups, shows no sign of even considering to embrace this demand. This is not a movement that wants the fall of the regime, or the ruling party, or even the Prime Minister. In the words of one activist: “We just want ErdoÄŸan to shut up.”

Some analysts have applauded the “noble ethics” of these utopian communities that seem to spring up wherever mass movements arise. Others have criticized them as an unrealistic strategy that only people with time on their hands can take part in. Single parents, or those who work multiple jobs or more than 40 hours a week, could not spend weeks camping out in a park.

But this anti-capitalist experiment inside the belly of a capitalist society, however quixotic it may appear to outsiders, was perhaps what energized activists the most. The people I spoke with in Istanbul said that instead of draining their time and energy, that this community was precisely what energized them. “When you’re at home, you feel lonely and meaningless. You feel like you’re betraying the movement.” It was this communal space that ErdoÄŸan was determined to crush. Perhaps it was not the demands of Gezi Park that threatened ErdoÄŸan, but the utopian experiment itself. And the fact that — to everyone’s surprise — it garnered such widespread support, with protests spreading to at least 80 cities throughout Turkey.

To destroy a Park, they attacked a City 

In order to destroy the commons that Gezi Park had become, the police had to attack more than just the park, or the physical space in which it was located — but all of downtown Istanbul. Including luxury hotels, restaurants, residential areas, and the main shopping thoroughfare of Istiklal.

I was in Gezi Park on Saturday June 15 when they started gas bombing it around 9pm. Along with hundreds of others, I fled to the Divan Hotel. For more than 2 weeks this 5-star hotel had opened its doors to activists seeking refuge from the onslaught of tear gas, water cannons, and police brutality. But instead of being safe inside, mayhem ensued as the police fired tear gas directly into the hotel. Even in the basement of the hotel, it was hard to breathe. People were having respiratory attacks and being carried out on stretchers. The tear gas was worse inside than outside. Children were in the park when it was attacked. Medics who assist injured protesters have been attacked. Lawyers who defend protesters have been attacked. And the hotel that acted as a safe haven for protesters was under siege.

Around 1am, I decided that, rather than spending the night in the basement of a hotel that was being systematically tear gassed, I would be better off to find my way back to where I was staying in Cihangir. Not able to find a taxi, I ventured out on foot. Luckily there were a few journalists who were walking in the same direction, in other words back across Gezi Park and Taksim. We watched in disbelief as bulldozers razed the park to the ground, scooping up tents, tables, banners, blankets, and signs. They were not just throwing away the collective resources that had been accumulated through donations and the hard work of activists. They were destroying a utopian community — the people’s park — as if it were a piece of rubbish to be tossed away.

Istiklal Caddessi, usually vibrant and full of people on a Saturday evening, was eerily empty while tear gas billowed through the air. On the streets of Cihangir, however, the people were not so easily dispersed. The police seemed to have had orders to clear everyone from the streets — whether or not they were protesters. Although the few people I was with were readily identifiable as journalists carrying large cameras, the police treated us no differently: chasing us and throwing tear gas canisters after us. While virtually all of the shops by then were closed, we were able to escape into a cafe on the second floor that was still open, although the lights were off. In the darkened room, the waiter asked us to “pretend to be customers” in case the police came.

On Sunday, protesters tried to take back Taksim. Similar to the Ultras in Egypt, the Çarşı, Galatasaray, and Fenerbahçe football fans have played an important role in defending Gezi park against the police. But women were also on the front lines. On Sunday afternoon on Istiklal, a group of women sat down defiantly in front of approaching police tanks. As they waited for the pressurized water cannons to pound their backs, they chanted against ErdoÄŸan’s admonition that women should bear at least three children.

While this level of police repression within the urban cities of Istanbul, Ankara, and Izmir is unprecedented in recent Turkish history, it has not come close to the level of violence in Kurdistan or Egypt during the revolutionary upheaval. Within the span of just 18 days, over 800 people were killed during the anti-government uprising in Egypt. In the 27 days since protests began in Turkey, 6 people have been killed.

The ‘Standing Man’ Strategy as an Anti-Occupation

Over the last week, activists have devised a new protest strategy. On Monday evening, June 17, Erdem Gündüz stood silently on Taksim for eight hours. He was soon dubbed duranadam “the standing man”. When I arrived to Taksim around 2am Tuesday morning, he had already been dragged away, although he was soon after released. But five others had replaced him, standing silently on the square. And #duranadam had become a globally trending topic on Twitter. By Tuesday afternoon individuals across Turkey had taken up the new protest tactic. Instead of trying to retake Gezi park, activists are on the contrary realizing the goal of one of their main slogans: “Her yer Taksim, her yer direniÅŸ” (everywhere is Taksim, everywhere is resistance). The idea of spreading their movement beyond Gezi Park is being put into practice in two ways: through the standing man/woman demonstrations that are happening throughout the country, and also through nightly meetings in various urban parks. While the meetings in parks serve the purpose of internal coordination within the movement, the standing man/woman protests symbolically carry their message to the larger public.

Indeed, the standing man/woman protests can be understood as an anti-occupation. The people are effectively occupying public space without declaring an occupation. The police don’t know how to respond. Rule number three of Saul Alinsky’s Rules for Radicals published in 1971 was to “go outside the experience of your enemy.” This is not to suggest that the Turkish protesters are followers of Alinsky. On the contrary, processes of social movement diffusion these days are traveling more often from East to West. David Graeber wrote about the Occupy Wall Street Movement: “…we chose to occupy a park, inspired by examples from the Middle East and southern Europe, on the grounds that, as the public, we should not need permission to occupy public space.”

By subverting the police crackdown, the standing protesters may have — at least momentarily — gained the upper hand. They have, however, lost the commons. What they have gained is still unclear.

Amy Austin Holmes has been an Assistant Professor of Sociology at the American University in Cairo since 2008. Her previous research on social movements in Turkey has resulted in a forthcoming book Social Unrest and the US Military Presence in Turkey and Germany 1945-2005 with Cambridge University Press, as well as a feature-length documentary film. She was in Istanbul during the attacks on Gezi Park.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Development and Anti-microbial Potential of Topical Formulations Containing Cocos nucifera Linn.

0

Abstract Title:

Development and Anti-microbial Potential of Topical Formulations Containing Cocos nucifera Linn.

Abstract Source:

Antiinflamm Antiallergy Agents Med Chem. 2013 Jun 4. Epub 2013 Jun 4. PMID: 23746224

Abstract Author(s):

Ravi Sheshala, Ling Teck Ying, Ling Shiau Hui, Ankur Barua, Kamal Dua

Article Affiliation:

Dept.of Pharmaceutical Technology, School of Pharmacy, International Medical University, Bukit Jalil, 57000 KL, Malaysia. ravi_sheshala@imu.edu.my.

Abstract:

In order to achieve a better treatment for local wounds and bacterial infections, topical formulations containing Cocos nucifera Linn. were developed and evaluated for their physicochemical properties and antimicrobial efficacy against various strains of microorganisms. Semisolid formulations containing 5% w/w of Cocos nucifera Linn. were prepared by employing different dermatological bases and evaluated for physical appearance, pH, rheological properties, FTIR-spectroscopic analysis, thermodynamic stability and stability studies. The antimicrobial activity of each prepared formulation against various strains of microorganisms was determined using disc-diffusion method. The resultant data was expressed as mean± SD and statistical analysis performed using Shapiro-wilk and Pearson’s correlation tests. All the prepared formulations were found to be stable and exhibited suitable physicochemical characteristics including pH, viscosity and spreadability which are necessary for an ideal topical preparation along with strong antimicrobial activity. Carbopol gel base was found to be the most suitable dermatological base for Cocos nucifera Linn. in comparsion to other bases. Cocos nucifera Linn. formulations had shown great potential for wounds and local bacterial infections. Moreover, carbopol gel base with its aesthetic appeal was found to be suitable dermatological base for Cocos nucifera Linn. semisolid formulation as it had demonstrated significant physicochemical properties and greater diffusion when assessed using disk- diffusion method.

Article Published Date : Jun 03, 2013

Study Type : Review


This article originally appeared on: Green Med Info

Lebanese army finds tunnels in Sidon

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Lebanese Army has discovered a series of tunnels in the southern city of Sidon, with a large amount of weapons and ammunition stored inside.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Pediatricians’ Group Urges Doctors to Promote Gay Agenda

0

As if pediatricians weren’t busy enough taking care of all the sniffles, scrapes, and other ailments of childhood, the American Academy of Pediatricians (AAP) has just assigned them another job: combating “homophobia.”

According to a new AAP policy statement, pediatricians need to assure lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender, and questioning (LGBTQ) adolescents that “being LGBTQ is normal, just different.” They should never suggest that LGBTQ adolescents change their sexual orientations. They should keep parents in the dark about their children’s “different” sexual predilections. And they should do their best to further the homosexual agenda in schools.

This is just the latest in a series of announcements by the nation’s largest pediatricians’ group aimed at normalizing homosexuality and other deviant lifestyles. In 2002, the AAP endorsed adoptions of children by homosexual couples, and earlier this year it came out (no pun intended) in favor of the legalization of same-sex “marriage.”

“Sexual minority youth,” reads the June 24 policy statement, “should not be considered abnormal.” Pediatricians are therefore to affirm that these lifestyles are perfectly acceptable and healthful, the AAP implies. Their “offices should be welcoming to all adolescents, regardless of sexual orientation and behavior.” They should take a “gender-neutral approach” and ensure that “office forms do not presume heterosexuality of patients (or parents).” An accompanying table suggests, for example, that staff should not ask a boy about his girlfriend but about his “partner.”

“Pediatricians and their office staff should encourage teenagers to feel comfortable talking with them about their emerging sexual identities and concerns about their sexual activities,” writes the AAP. However, “it is not the role of the pediatrician to inform parents/guardians about the teenager’s sexual identity or behavior; doing so could expose the youth to harm.” A doctor is expected to tell a mother her son has, say, bronchitis and advise her on how to treat it, but he dare not tell her the boy is attracted to other boys – and he certainly must not suggest that this is an ailment in need of treatment.

“Referral for ‘conversion’ or ‘reparative therapy’ is never indicated,” the AAP declares. Such “therapy is not effective and may be harmful to LGBTQ individuals by increasing internalized stigma, distress, and depression.”

This stigma – the result of “homophobia and heterosexism” – is at the root of the many increased health risks that LGBTQ youths face, according to the AAP. “Being a member of this group of teenagers in not in itself a risk factor,” the statement claims. Then it goes on to list the numerous risks that these individuals face: depression, suicidal thoughts, substance abuse, pregnancy (rates of teenage pregnancy are actually higher among females who claim to be attracted to other females than among those who don’t), and sexually transmitted diseases (on the rise among adolescent males who claim attraction to other males – HIV/AIDS is of particular concern here – but on the decline among other adolescents). Despite the fact that many of these problems are the direct results of risky behavior, as far as the AAP is concerned, they are almost solely caused by social stigmas, not LGBTQ teens’ actions.

To combat this, besides affirming LGBTQ youths’ sexual preferences, pediatricians “should support or create gay-straight alliances at schools and support the development and enforcement of zero-tolerance policies for homophobic teasing, bullying, harassment, and violence,” the AAP recommends. Doctors should also “educate themselves about organizations that serve sexual minority youth and families,” though presumably not those that attempt to dissuade teenagers from their chosen lifestyles. Promoting the radical homosexual agenda, not teens’ health and well-being, is the objective.

While most, if not all, doctors agree that LGBTQ youths deserve treatment equal to that given to heterosexual youths, not all of them agree with the AAP’s approach.

“It’s wrong for anyone to be bullied or mocked or stigmatized,” Dr. Jerry A Miller, Jr., chairman of the pediatric section of the Christian Medical and Dental Associations, told the Washington Times. “At the same time – and I know this is heresy to the lesbian and gay community – I do not think we should normalize these kinds of behaviors and orientations.”

The paper continues: “Teens can get involved in so many risky behaviors, especially regarding drugs, alcohol and sex, said Dr. Miller. As caring physicians, ‘we want our patients to thrive, and we just don’t think that is going to occur in that [LGBTQ] lifestyle.’”

The American College of Pediatricians (ACP), an organization founded in 2002 in response to the AAP’s endorsement of adoption by homosexuals, takes issue with many of the larger group’s assertions.

In a press release, the ACP “applauds raising awareness of the health disparities among youth who claim a non-heterosexual identity, and is committed to promoting the best for all children.” However, it adds:

In its call to affirm LGBTQ … youth, the AAP overlooks the best interest of these adolescents. Despite the AAP claim to the contrary, there is no evidence that the grave health risks, self-destructive behaviors, and struggles with self-image associated with the LGBTQ lifestyle are caused primarily by social stigmatization; the same elevated rates exist in countries long accepting of these lifestyles. Delaying all sexual activity and delaying “coming out” during adolescence is [sic] the best way to avoid these negative consequences. [Emphasis in original.]

Sexual orientation is quite fluid during adolescent years, says the ACP, with one study finding that three-fourths of adolescents who once claimed some same-sex attraction eventually became exclusively heterosexual. For a doctor to affirm a teenager’s declared non-heterosexual identity might be to send the youth down that path permanently when he would otherwise abandon it.

The ACP also contests the AAP’s claim that therapy to change sexual orientation is both ineffective and harmful. “Rates of success and negative effects of psychotherapy aimed at changing homosexual attractions are on par with those of therapy aimed at other behavioral challenges,” argues the ACP. “Not only is psychotherapy therefore appropriate to offer any questioning adolescent but it is unethical to withhold it.” (Emphasis in original.)

“In many cases, youth experience sexual confusion,” ACP president Dr. Den Trumbull said in the press release. “They need the private counsel of their parents, and sometimes the assistance of a therapist. They do not need persons of authority affirming that these feelings of same-sex attraction are inherent or fixed for life.”

That, however, is clearly what the AAP, allied with the radical LGBTQ lobby, wants. After all, the more LGBTQ Americans there are, the more political power their self-proclaimed leaders can command – and the smaller their opposition will be.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Unauthorized War on Syria Would Be Impeachable Offense, Rep. Warns

President Obama will be guilty of an impeachable offense if he intervenes militarily in Syria’s civil war without authorization from Congress, according to a resolution introduced in Congress by Rep. Walter B. Jones, Jr.

House Concurrent Resolution No. 40 declares “the sense of Congress” to be that ” the President is prohibited under the Constitution from the offensive use of the United States Armed Forces in Syria without prior express authorization by an Act of Congress or without a prior express appropriation of funds for that purpose by an Act of Congress…. The President’s defiance of those constitutional limits on his authority to initiate war would constitute an impeachable high crime and misdemeanor under article II, section 4 of the Constitution.”

The Obama administration has called on Syrian President Bashar al-Assad to abdicate in the civil war that has taken the lives of more than 93,000 people in Syria, and has recently announced that the United States would be sending offensive arms to the rebel forces attempting to overthrow the regime. But the president has not intervened with military action of our own, despite calls for it by some members of Congress, most notably John McCain, (R-Ariz.), Obama’s opponent in the 2008 election. McCain and fellow Republican Lindsey Graham of South Carolina have said the United States need not put “boots on the ground” in Syria, but could help the rebels by attacking government planes and airfields with Patriot missiles and by providing a “safe zone” for the insurrectionists along the Turkish border. Obama did intervene with an air campaign against government forces in the Libyan civil war that overthrew Muammar Gaddafi in 2011. That move appeared to backfire when heavily armed militants attacked a U.S. diplomatic facility in Benghazi on September 11, 2012, killing the U.S. ambassador to Libya and three other Americans.

The Jones resolution warns that military aid to the Syrian insurgents carries with it the risk of “blowback,” recalling the weapons and other assistance given insurgents in Afghanistan fighting the Soviet occupation in the 1980’s. The Afghan Taliban and other radical Muslims turned on the United States, culminating in “the 9-11 abominations,” the resolution states.

Jones, 70, is in his tenth term in the House. He was initially a strong supporter of the U.S. invasion of Iraq and the overthrow of the Saddam Hussein regime in 2003 that led to a nearly nine-year long war against insurgents in that country. He even joined with other members of Congress in the successful effort to have French fries renamed “Freedom fries” in the congressional dining rooms as a protest against France’s refusal to support the Untied States’ unsuccessful effort to gain a United Nations resolution supporting war on Iraq. Jones turned against the war effort when Iraq’s alleged weapons of mass destruction were not found. He co-sponsored a resolution calling for the withdrawal of U.S forces to begin by October 2006 and supported a later resolution setting a withdrawal deadline of September 1, 2008. U.S. combat unites finally left at the end of 2011.

Jones also attributed his turnabout on the war to the experience of attending the funeral of a soldier from his district killed in Iraq and hearing a reading of his final letter home. The war took the lives of nearly 5,000 Americans, while leaving at least 100,000 Iraqis dead and some two million more homeless. The cost to the United States has been a trillion or more dollars, with the costs continuing to rise with ongoing medical care for those wounded and maimed in the war.

“We cannot continue to spend American money and risk American lives overseas without a vote of approval from Congress,” Jones said in a press release posted on his web site. “For too long, the legislature’s responsibility to authorize military force has been overlooked. It is time that we uphold the Constitution, which makes it clear in Article 1, Section 8 that Congress alone holds the power to declare war. A breach of that principle by the president would unquestionably be considered an impeachable offense.”

A president may be impeached by a simple majority of the House of Representatives. He then must be tried by the Senate, where a two-thirds vote is required to remove a president from office. Two presidents have been impeached, though neither was expelled by the Senate. Andrew Johnson, who became president upon the death of Abraham Lincoln, was impeached in a separation of powers dispute with Congress. The House voted for impeachment in 1868 after Johnson had fired Secretary of War Edwin Stanton in violation of the Tenure of Office Act. Johnson survived the trial, with the Senate vote one short of the 36 needed for removal. Bill Clinton was impeached in 1998 over charges of perjury concerning his sexual misconduct, and was also acquitted in the Senate trial. A House committee drew up articles of impeachment against Richard Nixon in 1974 for various offenses committed in the scandal known as Watergate, but Nixon resigned before the issue reached the full House.

It remains to be seen if the Obama administration’s arming of Syrian rebels and the stationing of a Patriot missile system and troops in Turkey will lead to American “boots on the ground” in Syria after all. Sarah Palin, the former Alaska governor who was McCain’s running mate in the 2008 campaign, recently noted that both sides in the Syrian civil war claim to be killing each other for Allah. “I say let Allah sort it out,” Palin said in what columnist Pat Buchanan has approvingly dubbed “the Palin doctrine.” It is a “doctrine” the president of the United States might well heed. Allah, after all, can’t be impeached by the U.S. House of Representatives.

Barrack Obama could be.

Photo of Rep. Walter Jones: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

House Votes Unanimously to Ban Funding for UN Gun Grab

0

The National Defense Authorization Act (NDAA) for Fiscal Year 2014 was recently passed by the House of Representatives, and one member of Congress wants to make sure that civilian disarmament is not among the programs included in the defense bill.

Representative Mike Kelly (R-Pa.) offered an amendment to the NDAA (HR 1960) that would prohibit federal funding for the implementation of the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty (ATT) for one year.

Remarkably, the House unanimously passed Kelly’s amendment, and it was included in the final passage of the NDAA. Subsequently, Kelly voted in favor of the NDAA.

In support of his bill, Kelly made the following remarks from the floor of the House of Representatives:

Over the last year, I have been joined by over 140 bipartisan members of this body to express deep concerns with the ATT and to urge its rejection.

First, the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty undermines our Second Amendment rights by omitting the fundamental, individual right to keep and bear arms and imposing a national “responsibility” to prevent firearms “diversion,” thus opening the door to new gun control measures.

Secondly, the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty undermines our sovereignty by imposing vague, readily politicized requirements on the United States and inviting United Nations-led investigations into what U.S. policy makers knew or should have known regarding arms transfers that allegedly violate the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty.

Ultimately, the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty will stop the good from doing good without stopping the bad from doing bad. As then-Secretary of State Hillary Clinton said, the U.S. maintains the “gold standard” of arms export controls. My amendment upholds our current policies as well as our enduring values.

Since March, when the Obama administration ordered the U.S. delegation to the UN to support passage of the Arms Trade Treaty, Representative Kelly has been at the vanguard of congressional opposition to the global gun grab.

On March 15, 2013, Kelly offered a concurrent resolution proclaiming the House’s opposition to the treaty. The non-binding measure has 146 cosponsors in the House and 35 on the Senate side.

Although not unanimously, the Senate has voted to prevent enforcement of the Arms Trade Treaty, as well.

About a week after Kelly introduced his resolution in the House, the Senate approved a measure “to uphold Second Amendment rights and prevent the United States from entering into the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty.”

By a vote of 53-46, the Senate passed the amendment to the budget bill sponsored by Senator Jim Inhofe (R-Okla.).

“We’re negotiating a treaty that cedes our authority to have trade agreements with our allies in terms of trading arms,” Inhofe said before the vote on his amendment. “This is probably the last time this year that you’ll be able to vote for your Second Amendment rights.”

A resolution of similar intent sponsored by Senator Jerry Moran (R-Kan.) has languished since March waiting for action by the Senate Foreign Relations Committee.

Moran’s measure declares that it is the sense of Congress that

the President should not sign the Arms Trade Treaty, and that, if he transmits the treaty with his signature to the Senate, the Senate should not ratify the Arms Trade Treaty; and

until the Arms Trade Treaty has been signed by the President, received the advice and consent of the Senate, and has been the subject of implementing legislation by Congress, no Federal funds should be appropriated or authorized to implement the Arms Trade Treaty, or any similar agreement, or to conduct activities relevant to the Arms Trade Treaty, or any similar agreement.

Moran’s legislation is nearly identical to the amendment sponsored last week by Representative Kelly.

Both the Moran and Kelly resolutions declare that the Arms Trade Treaty “poses significant risks to the national security, foreign policy, and economic interests of the United States as well as to the constitutional rights of United States citizens and United States sovereignty.”

The measures also points out that the UN gun grab “fails to expressly recognize the fundamental, individual right to keep and to bear arms and the individual right of personal self-defense, as well as the legitimacy of hunting, sports shooting, and other lawful activities pertaining to the private ownership of firearms and related materials, and thus risks infringing on freedoms protected by the Second Amendment.”

On May 30, Kelly issued a statement regarding a bipartisan letter he authored and submitted to President Obama and Secretary of State John Kerry petitioning the administration not to sign the United Nations Arms Trade Treaty.

The letter is signed by a total of 130 members of Congress – including Armed Services Committee Chairman Buck McKeon (R-Calif.), Judiciary Committee Chairman Bob Goodlatte (R-Va.), and Rules Committee Chairman Pete Sessions (R-Texas) – and declares all of the signatories’ opposition to “both the ratification of the Arms Trade Treaty and any effort to treat it as internationally or domestically binding upon the United States.”

Rep. Kelly further states in the letter,

As the signing period for the ATT gets underway next week, President Obama has an opportunity to take a monumental stand for our national sovereignty and our Constitutional rights. The ATT threatens both of these things and should be fully rejected. Any treaty that would put the United States – the world’s defender of peace and freedom – on equal footing with the world’s worst dictatorships and terror-sponsors ought to be condemned, dismissed, and ultimately denied our country’s signature. I sincerely hope the administration will listen to the very real objections my colleagues from both parties in Congress share and rightly decide that joining the ATT is not at all in America’s interest.

To say that the Arms Trade Treaty is not at all in America’s interest is an understatement.

As we have reported, several provisions of this treaty significantly diminish the scope of the right to keep and bear arms.

First, the Arms Trade Treaty grants a monopoly over all weaponry in the hands of the very entity (approved regimes) responsible for over 300 million murders in the 20th century. 

Furthermore, the treaty leaves private citizens powerless to oppose future slaughters. 

An irrefutable fact of armed violence unaddressed by the UN in its gun grab is that all the murders committed by all the serial killers in history don’t amount to a fraction of the brutal killings committed by “authorized state parties” using the very weapons over which they will exercise absolute control under the terms of the Arms Trade Treaty.

Article 2 of the treaty defines the scope of the treaty’s prohibitions. The right to own, buy, sell, trade, or transfer all means of armed resistance, including handguns, is denied to civilians by this section of the Arms Trade Treaty.

Article 3 places the “ammunition/munitions fired, launched or delivered by the conventional arms covered under Article 2” within the scope of the treaty’s prohibitions, as well.

Article 4 rounds out the regulations, also placing all “parts and components” of weapons within the scheme.

Perhaps the most immediate threat to the rights of gun owners in the Arms Trade Treaty is found in Article 5. Under the title of “General Implementation,” Article 5 mandates that all countries participating in the treaty “shall establish and maintain a national control system, including a national control list.”

This list should “apply the provisions of this Treaty to the broadest range of conventional arms.”

Mark it down: Within months, the federal government (likely under the management of the Department of Homeland Security) will begin compiling a list of who owns, buys, sells, trades, or transfers any firearm, as well as the ammunition, parts, and components of those weapons.

After creating this database, the federal government will be required under the provisions of Article 5(4) of the Arms Trade Treaty to “provide its national control list to the Secretariat, which shall make it available to other States Parties.”

That’s right. The UN demands that the list of gun and ammunition owners not only be in the hands of our own government, but be sent to foreign regimes, as well. This provision will guarantee that should an American owner of a legally purchased firearm decide to emigrate, he will be on the radar of the ruling regime in his new home.

Americans are right to recognize this registry as the first step toward confiscation. Without such a registry, it would be impossible to monitor weapons transfers effectively because governments can’t track weapons exchanges and transfers unless they know who has them to begin with.

Article 12 adds to the record-keeping requirement, mandating that the list include “the quantity, value, model/type, authorized international transfers of conventional arms,” as well as the identity of the “end users” of these items.

In very clear terms, the Arms Trade Treaty requires that the federal government of the United States force gun owners to add their names to the national registry. Citizens will be required to report the amount and type of all firearms and ammunition they possess.

Section 4 of Article 12 requires that the list be kept for at least 10 years.

Although the White House has not announced when the president will sign the document, Secretary Kerry said that in the United States “we look forward to signing it [the Arms Trade Treaty] as soon as the process of conforming the official translations is completed satisfactorily.”

The ATT opened for national signatures on June 3, 2013, and will become law for signatory nations 90 days after the 50th country has ratified the treaty.

Citizens determined to prevent unelected, unaccountable globalist bureaucrats from doing a “victory lap” around the Second Amendment must pressure elected officials on the federal level to oppose ratification and encourage state lawmakers to pass laws nullifying any attempt by the federal government to unconstitutionally infringe upon the God-given rights protected by the Second Amendment.

 

Joe A. Wolverton, II, J.D. is a correspondent for The New American and travels frequently nationwide speaking on topics of nullification, the NDAA, and the surveillance state. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Short Film Depicts Epidemic of Soldier Suicides in Returning Veterans

0

The epidemic of suicide among returning veterans is the subject of this dramatic short film

Infowars.com
June 25, 2013

In this Operation Paul Revere entry, filmmaker Christo Garcia dramatically depicts the epidemic of suicide that our returning veterans are facing. The film, submitted on Mar 27, even anticipated whistleblowers and journalists on the run.

All the entries for the Operation Paul Revere contest are in. Showcased videos are selected for general interest and their selection does not imply that they are finalists or have met all the contest requirements. Watch for the online film festival site soon featuring selections with finalists and winners announced in July. All of the views expressed in the films are not necessarily endorsed by Infowars.com.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 9:11 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Bono’s Faith Offensive

0

When I was 18 and in my first year in college in Boston, a mutual friend helped me score a lunch date with a beautiful, sophisticated older woman. Since I was neither beautiful nor sophisticated, she suffered through our meal, until I revealed, in an unwise bout of autobiography about my Italian-Irish upbringing, that I was a believing Catholic.

This, at least, amused her. In fact, as an Italian-American herself, she found it hysterically funny. When she’d almost finished laughing, she offered me a last patronising piece of advice: “There’s this Irish band you might like: they’re Christians too.”

I walked out of that restaurant determined to lose my faith, and to ignore “Bono Vox” and company. Neither project was an unqualified success, but I have generally managed to stay out of the church and U2 gigs. And U2, for their part, were able to shed some of the contempt ladled over “Christian rock”, as through the years the band became less visibly associated with its faith, wihout ever letting it go.

For some reason, though, this Tuesday Bono took to the media on both sides of the Atlantic to speak directly and at considerable length about his religious beliefs, in interviews taped in the last few weeks. In America, he spoke to the reactionary president of the evangelical Focus on the Family, Jim Daly, for a syndicated radio show. Bono talked to Daly like a would-be-trendy Sunday School teacher about David as a blues singer and Jesus as a punk rocker.

Meanwhile, on Irish television’s ‘The Meaning of Life’, we had Bono being interviewed by mercifully retired broadcaster Gay Byrne, to speak about God. “The three most unpopular people in Ireland,” a friend quipped.

In fact, whatever about Gay and God, Bono came out of it looking pretty smart and decent, if just a tad dull and inclined to fall back on his most familiar soundbites. He also risked triggering Ireland’s well known aversion to piety. On US Christian radio, he had no such worries, and he was among old friends.

Despite his more conspicuous association with secular actors ranging from the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation to Facebook and Monsanto, and his dubious claims to purely fact-based activism, Bono has enjoyed the US evangelical right as a consistent ally reaching back about 13 years to when, lobbying in frontmanWashington for debt relief, he claimed to move Jesse Helms to tears. “I started talking about Scripture. I talked about AIDS as the leprosy of our age.” The senator’s eyes began to well up as Bono explained that “married women and children were dying of AIDS…” Married women, Senator.

When Bono interviewed presidential candidates from both parties in 2007 for his special “Africa” edition of Vanity Fair, the one who seemed most enthusiastically on-board with his agenda was not the Kenyan-American Barack Obama but rather the Arkansas preacher Mike Huckabee. Huckabee has continued to stand by his man, praising the singer in his speech at last year’s Republican national convention.

There’s nothing objectionable per se about Bono’s religious faith or religious friends. Mike Huckabee, for example, strikes me as, on balance, a more decent and less dangerous character than the agnostic Bill Gates, whose foundation is the main sponsor of Bono’s ONE campaign.

But as a man who confesses to a well developed messianic streak, Bono boasts of having played a crucial role in ushering the US Christian Right into Africa. And that achievement is double-edged, for sure.

Bono has depicted his efforts at convincing conservative Christians to work on AIDS as a one-man act of Old-Testament-style prophecy, telling ’60 Minutes’ a few years ago: “I was very angry that they were not involved more in the AIDS emergency. I was saying, ‘This is the leprosy that we read about in the New Testament, you know. Christ hung out with the lepers. But you’re ignoring the AIDS emergency … How can you?’ And, you know, they said, ‘Well, you’re right, actually. We have been. And we’re sorry. We’ll get involved.’ And they did.”

But when the Christian Right boarded the Bono AIDS bandwagon, they didn’t leave their sexual morality at home. Bono had appealed to them precisely by emphasising the sexual innocence of so many of Africa’s HIV-positive people (‘married women and children’). The aid, when it came through George W. Bush’s Pepfar program, included, as the New York Times put it, “a requirement that one-third of prevention funds go to programs promoting abstinence and sexual fidelity, stringent restrictions on the use of condoms and even a demand that groups receiving funds must formally oppose prostitution”. The Economist called it “too much morality, too little sense”.

The Bush AIDS funding said condom use should be limited to ‘at risk’ groups, meaning gay men and prostitutes. On the ground in Africa, organizations perceived the Americans as hostile to condoms, and stopped promoting them entirely in the hope of attracting and keeping US funding.

Bono’s emphasis on ‘innocent victims’ may also have been counter-productive for advancing the cause of the less photogenic millions of people with AIDS outside Africa. That meant predominantly (as the subtitle of Nancy Stoller’s 1997 book on AIDS politics calls them) the ‘queers, whores and junkies’ who had built a global movement in the face of devastating prejudice in the first two decades of the disease’s spread. Even in Africa, gay men are far more likely to be HIV-positive than straight men, and the American evangelical Christians that Bono encouraged into Africa are affecting sexual politics in several countries on the continent, with homosexual and reproductive rights under threat.

Recently I was in New York, where I met lawyers who help LGBT and HIV-positive immigrants in their struggles with the US legal system. Sure enough, those lawyers are finding more cases of people seeking asylum from sub-Saharan African countries, where the evangelical tide, the one that Bono claims to have personally set in motion, threatens to sweep away sexual minorities.

In one case, at least, the link between Bono’s work and right-wing Christian activity in Africa is direct and overt. Bono and his wife Ali have a clothing company, Edun, that has partnered with the rather loopy NGO Invisible Children in a farming project called the Cotton Conservation Initiative Uganda. Indeed, the fee from the notorious Louis Vuitton advertisement that Mr and Mrs Hewson posed for on the African plains was donated to that very project. Invisible Children, when it’s not conserving cotton in Uganda, busily produces videos to encourage US military intervention in central Africa, and its evangelical roots and connections have been well established.

If this is faith-based activism, then give me rock ‘n’ roll.

In fact, I wish Bono showed a little more faith in the power of his chosen art-form, popular music. For me, the most offensive moment in his recent media offensive came in the course of a long interview with Charlie Rose on US television. Not once but twice, Bono cited as one of his favourite songs, one of the tracks most emblematic of what he loves about music, ‘Baby, I Love You’ by, he said (twice!), Diana Ross and Supremes.

Much as I hate to cast doubt on another man’s beliefs, I’ve got to say, with all the love in my heart: that song was by the Ronettes, and later the Ramones, not the Supremes. Any music-lover who can’t keep his Motown straight from his Spector is not someone that I can rely on in matters of faith.

Harry Browne lectures in Dublin Institute of Technology and is the author of The Frontman: Bono (In the Name of Power). Email: harry.browne@gmail.com, Twitter @harrybrowne

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Israel nabs 10 Palestinians in WB

0

Israeli forces arrest a Palestinian youth in al-Quds (Jerusalem). (File photo)

Israeli forces have raided several Palestinian homes in the occupied West Bank, detaining 10 Palestinians.

Most of the Palestinians were arrested on Tuesday in and around the occupied cities of al-Khalil (Hebron) and Nablus for alleged illegal activities.

Local sources said the detainees were transferred to Israeli interrogation centers.

In May, Israeli forces similarly arrested Palestinians in the occupied West Bank city of Bethlehem allegedly on charges of carrying knives in the vicinity of an Israeli settlement.

Israel occupied the West Bank as well as East al-Quds (Jerusalem), which Palestinians consider the capital of their homeland, during the Six-Day War in 1967.

The Israeli military regularly raids Palestinians’ houses in the West Bank arresting activists and civilians, mostly without any charges. Many Palestinians remain under detention in Israeli prisons, where they are given minimal access to their basic rights.

Many of the inmates are under so-called administrative detention.

The administrative detention, often implemented by the Israeli regime against the Palestinian population, is a sort of imprisonment without trial or charges, allowing regime forces to make arrests without formal charges for up to six months. However, the detention order can be renewed for indefinite periods of time.

Palestinian prisoners have been subject to human rights violations such as torture during interrogations by Israeli prison authorities.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Probe: IRS contractor won up to $500 million in questionable bids

0

Nancy Cordes
CBS News
June 26, 2013

The Internal Revenue Service got some more unwanted attention Tuesday, but not for targeting political groups. This time, a congressional investigation has revealed a technology contractor won questionable bids worth up to $500 million.

Braulio Castillo began winning hundreds of millions of dollars worth of contracts with the IRS within months of founding his technology company Strong Castle in early 2012.

“We’ve found the kind of wrongdoing that should have caused this contract to be cancelled,” said Republican Darrell Issa, who chairs the House Oversight Committee, which investigated Castillo’s rapid rise.

They found that just before opening Strong Castle, Castillo filed for a “disability rating” with the Veterans Administration, citing a “foot injury he suffered in 1984” — 27 years ago — while playing sports at a military prep school.

That rating enabled Castillo to register Strong Castle as a “service-disabled, veteran-owned small business,” eligible for preferential treatment in bidding competitions.

“Understand — never served a day on active duty, went to a school at taxpayers’ expense and had a minor injury that didn’t keep him from going on to play college ball,” Issa said.

Read More

Australian PM Gillard resigns after losing party leadership vote

0

Emma Griffiths
ABC.net.au
June 26, 2013
Kevin Rudd has prevailed in a dramatic Labor leadership ballot, defeating Julia Gillard 57-45 and paving the way for him to return to the prime ministership.

The vote was the third time the Labor leadership has come to a head this Parliament, after Ms Gillard overthrew Mr Rudd in 2010.

Her defeat means Ms Gillard will quit politics at the next election, following her vow to retire if she should lose.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 8:53 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Welcome to the (Don’t Be) Evil Empire

0

Finally, journalists have started criticizing in earnest the leviathans of Silicon Valley, notably Google, now the world’s third-largest company in market value. The new round of discussion began even before the revelations that the tech giants were routinely sharing our data with the National Security Agency, or maybe merging with it. Simultaneously another set of journalists, apparently unaware that the weather has changed, is still sneering at San Francisco, my hometown, for not lying down and loving Silicon Valley’s looming presence.

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/welcome_to_the_dont_be_evil_empire_20130626/

Posted on Jun 26, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

US Supreme Court rules Defense of Marriage Act unconstitutional

0
 
 

 Keep up with the news by installing RT’s extension for . Never miss a story with this clean and simple app that delivers the latest headlines to you.

 


In the landmark decision US Supreme Court strikes down Defense of Marriage Act defining federally recognized marriage as a union of one man and one woman.

The ruling means that the Federal Government will have to
recognize state sanctioned same sex marriages. It will give gay
couple access to numerous federal benefits such as tax brakes,
surviver benefits etc.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Militants claim Karachi bomb attack

0

Pakistani people shift a police commando into an ambulance after a bomb attack in Karachi on June 26, 2013.

Pro-Taliban militants have claimed responsibility for a violent deadly bomb attack that targeted a convoy of senior judicial officials in the southern Pakistani port city of Karachi.

Spokesperson for the banned Tehrik-i-Taliban Pakistan (TTP), Ehsanullah Ehsan, told Pakistan daily newspaper Dawn that the militant group was responsible for the attack in the volatile city.

He further added that senior judges were targeted for “anti-Taliban decisions” in recent months.

Ehsan also vowed to escalate attacks on senior judicial officials across the violence-wracked country.

A powerful bomb explosion struck the convoy of Maqbool Baqir, a senior judge at the High Court of Sindh Province, in Burns Road in Karachi. The attack occurred on the busy street in the morning rush hour.

Baqir was rushed to a nearby hospital with critical injuries, police said. The judge has a reputation for honesty and he has presided over a number of anti-terrorism courts in the country.

The fatal attack left at least 12 people dead. Police officers and passers-by were among the casualties.

Karachi has experienced a fresh spate of violence and targeted killings over the past few months.

Sectarian, political and ethnic violence in Karachi has killed hundreds of people in Pakistanâ„¢s main commercial hub so far this year.

Pakistan’s top court has ordered the government law enforcement agencies to take immediate action against pro-Taliban militants in the country’s largest city.

JR/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran sends naval fleet to Russia

0

Iran has dispatched a naval fleet to the Russian port city of Astrakhan in a move to consolidate friendly relations between Tehran and Moscow, a deputy commander of the Iranian Navy says.

Å“Two missile-launching warships, which were manufactured by the Iranian young specialists and joined the naval forces in 2003 and 2006, have been dispatched for the first time to Russiaâ„¢s Astrakhan Port in the form of a naval group,” said Rear Admiral Siavash Jarreh on Wednesday.

The measure is aimed at consolidating the amicable ties between Iran and Russia and conveying Tehranâ„¢s message of peace and friendship to the Caspian Sea littoral states, the Iranian commander added.

During the Iranian naval fleetâ„¢s stay at Astrakhan Port, the Iranian naval officers will visit some military and port facilities in Russia and hold meetings with a number of high-ranking Russian commanders and officials, Jarreh pointed out.

On April 21, a group of Russian Navy warships docked at the southern Iranian port city of Bandar Abbas after a long journey from the Pacific Ocean.

The fleet, which comprised of Admiral Panteleyev anti-submarine destroyer and the logistic battleships Peresvet and Admiral Nevelskoi with a crew of 712, entered the Iranian naval zone with the purpose of strengthening relations between Tehran and Moscow and promoting bilateral naval cooperation to maintain maritime security.

In recent years, Iranâ„¢s Navy has been increasing its presence in international waters to protect naval routes and provide security for merchant vessels and tankers.

The Islamic Republic has repeatedly asserted that its overseas naval presence is meant to convey a message of peace and friendship to other countries.

ASH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Germany censures UK Tempora scandal

0

The German government angrily challenges the UK government over the Tempora spying scandal.

The German government has angrily challenged UK ministers over the whole Government Communications Headquartersâ„¢ (GCHQ) Project Tempora, which monitors global phones and internet traffic.

German justice minister, Sabine Leutheusser-Schnarrenberger, described the UK/US operation as a disaster that sounded “like a Hollywood nightmare”.

Schnarrenberger also warned UK ministers that free and democratic societies could not thrive when nations shielded their activities in a Å“veil of secrecy”.

On Tuesday, the German justice minister sent two letters to Britainâ„¢s home secretary Theresa May and justice secretary Chris Grayling, expressing the widespread growing concern the secret operation has caused in Germany and urging to be told about the extent to which German citizens have been targeted.

This is the first main challenge that British Prime Minister David Cameron and his government must face, publicly justifying the mass probe operation, which was leaked by the former US intelligence contractor and whistleblower Edward Snowden.

Meanwhile, German Chancellor Angela Merkel showed her aggravation that many of the questions raised by the revelations made by Snowden have gone unanswered by the involved US government.

The Guardian newspaperâ„¢s exposure of GCHQ’s secret decision to use more than 200 probes to tap into the transatlantic cables to monitor and store up to 30 days of the world’s telephone and global traffic has fuelled outrage in Germany and other European countries.

BGH/MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Strike closes Eiffel Tower in Paris

0

Visitors gather at the foot of the Eiffel Tower, which is closed due to a strike on June 25, 2013 in Paris, France.

The Eiffel Tower in Paris has remained closed for a second day due to a strike by workers demanding better security conditions as well as higher pay.

The General Confederation of Labor Union (CGT) called the strike after unsuccessful talks were held on Monday and Tuesday.

“The waiting lines are growing longer, the visitors are growing more and more impatient and the work conditions are deteriorating,” a CGT statement said.

Employees say there are insufficient facilities to welcome the up to 30,000 visitors daily and the overcrowding poses a security risk and undermines their working conditions.

“It took them two years to build (the Eiffel Tower), and now it’s taking more than five years for one lift,” said one annoyed employee.

The strike by some 300 workers at the tower is the first since a two-day closure in December 2010.

Meanwhile, visitors to the tower were angered that French authorities had not informed about the strike and closure.

“It’s disappointing spending this much money to come here and you can’t come to the one landmark people probably come here to see most,” said tourist Jamie McNulty.

Built in 1889, the tower is usually open year around except for some occasional closures due to suicide or bomb threats as well as strikes.

CAH/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Texas abortion bill fails after chaotic stand-off in capital

0

Fox News
June 26, 2013

Chaos reigned in the final minutes of the Texas Senate late Tuesday night as opponents of a strict abortion bill succeeded in killing the measure, using a sprawling Democrat-led filibuster, egged on by noisy “unruly mob” protests, to blunt last-ditch efforts by Republicans to save the legislation.

The drama centered largely around Democratic state Sen. Wendy Davis, who staged an hours-long, old-fashioned filibuster on the Senate floor against a bill to ban abortions after 20 weeks of pregnancy.

Republicans initially succeeded in cutting her filibuster off, in part by objecting when another lawmaker helped her with a back brace. But protesters picked up where she left off, jeering at lawmakers as they rushed to meet a midnight deadline for the bill.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 8:42 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

America’s “Afghan Exit” May Depend on Obama’s Dwindling “Syria Options”

0

Washington’s options in Syria are dwindling — and dwindling fast.

Trumped up chemical weapons charges against the Syrian government this month failed to produce evidence to convince a skeptical global community of any direct linkage. And the US’s follow-up pledge to arm rebels served only to immediately underline the difficulty of such a task, given the fungibility of weapons-flow among increasingly extremist militias.

Yes, for a brief few days, Syrian oppositionists congratulated themselves on this long-awaited American entry into Syria’s bloodied waters. They spoke about “game-changing” weapons that would reverse Syrian army gains and the establishment of a no-fly zone on Syria’s Jordanian border — a la Libya. Eight thousand troops from 19 countries flashed their military hardware in a joint exercise on that border, dangling F-16s and Patriot missiles and “superb cooperation” in a made-for-TV show of force.

But it took only days to realize that Washington’s announcement didn’t really have any legs.

Forget the arguments now slowly dribbling out about why the US won’t/can’t get involved directly. Yes, they all have merit — from the difficulties in selecting militia recipients for their weapons, to the illegalities involved in establishing a no-fly zone, to the fact that more than 70% of Americans don’t support an intervention.

The single most critical reason for why Washington will not risk entering the Syrian military theater — almost entirely ignored by DC policy wonks — may be this: the 2014 US military withdrawal from Afghanistan.

“Help, we can’t get out”

There are around 750,000 major pieces of American military hardware costing approximately $36 billion sitting in Afghanistan right now. The cost of transporting this equipment out of the country is somewhere close to the $7 billion mark. It would be easier to destroy this stuff than removing it, but given tightening US budgets and lousy economic prospects, this hardware is unlikely to be replaced if lost.

Getting all this equipment into Afghanistan over the past decade was a lot easier than getting it out will be. For starters, much of it came via Pakistani corridors — before Americans began droning the hell out of that country and creating dangerous pockets of insurgents now blocking exit routes.

An alternative supply route through Afghan border states Uzbekistan, Turkmenistan and Tajikistan called the Northern Distribution Network was set up in 2009, but is costlier and longer than going via Pakistan. And human rights disputes, onerous conditions on transport and unpredictable domestic sentiment toward the Americans places far too much leverage over these routes in the hands of regional hegemon Russia.

Unlike Iraq, where the US could count on its control over the main ports and Arab allies along the Persian Gulf border, Afghanistan is landlocked, mountainous and surrounded by countries and entities now either hostile to US interests or open to striking deals with American foes.

In short, a smooth US exit from Afghanistan may be entirely dependent on one thing: the assistance of Russia, Iran, and to a lesser degree, China.

All three countries are up against the US and its allies in Syria, refusing, for the better part of 18 months, to allow regime-change or a further escalation of hostilities against the state.

In the past few months, the Russian and Iranian positions have gained strength as the Syrian army — with assistance from its allies — pushed back rebel militias in key towns and provinces throughout the country.

Western allies quickly rushed to change the unfavorable equilibrium on the ground in advance of political talks in Geneva, unashamedly choosing to further weaponize the deadly conflict in order to gain “leverage” at the negotiating table.

But none of that has materialized. As evidence, look to the recent G8 Summit where western leaders sought to undermine Russian President Vladimir Putin, calling him “isolated” and referring to the Summit as “G7+1.”

In the meeting’s final communiqué, Putin won handily on every single Syria point. Not only was it clear that the international community’s only next “play” was the negotiations in Geneva, but there was no mention of excluding President Bashar al-Assad from a future Syrian transitional government, once a key demand of opponents. Furthermore, the declaration made it clear that there was no evidence linking chemical weapons use to the Syrian government — had there been any “evidence” whatsoever, it would have made it to paper — and Syrian security forces were empowered, even encouraged, to weed out extremist militias by all the G8 nations.

This was not an insignificant victory for the Russians — it was the first public revelation that Washington, London and Paris have conceded their advantage in Syria. And it begs the question: what cards do the Russians hold in their hand to bring about this kind of stunning reversal, just a week after Washington came out guns blazing?

America — choose your Afghan exit

The US military establishment has, for the most part, stayed out of the fray in Syria, where special ops have been ceded to the CIA and external contractors.

But as the gargantuan task of extricating the US from its decade-long occupation of Afghanistan nears, President Barack Obama has scrambled to accommodate the Pentagon’s top priority. Having assiduously avoided a negotiated political or diplomatic solution with the Taliban for years, he hopes to now pull a face-saving, 11th hour deal out of his hat with foes who will sell him down the river at a moment’s notice.

“The Americans are deeply worried that if the war continues the Kabul government and army might collapse while American bases, advisers, and special forces remain in the country, thereby putting the U.S. in an extremely difficult position,” says Anatol Lieven, a professor and Afghanistan expert at King’s College London, about the already-stalled US-Taliban talks in Doha last week. “They would obviously like to bring about a ceasefire with the Taliban.”

Even if Americans could get to the table, there are a myriad issues that could conclusively disrupt negotiations at any time — in a process that “could take years,” as various US officials concede.

For starters, the involved parties — Afghan President Hamid Karzai’s government (which consists of competing ethnic and tribal leaders) and the “new Taliban” — now have multiple interests with regional players like Iran, Pakistan, Russia, China, and the neighboring “Stans” which puts a serious strain on any straightforward negotiation goals.

As an example, the very same Taliban delegation now sitting with the Americans in Doha, were traipsing through Tehran late last month — ostensibly with the knowledge of all parties. And this was certainly not the first visit between the two.

While the US arrogantly kept its Afghan foes at arm’s length for years, the Iranians were busy employing soft power in their neighborhood — a task facilitated by a decade of US regional policy mismanagement that has aggravated its own allies in and around Afghanistan.

This isn’t just a matter of Pakistan and Iran inaugurating a once-inconceivable gas pipeline, as they did earlier this year. Iran is now participating in infrastructure and social service projects in the heart of Kabul, has forged working relationships with Pakistani intelligence on a variety of mutual security issues, and has built deep networks within Afghanistan’s political and tribal elite — even with the Taliban, courtesy of mentors in Islamabad.

A US security expert and frequent advisor to US military forces inside Afghanistan and Iraq gives me the bottom line:

“Iran has basically exploited our vulnerabilities and filled those gaps well.
The US’s very presence in Afghanistan has helped Iran gain tremendous influence in both Afghanistan and Pakistan because of widespread disdain for US military activities and intervention, period. This is where Iranian diplomacy has excelled. Iran and Pakistan have ramped up their relationship both in military terms and with local insurgents during the past seven years. Iran has moved in and built mosques, schools in the middle of Kabul, for God’s sakes.”

The Iranians may be able to upset hopes of a smooth US military withdrawal from Afghanistan, but, this source warns, the Russians can potentially play “spoiler” in a big way as well:

“In Kyrgyzstan we have a base there to airlift a lot of supplies — mostly food, small scale things, not heavy equipment — for US soldiers and troops inside Afghanistan. Russia has so much influence there that at one point they threatened to give the Kyrgyz more money for the base that we were renting to kick us out and shut down that essential supply route. We were forced to heavily increase our rent payments to stay there.”

A few days ago, the Kyrgyz parliament voted overwhelmingly to shut down this very Manas base by July 2014, a full six months before the US withdrawal from Afghanistan is set to complete. Was it a coincidence that the vote came up around the time of the G8 huddle in Ireland, dominated almost entirely by news about a stand-off on Syria?

The US military source also explains how easily the Russians can sweeten the pot for the Pentagon:

“We have, concurrently, gained some support to withdraw from Afghanistan thru neighboring Tajikistan with the help of the Russians — and in return we are going to have to help build some infrastructure, like roads, under the auspices of US aid. These negotiations within and between the US and Tajik governments are ongoing. On this, the Russians have given their word that if we can find a way to exit through any of these countries, they will not interfere. Of course, the politics are fluid and anything can change at anytime.”

In April, NATO reached out to Moscow for help and advice on their military withdrawal from Afghanistan. NATO is keen to ensure the cleanest exit possible, but is also concerned about volatility in the aftermath of its departure — and desperately wants to avoid the perception of “mission defeat.”

What about the Chinese?

“China’s interests are a bit different. Less focused on our military withdrawal, more inclined to undermine our long-term influences and goals,” explains my source. “The Chinese are hell-bent on influencing countries for resource extraction and allocation, given their huge domestic demand. They are very competitive with the US and are going after the same resource pool. They undermine US influence because they play the game differently — they will bribe where we have strict rules on bidding, etc., and therefore enjoy more flexibility going after these same resources.”

In other words, like just about everybody else in that neighborhood, China will edge out any US gains made over the past decade — in both the political and economic sense.

In terms of near-term domestic and international political perception, however, that loss will pale in comparison to a failure by the Pentagon to secure the safe exit of its assets from Afghanistan.

“In the final analysis,” says the US military source with great irony, “if we want to get out of Afghanistan quickly and with minimum sacrifice to troops and hardware, it would save us a great deal of trouble if we could exit with the help of — and through — Iran.”

Enter James Dobbins, who was named Obama’s special envoy for Afghanistan and Pakistan in May. The veteran US diplomat, who I had the opportunity to interview in Washington three years ago, is an interesting choice for this position precisely because he has been so vocal in advocating for US-Iranian negotiations when few others dared.

Dobbins, notably, engaged actively with Iran in the aftermath of the US invasion of Afghanistan, based on a mutual interest of replacing the extremist Taliban with a more moderate, inclusive government. But further dealings came to an abrupt halt just weeks later, when then-US President George W. Bush delivered his infamous “Axis of Evil” speech, including Iran in this trio of top American foes.

It is doubtful that Dobbins or the Doha talks can work any miracles though. The kind of exit the US needs from Afghanistan must rely on a constellation of determined players and events that would be quite remarkable if amassed.

While it is obvious to all that the combined weight of Russia, Iran and China could tip that balance in favor of an expeditious American exit, what would motivate any of these three — who have all recently been at the receiving end of vicious US political and economic machinations — to help?

A grand bargain over Syria would surely be a sweetener: you and your allies exit Syria, we’ll help you exit Afghanistan.

The problem with Washington though, is that it never fails to botch up an opportunity — always striving for that one last impossible power-play which it thinks will help it gain dominance over a situation, a country, an enemy.

There remains the concern that the US’s oft-repeated Al Qaeda mantra — “disrupt, dismantle, defeat” — will prove to be its one-stop solution for every problem.

And that is the exception to my premise about a Syrian exit. That US spoilers who cannot accept even the perception of vulnerability — let alone an outright defeat — may instead choose to catapult the entire Mideast into a region-wide war for the sake of avoiding a painful compromise.

Sharmine Narwani is a commentary writer and political analyst covering the Middle East. You can follow Sharmine on twitter @snarwani.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

‘Rifts among Muslims benefit us, Israel’

0

Iranâ„¢s Defense Minister Ahmad Vahidi has warned that the United States and Israel are the sole beneficiaries of sectarian division in the Muslim world.

In a Wednesday interview, Vahidi condemned the recent killing of four Shia Muslims by Takfiri extremists in Egypt, noting, Å“The US and the occupying regime of al-Quds (Israel) are the only parties which take advantage of rifts between different Islamic denominations.”

On Sunday, a group of Takfiri extremists attacked the house of Shia cleric Sheikh Hassan Shehata in a village near Cairo in Giza Province.

The cleric and three of his followers were murdered after the house was surrounded by hundreds of people vowing to kill them for being Shias.

Their bodies were then dragged into the street by Takfiri extremists.

Vahidi argued that measures taken by Takfiri extremists, including the killing of Shias, are basically instigated by the US and Israel, adding, Å“All those with a clear conscience in Islamic societies condemn this action.”

The Iranian defense minister described Shias and Sunnis as the Å“two wings of Islam,” and pointed out, Å“The Shia and Sunni must stand together, and undoubtedly the enemiesâ„¢ plots aimed at dividing them will never come to fruition.”

Vahidi stated that the majority of Muslim scholars, including the sheikh of Egyptâ„¢s al-Azhar University, have condemned this crime and this is indicative of the horrendous nature of this action.

Takfiris believe that only their interpretation of Islam is correct and all other Muslims are unbelievers.

The Shia community is being regularly targeted by Salafists, with the support of various regional countries, especially Saudi Arabia and Qatar.

Shias, who form just one percent of Egyptâ„¢s population, are often attacked by extremist groups.

ASH/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Israel, 6th largest arms exporter’

0

A newly released military intelligence report says Israel has become the sixth largest arms exporter in the world.

The report released on June 24 by IHS Jane’s, a business intelligence company working on military as well as security topics, said Israel overtook a number of countries including Italy, China, Canada and Sweden in the global arms trade.

Å“Israelâ„¢s exports increased 74 percent to USD 2.4 billion and their market share has risen from 2.4 percent to 3.5 percent. Mainly with sales to India,” the report added.

The United States and Russia, with the export of over USD 28 billion and USD 10 billion respectively in 2012, have been the worldâ„¢s top arms exporters, while France with USD 4.5 billion in sales and the United Kingdom with some USD 4 billion in sales rank third and fourth.

The worldâ„¢s fifth-largest arms exporter is Germany with an export total of USD 3 billion, the report noted.

The major importers of arms are India, Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, Turkey, Egypt, South Korea, Australia and Iraq, the report said.

In May, the Stockholm International Peace Research Institute (SIPRI) said the United States and Russia hold market shares of 30 percent and 26 percent respectively in arms exporters.

MAM/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Obama’s Faulty Plan a ‘Full-Throttle’ Endorsement of Fracking

1

On Tuesday, President Barack Obama announced his administration’s “Climate Action Plan” for cutting carbon pollution in his second term in the Oval Office at Georgetown University and unfortunately, it’s a full-throttle endorsement of every aspect of fracking and the global shale gas market.

You can fight climate change or you can promote expansion of fossil fuels, but you can’t do both say critics of Obama’s touting of gas fracking which scientists say is just as dangerous as coal when it comes to overall emissions. (Image: EcoWatch.org) Hydraulic fracturing (“fracking”) is the toxic horizontal drilling process via which gas is obtained from shale rock basins around the world, and touting its expanded use flies in the face of any legitimate plan to tackle climate change or create a healthy future for children.

Here is what President Obama said at Georgetown about natural gas and fracking:

Now even as we’re producing more domestic oil, we’re also burning more clean-burning natural gas than any country on earth. And again, sometimes there are disputes about natural gas, but we should strengthen our position as the top natural gas producer because in the medium-term at least, it can provide not only safe cheap power, but it can only help reduce our carbon emissions.

Federally-supported technology has helped our businesses drill more effectively and extract more gas. And now we’ll keep working with the industry to keep making drilling cleaner and safer, make sure that we’re not seeing methane emissions, and to put people to work, modernizing our modern infrastructure so that we can power more homes and businesses with cleaner energy. The bottom line is natural gas is creating jobs, it’s lowering many familes’ heat and power bills and it’s the transition fuel that can power our economy with less carbon pollution, even as our businesses work to develop and then deploy more of the even cleaner technology for the energy economy of the future.

The “Fact Sheet” announcing the Plan further explains:

“We have a moral obligation to leave our children a planet that’s not polluted or damaged, and by taking an all-of-the-above approach to develop homegrown energy and steady, responsible steps to cut carbon pollution, we can protect our kids’ health and begin to slow the effects of climate change so we leave a cleaner, more stable environment for future generations.”

This portion of the plan alone – not to mention anything else problematic found within it, such as endorsement of nuclear energy and illusory “clean coal”/carbon capture and storage (CCS) technology – would prevent the actions outlined in his Fact Sheet from taking place.

In fact, children’s health and air quality nationwide are directly threatened by the promotion of further fracking and natural gas drilling activity. There is a clear disconnect between the president’s stated commitment to a healthy future for children, and the vast expansion of natural gas drilling and fracking, which are scientifically proven to be polluting the air and drinking water of Americans.

“Burning natural gas is about one-half as carbon-intensive as coal, which can make it a critical ‘bridge fuel’ for many countries as the world transitions to even cleaner sources of energy,” reads the plan.

That premise is false. When measured in its entire life cycle – as Cornell University researchers found – fracked gas is actually dirtier than coal and therefore is a bridge to nowhere other than extreme climate disruption. That’s due to fugitive methane emissions, conveniently left out of the climate plan: methane is a greenhouse gas far more potent than carbon dioxide. 

Endorsement of Shale Gas Exports, Global Fracking Development, Pickens Plan

Obama’s plan also boasts about bringing the U.S. model for fracking abroad through the U.S. State Department’s Global Shale Gas Initiative, now called the Unconventional Gas Technical Engagement Program.

“We have launched the Unconventional Gas Technical Engagement Program to share best practices on issues such as water management, methane emissions, air quality, permitting, contracting, and pricing to help increase global gas supplies and facilitate development of the associated infrastructure that brings them to market,” the plan further explains.

Further locking in demand for fracking, the Obama climate plan also fully endorses T. Boone Pickens’ “Pickens Plan,” helping create a domestic market for natural gas vehicles, particularly for 18-wheelers. The plan also endorses shale gas exports.

“Going forward, we will promote fuel-switching from coal to gas for electricity production and encourage the development of a global market for gas. Since heavy-duty vehicles are expected to account for 40 percent of increased oil use through 2030, we will encourage the adoption of heavy duty natural gas vehicles as well,” the fracked gas portion of the plan concludes.

“Gasland 2” Director Josh Fox and Mark Ruffalo Weigh In on the Plan

Sarah Palin, Republican Party Vice Presidential candidate for President in 2008 – who famously chanted “drill baby, drill” at a campaign rally – once was described this way by then-candidate Obama before the 2008 election: “You can put lipstick on a pig, but it’s still a pig.”

These two statements are pearls of wisdom as it applies to the Obama climate change plan’s endorsement of fracking. “Gasland 2” Producer and Director Josh Fox agrees with the sentiment.

“Without reducing total production, which would require him to really take on the fossil fuel industries and have a real fight with them, this plan is not going to do anything to solve the problem,” Fox told DeSmogBlog. “Cutting the overall emissions from power plants, but not cutting overall production of coal and gas, makes the problem worse. It’s like switching from Marlboro to Camel cigarettes, instead of just quitting.

Actor/director Mark Ruffalo, a spokesperson for Americans Against Fracking, also weighed in:

“President Obama deserves praise for prioritizing climate change, but if he’s serious he needs to start by rejecting fracking for oil and gas. Fracking is a dangerous and toxic drilling process that greatly exacerbates climate change and threatens to put us over the edge. 400 ppm is a game changer that requires President Obama stand up to the oil and gas industry. We have clean and abundant wind, water, and solar alternatives that can power the entire U.S. and individual states, according to studies, with existing technologies at equivalent or lower costs than conventional fuels. President Obama can’t claim to seriously address climate change and expand fracking for oil and gas – that’s a stark contradiction.”

© 2013 DeSmog Blog

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Why The Synthetic Mainstream Media Is Dead

0

The consumption of news secreted by the Mainstream Media has profoundly tapered off. Is it because it is as synthetic and genetically modified as the products of their paying sponsors, and just as mind-numbingly toxic?

The mainstream media is dead, and the major networks wish they had the trust ratings and viewership of the alternative news at large. Anthony Gucciardi, founder of Natural Society and Story Leak chats with Sayer Ji of GreenMedInfo and GreenMedTV.com about how sites like his and Storyleak are growing like wildfire.

http://www.youtube.com/watch?feature=player_embedded&v=OLeH6-zV5GE

This article originally appeared on: Green Med Info

‘High voter turnout foiled enemy plots’

0

Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei addresses a group of Judiciary officials in Tehran on June 26, 2013.

Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei has expressed gratitude to the Iranian nation over their high turnout in June 14 presidential election, saying things proceeded contrary to what enemies had expected.

Addressing a group of Judiciary officials in Tehran on Wednesday, Ayatollah Khamenei said failure of enemiesâ„¢ plots and schemes, manifestation of public trust in the Islamic establishment and electoral officials, existence of sustainable security as the main infrastructure of progress and development, law-abidance of other presidential candidates, and the power of the Islamic establishment in defending the nationâ„¢s interests were major points regarding the recent presidential poll.

Å“The enemies and opponents of the Islamic Republic attempted to either prevent the election from being held, or make the nation indifferent toward the poll,” the Leader said.

Ayatollah Khamenei noted that what happened on the voting day was exactly the opposite of what the enemies had planned, adding that Iran’s latest polls indicated that even those who do not support the Islamic establishment trust it.

The Leader mentioned Å“the public trust and interest in the Islamic Republic, [peopleâ„¢s] trust in the election supervisors and officials, and the nationâ„¢s hope in the progressive and forward movement” of Iran as the main reasons behind the massive turnout in presidential election.

Ayatollah Khamenei further emphasized that the recent presidential poll proved that even those who do not support the Islamic establishment, trust the government and the elections that it holds because they know that the Islamic Republic spares no effort in defending the country, its national interests as well as the national dignity of the nation.

In the run-up to the June 14 presidential election, Ayatollah Khamenei had called on those people who were not supportive of the Islamic establishment, to support their country by casting their ballots.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians were eligible to vote in the presidential election. The voter turnout in the election stood at 72.7 percent, according to the Interior Ministry.

Hassan Rouhani emerged victorious in Iranâ„¢s 11th presidential election, gaining over 18 million votes, or 50.7 percent of a total of over 36 million ballots counted.

YH/MP/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Texas abortion bill aborted: Filibuster denies passage of hospital-closing law

0

The Texas Senate was at odds over an abortion bill demanding all hospitals in the state performing the operation be shut down. Senator Wendy Davis spent most of her day staging a filibuster. Later, the governor stated the bill came too late to pass.

Davis, representing Fort Worth, staged a filibuster during the
session, which denied the bill’s passage due to use of available
time.

Senator Wendy Davis (Image from Twitter/@TheObamaDiary)

She was wearing pink tennis shoes, prepared for an hours-long
stand: the rules of a filibuster demand that the person remain
standing, without leaning on a desk or taking any breaks, even
for meals or to use the bathroom.

In her opening remarks, Davis said she was “rising on the
floor today to humbly give voice to thousands of Texans”
and
called Republican efforts to pass the bill a “raw abuse of
power.”

Davis tried to stay comfortable by shifting her weight from hip
to hip and walking around the desk. When a male bill supporter
stood up in the gallery and shouted, “Abortion is
genocide,”
Davis carried on with her speech.

Her filibuster eventually lasted for almost 11 hours, and was
dramatically ended minutes before midnight.

Republicans demanded that Davis stay on topic, a requirement they
say she didn’t follow — plus, a colleague attempted to give her a
back brace, which lawmakers protested.

Democrat senators chose Davis to protest against the bill as she
had her first child as a teenager and graduated from Harvard Law
School afterwards.

Outside, all throughout the day, crowds of women stood in line,
waiting for people in the gallery to give up their seats.

Hundreds of protesters clapped and shouted for the
last 15 minutes of the special session in attempt to run out the
clock, and they succeeded: according to the Texas State Senator
Whitmire, “there was a vote, but it was an invalid vote
because it happened after midnight.”

However, if the law is signed anytime soon, it would virtually
mean the closing of every abortion clinic in Texas, the second
largest state in terms of population (26 million people).

Only five out of 42 clinics will be able to remain in operation
due to the law indicating that abortions should only be carried
out at surgical centers.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Police regularly spy on Britons: report

0

British police put around 9 thousand political activists on its extremists list, many of whom have no prior criminal record, local media reported.

UK police documents show thousands of people across Britain are being monitored as Å“domestic extremists” — Many of them with no criminal record.

According to the documents, police are using spying techniques including undercover agents, paid informants and intercepts to gather information on the listed individuals.

Details of the spying program were disclosed to The Guardian, upon a freedom of information request.

Senior officers familiar with the program have indicated that many of the people listed on the database have no criminal record.

Police have allocated an especial unit called Å“the National Domestic Extremism Unit” to the cause using surveillance techniques to monitor campaigners who are listed on the secret database.

As Scotland Yard was battling to contain the fallout over the activities of a former undercover police officer who was asked to dig for “dirt” that would undermine the Stephen Lawrence campaign, evidence emerged that the main witness to his murder was also targeted.

Sources indicated that the Met secretly bugged meetings with Duwayne Brooks and his solicitor.

The surveillance operation was understood to have been authorised by a “senior officer” in around 1999 or 2000.

At least two meetings are believed to have been covertly recorded, one of them at the offices of Brooks’s solicitor, Jane Deighton. She told the BBC that if true the operation was “scandalous”.

The extremism unit monitors the full range of activists: from far-right activists in the English Defence League through to animal rights protesters, anti-capitalists and anti-war demonstrators.

MOL/HE

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Syria raps KSA over militants support

0

Syria has censured Saudi Arabia for supporting militants fighting against the government of President Bashar al-Assad, saying Riyadh is responsible for the crisis.

In a statement on Tuesday, Syrian Information Minister Omran al-Zohbi laid the blame on Saudi Arabia for supplying weapons and cash to the foreign-backed militants and dispatching terrorists to fuel the ongoing bloodshed in Syria.

The minister also criticized Saudi Arabia’s stance on the Syrian crisis, adding the kingdom has failed to act on the Israeli occupation of Palestinian territories.

Al-Zohbiâ„¢s words came after Saudi Foreign Minister Saud al-Faisal said his country will press ahead with arms supply to al-Qaeda-linked militants in Syria.

Speaking at a news conference with US Secretary of State John Kerry in Jeddah on Tuesday, Saud al-Faisal said his country is doing everything it can to help the militants in Syria and Å“calls for issuing an unequivocal international resolution to halt the provision of arms” to the Syrian government.

The unrest in Syria erupted over two years ago and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

Damascus says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants fighting in Syria are foreign nationals.

MAM/KA/SS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

French official agency confirms recession

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]French national statistics agency, INSEE, has confirmed that France is in recession after registering two consecutive quarters of negative economic growth.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

'People's Filibuster' Defeats GOP Assault on Women in Texas

0

Members of the gallery cheer and chant as the Texas Senate tries to bring an abortion bill to a vote as time expires, Wednesday, June 26, 2013, in Austin, Texas. Amid the deafening roar of abortion rights supporters, Texas Republicans huddled around the Senate podium to pass new abortion restrictions, but whether the vote was cast before or after midnight is in dispute. If signed into law, the measures would close almost every abortion clinic in Texas. (AP Photo/Eric Gay)As the Texas Observer describes the scene, it was a handful of committed Democrats led by State Senator Wendy Davis who led the charge against by GOP lawmakers on the floor of the Senate chamber as they tried to push through the most anti-choice law in the country on Tuesday, but it was the citizen activists who crowded the galley up above–performing a “people’s filibuster”–who ultimately stemmed the rightwing assault and brought the proposal to a dramatic defeat.

The legislation, that would have prevented a woman from receiving an abortion after 20 weeks of pregnancy and effectively closed all but five of the state’s abortion clinics, needed to be signed into law by midnight in order to meet this legislative session’s final deadline.

According to the Observer, whose liveblog offered complete coverage of the events:

3:24 a.m.: In the end, after the 13-hour filibuster and all the wrangling over rules, Wendy Davis and her fellow Texas Democrats could do only so much. In the end, it was the citizens in the gallery who made the difference late Tuesday night.

With the Texas Senate poised to approve one the harshest anti-abortion laws in the country–just 15 minutes before the midnight deadline–and Senate Democrats apparently out of maneuvers, the crowd took over. Thousands of orange-clad abortion-rights activists who packed the Texas Capitol all day began roaring louder and louder until they literally shouted down the final minutes of the 30-day special session before Republicans could pass the bill.

What followed was three hours of confusion during which no one was sure if the bill actually passed. Republican senators were running around claiming the bill had passed before a midnight deadline, but many observers who watched the debate live didn’t see it that way.

After those hours of confusion, Lt. Gov. David Dewhurst, a Republican, emerged and announced with disappointment that the bill did not pass and was “dead.”

Dewhurst went on to blame the “unruly” protesters for the bill’s failure, deriding them as a mob.

But Sen. Davis championed those who gathered to protest the bill. “I felt empowered by their presence, by their support, by their letters,” she said. “They made a difference. They are what makes Texas so amazing, and I’m proud to be a Texan tonight. ”

Democrat Senator Leticia Van de Putte also praised those in the crowd: “You really were the citizen filibuster,” she said. “I’ve never seen anything like it and I’ll never see it again — I hope we never have to see it again.”

However, in an ominous sign-off, it was Dewhurst himself who suggested that Governor Rick Perry may call a special session to take up the bill again. “It’s over. It’s been fun. But see you soon,” he said.

In the meantime, however, reproductive rights advocates and women in Texas and across the country were celebrating and the #standwithwendy hashtag on Twitter was trending throughout the night:

___________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

US Army cuts brigades to render them ‘more lethal’

0

Twelve US-based brigades will be deactivated by 2017 to fit a slashed military budget. Despite cuts of over 80,000 troops, top brass assures that combat readiness will not suffer because the remaining brigades will have more battalions and firepower.

Army Chief of Staff General Ray Odierno announced Tuesday plans
have been approved to inactivate 10 Brigade Combat Teams (BCTs)
with headquarters on the US territory. This comes under the $487
billion military budget cuts mandated in 2011 by the Budget
Control Act, a fourth round of military budget cuts since
President Barack Obama entered office.

It has been announced that the final cut of the service in five
years is expected to be 80,000 service personnel, most of which
is to come through attrition, Orieno said giving the difference
from a wartime high of 570,000 soldiers to 490,000 by the end of
2017.

Overall drop in the number of BCT will be from current 45 to 33,
as the US Army plans to return to about the same number of
enlisted servicemen it had before the Iraq war started, it was
announced at General Odierno’s press conference. 

Soldiers from the U.S. Army's Bravo Company, 1 battalion, 32nd Infantry, of the 10th Mountain Division based in Fort Drum, New York, patrol in Pengram district, Logar province (Reuters)

A standard American infantry BCT currently has roughly 3,500
servicemen.

The announced cuts, which are mainly to affect the active-duty
force, could also be regarded as reorganization of the military,
which has been conducting wars for the last 12 years. The Army
Reserve will remain at 205,000 soldiers and the state-based
National Guard militia will lose 8,000 soldiers, dropping to
350,000 from 358,000. 

General Odierno explained that whereas the number of BCT is
decreasing, the number of battalions in them will grow from
present two to three thus increasing the Army’s “tooth-to-tail
ratio.”

Besides an additional battalion, which is usually 600-800
soldiers, BCTs will have more engineers assigned. It is expected
that remaining brigades would be somewhere close to 5,000
personnel instead of the today’s 3,500 servicemen and women.

“We will add a third maneuver battalion and additional
engineer and fires capability to each of our armor and infantry
brigade combat teams in order to make them more lethal, more
flexible and more agile,”
Odierno said.

Reportedly, the decision to beef up the number of servicemen in a
BTC came as a recommendation from commanders with combat
experience in Iraq and Afghanistan. In their view personnel
proliferation will extend fighting capabilities of the brigades
on a battlefield. 

In this way the impact on combat power will be minimized and the
savings will be made at the expense of support units outside of
BCT and logistics. 

General Ray Odierno insists the cuts were thoroughly calculated
after thousands of hours of planning, personnel interviews and
simulated combat tests. Naturally, because the brigades are
slashed for economic reasons, the final selection was based on
cost and logistic effectiveness, required training resources,
ranges, airspace and infrastructure, as well as local economic
impacts once BCTs are gone, Odierno said.

“I know in the local communities it will have its impact,”
Odierno told reporters on Tuesday. “But we’ve done our best to
reach out to them so they understand what the impacts are. We’ve
tried to make it as small an impact as possible for as many
communities as we could,”
he said.

The deactivation of 10 BCTs comes as the first round of military
reduction, because if the Congress does not reconsider austerity
in military spending, the number of service personnel will be
reduced even lower than the planned 490,000 troops.

A member of the Armed Services Committee, Democrat US Congressman
Adam Smith warned that, “The real hazard to military
effectiveness will persist as long as Congress fails to act on
sequestration. If sequestration is not removed, then more
extensive force structure changes will need to be made.”

The chairman of the House Armed Services Committee, Howard P.
McKeon, promised his panel “will carefully examine the
implications of this initial restructuring, but we all must
understand that this is only the tip of the iceberg, much deeper
cuts are still to come.”

Whether they will be accompanied by same ‘tooth-to-tail ratio
increases’ remains to be seen.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Syria: The “Western Faces” Behind The Terror

0

In her extraordinarily bold and direct speech addressed to the Irish Parliament, Clare Daly (TD, Dublin North) called Obama a “war criminal”and “hypocrite of the century”.

In describing the fawned reception of Obama in Ireland akin to pimping and prostituting of that nation, Ms. Daly hit the nail on the head. Sadly, America dwarfs Ireland and elsewhere in the undignified category of prostitution — the 29 standing ovations from Congress in May 2011 for war criminal Benjamin Netanyahu attests to this tragic fact.

While Daly was quite right in censuring Obama for his criminal policies, including aiding terrorists in Syria, it is worthwhile noting that Obama is merely a willing instrument; the faces and factors behind his handlers and the policies merit greater scrutiny and exposure.

Backing and arming the so-called Syrian opposition distracts from the threat posed by Israel and its expansionist agenda by internalizing the enemy in order to weak the State. As former Israeli Intelligence Chief, Amos Yaldin told the audience at the Israel Policy Forum in February 2013:

“And this military [Syrian], which is a huge threat to Israel , is now also weakening and, in a way, disintegrating. We still have risk from Syria— a risk of being an AlQaeda country, a Somalia-type country – but from military point of view, each one of these are less dangerous than the Syrian regular army.”

Perpetuating adversaries to kill each other is a time-tested tactic — one which was used during the bloody eight year Iran-Iraq war; a war which according to Leon Wieseltier[i]was a “distraction” when Israeli boots were on the ground in Southern Lebanon. In that war, the United States was providing arms and intelligence to both sides. When asked what the logic was in aiding both sides in the bloody war, a former official replied: “You had to have been there”[ii]. But why Syria ?

The Need for Water

The primary goal of the early Zionist leadership was to control and secure the region’s waters. At the Paris Peace Conference of 1919, Chaim Weizmann declared that ‘it was of vital importance not only to secure all water resources feeding the country, but to control them at the sources — and the development of these waters became the primary aim of the Yishuv as a whole[iii]. This policy remained in place. As Israel ’s third Prime Minister Levi Eshkol put it, water was “the blood flowing through the arteries of the nation”.

As previously stated (Here and Here), the chaos we witness in Syria today has been in the making for years with the aid and backing of Israel-firsters in order to accommodate Israel’s agenda — expansion and control of regional water supplies while weakening its adversary/ies.

Israel faced one of its worst droughts in 1990-91. A second more serious drought in 1998, forced it to turn to water rich Turkey . Turkey and Israel engaged in serious negotiations starting in May 2000 to import 50 billion cubic meters of fresh water from Turkey using tanker ships, but using tankers was not cost effective for the transport of water. Alternate plans were suggested.

In September 2000, the same year that young Bashar-al Assad succeeded his father as President of Syria, a strategy paper entitled “The Geopolitics of Water” by the Institute for Advanced Strategic and Political Studies (IASPS) opined that “Since extensive water planning proposals will necessitate the establishment of pipelines and energy grids stretching across borders, a political and military structure that can ensure the safety and security of the carriers will be the prerequisite to effective water sharing” ….. “But an effective regional system would require political-military cooperation against Syria ”.

How to achieve this?

Israeli-Firsters to the rescue

Media mogul Haim Saban became involved in politics in the mid 1990’s with a view to support Israel . Saban professes that his greatest concern is the“protection” of Israel . At a conference in Israel , Saban described his method of influencing American politics : ‘Make donations to political parties, establish think tanks, and control media outlets’. (Saban penned an opinion piece in The New York Times in support of President Obama in his 2012 re-election bid).

It was no surprised therefore that in 2002, Saban pledged $13 million to start a research organization at the Brookings Institution called the Saban Center for Middle East Policy. Saban Center would play an important role in propping up Syrian opposition (as it did in fermenting unrest post-2009 Iran elections with their June 2009 publication titled: “Which Path to Persia ? Options for a New American Strategy Towards Iran “[1]).In 2006, Time Magazine revealed that that the US had been agitating, funding, and supporting “opposition” in Syria . According to the Time, the U.S. was “supporting regular meetings of internal and diaspora Syrian activists” in Europe . The document bluntly expresses the hope that “these meetings will facilitate a more coherent strategy and plan of actions for all anti-Assad activists.”

It is worthwhile mentioning here that America ’s support of the so-called “opposition” which includes criminals, terrorists, and foreign fighters to effect regime change underscores America ’s stark hypocrisy. According to 18 USC § 2385 -Advocating overthrow of Government (Cornell Law), advocating the overthrow of the government, ‘organizing or help or attempt to organize any society, group, or assembly of persons who teach, advocate, or encourage the overthrow or destruction of the government of the United States or the government of any political subdivision therein, by force or violence’bears serious consequences including fines and prison sentence of up to 20 years.

What is most revealing about the abovementioned Time Magazine piece of 2006 is that America ’s efforts to aid the opposition and undermine Assad were run through a foundation operated by Amar Abdulhamid, a Washington-based member of a Syrian umbrella opposition group known as the National Salvation Front (NSF). Abdulhamid was a visiting Fellow at the Saban Center (2004-2006) before moving on to the Neocon-run National Defense of Democracies.

When in 2008, Israel-firster Dennis Ross met with the “opposition” to discuss “Syria in Transition”, Saban’s fellow — Amar Abdullhamid was present. In February 2009, Dennis Ross joined the Obama Administration team. In April 2009, the US funded, London-based Baraada TV started its anti-Assad propaganda into Syria (The epicenter of the uprisings’ was Baraada over water distribution). Baraada TV’s chief editor, Malik al-Abdeh, is a cofounder of the Syrian exile group Movement for Justice and Development headed by Anas al-Abdah who was in attendance at the 2008 meeting with Dennis Ross.

It came as no surprise that John McCain who was a member of the Committee for the Liberation of Iraq (CLI) formed to rid Iraq of Saddam Hossein, and a cheerleader for the Libya intervention, the Egyptian opposition to Mubarak, for bombing Iran, and so on…..visited Syrian “opposition” (via Turkey) in order to encourage more bloodshed. And expectedly, he was de-briefed – not at the White House, but at the Saban Center!

Soon after McCain’s presentation at the Saban Center , the White House disputed UN’s account and claimed that that Syria had crossed the ‘red line’ and used chemical weapons.

It is not the intention of this article to exclude the plethora of other individuals, think tanks, forums, and media pundits who have institutionalized Israel’s policies and promoted them as ‘America’s interests’; these are too numerous to mention here. However, a notable other Israel supporter must be named.

 The Evangelical Factor

While various groups in Washington perpetuate and support Israel ’s aggressive and expansionist policies – at a cost to America , non have the zeal and the zest of the Evangelicals who support Israel to death. According to the dispensational model, a time of turmoil lies ahead, but believers will be “raptured” away before it begins. This period of tribulation will culminate in the final battle at Armageddon, a valley northwest of Jerusalem .

The close association between American evangelicals and Israel has been a clear goal of Israeli politicians, especially those in the Likud party. According to Rabbi Marc Tanenbaum of AJC, “the evangelical community is the largest and fastest-growing bloc of pro-Jewish sentiment in this country”[iv]. Israel and Jewish organizations continue to rely on the support of Evangelicals to justify Israel ’s occupation of Arab land even as Christian Zionists zest for evangelizing Jews remains a point of tension.

For example, within days of the June 1982 invasion of Lebanon (with a green light from Reagan), full-page ads appeared in leading papers requesting Evangelical support for the invasion[v]. In 1998, when Benjamin Netanyahu visited Washington , he met with Jerry Falwell and numerous fundamentalist Christians before meeting with President Clinton. Similarly, as recently as April 2013, Pat Robertson warned that brokering peace between Israel and Palestine would bring punishment on America.

It has been alleged that funds raised in America by right wing Christians is funneled to West Bank settlements. The mayor of Ariel on the West Bank had estimated that two thirds of all Jewish settlements were funded by Christian Zionists.[vi]

Building for Armageddon?

While Evangelicals (not all) are rupture-ready and encourage Israel ’s expansionist agenda, Israeli politicians are not yet Armageddon-ready; at least, not yet.

In March 2013, Business Insider revealed that the United States is spending hundreds of millions of dollars building bunkers in Israel due to be completed 900 days from February 13, 2013. The project called Site 911 “will have five levels buried underground and six additional outbuildings on the above grounds, within the perimeter. At about 127,000 square feet, the first three floors will house classrooms, an auditorium, and a laboratory – all wedged behind shock resistant doors – with radiation protection and massive security. Only one gate will allow workers entrance and exit during the project and that will be guarded by only Israelis”.

Each door of the facility will have a detailed description of the mezuzahs written in“in-erasable ink”.

This should be heartwarming news to Americans whose taxes are spent on such projects while the bridges at home are crumbling.

The Future

The political establishment and the media has pimped out the nation. The list of conflicts awaiting us is long and bloody.

Syria will not be the last conflict. This has been a brief and incomplete overview of what drives our nation, and where we are headed, the handlers and the willing instruments (in the words of Clare Daly, pimps and prostitutes).

We continue to sink our head in sand and hope for a hero — for ‘something to happen’. There is only one hope for the future, and the only one power that can alter this destructive path: “We, The People”.

Soraya Sepahpour-Ulrich is an independent researcher and writer with a focus on U.S. foreign policy and the role of lobby groups in influencing US foreign policy.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

The Snowden Case: What You’re Not Being Told

0

Infowars.com
June 26, 2013

When the mainstream media shows you something with their right hand, watch what the left hand is doing.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 6:15 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Obama’s Climate Change Speech Ignores Science & EU Experience

0

William F. Jasper
New American
June 26, 2013

President Obama was playing to his most extreme “green” constituency in his climate and energy speech at Georgetown University today, blasting global warming skeptics as “flat-earth society” ostriches with their heads in the sand. President Obama said he does not have “patience for anyone who denies that this problem is real.”

“We don’t have time for a meeting of the flat-Earth society,” Obama said. “Sticking your head in the sand might make you feel safer, but it’s not going to protect you from the coming storm.” Obama claimed that the call for urgent action to stem the threat of global warming is based on the “overwhelming judgment of science, of chemistry, of physics, and millions of measurements.”

The president apparently has not gotten the memos; his Oval Office staff must be keeping him in the dark concerning very important recent developments in climate science and even more significant developments in climate and energy policies. As wereported yesterday, some of the leading voices in the global warming alarmist choir have been admitting that the climate catastrophes predicted by the computer models have not materialized and that the alleged “scientific consensus” is a fraud. The influential British journal, The Economist, suggested in an article on June 20, that “the public has been systematically deceived” for years with all this talk of certainty and consensus about dire consequences attributed to man-made, or anthropogenic, global warming (AGW), and the supposed urgent need for drastic, costly, painful public policies to address the “crisis.”

“The planet is warming. Human activity is contributing to it,” Obama said in his Georgetown speech.

The president seems to be unaware that even top climate alarmists have admitted that there has been no evidence of global warming for at least the past 15 years. This absence of warming has been the source of much head scratching, debating, and theorizing in the climate activist circles. As we have reported, the UK Met Office and Professor Phil Jones, the former director of the Climate Research Unit (CRU) of the University of East Anglia, are among the many alarmists who have been forced to acknowledge the reality of the lack of any warming trend or crisis. The New American’s recent articles (see below) on the false consensus list dozens of top scientists who have defected from the alarmist ranks, and provide links showing literally thousands of scientists contest the warming theories President Obama champions as the basis for his energy policy proposals.

The president’s energy program, outlined in this White House Fact Sheet and detailed in “The President’s Climate Action Plan,” both released today, would place onerous new restrictions on coal fired power plants and other fossil fuels and would direct billions more dollars into funding “renewable energy” sources, such as solar and wind. As we have reported, these are policies that have already proven to be enormously wasteful here in the United States, and in Germany and other European nations (seehere and here) have proven to be disastrous.

Spain has already shown us the destruction that can be wrought by the kind of government-mandated “green jobs” President Obama is proposing. Dr. Gabriel Calzada Álvarez is an Associate Professor at King Juan Carlos University in Madrid, Spain, where he teaches Applied Economics at the Environmental Science Faculty. In March 2009, along with two colleagues from the same University, Dr. Calzada released a major study on the Spanish experience with “green jobs.”

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

In testimony to the U.S. Congress, before the House Select Committee on Energy Independence and Global Warming, Prof. Calzada presented highlights from the study, including these sobering facts:

– For every 1 green job financed by Spanish taxpayers, 2.2 jobs were lost as an opportunity cost.

– Only 1 out of 10 green job contracts were in maintenance and operation of already installed plants, and most of the rest of the working positions are only sustainable in an expansive environment related to high subsidies.

– Since 2000, Spain has committed €571,138 ($753,778) per each “green job,”

– Those programs resulted in the destruction of nearly 110,500 jobs.

– Each “green” megawatt installed on average destroyed 5.39 jobs elsewhere in the economy, ?and in the case of solar photovoltaics, the number reaches 8.99 jobs per megawatt hour installed.

“Spain has already attempted to lead the world in a clean energy transformation,” Dr. Calzada told the congressmen. “But our research shows that Spain’s policies were economically destructive. When the president of a country with a relatively low unemployment rate like the US decides to learn how to create jobs from a country like Spain with the highest unemployment rate among developed countries, it should be in a field where that country has a demonstrable track record of job creation. Unfortunately, this is not the case of job creation in Spain through public support for renewable energy.”

James Lovelock, considered by many to be one of the “founding father” scientists of the environmentalist movement in the U.K., has been unsparing in his criticism of wind power and his former global warming alarmism, which he now says grossly exaggerated the non-crisis of climate change. Professor Fritz Vahrenholt, one of Germany’s most famous “greens” and a longtime AGW alarmist and champion of renewable energies, has likewise admitted to having been very, very wrong on these matters. Like Lovelock and many other leading scientists, Vahrenholt is calling for an end to the climate change hysteria and an end to the “green” lobby attacks on conventional fossil fuels.

“The Myth of Green Energy Jobs: The European Experience,” by the American Enterprise Institute, is one of many reports that surveys the economic and environmental disasters caused by renewable energy policies in the EU. This report focuses on the renewables follies in Denmark, Italy, Spain, Germany, the Netherlands and the United Kingdom.

Even MSM organs such as USA Today, which normally hew to the climate catastrophist line, have reported on Europe’s renewables debacle. Instead of trying to ridicule renowned scientist skeptics by recycling Al Gore’s tired and discredited quips about scientific consensus and “flat-earth society” opponents, President Obama’s speechwriters would serve him better by acquainting him with more of the latest climate research and analyses of the failed energy policies of those countries that have already gone down the road the president is proposing for us.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 6:10 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Greenwald: Snowden’s Files Are Out There if ‘Anything Happens’ to Him

0

Eli Lake 
The Daily Beast
June 26, 2013

As the U.S. government presses Moscow to extradite former National Security Agency contractor Edward Snowden, America’s most wanted leaker has a plan B. The former NSA systems administrator has already given encoded files containing an archive of the secrets he lifted from his old employer to several people. If anything happens to Snowden, the files will be unlocked.

Glenn Greenwald, the Guardian journalist who Snowden first contacted in February, told The Daily Beast on Tuesday that Snowden “has taken extreme precautions to make sure many different people around the world have these archives to insure the stories will inevitably be published.” Greenwald added that the people in possession of these files “cannot access them yet because they are highly encrypted and they do not have the passwords.” But, Greenwald said, “if anything happens at all to Edward Snowden, he told me he has arranged for them to get access to the full archives.”

The fact that Snowden has made digital copies of the documents he accessed while working at the NSA poses a new challenge to the U.S. intelligence community that has scrambled in recent days to recover them and assess the full damage of the breach. Even if U.S. authorities catch up with Snowden and the four classified laptops the Guardian reported he brought with him to Hong Kong the secrets Snowden hopes to expose will still likely be published.

Full article here

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 6:13 am

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

California man faces 13 years in jail for scribbling anti-bank messages in chalk

RT
June 26, 2013

Jeff Olson, the 40-year-old man who is being prosecuted for scrawling anti-megabank messages on sidewalks in water-soluble chalk last year now faces a 13-year jail sentence. A judge has barred his attorney from mentioning freedom of speech during trial.

According to the San Diego Reader, which reported on Tuesday that a judge had opted to prevent Olson’s attorney from ”mentioning the First Amendment, free speech, free expression, public forum, expressive conduct, or political speech during the trial,” Olson must now stand trial for on 13 counts of vandalism.

In addition to possibly spending years in jail, Olson will also be held liable for fines of up to $13,000 over the anti-big-bank slogans that were left using washable children’s chalk on a sidewalk outside of three San Diego, California branches of Bank of America, the massive conglomerate that received $45 billion in interest-free loans from the US government in 2008-2009 in a bid to keep it solvent after bad bets went south.

The Reader reports that Olson’s hearing had gone as poorly as his attorney might have expected, with Judge Howard Shore, who is presiding over the case, granting Deputy City Attorney Paige Hazard’s motion to prohibit attorney Tom Tosdal from mentioning the United States’ fundamental First Amendment rights.

“The State’s Vandalism Statute does not mention First Amendment rights,” ruled Judge Shore on Tuesday.

Upon exiting the courtroom Olson seemed to be in disbelief.

“Oh my gosh,” he said. ”I can’t believe this is happening.”

Tosdal, who exited the courtroom shortly after his client, seemed equally bewildered.

“I’ve never heard that before, that a court can prohibit an argument of First Amendment rights,” said Tosdal.

Olson, who worked as a former staffer for a US Senator from Washington state, was said to involve himself in political activism in tandem with the growth of the Occupy Wall Street movement.

On October 3, 2011, Olson first appeared outside of a Bank of America branch in San Diego, along with a homemade sign. Eight days later Olson and his partner, Stephen Daniels, during preparations for National Bank Transfer Day, the two were confronted by Darell Freeman, the Vice President of Bank of America’s Global Corporate Security.

A former police officer, Freeman accused Olson and Daniels of “running a business outside of the bank,” evidently in reference to the National Bank Transfer Day activities, which was a consumer activism initiative that sought to promote Americans to switch from commercial banks, like Bank of America, to not-for-profit credit unions.

At the time, Bank of America’s debit card fees were among one of the triggers that led Occupy Wall Street members to promote the transfer day.

“It was just an empty threat,” says Olson of Freeman’s accusations. ”He was trying to scare me away. To be honest, it did at first. I even called my bank and they said he couldn’t do anything like that.”

Olson continued to protest outside of Bank of America. In February 2012, he came across a box of chalk at a local pharmacy and decided to begin leaving his mark with written statements.

“I thought it was a perfect way to get my message out there. Much better than handing out leaflets or holding a sign,” says Olson.

Over the course of the next six months Olson visited the Bank of America branch a few days per week, leaving behind scribbled slogans such as ”Stop big banks” and ”Stop Bank Blight.com.”

According to Olson, who spoke with local broadcaster KGTV, one Bank of America branch claimed it had cost $6,000 to clean up the chalk writing.

Public records obtained by the Reader show that Freeman continued to pressure members of San Diego’s Gang Unit on behalf of Bank of America until the matter was forwarded to the City Attorney’s office.

On April 15, Deputy City Attorney Paige Hazard contacted Freeman with a response on his persistent queries.

“I wanted to let you know that we will be filing 13 counts of vandalism as a result of the incidents you reported,” said Hazard.

Arguments for Olson’s case are set to be heard Wednesday morning, following jury selection.

A New Beginning Without Washington’s Sanctimonious Mask

0

Paul Craig Roberts
Infowars.com
June 26, 2013

It is hard to understand the fuss that Washington and its media whores are making over Edward Snowden. We have known for a long time that the National Security Agency (NSA) has been spying for years without warrants on the communications of Americans and people throughout the world. Photographs of the massive NSA building in Utah built for the purpose of storing the intercepted communications of the world have been published many times.

It is not clear to an ordinary person what Snowden has revealed that William Binney and other whistleblowers have not already revealed. Perhaps the difference is that Snowden has provided documents that prove it, thereby negating Washington’s ability to deny the facts with its usual lies.

Whatever the reason for Washington’s blather, it certainly is not doing the US government any good. Far more interesting than Snowden’s revelations is the decision by governments of other countries to protect a truth-teller from the Stasi in Washington.

Hong Kong kept Snowden’s whereabouts secret so that an amerikan black-op strike or a drone could not be sent to murder him. Hong Kong told Washington that its extradition papers for Snowden were not in order and permitted Snowden to leave for Moscow.

The Chinese government did not interfere with Snowden’s departure.

The Russian government says it has no objection to Snowden having a connecting flight in Moscow.

Ecuador’s Foreign Minister Ricardo Patino responded to Washington’s threats with a statement that the Ecuadorian government puts human rights above Washington’s interests. Foreign Minister Patino said that Snowden served humanity by revealing that the Washington Stasi was violating the rights of “every citizen in the world.” Snowden merely betrayed “some elites that are in power in a certain country,” whereas Washington betrayed the entire world.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

With Hong Kong, China, Russia, Ecuador, and Cuba refusing to obey the Stasi’s orders, Washington is flailing around making a total fool of itself and its media prostitutes.

Secretary of State John Kerry has been issuing warnings hand over fist. He has threatened Russia, China, Ecuador, and every country that aids and abets Snowden’s escape from the Washington Stasi. Those who don’t do Washington’s bidding, Kerry declared, will suffer adverse impacts on their relationship with the US.

What a stupid thing for Kerry to say. Here is a guy who once was for peace but who has been turned by NSA spying on his personal affairs into an asset for the NSA. Try to realize the extraordinary arrogance and hubris in Kerry’s threat that China, Russia, and other countries will suffer bad relations with the US. Kerry is saying that amerika doesn’t have to care whether “the indispensable people” have bad relations with other countries, but those countries have to be concerned if they have bad relations with the “indispensable country.” What an arrogant posture for the US government to present to the world.

Here we have a US Secretary of State lost in delusion along with the rest of Washington. A country that is bankrupt, a country that has allowed its corporations to destroy its economy by moving the best jobs offshore, a country whose future is in the hands of the printing press, a country that after eleven years of combat has been unable to defeat a few thousand lightly armed Taliban is now threatening Russia and China. God save us from the utter fools who comprise our government.

The world is enjoying Washington’s humiliation at the hands of Hong Kong. A mere city state gave Washington the bird. In its official statement, Hong Kong shifted the focus from Snowden to his message and asked the US government to explain its illegal hacking of Hong Kong’s information systems.

China’s state newspaper, The People’s Daily, wrote: “The United States has gone from a model of human rights to an eavesdropper on personal privacy, the manipulator of the centralized power over the international internet, and the mad invader of other countries’ networks. . . The world will remember Edward Snowden. It was his fearlessness that tore off Washington’s sanctimonious mask.”

China’s Global Times, a subsidiary of The People’s Daily, accused Washington of attacking “a young idealist who has exposed the sinister scandals of the US government.” Instead of apologizing “Washington is showing off its muscle by attempting to control the whole situation.”

China’s official Xinhua news agency reported that Snowden’s revelations had placed “Washington in a really awkward situation. They demonstrate that the United States, which has long been trying to play innocent as a victim of cyber attacks, has turned out to be the biggest villain in our age.”

The Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov made it clear that Russia’s sympathy is with Snowden, not with the amerikan Stasi state. Human rights ombudsman Vladimir Lukin said that it was unrealistic to expect the Russian government to violate law to seize a transit passenger who had not entered Russia and was not on Russian soil. RT’s Gayane Chichakyan reported that Washington is doing everything it can to shift attention away from Snowden’s revelations that “show that the US has lied and has been doing the same as they accuse China of doing.”

Ecuador says the traitor is Washington, not Snowden.

The stuck pig squeals from the NSA director—”Edward Snowden has caused irreversible damage to US”—are matched by the obliging squeals from members of the House and Senate, themselves victims of the NSA spying, as was the Director of the CIA who was forced to resign because of a love affair. The NSA is in position to blackmail everyone in the House and Senate, in the White House itself, in all the corporations, the universities, the media, every organization at home and abroad, who has anything to hide. You can tell who is being blackmailed by the intensity of the squeals, such as those of Dianne Feinstein (D, CA) and Mike Rogers (R, MI). With any luck, a patriot will leak what the NSA has on Feinstein and Rogers, neither of whom could possibly scrape any lower before the NSA.

The gangster government in Washington that has everything to hide is now in NSA’s hands and will follow orders. The pretense that amerika is a democracy responsible to the people has been exposed. The US is run by and for the NSA. Congress and the White House are NSA puppets.

Let’s quit calling the NSA the National Security Agency. Clearly, NSA is a threat to the security of every person in the entire world. Let’s call the NSA what it really is—the National Stasi Agency, the largest collection of Gestapo in human history. You can take for granted that every media whore, every government prostitute, every ignorant flag-waver who declares Snowden to be a traitor is either brainwashed or blackmailed. They are the protectors of NSA tyranny. They are our enemies.

The world has been growing increasingly sick of Washington for a long time. The bullying, the constant stream of lies, the gratuitous wars and destruction have destroyed the image hyped by Washington of the US as a “light unto the world.” The world sees the US as a plague upon the world.

Following Snowden’s revelations, Germany’s most important magazine, Der Spiegal, had the headline: “Obama’s Soft Totalitarianism: Europe Must Protect Itself From America.” The first sentence of the article asks: “Is Barack Obama a friend? Revelations about his government’s vast spying program call that into doubt. The European Union must protect the Continent from America’s reach for omnipotence.”

Der Spiegal continues: “We are being watched. All the time and everywhere. And it is the Americans who are doing the watching. On Tuesday, the head of the largest and most all-encompassing surveillance system ever invented is coming for a visit. If Barack Obama is our friend then we really don’t need to be terribly worried about our enemies.”

There is little doubt that German Interior Minister Hans Peter Friedrich has lost his secrets to NSA spies. Friedrich rushed to NSA’s defense, declaring: ”that’s not how you treat friends.” As Der Spiegal made clear, the minister was not referring “to the fact that our trans-Atlantic friends were spying on us. Rather, he meant the criticism of that spying. Friedrich’s reaction is only paradoxical on the surface and can be explained by looking at geopolitical realities. The US is, for the time being, the only global power—and as such it is the only truly sovereign state in existence. All others are dependent—either as enemies or allies. And because most prefer to be allies, politicians—Germany’s included—prefer to grin and bear it.”

It is extraordinary that the most important publication in Germany has acknowledged that the German government is Washington’s puppet state.

Der Spiegel says: “German citizens should be able to expect that their government will protect them from spying by foreign governments. But the German interior minister says instead: ‘We are grateful for the excellent cooperation with US secret services.’ Friedrich didn’t even try to cover up his own incompetence on the surveillance issue. ‘Everything we know about it, we have learned from the media,’ he said. The head of the country’s domestic intelligence agency, Hans-Georg Maassen, was not any more enlightened. ‘I didn’t know anything about it,’ he said. And Justice Minister Sabine Leutheusser-Schnarrenberger was also apparently in the dark. ‘These reports are extremely unsettling,’ she said. With all due respect: These are the people who are supposed to be protecting our rights? If it wasn’t so frightening, it would be absurd.”

For those moronic amerikans who say, “I’m not doing anything wrong, I don’t care if they spy,” Der Spiegal writes that a “monitored human being is not a free one.” We have reached the point where we “free americans” have to learn from our German puppets that we are not free.

Here, read it for yourself: http://www.spiegel.de/international/world/europe-must-stand-up-to-american-cyber-snooping-a-906250.html

Present day Germany is a new country, flushed of its past by war and defeat. Russia is also a new country that has emerged from the ashes of an unrealistic ideology. Hope always resides with those countries that have most experienced evil in government. If Germany were to throw off its amerikan overlord and depart NATO, amerikan power in Europe would collapse. If Germany and Russia were to unite in defense of truth and human rights, Europe and the world would have a new beginning.

A new beginning is desperately needed. Chris Floyd explains precisely what is going on, which is something you will never hear from the presstitutes. Read it while you still can:http://www.globalresearch.ca/follow-the-money-the-secret-heart-of-the-secret-state-the-deeper-implications-of-the-snowden-revelations/5340132

There would be hope if Americans could throw off their brainwashing, follow the lead of Debra Sweet and others, and stand up for Edward Snowden and against the Stasi State.http://www.opednews.com/populum/printer_friendly.php?content=a&id=167695

Dr. Paul Craig Roberts is the father of Reaganomics and the former head of policy at the Department of Treasury. He is a columnist and was previously the editor of the Wall Street Journal. His latest book, “How the Economy Was Lost: The War of the Worlds,” details why America is disintegrating.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 6:14 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Ex-PM wins Australia party vote

0

Australian Prime Minister Julia Gillard has been defeated by former Premier Kevin Rudd in a Labor Party leadership vote.

Former Prime Minister Rudd won the vote of the Labor caucus 57 to 45, reports on Wednesday said.

The prime minister is expected to resign on Thursday, before Rudd is sworn in.

Gillard said a leadership vote for the Labor Party would be held later in the day.

Rudd told a news conference that he would challenge Gillard for the party’s leadership.

“The truth is many, many MPs (members of parliament) have requested me for a long time to contest the leadership of the party because of the parlous circumstances we now face,” Rudd said.

Å“We are on a course for a catastrophic defeat unless there is a change,” the former PM added.

This is while, opinion polls showed a drop in Gillardâ„¢s popularity rate.

Reports indicate that Treasurer Wayne Swan, a key Gillard supporter and her deputy, also submitted resignation.

Back in May, Gillard, 51, remained the party leader after a vote, as Rudd failed to garner enough party support to replace her. It was the first time Gillard beat Rudd in his attempt to seize control of the party.

As Australia’s first female prime minister, Gillard led a successful coup against Rudd in June 2010, angering many voters who still hold resentment for the way she became leader.

SZH/KA

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Ex-Terrorist: Al-Qaeda In Syria Being Led by CIA

0

“You are fighting the war in Syria on America’s behalf”

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
June 26, 2013

Former Al-Qaeda member Sheikh Nabil Naiim has released astounding video testimony in which he asserts that the leader of Jabhat Al-Nusra, the primary fighting force in Syria attempting to topple President Bashar Al-Assad, is a CIA operative.

Sheikh Nabil Naiim, considered to be the historical leader of the Islamic Jihadist movement in Egypt, led the Safwa Al-Qaeda training camp where he met Osama Bin Laden. Naiim then moved to Sudan with Al-Qaeda leader Ayman al-Zawahiri and was officially recognized as an Al-Qaeda member.

Having been directly involved in the assassination of Egyptian president Anwar Al-Sadat, Naiim was imprisoned after an attempt to assassinate Hosni Mubarak and only released after Mubarak’s regime collapsed. Naiim subsequently abandoned violence and is now outing his former comrades as being on the CIA payroll.

“I personally believe that the leader of the Nusra Army (Mohammed al-Jawlani), who declared his support for Ayman Al Zawahiri, is a CIA operative in the Al Nusra,” states Sheikh Naiim.

Naiim also identified Al-Qaeda leader Ayman al-Zawahiri as a US double agent.

“What is Zawahiri going to give you? Scud missiles? He owns nothing and he’s constantly on the move. All he owns is the recording that he releases every 6 months. But these however are his orders from the Americans,” states Naiim.

Speaking of being “fooled by an American plot,” Naiim states that “the US has been allowing us (Al-Qaeda) to fight in Afghanistan for 18 years and have funded and supported us,” adding that members of the militant group were being manipulated.

He then turns his attention to Al-Nusra terrorists fighting to topple Assad in Syria, warning them, “You are fighting the war in Syria on America’s behalf” and that eventually they will “be called terrorists and you will be killed or put in prison just like what happened to us after Afghanistan.”

“These leaders are manipulating you, you will find yourself dying and the Americans fulfilling their goals not yours,” adds Naiim.

Naiim’s assertion that Jabhat Al-Nusra is being directed by the CIA would demolish claims by the White House and other NATO powers that there is a distinction between the Al-Nusra front, which killed U.S. troops in Iraq, and Free Syrian Army rebels.

The leader of Jabhat Al-Nusra, Mohammed al-Jawlani, swore allegiance to Al-Qaeda leader Ayman al-Zawahiri back in April.

Immediately after the State Department declared Jabhat al-Nusra a terrorist organization, 29 different FSA rebel outfits pledged allegiance to the Al-Qaeda group.

The Obama administration recently announced that it would send heavy weaponry to the Syrian rebels, although the CIA has been aiding in weapons transfers from other Gulf countries since at least the beginning of last year, according to the New York Times.

There are numerous other clear indications that Syrian rebels have merged with Al-Qaeda terrorists in Syria.

– FSA rebels are defecting to Jabhat al-Nusra in droves.

– FSA rebels have vowed to “fight the U.S.” once they finish with Bashar Al-Assad.

– FSA rebels have been filmed burning US and Israeli flags on more than one occasion.

– FSA rebels have been filmed on previous occasions singing songs that glorify Osama Bin Laden and the 9/11 attacks.

– One FSA group even calls its fighting unit the “Osama Bin Laden” brigade.

– Another video shows FSA rebels chanting, “We are all with Osama bin Laden!”

– FSA rebels have voiced their desire to see the Al-Qaeda flag fly over the White House once the rebels are victorious across the region.

The fact that deadly weapons about to be sent by Washington will almost certainly end up in the hands of Al-Qaeda terrorists who won’t hesitate to later use them against American interests has not stopped the mad rush to pour gas on an inferno that some experts have warned could escalate into world war three.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Wednesday, June 26, 2013 at 5:59 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Obama Called “War Criminal” and “Hypocrite of the Century” in The Irish Parliament

0

TRANSCRIPT

“It is important to take this opportunity to bring some balance into the discussion surrounding the visit of the U.S. president and his wife, given the almost unprecedented slobbering over them that the nation has been exposed to over the last number of days.

“It’s really hard to know which is worse, whether it’s the outpourings of the Obamas themselves or the sycophantic fawning over them by sections of the media and the political establishment.”

“We’ve had separate and special news bulletins by the State broadcaster to tell us what Michelle Obama and her daughters had for lunch in Dublin, but very little questioning of the fact that she was having lunch with Mr. Tax Exile himself,” …

“We had very little challenging of the fact that she’s ‘glad to be home’–home a country she’s been in less than a week and her husband has very tenuous links in.” President Obama’s great-great-great grandfather was born in the Irish village of Moneygall; an 8th cousin to the president lives there today. …

“Of course, the biggest irony of all, the protestations of Obama himself in his speech to children in Northern Ireland about peace, when he said, ‘those who choose the path of peace, I promise you, that the United States of America will support you every step of the way. We will always be the wind at your back.’

“Now, I ask you, is this person going for the hypocrite of the century award?” . Because we have to call things by their right names, and the reality is that by any serious examination, this man is a war criminal. He has just announced his decision to supply arms to the Syrian opposition, including the jihadists, fueling the destabilization of that region and continuing to undermine secularism and knock back conditions for women.”Daly then directly criticized the “Taoiseach,” or prime minister of Ireland, Enda Kenny, for showing too much deference to the Obama administration’s policies, remarking that “you have showcased us as a nation of pimps prostituting ourselves in return for a pat on the head.”

“And the last point I’ll make is people in this country are very fond of our American brothers and sisters, and I think we stand far more shoulder to shoulder with them by making valid criticisms of their president who has broken his election promises rather than just pimping this nation as a tax haven for their corporations. I’m sure the Americans would far prefer if their multinationals pay their taxes at home rather than offshore here — so they can develop their health care, so they wouldn’t be wasting money on arms being sent to slaughter people in other countries.”

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

US border security plans irk Mexicans

0

Mexicans continue to express rising outrage over US plans to further militarize its southern border with Mexico under a border security bill that is certain to win passage in the US Senate.

“We are ‘friends and neighbors,’ as is repeated ad nauseam, but the US is about to militarize the border with Mexico as if we were at war,” said Mexican Congressman Fernando Belaunzaran with the left-wing Democratic Revolution Party in a tweeted this week, cited Wednesday in a Los Angeles Times report.

“Neighbors don’t do this to each other,” wrote prominent news anchor Jorge Ramos of major Mexico-based broadcast TV network in the countryâ„¢s Reforma newspaper.

The development comes as the US Senate is set to vote on a draft bill to spend USD46 billion to further secure American southern border with Mexico.

According to the report, the extraordinary spending plan for the US-Mexico border – which supporters have labeled as “surge,” after the major US force increase in Iraq in 2007 – Å“was included as an amendment to a broader immigration bill that appears almost certain to pass in the Senate this week.”

The additional funds would add nearly 20,000 Border Patrol officers, nearly doubling the current border force. It would further provide funding for the Å“completion of 700 miles of border fencing and 24-hour surveillance flights by drones,” the report notes.

Meanwhile, on a nationally broadcast radio show, respected Mexican journalist and academic Lorenzo Meyer suggested that Mexico City should retaliate against the US move by kicking out American CIA spies and military officials that are collaborating with the Mexican government in the battle against the countryâ„¢s drug cartels.

Meyer further pondered that Mexico could also react to US military measures at its southern border Å“by refusing to accept any more American retirees,” the report adds.

Most of the criticism against surging US security measures at its Mexican border reportedly comes from the countryâ„¢s left-leaning leaders, who point to the long-held opinion here that American border policy, with its walls, fences and armed border agents, amounts to an insult to the Mexican nation.

MFB/MFB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Lebanon is Being Prepared for Sedition as a Front in the Syrian War

0

The flames of division and fighting in Syria are being fanned into Lebanon. The US and its allies could be working with their Lebanese partners and proxies to ignite and internal conflict. The small Arab republic is politically divided and is in a governmental state of limbo. There is also a growing vacuum within the country’s security apparatus and military.

Order is kept by a caretaker government run by Najib Mikati, the caretaker prime minister, while a government-in-formation to be run by Tammam Salam, the prime minister-designate of Lebanon since April 6, 2013, is waiting to spring to life. The US-supported March 14 Alliance has insisted that Tammam Salam create a technocratic government that will be politically unaligned, whereas Hezbollah and its allies have demanded that they hold at least one-third of the cabinet seats as a means of ensuring that they can have a veto and the ability to dissolve the Tamman Salam’s cabinet if it ends up serving the Hariri-led March 14 Alliance and their foreign backers.

The governmental limbo is hurting the country’s security. The leadership of the Lebanese military is faced with vacancies due to retirements. New military leaders cannot be appointed, because Salam’s cabinet has not been formed and Mikati’s caretaker government lacks legal authority to make appointments.

Growing Internal Violence in Lebanon

The increasing number of Syrian refugees is putting pressure on Lebanon’s infrastructure. Some of the Lebanese are also concerned that it will change the country’s demographics. Fighting has broken out between Hezbollah’s allies and supporters and its smaller rivals in Tripoli (Trablos) and Sidon (Saida). The Arab Democratic Party, which is Alawite, has been fighting incessantly with takfiri gunmen In Tripoli. The followers of Ahmed Al-Assir, another takfiri ally of Hariri, in Sidon have been embroiled in a battle with Hezbollah’s supporters and itching to fight Hezbollah and its Sunni Muslim allies in Tripoli.

The seeds of chaos are being planted across the country as the violence in Syria is spilling over into tiny Lebanon. A blast has been heard near the Christian town of Kahaleh. Unknown gunmen around Arsal have been blocking the roads from Labweh and Syria to Baalbek, which Lebanese officials have said is aimed at igniting internal fighting. The Lebanese military had to move in to end fighting between residents of the villages of Arsal and Labweh. Rockets are also being launched against civilians from Syria and from inside Lebanon.

The rocket strikes have been occurring on nearly a daily basis. They have been launched by anti-government forces in Syria against the Lebanese town of Hermel, which is a Hezbollah stronghold and near Qusayr, wounding and killing civilians. The ambush and murder of a group of Lebanese Shiites with a Turkish companion near Arsal has also led to sectarian tensions. Afterwards one man from Arsal was killed near the outskirts of Hermel. Lebanese officials have said that the stoking of tensions is intended at igniting Shiite-Sunni fighting in Lebanon. People in Hermel have accused residents of Arsal of being involved in the rocket attacks on Hermel. It appears that there are individuals or groups in Arsal that are coordinating with the anti-government forces inside Syria. This is why the Syrian military has repeatedly pursued anti-government groups near Arsal and opened fire on them inside Lebanese territory.

The Extension of the Lebanese Parliament’s Terms and Internal Protests

Both the rival political camps led by Hezbollah and the Hariri family have agreed to extend the term of the Lebanese Parliament for seventeen months on the basis that the security situation. Despite the official reasons, both sides agreed to do this because of their interests. Hezbollah does not want to run an electoral campaign while it is fighting in Syria and the Hariri-led March 14 Alliance is afraid that it will lose parliamentary seats because of its declining support in Lebanon, in particular amongst the Christians.

The Hariri camps support for the takfiris inside Syria and in Lebanon and its opposition to the Orthodox Proposal, which stipulated that each community in Lebanon should vote directly for its own parliamentarians, has angered most Lebanese Christians. The Orthodox Proposal would take away the Christian seats in the Lebanese Parliament that the Hariri camp’s Future Party controls.

Protests have igniting across the country too. Roads have been blocked in Beirut, the Bekaa Valley, and on the route to the Lebanese border crossing of Masnaa, which sits on the Syrian border. This has led to clashes between the Lebanese military and protesters. The protests in Beirut have been against the unconstitutional extending of the Lebanese Parliament’s term. In Bekaa the protests have been about the wave of violence that is based on the support different communities are giving to the two sides in Syria. Both sides Lebanon are believed to have sent several thousand fighters each to fight inside Syria.

The Game Plan in Lebanon: Force Hezbollah to Fight in Lebanon?

There is a deliberate effort to ignite fighting in Lebanon. Foreign journalist are now streaming into the country and seeking permission from Hezbollah to visit the areas attacked by the anti-government forces in Syria and the families of Hezbollah fighters that died in Syria. Intelligence agencies are most probably monitoring the events in Bekaa and involved in efforts to exacerbate the situation inside Lebanon. Lebanese military stations are also being sporadically attacked.

As part of a strategy the Syrian conflict is deliberately being brought into Lebanon. Two days after the Lebanese Shiites and Turkish national were killed near Arsal, a group of gunmen tried to kidnap a man from Baalbek. Locals saved the man and it turned out that the gunmen were a group of Syrians and one Lebanese man affiliated to the so-called Free Syrian Army.

The aim of a strategy that seeks to ignite Lebanon with fighting is aimed at forcing Hezbollah to withdraw from Syria and turn inward into its home turf. This is why the takfiri militants in Lebanon are being aroused and sectarian fighting between Sunnis and Shiites is intentionally being instigated. The weakening of the state and the erosion of its institutions is adding to the problem and may also serve this project…

Mahdi Darius Nazemroaya is currently working out of Lebanon

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Mongolians vote in presidential election

0

Mongolian voters prepare their ballots at a polling station during presidential elections in Ulan Bator on June 26, 2013.

People in Mongolia cast ballots to elect the countryâ„¢s president, with incumbent President Tsakhia Elbegdorj expected to be re-elected.

The presidential election began on Wednesday morning and some 1.85 million Mongolians, from the countryâ„¢s three million people, are eligible to cast their votes.

The President, who is of the ruling Democratic Party, held a strong lead in pre-election polling and is heavily supported by the urban middle class in the capital, Ulan Bator.

Elbegdorj was the leader of the peaceful revolution that put an end to the countryâ„¢s Communist rule in 1990. He was the elected president in 2009 after serving as prime minister for two terms.

The Presidentâ„¢s main challenger is Baterdene Badmaanyambuu, the People’s Party lawmaker and former wrestling champion, who has showed himself as a clean politician committed to endorse national unity and fight the degradation of the environment caused by the mining industry.

The third candidate is female Health Minister Udval Natsug from the Mongolian People’s Revolutionary Party. She is the supporter of former president Enkhbayar Nambar, who is now in jail over corruption.

A run-off will be held on July 10 between two candidates, if no one could receive 50 percent of the votes.

“I call upon citizens to participate actively in the election,” Elbegdorj said after casting his ballot earlier in the day, adding, “Let the blessings be upon the people.”

A recent survey carried out by the Mongolian Sant Maral Foundation suggested that 54 percent of the people will take part in the election.

The countryâ„¢s economy grew 12 percent in 2012 due to investments from foreign firms in the mining sector.

The president in Mongolia is head of state and the commander-in-chief of the armed forces, being able to serve two consecutive terms.

SAB/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Ex-premier beats Gillard in party vote

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Australian Prime Minister Julia Gillard has been defeated by former Premier Kevin Rudd in a Labor Party leadership vote.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Rouhani to value better Iran-China ties

0

Iranâ„¢s President-elect Hassan Rouhani has described the expansion of bilateral relations with China as one of the priorities of his future administration.

Å“The promotion of ties with China in all fields is one of the main priorities of the future administration of the Islamic Republic of Iran,” Rouhani said in a message to Chinaâ„¢s President Xi Jinping on Wednesday.

Referring to the age-old relations between Iran and China, the Iranian president-elect said the commonalities between the two countries as well as mutual trust have always paved the way for strengthening bilateral ties.

Chinese Foreign Ministry spokeswoman Hua Chunying said on June 18 that Beijing would Å“seize the opportunity” created following Rouhaniâ„¢s victory to further boost cooperation with the next Iranian administration.

Rouhani emerged victorious in the presidential election of June 14, which was marked by a high voter turnout, winning 50.7 percent of a total of 36,704,156 ballots counted.

The voter turnout in the election was 72.7 percent, according to Iranâ„¢s Interior Ministry.

Nearly 50.5 million Iranians, including more than 1.6 million first-time voters, were eligible to participate in the presidential, and City and Village Islamic Council elections.

Rouhani currently represents Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei in the Supreme National Security Council and is also a member of the Expediency Council and the Assembly of Experts. He is the director of the Expediency Council’s Center for Strategic Research, as well.

MYA/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Anti-Iran bans affect S Korea economy

0

South Korean officials say the US-engineered sanctions against Iran over its nuclear energy program have had negative effects on the economy of South Korea.

Å“The Korean economy is damaged in a sense because we had strong economic ties with Iran that have been hampered by the sanctions. The Korean economy could not benefit enough from the economic relations with Iran,” said, Jong Seok Kim, the dean of the Economics Department of Hongik University in South Korea.

He made the remarks in the 12th Conference on South Korea and the World Economy toward Broader and Deeper Economic Collaboration in Asia, held in the Iranian capital, Tehran, on Tuesday.

The two-day conference, which is aimed at enhancing Tehran-Seoul bilateral economic ties, is organized by the Association of Korean Economic Studies (AKES) and Iranâ„¢s Monetary and Banking Research Institute (MBRI).

The conference will also be held in the Iranian cities of Isfahan and Shiraz until June 29th.

Also, President of the Association of Korean Economic Studies Insill Yi said, Å“Iran and South Korea have more than fifty years of economic relations.”

She said that small and medium-sized Korean companies have suffered most from a drop in exports and imports.

At the beginning of 2012, the US and the European Union imposed new sanctions on Iranâ„¢s oil and financial sectors aimed at preventing other countries from purchasing Iranian oil and conducting transactions with the Central Bank of Iran.

The illegal US-engineered sanctions were imposed based on the unfounded accusation that Iran is pursuing non-civilian objectives in its nuclear energy program.

Iran rejects the allegations, arguing that as a committed signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and a member of the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), it has the right to use nuclear technology for peaceful purposes.

YH/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Turkish police arrest 16 protesters

0

Police in Turkey use tear gas and water canon to disperse protesters, June 26, 2013.

Turkish riot police have attacked anti-government protesters, who had congregated in the Dikmen district of the capital, Ankara, arresting 16 of them.

On Wednesday, Turkish police forces used tear gas and water canon to disperse 2000 protesters staging demonstrations in the capital city, Ankara.

Protesters had reportedly gathered overnight in the district and tried to barricade a main road.

Meanwhile, local Turkish television showed protests against the release of a police officer who shot to death a protester during anti-government demonstrations in Ankara.

On Monday, Ankaraâ„¢s Criminal Court rejected lawyersâ„¢ demand to detain the officer, named Ahmet S., ruling that the shooting was Å“within the limits of self-defense.”

The 26-year-old protester, Ethem Sarisuluk, was shot in the head during a demonstration near Kizilay Square on June 1. He was declared brain dead and subsequently died on June 14.

On the same day, Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan praised the Å“legendary heroism” of police forces in quelling anti-government protests that have rocked the country for more than three weeks.

The unrest in Turkey began on May 31 after police broke up a sit-in held at Taksim Square to protest against a proposal to redevelop Gezi Park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination.

The demonstrators say the park is also one of Istanbul’s last green public spaces.

A total of four people, including a police officer, have died in the recent clashes between the Turkish protesters and security forces, and more than 5,000 protesters and 600 police officers have been injured.

IA/PR/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Stroke drug can improve life quality

0

Those patients, who take a clot-busting medicine within six hours of a stroke, can be granted a good quality of life in their near future, new study says.

The research among 3000 patients experienced stroke unraveled that those ones given clot-busting drug had better recovery.

The researchers at the University of Edinburgh studied patients from 12 different countries. They divided the patients into two groups including half who had the alteplase treatment, which is given intravenously, and half without the treatment.

The alteplase treatment is prescribed for patients who have had an ischaemic stroke, when the brain’s blood supply is interrupted by a clot.

The study results unveil that for every 1,000 patients given the medicine within six hours of stroke, by 18 months, they will have less pain and discomfort comparing to those ones who do not take the drug.

Meanwhile, though the drug has potential benefits it does carry a risk of causing a potentially fatal bleed in the brain in the first week after treatment for around three in 100 patients.

“What doctors need to do is to say this is a difficult decision for patients and their families. They have to say this is a treatment that carries risks,” said the study leader Professor Peter Sandercock, of the University of Edinburgh’s Centre for Clinical Brain Sciences.

The patients who had experienced a major stroke that would affect their ability to live and work may wish to consume the drug, despite the bleed risk, whereas someone who had a more minor attack with less damage may not wish to take the medicine.

“It is personal choice, comparing immediate risk versus long-term benefits,” Sandercock expressed.

“When a stroke strikes, time lost is brain lost. The sooner patients receive treatment the more likely they are to make a better recovery,” Dr Clare Walton, of the Stroke Association emphasized and recommended taking the drug.

FGP/FGP

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Egypt’s Fateful Day

0

Egypt is imploding. The old revolutionary groups are at each other’s throats. The unity of purpose displayed during the incredible eighteen revolutionary days in early 2011 is not only long gone, but it has been replaced with mistrust, acrimony, and hostility.

Almost immediately after their success in ousting the despised dictator Hosni Mubarak, the groups that carried the revolution on their shoulders parted ways on ideological grounds. At one end of the political spectrum are the Islamist groups led by the Muslim Brotherhood (MB) movement and its political affiliate, the Freedom and Justice Party (FJP). Since the revolution these groups have grown to more than 30 political parties ranging from the conservative Salafist parties such as Al-Noor, Al-Watan, Al-Raya, and the Salafist Front, to Jihadi turned political groups such as the Building and Growth Party, the political arm of the Islamic Group (IG), to moderate ones such as Al-Wasat (Center) and Al-Nahdha (Renaissance) parties.

On the other end are the secular and liberal parties which include the traditional Al-Wafd Party, as well as dozens of others such Al-Dustoor (Constitution) led by former IAEA head, Dr. Muhammad ElBaradei, the Congress Party led by former Secretary General of the Arab League, Amr Mousa, the Popular Current led by former presidential candidate Hamdein Sabbahi, and Free Egyptians Party founded by billionaire and Egyptian Copt, Naguib Sawiris.

But ever since the ouster of Mubarak, the Egyptian political scene has been messy and confusing. The youth groups that led the initial uprising in late January 2011 have since been frustrated and marginalized by the political wrangling that engulfed the country. Meanwhile, the MB and their Islamist allies were able to dominate it by not only winning the parliamentary and presidential elections in 2012 but also by controlling the Constitutional Constituent Assembly that oversaw the writing of the new constitution, which was eventually approved by the Egyptian people earlier this year with 64 percent of the vote.

When the MB candidate Dr. Muhammad Morsi won the presidency a year ago, there was hope among the revolutionary partners that a new era based on genuine partnership and cooperation would ensue, particularly when Morsi was able to sideline the military’s control over Egyptian political life within a few weeks of being sworn in. Yet, by the end of the year, many opposition and youth groups, which have been wary or resentful of MB rule, became even more open in their antagonism and hostility.

With some merit, the opposition charges that the president and the MB have not fulfilled their promises of restoring security, instituting social justice, and sharing power. They also accuse Morsi of inexperience, if not outright incompetence, which they argue, exposed the country to national security risks. For instance, on several occasions the president made decisions and issued decrees, most notably the fateful constitutional decree last November- only to cancel them within few weeks, days, or even hours. The opposition also accuses Morsi of appointing MB officials or Islamists to the most senior positions in government without any regard to qualifications or power sharing.

Recently, he appointed a former leader of IG as governor in Luxor, an important tourist destination. During the 1980s, the IG embarked on a violent campaign that killed dozens of tourists before repudiating violence in the 1990s. Although well-intentioned, this insensitivity was not lost on the people of Luxor who never overcame their resentment of the group’s early violent campaign. In early June, Morsi abruptly cut off Egypt’s relations with Syria, citing the regime’s brutality towards its people. His critics charge that such a move was ill-advised since it would marginalize Egypt’s role in any future settlement at a time of fever-pitch sectarian conflict in the region. Last fall, Morsi proposed a regional-based engagement towards a resolution in Syria that would have involved such powers as Egypt, Iran, Turkey, and Saudi Arabia. This idea is now dead. As for the crisis with Ethiopia over the Renaissance Dam that would substantially cut Egypt’s share of the Nile, the opposition accuses the president of badly mishandling the issue, seriously threatening Egypt’s national and economic security in the process.

On the other hand, Morsi and the MB point to their repeated attempts to engage the political opposition only to be rebuffed time and again. He called all the opposition leaders, especially within the National Salvation Front (NSF) that includes most of the secular opposition, to as many as ten separate meetings with minimal success. As for the appointments, Morsi’s political advisor Bakinam El-Sharqawi stated recently that whenever the president asked the secular groups for candidates for the most senior positions in government including ministers and governors, they refused to engage or send any nominees while the Islamic parties led by the FJP readily submitted their lists.

But what most political groups overlook are the terrible conditions the country has faced since the fall of the Mubarak regime. The deterioration in security and the lack of productivity have affected all aspects of economic life. Investments have almost stopped and tourism (a major source of foreign currency) has been seriously curtailed. Inflation and unemployment have soared. Services have deteriorated while electricity is erratic. Gasoline is scarce and rationed. Poverty has increased from 40 to more than 50
esampercent. The Egyptian Center for Social and Economic Rights reported that during 2012 there were 581 local protests, 558 demonstrations, 514 labor strikes, 500 sit-ins, and 561 highway robberies. Such protests and strikes have only increased in 2013 as the International Development Center in Cairo reported that in the month of May alone there were 55 different forms of protests including those surrounding several ministries and government agencies that disrupted government services as well as the refusal of many to pay taxes and electricity bills.

Throughout these tumultuous events, the fulool or remnants of the Mubarak regime were lying low during the first year of the transitional military rule. But by mid-2012 they had regrouped as they coalesced around presidential candidate Ahmad Shafiq, Mubarak’s last prime minister, who lost in the second round by a mere 2 percent. By year’s end the fulool groups have become part and parcel of the secular opposition groups and a major factor of the instability that has overwhelmed the country. Perhaps the most serious mistake committed by the revolutionary groups was to underestimate the dangers of the fulool lurking behind the scenes. Many of these groups loyal to the former regime are still largely in control of the security apparatus, most of the private media, the judiciary, as well as major industries and influential economic institutions. In short, they still had substantial power that could undermine any genuine efforts to carry out the objectives of the revolution.

In the ideological battle that ensued between the former revolutionary partners, the fulool were able to reinvent themselves and become major players on the side of the secular groups against the MB and the Islamists. Recently, ElBaradei welcomed all elements of Mubarak’s banned National Democratic Party to join his party and the opposition, while Sabbahi declared that the battle with the fulool now is secondary as the primary conflict today is with the MB and its Islamist allies.

Furthermore, throughout the first year of Morsi’s rule, the attacks by the opposition media on the MB rule has not only been ceaseless but in many cases vulgar. Meanwhile, the judiciary, led by the Mubarak-era Supreme Constitutional Court, reversed most attempts to build the country’s democratic institutions. They ruled as unconstitutional the elections of the parliament and subsequently dissolved the body on technical grounds. They ruled against the new election laws that would have paved the way for new parliamentary elections. They ruled against the appointment of the General Prosecutor and demanded the return of the corrupt Mubarak appointee who was dismissed by Morsi last November. The courts are even now looking into a lawsuit by Shafiq challenging the election and legitimacy of Morsi, a year after becoming a president. Adding insult to injury, the judiciary has either declared innocent or overturned the convictions of all senior officials of the Mubarak regime including Mubarak and his sons. Even low level security officials with overwhelming evidence against them of killing and torturing protesters have been released prompting Zakaria Abdul-Aziz, an independent and respected former judge who stood against Mubarak for many years, to say that 90 percent of Egypt’s judges are acting to overturn the gains of the revolution.

By this April, the country was at an impasse. The ruling party continued to demonstrate its unwillingness to share power or be magnanimous to its rivals for the sake of national unity and building consensus. Its main plan has been centered on winning the next parliamentary elections to consolidate its control and enable it to form the next government. Its central economic program is to finalize the IMF loan in order to secure more loans and capital from wealthy countries for investments and plugging the budget hole. It did not take seriously the opposition groups arguing that they were elitist and lacked popular depth and support.

On the other hand, the fractious opposition seemed not only divided but also devoid of real alternatives. What united them was their utter hatred and enmity towards the Islamists in general and the MB in particular. Some leaders such as ElBaradei and Mousa called on foreign powers, including the US, to take sides in the internal struggle and condemn the Morsi government. Others such as Sabbahi and Shafiq openly called on the military to overthrow the elected president and take over. Consequently, the public was further alienated and disgusted as its economic livelihood was squeezed and the country’s infrastructure was crumbling. Meanwhile, the head of the military appointed by Morsi last August, Gen. Abdel Fattah El-Sisi, publicly stated that the military would no longer be engaged in politics and dismissed all calls to topple Morsi. After more than twenty-five failed attempts in less than six months to mobilize the public against the MB, the opposition proved to be weak, divided, and in disarray.
Tamarrud vs. Tajarrud

Meanwhile, a new group called Tamarrud or Rebellion led by several revolutionary youth groups gained momentum when they declared at the end of April a new movement to depose Morsi and challenge his legitimacy. On April 28, Tamarrud announced that they would collect 15 million signatures from registered voters demanding early presidential elections on June 30, the first anniversary of Morsi’s inauguration. Within weeks, most secular and youth groups as well as the fulool embraced this central message. At least fourteen private satellite channels started a vast propaganda campaign and mobilization efforts promoting the day as a second revolution to cleanse the country from the MB rule. By mid-June Tamarrud’s co-founder and spokesman Mahmoud Badr announced that the movement has collected more than 15 million signatures which represented a million more people than those who voted for Morsi in the presidential elections.

Not to be outmaneuvered, the Islamist groups decried the secular opposition and denounced their undemocratic tactics and unconstitutional calls to depose Morsi before the end of his term in 2016. Asem Abdelmagid, a leading figure in the Islamic Group, an ally of the MB, initiated his own movement Tajarrud or Impartiality in order to counter Tamarrud. By the third week of June he announced that by the end of that month he would have collected over 20 million signatures in support of Morsi. Critics of both movements dismissed these numbers as unrealistic, observing that no one could actually verify their figures, especially when MB critic and poet Ahmad Fuad Negm said publicly that he personally signed Tamarrud’s petition 16 times.

Between Tamarrud and Tajarrud the Egyptian society has never been more polarized. On one side, most of the secular forces, youth groups, Christians, and the fulool are mobilizing for the showdown or a second revolution to depose Morsi and dislodge the MB. On the other side, most Islamist groups are vowing to defend Morsi’s legitimacy and rule by all means. On June 21, in an impressive show of force, the Islamists groups mobilized more than a million of their supporters in a Cairo suburb. This massive demonstration was dubbed “No to violence, Yes to legitimacy.” Although their rhetoric called for peaceful demonstrations and endorsed freedom of expression, their leaders tacitly threatened to declare a wave of Islamic revolution if the June 30 demonstration was successful in deposing Morsi.

Meanwhile, Tamarrud’s leaders announced that their plan on that day included protests by millions of people in the streets occupying major intersections, and surrounding the presidential palace demanding early presidential elections. Should Morsi refuse to resign, the group announced that it will escalate its confrontation by possibly storming the presidential palace and installing the head of the Supreme Constitutional Court as an interim president, annulling the new constitution, and forming a new government led by a independent politician or a technocrat.

Hence, there are three possible scenarios that might take place on this fateful day. First, the scenario envisioned by the MB according to which the call for mass mobilization would result only in modest numbers across the country and would fail to attract millions or sustain itself for days or weeks. Such an outcome, they hope, would vindicate their view and considerably weaken the opposition. A second scenario advocated by the youth groups and non-violent opposition is that millions of Egyptians would actually take to the streets in a massive show of support for Morsi’s resignation and the end of the MB rule. They hope that such protests across the country not only would be huge and sustained but concurrently joined by labor strikes and civil disobedience until Morsi gives in. A third scenario is the one tacitly promoted by the fulool groups. In this scenario, former regime loyalists led by former politicians and security officials, as well as corrupt businessmen, who readily financed thousands of baltagies or thugs, will join the demonstrations in order to spread chaos and anarchy. According to this frightful scenario, the role of the baltagies will be to kill hundreds if not thousands of demonstrators, torch MB and FJP buildings, and assassinate their leaders in order to force the military to take over the country and launch a new transitional period without the domination of the Islamist groups. Should such a scenario materialize, the Islamist groups vowed to send millions of their supporters to defend Morsi and the legitimacy of his presidency.

Furthermore, the role of the foreign powers should not be minimized, as there are several regional states, especially the United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia and Israel, which are disturbed by the Arab Spring phenomenon and would like to curtail its influence if not totally defeat it. There are many credible reports that some of the Gulf countries have been very active in financing many of the anti-MB media outlets and the fulool groups. The U.S., on the other hand, has been working both sides of the equation in order to maintain influence and relevance. While Secretary of State John Kerry promised the military its $1.3 Billion aid package, the administration has been very slow in pushing the IMF loan critical to Morsi’s government. Meanwhile, American Ambassador Anne Patterson has been actively engaging government officials and opposition leaders alike. Ironically, each side accuses the other of serving the U.S.’s interest at the expense of the national interest.

Regardless of which scenario unfolds Egypt will be facing difficult times. But for wisdom and rationality to carry the day, Egyptians of all stripes must come to their senses and realize that no group can ignore or marginalize the others. The MB-dominated government must realize that it must be inclusive and transparent, while the opposition must respect the democratic rules of the political game. If the opposition succeeds in dislodging Morsi, no future president would be able to finish his term in office because the other side would also use the same disrupting tactics. If the opposition groups have millions behind them as they claim, they should head for parliamentary elections as soon as possible. If they win a majority of the seats, they not only could form the next government, but they could also change the constitution, and act as a check to the powers of the president in a democratic and civilized fashion that would earn the world’s respect. But if they opt for the use of violence or undemocratic tactics in order to have their way, then this remarkable revolution would have been in vain- a feat that would delight Mubarak loyalists and Egypt’s enemies.

Esam Al-Amin is the author of The Arab Awakening Unveiled: Understanding Transformations and Revolutions in the Middle East.. A shorter version of this article is published in the August issue of the Washington Report on Middle East Affairs. He can be contacted at alamin1919@gmail.com.

 

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Obama in Africa

0

In recent years, the United States has increasingly been sidelined in areas of deep economic transformation in Africa because US engagement with Africa has been primarily through militarism and military relations. The visit of US President Barack Obama to Africa should be viewed against this background.

On June 26, 2013 through July 3, 2013, for the third time in his presidency,  Obama will be visiting Africa;  specifically Senegal, South Africa and Tanzania.  According to the White House Press Release, “The President will reinforce the importance that the United States places on our deep and growing ties with countries in sub-Saharan Africa, including through expanding economic growth, investment, and trade; strengthening democratic institutions; and investing in the next generation of African leaders.” [1] However, apart from this vague press release there is no clarity on why this trip is taking place at this particular moment.[2]

President Obama’s visit comes at a moment when the world is gripped with the spectacle of a young American, Edward Snowden, fleeing the United States because he was promoting information freedom, against the militaristic and police state in America. With all the problems facing him at home — sequestration, unemployment, drums for escalating wars in Syria and divisions over immigration laws —  Obama’s trip to Africa lacks substance and definition. What can he offer the continent? What does he bring to the table to justify his visit?

Both former Presidents Bill Clinton and George W. Bush visited Africa during their second terms in office. When Clinton and Bush made their journeys to Africa, the US foreign policy establishment had been guided by a three-pronged mantra. These were: (a) the notion that Africa was facing a “threat” from international terrorists, (b) that the United States had strategic interests in Africa (especially with the flow of petroleum resources), and (c) the emerging competition with China. The crisis of capitalism since 2008 and the hype about petroleum and gas self-sufficiency as a result of shale oil and new gas finds in the United States have added another layer to all.  More importantly, the US plans for confronting China in Africa have been tempered by the reality that the US policy makers have to beseech China to continue to purchase US Treasury Bills.[3]

In previous commentaries I have critiqued the imperial merits of Clinton’s and Bush’s reasons for visiting the continent. They were at least arguably more substantive and better articulated than Obama’s. The lack of specificity of Obama’s upcoming visit supports the argument advanced by some that as the first Black president of the United States, he has to visit Africa. After all, he has visited Europe numerous times. This argument renders his visit nothing more than an item to be checked off his overarching presidential agenda. But in the context of the the sidelining of US economic interests in Africa by other key players like China, Obama’s visit could be seen as one effort to boost support for US capitalists on the continent. Giving credence to this argument is the fact that Obama is visiting two of the countries also visited by the President of China, Xi Jinping, a few weeks ago — Tanzania and South Africa.

Past presidential visits had the paternalistic agenda of lecturing Africans on governmental transparency, democracy, human rights, fight against corruption, freedom of speech, etcetera. Yet, given the current climate of scandals orchestrated by the media in the U.S, Obama would appear hypocritical in making these panned statements about supporting democracy in Africa. While that has not stopped past presidents, this time the cat’s out of the bag. The multiple scandals surrounding the banks and the extent of the corruption of Wall Street exposed by Matt Taibbi and others have dwarfed any discussion of corruption in Africa. America’s inability to rein in the mafia-style activities of the bankers is open and in full view of the world audience. In this commentary I want to place President Obama’s African trip in the context of the depth of the political and economic crisis in the United States. Starting with the efforts of the G8 in calling for the western mining companies to follow laws and pay taxes, this commentary will reference the success of the Pan African opposition to Africom and US militarism that has predisposed the Obama administration to retreat from the perpetual Global War on Terror as conceived by the neo-conservatives. The conclusion will again call for the peace and justice forces to support reparative justice so that the relations between the citizens of the United States and the citizens of Africa can move in a new direction.

Beyond the Looting of African Resources

Barack Obama won a convincing victory for a second term in November 2012. However, despite the mandate he received from the electorate to break from the policies that enrich the one per cent, this second term has been bogged down because Obama has refused to take bold steps to join with the majority to confront the Wall Street moguls. Since Barack Obama entered the White House in January 2009, the question of which section of the US government directs policy towards Africa has swirled at home and abroad. These questions have taken on added importance in the face of the insurrections in Tunisia and Egypt and the instability unleashed by the NATO intervention in Libya.  Faced with new energies for change and unity in Africa (most manifest in the recent African Union gatherings by many forces in Addis Ababa this past May),[4] the US foreign policy establishment has reached a fork in the road. The main drivers of US foreign policy: Wall Street Bankers, petroleum and the military planners (along with the private military/intelligence contractors) have now been overtaken by a sharp shift in the engine of the global economy coming out of Asia. As more news of the corruption of the rigged financial architecture is revealed, all of the states of the G77 are looking for an alternative financial system that can protect them from the predators of Wall Street.[5]

With the details that traders of the biggest banks manipulated the benchmark foreign exchange rates involving $4.7 trillion dollars per day[6] coming on the heels of the LIBOR interest rate scandals after the energy price manipulation,[7] the peoples of Africa along with the rest of the world are finding out that under the current financial and political system there is no price that the big banks cannot exploit. It is the nature of the corrupted financial system to save the U.S. dollar that has driven societies such as South Africa into BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China and South Africa) and is hastening the evolution of an alternative financial architecture. The organizational thrust of the economic formation called BRICS, along with the creation of the BRICS Development Bank, pose a serious challenge to the US dollar and the International Monetary Fund. Obama is following the example of the Chinese president, Xi Jinping, by visiting South Africa to assess firsthand the political and social climate at a moment when all and sundry are looking for ways to get into Africa’s changing economic dynamic.

The nervousness and anxiety of the West over the future of the U.S. financial dominance was quite clear from the communique issued after the recent 2013 G8 meeting in Ireland. Most of the points in the communique issued by the White House (the Lough Erne Declaration) dealt with the challenges coming out of Africa and the role of transnational corporations plundering African resources without paying taxes.[8] Prior to the G8 meeting, the 2013 Report of the Africa Progress Panel headed by former Secretary General of the United Nations, Kofi Anan called on the same G8 leaders to police their corporations. The Panel had called for inter alia:

* The G8 and the G20 to establish common rules requiring full public disclosure of the beneficial ownership of companies, with no exceptions.

* Companies bidding for natural resource concessions to disclose the names of the people who own and control them.[9]

The destructive extraction of resources from Africa is old and has taken new forms, as Patrick Bond reminds us in Looting Africa: The Economics of Exploitation.[10] For the past six decades the World Bank domination of economic arrangements in Africa has been the period of dramatic capital flight from Africa.[11] The multi-billion dollar enterprise of looting Africa was at the foundation of an international system that increasingly worked on the basis of speculative capital. The World Bank and the IMF understood that the real foundations of actual resources were to be found in Africa. To conceal the looting and plunder, the West disguised the reality that Africa is a net creditor to the advanced capitalist countries (termed “donors” in neo-liberal parlance). For this reason (and to perpetuate the myths of “spurring economic growth and investment”), the United States government has been caught in a losing battle where new rising forces such as Brazil, Russia, India, China, Turkey, South Korea and other states offer alternatives to the structural adjustment and austerity packages. Barack Obama is going to Africa to boost the armaments culture of the United States at a moment when details of the massive corporate-government spy operations has exposed the surveillance of citizens in all parts of the world in the name of fighting extremism. Citizens are finding out that the gathering of intelligence ultimately serves the interests of capital equity groups such as the Carlyle group that is involved in armaments, intelligence and the stock market.[12]

In a period when there were frequent scandals surrounding the manipulations of Wall Street bankers and speculators, the US government was dragged into the NATO led intervention that carried out regime change in Libya. The execution of Colonel Muammar Gaddafi reminded Africans of the assassination of Patrice Lumumba and countless other leaders of Africa.

Fallout from the Intervention in Libya

The fallout from the Libyan intervention has created insecurity and violence in all parts of North Africa and the Sahel, with racist elements within this Libyan uprising persecuting Africans as mercenaries.  I have detailed the experiences of this intervention in the book, Global NATO and the Catastrophic Failure in Libya.[13] From the writers in the US academic establishment, the NATO intervention was a success. [14] However, decent peoples in all parts of the world have been outraged by the continued violence and the support for the murderous militias by Turkey, Qatar, and Saudi Arabia. The persecution of the citizens of Tawergha stands as a permanent repudiation to the NATO intervention in Libya. U.S policy makers are treating the Libyan intervention the same way they treated the US alliance with the apartheid system for forty years. The media and the intellectual establishment in the United States would like all to forget that the hated apartheid system had been propped up by the United States and her cold war allies in Europe, Saudi Arabia and Japan.  African intellectuals and policy makers have not forgotten the support of the US foreign policy establishment for apartheid, for Mobutu Sese Seko in the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) and for Jonas Savimbi in Angola.

The disinformation on the operations of US supported militias had been covered up in the press until the ambassador of the United States to Libya and three others were consumed by intra-militia fighting in Benghazi, Libya on September 11, 2012. On June 22, 2013 the New York Times featured a lengthy article on the flow of arms to Syria from Libya but the writers from the Times omitted to outline the infrastructure of support for the Jihadists in Syria that had been established by David Petraeus when he was the head of the Central Intelligence Agency.  [15] We have Paula Broadwell to thank for exposing the fact that David Petraeus had the largest CIA station in North Africa in Benghazi after the NATO intervention.

US Policy in Africa in Disarray

The previous justifications for US engagement had been part of the logic for the establishment of the US Africa Command. For a while there was the fiction that the United States was supporting growth and trade (via the Africa Growth and Opportunity Act (AGOA)), but the militarization of the engagement with Africa intensified after then Vice President Dick Cheney’s energy task force had designated African petroleum as “strategic” and colluded with Donald Rumsfeld to establish the Africa Command (AFRICOM). However, there was never any support for the idea of an African military command. It was universally opposed in Africa (except for the client state of Liberia). Within the United States, progressive scholars in the Association of Concerned African Scholars (ACAS) called for the dismantling of AFRICOM. Since the debacle in Libya, the word AFRICOM has rarely been uttered publicly by the Obama White House. The fact that the Obama administration is retreating from perpetual war and is disguising the militaristic activities of the Wall Street cabal is one more testament to the power of popular organizing to oppose militarism.

In June 2012, the White House issued a new policy statement on Africa. What was striking about this new White House Statement was that here was no mention of the US Africa Command. The document was titled, “Policy towards Sub-Saharan Africa.”[16]

Many Africans did not pay much attention to this old ruse of seeking to divide Africa between so called sub- Saharan Africa and North Africa. The reality of the African Union is something that the US policy makers do not want to recognize; hence the State Department maintains the nomenclature of sub-Sahara Africa. In the new document of June 2012, the Obama White House spelt out four pillars of US policy towards Africa, repeating the talking points of George W. Bush minus the Global War on Terror global natolanguage. “The United States will partner with sub-Saharan African countries to pursue the following interdependent and mutually reinforcing objectives: (1) strengthen democratic institutions; (2) spur economic growth, trade, and investment; (3) advance peace and security; and (4) promote opportunity and development.” In the midst of the exposures by Edward Snowden of the massive “architecture of oppression” that is embodied in the surveillance programs of the U.S., the country’s policy makers are now on the defensive as diplomats all over the world absorb the extent of the electronic surveillance program operated by the United States National Security Agency.

When John Kerry spoke at the 50th anniversary of African Unity in Addis Ababa in May 2013, the U.S. Secretary of State did not mention the U.S. Africa Command or the War on Terror. Instead John Kerry spoke of the fact that his wife, Teresa Heinz Kerry, was part of the anti-apartheid struggles in Southern Africa when she was a student at the University of Witwatersrand. The Obama White House sought to build on the cultural capital of the U.S university system by the launch of Young African Leaders Initiative (YALI). According to the Obama White House the “Young African Leaders Initiative (YALI) is a long-term effort to invest in the next generation of African leaders and strengthen partnerships between the United States and Africa. This wide-ranging effort has been led by the White House and the U.S. Department of State in partnership with the U.S. Agency for International Development (USAID) and the Peace Corps. The next phase of YALI will develop a prestigious network of leaders across critical sectors, cement stronger ties to the United States, and offer follow-on leadership opportunities in Africa, with the goal of strengthening democratic institutions and spurring economic growth.” [17]

Despite these nice words, in the era of sequestration, the Obama administration could not find the funds to support this Initiative and the State Department has been calling on American universities to bear the costs of the summer programs that are planned under the YALI. This further reveals disinterest and lack of resources by the American Congress to support any form of U.S. policy towards Africa on matters not related to militarism. While there are no funds to support educational exchange, in the week of June 19, 2013, the US Senate under the initiative of Republican Senator James Inhofe authorized, “the Department of Defense to obligate up to $90 million to provide logistical support to the national military forces of Uganda to mitigate or eliminate the threat posed by the Lord’s Resistance Army (LRA) and bring an end to the murderous campaign of LRA leader Joseph Kony.”[18] This clear support of the conservatives in the United States for the Yoweri Museveni government in Kampala, under the guise of fighting Kony, comes at a moment when the Museveni leadership is being challenged, even from its own officer corps.  [19] More importantly, Republican Senator James Inhofe and the conservatives who initiated this new authorization are bent on supporting a regime where there are elements who believe that same-gender loving persons should be put to death.

Jihadists from the Sahel, Kony in East Africa and Al Shabab of Somalia are the elements mentioned when there is talk from the foreign policy establishment that Africa is being overrun by terrorists and that the US need to deploy AFRICOM. These forces have been pressuring the United States government to brand Boko Haram, the extreme Islamic fundamentalists in Nigeria, as a Foreign Terrorist Organization. There has been so much opposition to this designation that the White House has recoiled from making this decision, and instead has designated three of the leaders of this organization as terrorists.

There were enough concerned scholars and activists who understood that naming the organization as terrorists would have been counterproductive with far-reaching negative consequences for Africa and for future relations between the United States and Africans. The experiences of the up and down relationship with groups in North Africa designated as terrorists has meant that many activists have been wary of way that the terrorism label has been deployed in Africa. In the past two years, there have been numerous press reports of heightened US military engagement in Africa. Reports in the Washington Post on the rising pressures of militarization carry the views of sections of the Pentagon with little reference to the actual balance of forces on the ground in the particular African societies where the US military and Central Intelligence Agency are supposed to be operating. [20]

Obama as Commander in Chief of an Imperial State

While the novelty of the fact that Obama is the first African American President is wearing off, the reality has sunk in that Obama has been trapped by the power of the corporate bankers and entrenched imperial interests that must be safeguarded in order for the US to maintain its empire. When U.S. Attorney General Eric Holder was testifying before the Senate Judiciary Committee about the corruption of the banks he stated, “I am concerned that the size of some of these institutions becomes so large that it does become difficult for us to prosecute them.” Prosecutors, he said, must confront the problem that “if you do prosecute, if you do bring a criminal charge, it will have a negative impact on the national economy, perhaps even the world economy. And I think that is a function of the fact that some of these institutions have become too large.”[21]

When Obama entered the White House in January 2009, Secretary of the Treasury Timothy Geithner advised him that prosecuting the banks would have a negative impact on the world economy. Since that time, instead of nationalizing the banks, Barack Obama has been prisoner to the alliance between two of the least regulated sectors of the U.S. society: the banks and the military. In the light of the massive surveillance by the US government, Special Forces fomenting instability, secret prisons and targeted killings by drones, there have been some in the peace and justice forces who have proclaimed that Obama is worse than his predecessors, and some are now comparing Obama to former President Richard Nixon. In fact, some of the Republicans have ventured to say that George W. Bush had a friendlier foreign policy towards Africa.

Gary Yonge in the Guardian made the excellent argument in pointing out that Barack Obama is the Commander in Chief of the United States and is captive to US imperial power. In the article titled, “Is Obama Worse than Bush? That’s Beside the Point,”[22] Yonge traced the statements of Obama the candidate to the realities of Obama as the President of the United States.  His argument, that it is beside the point whether Obama is worse than Bush, is worth considering in light of the reality that the capitalist crisis facing the United States is far worse than when Bush was President 2001-2009. I will agree that the conditions of the repressive nature of the state have intensified in the midst of the global insecurity of capital, but where I would differ with Yonge would be for the progressive forces to intensify the efforts to hold the bankers accountable so that the militarists and the bankers do not take the world into other military catastrophes.

No doubt, conceptually and as a matter of principles and worldview, Obama is no Bush or Nixon and is different from the neo-cons. But his job description as President of the United States is to preserve the same American empire that Bush and the hawkish beneficiaries of the country’s military-financial-information complex have sought to protect by every means necessary. So Obama is trapped between his liberal worldview/principles and the demands of his job as the preserver-in-chief of the American empire.

When Obama was a presidential candidate for the first time, he was fond of saying that he understands Africa. He found out clearly in the debacle of Libya and Benghazi that whatever his understanding, it will only go so far unless he stands up to the foreign policy establishment. This he has refused to do and has surrounded himself with those elements of the intellectual and academic circuits that had supported apartheid.

Recently, Obama appointed Susan Rice as the National Security Adviser. Rice had been groomed in anti-communism by the Madeline Albright and Clinton factions of the establishment. When Susan Rice was student at Oxford in the 1980s, she reputedly looked the other way when students such as Tajudeen Abdul Raheem were opposing apartheid. She was a member of the ignominious Bill Clinton national security team that pressured the United Nations not to intervene at the time of the Rwanda genocide in 1994. Yet, this same Susan Rice along with Hilary Clinton and Samantha Powers were at the forefront of pushing for the US engagement with France and Britain to destroy Libya in 2011. This same Obama has appointed Samantha Powers to be the ambassador of the United States to the United Nations. Obama is again showing that the US policies towards Africa are in disarray. The old pseudo humanitarianism of Powers and Rice has been overtaken by the hothouse of investors trekking to Africa rolling out projects to change Africa.

In his first trip to Africa in 2009, Obama had travelled to Cairo where he spoke of the linkages between all peoples, paying attention to the fact that “as a student of history, I also know civilization’s debt to Islam.”[23] One month after that speech, Barack Obama spoke in Accra, Ghana about his links to Africa and the heritage of the struggles for freedom in all parts of Africa. Since those two journeys in June and July 2009, Obama has had to hide his understanding of Africa because he has been faced with a racist group called the Birthers who claim that he was born in Kenya and is therefore illegitimate as a President. There is another strong constituency that allages  that Obama is a Muslim. Obama can rightly claim his Irish heritage from his mother’s side, but is mortally afraid of making any statement that may suggest that he is familiar with the political struggles in Africa.

We know from the book by Richard Wolffe, Renegade: The Making of a President, that during the height of the Democratic Party primary battles in Iowa in January 2008, Obama had invited his sister, Auma Obama, to Iowa so that he could be kept abreast of the social forces behind the violence in Kenya at the time. When he drove around Iowa, his sister was briefing him on the issues that sparked the opposition to the theft of the elections.  While preoccupied with the Iowa caucuses he was calling Kenya, reaching out to Desmond Tutu and taking an active role in seeking an end to the incredible violence that took hundreds of lives.[24]

Since 2009 the Kenyans have been building a massive airport at Kisumu so that Air Force One could land in Western Kenya. This was in anticipation of the visit of Obama to visit his relatives.  All of the planning for a Kenyan visit has had to be put on hold because of the outstanding questions of the initiators of the chilling violence that overtook Kenya in January 2008. Obama has instead opted to visit neighboring Tanzania.

Struggles within the Obama Administration over the Militarization of Africa

I have written extensively elsewhere about the statements of the Obama administration over ending perpetual war. In December of last year I commented on the debates within the military and foreign policy establishment. [25] On May 23, 2012 Obama gave his own speech at the National Defense University where he was carrying forward the line of Jeh Johnson after Johnson was pushed out of the Pentagon. But by the time of the May 23 speech, the Obama administration had been overtaken by the details of the massive police state apparatus that had been overseen by the National Security Agency (NSA). Hence, in the May 23 speech Obama attempted to defend the targeted killings with drones while also calling for a scaling back on the War on Terror. Exposing the weakness of his administration in failing to close down the dreaded Guantanamo prison, Obama stated, “History will cast a harsh judgment on this aspect of our fight against terrorism and those of us who fail to end it. Imagine a future 10 years from now or 20 years from now when the United States of America is still holding people who have been charged with no crime on a piece of land that is not part of our country … Is this who we are?… Is that the America we want to leave our children?”

The hawks within the foreign policy establishment who had pushed the Obama administration into the Libyan intervention understand full well that Obama has yielded his capacity to provide leadership out of this current crisis of the system and the attendant militarism. The peace and social justice forces have not yet fully grasped the fact that it is up to the peace movement to delegitimize the militarism that is now engulfing the United States as the Obama administration cave in to John McCain, Bill Clinton and the military-financial-information complex to support the Jihadists in Syria. It is no news that Al Qaeda forms the bulk of the Jihadists in Syria, and only on June 21, 2013 it was reported that authorities in Spain had arrested Al Qaeda elements recruiting fighters for the Jihadist cause in Syria.[26]  It was more than 8 years ago when Seymour Hersh revealed the advanced plans for the war against Iran. Col. Lawrence Wilkerson has stated more than once that the arming of Syrian rebels will be a backdoor to the war against Iran.[27] Barack Obama had opposed this plan for immediate war with Iran and fired James Mattis as the head of the US Central Command. In the absence of a robust peace movement, the private equity forces want to keep the order books going for military contracting so the expansion of wars in the Middle East will be the answer for the winding down of an unpopular war in Afghanistan.

Barack Obama is travelling to Africa at a moment when African progressives are completely opposed to the support for the Jihadists in Syria. As Samir Amin rightly expressed, one cannot be opposed to terrorists in Mali and support the same elements in Aleppo. Obama’s remarks on May 23 were characterized by a basic contradiction. He sought to defend drone assassinations worldwide, while at the same time essentially acknowledging their illegality and the illegality of much of what the American government has done over the past decade. Obama is travelling to Africa without resolving the outstanding contradictions of repudiating US militarization of Africa.

Foreign policy and domestic policies

It is important to restate the obvious that the thrust of US foreign policy towards Africa will be shaped by its domestic policies towards Africans inside the United States. It remains a truism that the foreign policy of any society is a reflection of its domestic policies. Currently, the US policy towards Africa is not different from the racist and militaristic position inside the urban areas of the United States where the majority of African descendants reside. Unemployment in the United States is highest inside the black and brown communities. Africans inside the United States are warehoused in the massive prison industrial complex which is one sub set of the military financial complex. While the banks are being rescued and given a handsome US $85 billion every month as part of a stimulus package, the poor are bearing the costs of the crisis, schools are being closed, and hundreds of millions of dollars are spent on more prison construction.[28]  The lesson of the complete takeover of the city of Detroit shows that the capitalists have no respect for democracy. Obama cannot go to support democracy in Africa when there is no democracy in Detroit.

The Obama administration has been trapped by the history and practices of financial industry, the military intelligence corporations and the petroleum companies. From very early in 2009, the Obama administration understood that financial innovation was not socially valuable. Slowly it was being revealed in books and in commentaries that much of what investment bankers do is socially worthless.[29] These same books and economists have been warning that the current neo-liberal forms of financialization will lead to another financial meltdown.[30] It is now becoming clear that the World Bank is itself inextricably linked to this web of finance and that when the White House writes that the US will be “Expanding African Capacity to Effectively Access and Benefit from Global Markets,” this is a code for the private equity industry.

Despite this knowledge of the socially worthless basis of the market driven polices, the intellectual infrastructures of the Africanist enterprise have written reams of papers seeking to divert attention from the exploitation, joblessness, homelessness and brutalities that sparked the popular uprisings in Egypt and Tunisia. Strategic think tanks in the United States have been reflecting on the implications of the revolutionary processes underway in Africa. The intellectuals and consultants have drawn up “stress tests” to measure the susceptibility of particular African societies to revolutionary insurrections. Those conjuring the “stress tests” are quite aware of the scholarly output as well as the activists who are now standing up for Africa.[31] It is in this context of the African Awakening where the same intellectuals and consultants who have never questioned the assassination of leaders such as Patrice Lumumba are putting forward stress tests for certain African governments. Reporters from the mainstream media such as the Washington Post who are unfamiliar with the recent history of Africa would not know that the heightened US intelligence operations are precisely in those societies where the strategic thinkers were placing stress tests.[32] I have argued that the social forces in the United States who support peace cannot be carried away by the number of articles and Congressional subventions for the US military and the Africom.

Official statements from the US Africa Command about peacekeeping and humanitarianism in Africa have been silent on the warfare and plunder in the Eastern Congo where the military allies of the United States, Rwanda and Uganda have been indicted for looting the natural resources of the Democratic Republic of the Congo. This week John Kerry as the Secretary of State appointed former Senator Russ Feingold of Wisconsin as the Special Envoy to the DRC. However, this is too little and too late because the AU has made a clear decision to upset the planning of those external forces who want to dismember the DRC. Compared with countries such as Brazil, South Korea, Australia and China that are engaging with Africa for substantive economic relations and infrastructural development, the realities of US policy toward Africa seem to suggest that the US has nothing to offer, other than military relations. The United States is peripheral to the major plans for the unification of Africa that are being rolled out in every region and coordinated by the United Nations Economic Commission for Africa (UNECA). In a changed world situation, the United States will continue to be sidelined in areas of deep economic transformation in Africa in so far as US engagement with Africa is primarily through military relations. It is the task of serious peace activists to bring out the contradictions of US military engagement with Africa so that the Obama White House will be explicit in its position on the US Africa command.

Reparative Justice for Africans at Home and Abroad

The legacies of enslavement, colonialism and apartheid dominate the social landscape in Africa. Recent scholarship on the health impacts of enslavement have pointed out the contemporary health questions in the African community in the West that emanate directly from slavery. [33] Harriet Washington in the excellent book, Medical Apartheid: The Dark History of Medical Experimentation on Black Americans from Colonial Times to the Present [34] has deepened our understanding of how many of the health practices of contemporary western medicine can be traced back to the era of enslavement. For the past thirty years Africans at home and abroad have made it clear that there can be no genuine engagement with the West until there is a clear apology for the Trans-Atlantic Slave Trade and until real efforts are made for repair. When Africans and their allies made the case for the apology at the World Conference against Racism in Durban in 2011, the West intervened and pressured Presidents Thabo Mbeki of South Africa, Olusegun Obasanjo of Nigeria and Abdoulaye Wade of Senegal to repudiate the call for reparations, and instead push for a program called New Partnership for Africa’s Development (NEPAD). The so called Millennium Development Goals were also placed as a diversion from the calls of the World Conference against Racism (WCAR) for the western history books to accept that the slave trade constituted a crime against humanity.  The Obama administration in 2009 cooperated with the old State Department hands to undermine the efforts of the 2009 U.N. Durban Review Conference, which was a follow-Up to the 2001 U.N. World Conference against Racism. However, Africans in every part of the planet remain tenacious that this matter of the slave trade will forever hold back humanity.

Kenyans have also shown the same tenacity by their efforts to hold the British government responsible for the crimes carried out by the British army when they attempted to crush the struggles against colonialism.

Inopportune Time for Obama’s Visit

It is time for the dismantling of AFRICOM and for Africans to redefine the relations where the US will start from apologizing for the assassination of Patrice Lumumba and the associated acts of destabilization of Africa over the past fifty years. In those fifty years, the US undermined the processes of self-determination, supported the apartheid regimes in Southern Africa (Namibia, South Africa and Zimbabwe along with the Portuguese colonial forces in Angola and Mozambique), supported Jonas Savimbi for over twenty years, intervened in Somalia, destabilized the DRC by supporting Mobutu Sese Seko or thirty years, and most recently supported NATO to create havoc in Libya. At the most recent meeting of the African Union in Addis Ababa in May 2013, there were clear statements from the grassroots for the immediate unification of Africa. The confidence of the Global Pan African Family was clearly on display. The Obama administration understands the deep desires for change in Africa. Many of the current leaders who occupy office in Africa are teetering on the brink of extinction. There must be a break from the old US policy towards Africa that propped up tyrants and looters. While the media is complaining about the cost of the trip, the progressive intellectuals and activists in the US and in Africa must organize to oppose militarism and plunder in Africa. This is an inopportune moment for Obama to travel to Africa unless he is going to repudiate the growing police state that he is supervising. The mainstream establishment of the United States of America has nothing substantial other than militarism to offer Africa. This trip to Africa is a PR effort to solidify his legacy and garner waning support from his base in the United States.

Ultimately, President Obama must understand that in a changed world situation where the international system is being reconfigured by the awakening caused by the youths’ revolutionary energy and the emergence of China and other key players in Africa, to become relevant on the continent, the US must change its policy from that of militarism to one that supports the aspirations of ordinary Africans: education, healthcare, infrastructure, environmental repair, and decent livelihoods.

Horace Campbell is Professor of African American Studies and Political Science, Syracuse University. He is the author of Global NATO and the Catastrophic Failure in Libya, Monthly Review Press, 2013. 

Notes.


[4] “Panafricanism & African Renaissance: Twenty-First African Union Summit,” May 19-27, 2013. http://summits.au.int/en/21stsummit

[5] Matt Taibbi, “Everything Is Rigged: The Biggest Price-Fixing Scandal Ever,” Rolling Stone, April 25, 2013. http://www.rollingstone.com/politics/news/. See also Charles H. Ferguson, Predator Nation: Corporate Criminals, Political Corruption and the Hijacking of America, Crown Publishers, New York, 2012.

[7] “Libor Scandal Explained and What Rate-Rigging Means to You.” July 18, 2012, http://usatoday30.usatoday.com/money/perfi/credit/story/2012-07-18/libor-interest-rate-scandal/56322230/1

[9] The 2013 Africa Progress Report, “Equity in Extractives”, was launched by Kofi Annan and the Panel on 10 May 2013 at the World Economic Forum on Africa in Cape Town, South Africa.

[10] Patrick Bond,Looting Africa:The Politics of Exploitation, Zed Books, London, 2005

[11] James K. Boyce and Léonce Ndikumana, Africa’s Odious Debts: How Foreign Loans and Capital Flight Bled a Continent, Zed Books, London 2011.

[12] Drake Bennett and Michael Riley, “Booz Allen, the World’s Most Profitable Spy Organization,” Bloomberg News, June 20,2013, http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2013-06-20/booz-allen-the-worlds-most-profitable-spy-organization

[13] Horace Campbell, Global NATO and the Catastrophic Failure in Libya, Monthly Review Press, New York 2013

[14] Dirk Vanderwalle, “After Qaddafi: The Surprising Success of the New Libya,” Foreign Affairs, November/December 2012

[18] “Inhofe Completes Successful Markup of National Defense Authorization Act,” June 14, 2013. http://www.inhofe.senate.gov/newsroom/press-releases/inhofe-completes-successful-markup-of-national-defense-authorization-act

[19] BBC, “Uganda’s David Sejusa: ‘Oppose Museveni’s monarchy’, June 18, 2013, http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-africa-22957712

[21] “Holder, Banks may be too large to prosecute,” Wall Street Journal, March 6, 2013, http://blogs.wsj.com/washwire/2013/03/06/holder-banks-may-be-too-large-to-prosecute/

[23] “Remarks by the President on a New Beginning”, Cairo University, June 4, 2009. http://www.whitehouse.gov/the-press-office/remarks-president-cairo-university-6-04-09

[24] Richard Wolffe, Renegade: The Making of a President, Crown Publishers, 2009, page 246.

[30] Simon Johnson and James Kwak, 13 Bankers: The Wall Street Takeover and the Next Financial Meltdown, Pantheon Books, New York, 2010.

[31] Firoze Manji and Sokari Ekine, African Awakening: Emerging Revolutions, Fahamu Books, Oxford, 2012.

[33] Hilary Beckles, Britain’s Black Debt: Reparations for Slavery and Native Genocide, University of the West Indies Press, 2013

[34] Harriet Washington, Medical Apartheid: The Dark History of Medical Experimentation on Black Americans from Colonial Times to the Present,Anchor Books, New York 2008

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Brawl breaks out in Taiwan parliament

0

Taiwanese lawmakers fighting in parliament on Tuesday June, 25, 2013.

A brawl broke out in Taiwanâ„¢s parliament between the countryâ„¢s main political parties over a controversial tax bill.

On Tuesday, Lawmakers belonging to the ruling Kuomintang party were reportedly occupying the podium in a move aimed at preventing the opposition party, the Democratic Progressive Party (DPP) from revoking the countryâ„¢s capital gains tax.

The controversial bill was passed last year by the ruling party and went into effect this January. However, the bill has been opposed by traders and business groups.

Several lawmakers were reportedly injured in the incident.

Meanwhile, during his visit to Taiwan, well-known blind Chinese activist Chen Guangchen, who had earlier praised Taiwanâ„¢s politics, said that he Å“would rather see brawls in parliament than tanks driving in streets and squares.”

The ruling party finally passed its revision of a capital gains tax on stock transactions.

The Taiwanese government says the bill is needed to bridge the gap between the rich and poor.

Taiwan and the Chinese mainland have been governed separately since they split in 1949 at the end of a civil war but Beijing sees the island as part of its territory, awaiting reunification.

SZH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Obama’s Love Affair With Fracking

0

Yesterday, President Barack Obama announced his administration’s “Climate Action Plan” for cutting carbon pollution in his second term in the Oval Office at Georgetown University and unfortunately, it’s a full-throttle endorsement of every aspect of fracking and the global shale gas market.

Hydraulic fracturing (“fracking”) is the toxic horizontal drilling process via which gas is obtained from shale rock basins around the world, and touting its expanded use flies in the face of any legitimate plan to tackle climate change or create a healthy future for children.

Here is what President Obama said yesterday at Georgetown about natural gas and fracking:

“Now even as we’re producing more domestic oil, we’re also burning more clean-burning natural gas than any country on earth. And again, sometimes there are disputes about natural gas, but we should strengthen our position as the top natural gas producer because in the medium-term at least, it can provide not only safe cheap power, but it can only help reduce our carbon emissions.

Federally-supported technology has helped our businesses drill more effectively and extract more gas. And now we’ll keep working with the industry to keep making drilling cleaner and safer, make sure that we’re not seeing methane emissions, and to put people to work, modernizing our modern infrastructure so that we can power more homes and businesses with cleaner energy. The bottom line is natural gas is creating jobs, it’s lowering many familes’ heat and power bills and it’s the transition fuel that can power our economy with less carbon pollution, even as our businesses work to develop and then deploy more of the even cleaner technology for the energy economy of the future.”

The “Fact Sheet” announcing the Plan further explains:

“We have a moral obligation to leave our children a planet that’s not polluted or damaged, and by taking an all-of-the-above approach to develop homegrown energy and steady, responsible steps to cut carbon pollution, we can protect our kids’ health and begin to slow the effects of climate change so we leave a cleaner, more stable environment for future generations.”

This portion of the plan alone — not to mention anything else problematic found within it, such as endorsement of nuclear energy and illusory “clean coal”/carbon capture and storage (CCS) technology — would prevent the actions outlined in his Fact Sheet from taking place.

In fact, children’s health and air quality nationwide are directly threatened by the promotion of further fracking and natural gas drilling activity. There is a clear disconnect between the president’s stated commitment to a healthy future for children, and the vast expansion of natural gas drilling and fracking, which are scientifically proven to be polluting the air and drinking water of Americans.

“Burning natural gas is about one-half as carbon-intensive as coal, which can make it a critical ‘bridge fuel’ for many countries as the world transitions to even cleaner sources of energy,” reads the plan.

That premise is false. When measured in its entire life cycle — as Cornell University researchers found – fracked gas is actually dirtier than coal and therefore is a bridge to nowhere other than extreme climate disruption. That’s due to fugitive methane emissions, conveniently left out of the climate plan: methane is a greenhouse gas far more potent than carbon dioxide.

Endorsement of Shale Gas Exports, Global Fracking Development, Pickens Plan

Obama’s plan also boasts about bringing the U.S. model for fracking abroad through the U.S. State Department’s Global Shale Gas Initiative, now called the Unconventional Gas Technical Engagement Program.

“We have launched the Unconventional Gas Technical Engagement Program to share best practices on issues such as water management, methane emissions, air quality, permitting, contracting, and pricing to help increase global gas supplies and facilitate development of the associated infrastructure that brings them to market,” the plan further explains.

Further locking in demand for fracking, the Obama climate plan also fully endorses T. Boone Pickens’ “Pickens Plan,” helping create a domestic market for natural gas vehicles, particularly for 18-wheelers. The plan also endorses shale gas exports.

“Going forward, we will promote fuel-switching from coal to gas for electricity production and encourage the development of a global market for gas. Since heavy-duty vehicles are expected to account for 40 percent of increased oil use through 2030, we will encourage the adoption of heavy duty natural gas vehicles as well,” the fracked gas portion of the plan concludes.

“Gasland 2″ Director Josh Fox and Mark Ruffalo Weigh In on the Plan

Sarah Palin, Republican Party Vice Presidential candidate for President in 2008 — who famously chanted “drill baby, drill” at a campaign rally — once was described this way by then-candidate Obama before the 2008 election: ”You can put lipstick on a pig, but it’s still a pig.”

These two statements are pearls of wisdom as it applies to the Obama climate change plan’s endorsement of fracking. “Gasland 2″ Producer and Director Josh Fox agrees with the sentiment.

“Without reducing total production, which would require him to really take on the fossil fuel industries and have a real fight with them, this plan is not going to do anything to solve the problem,” Fox told DeSmogBlog. “Cutting the overall emissions from power plants, but not cutting overall production of coal and gas, makes the problem worse. It’s like switching from Marlboro to Camel cigarettes, instead of just quitting.”

Actor/director Mark Ruffalo, a spokesperson for Americans Against Fracking, also weighed in:

“President Obama deserves praise for prioritizing climate change, but if he’s serious he needs to start by rejecting fracking for oil and gas. Fracking is a dangerous and toxic drilling process that greatly exacerbates climate change and threatens to put us over the edge. 400 ppm is a game changer that requires President Obama stand up to the oil and gas industry. We have clean and abundant wind, water, and solar alternatives that can power the entire U.S. and individual states, according to studies, with existing technologies at equivalent or lower costs than conventional fuels. President Obama can’t claim to seriously address climate change and expand fracking for oil and gas — that’s a stark contradiction.”

Steve Horn is a Madison, WI-based freelance investigative journalist and Research Fellow at DeSmogBlog, where this piece originally appeared.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Malaysian dies of Indonesia smog

0

Motorists drive as the Malaysian Prime Minister’s office (back) is covered by haze in Putrajaya, outside Kuala Lumpur on June 26, 2013.

Smoky haze from forest fires in Indonesia has been blamed for the death of an asthmatic woman in south Malaysia as the air pollution level reached a record-high over the weekend.

Li Cai Ling, a resident of Muar town, died on Sunday with her medical report blaming the pollution, the Sun newspaper reported on Wednesday.

Malaysiaâ„¢s southern areas witnessed worst air pollution in 16 years over the weekend, as the Air Pollutant Index (API) in the capital, Kuala Lumpur, was about 200, or Å“very unhealthy level.”

The haze is blamed on illegal burning of forests in Indonesia’s Sumatra Island, mainly in Riau Province.

Malaysia declared a state of emergency in two districts in southern State of Johor on Sunday.

The smog eased on Wednesday, but continued to shroud some parts of Malaysia such as the capital.

The air quality also forced Cardiff City Football Club to cancel its week-long trip to Malaysia.

The club said in a statement on Tuesday that the visit was cancelled “due to the current poor air quality in the region.”

The situation also led to the cancellation of other sporting events such as Kuala Lumpurâ„¢s marathon and a national competition of disabled athletes.

The smog also shrouded neighboring Singapore, where hazardous levels of pollution were also recorded over the weekend.

The countryâ„¢s Pollutant Standards Index reached a record high of 401 on Friday.

SAB/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Erdogan Turkey’s new dictator: Politician

0

Republican People’s Party leader Kemal Kilicdaroglu has said that Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan has become Å“the new dictator of Turkey.”

Kemal Kilicdaroglu made the remarks on Tuesday, addressing his partyâ„¢s group meeting at the Parliament.

Å“There are 7 billion people in the world. Making mistakes is natural for people and they correct their mistakes, and when itâ„¢s needed they apologize. This is a human virtue. If we make a mistake, we know how to apologize. But he [Erdogan] says, ËœI do not make mistakes.â„¢ He says, Ëœif you don’t do what I say, you can’t be right.â„¢ His name is Turkeyâ„¢s new dictator, Recep Tayyip Erdogan,” Kilicdaroglu said.

He added that Erdogan is organizing meetings across the country but nobody listens to what he says.

He also made reference to the 52 citizens who lost their lives in the Turkish border town of Reyhanliâ„¢s bombings and accused Erdogan of causing sectarian strife.

Leader of the main opposition party said, Å“He was going to claim that those protesters are nonbelievers, and then he saw some performing their prayers in Taksim Square. He was going to say our daughters wearing headscarves were being the target of protesters, then he saw some of the protesters [were] wearing headscarves.”

The unrest in Turkey began on May 31 after police broke up a sit-in held at Taksim Square to protest against a proposal to redevelop Gezi Park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination.

The demonstrators say the park is also one of Istanbul’s last green public spaces.

Four people, including a police officer, have died in recent clashes between the Turkish protesters and security forces, and more than 5,000 protesters and 600 police officers have been injured.

IA/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US threats on Russia, China dismissed

0

A senior Russian lawmaker has dismissed threatening US demands on China and Russia to expel NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden, saying it would only bring Beijing and Moscow closer together.

“The threats from the United States towards Russia and China over the Snowden case will not give results, but will just strengthen closer ties between Moscow and Beijing,” said Foreign Affairs Committee Chairman of the lower parliamentary house Alexei Pushkov, in a tweet message on Wednesday cited in an AFP report.

Pushkov further described recent American harsh rhetoric against its rival powers regarding the former spy agency employee as Å“ill-considered pressure,” warning that such efforts would only damage Washingtonâ„¢s relations with Moscow and Beijing at a time the formerly hostile rivals are seeking common ground on a range of issues, including the Syrian crisis.

The lawmakerâ„¢s statement came following angry reactions by other top Russian officials to what has widely been regarded as US threats for arrest and turnover of Snowden.

Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov earlier complained about what he described as “threats” by US officials over the case of NSA whistleblower.

Russiaâ„¢s President Vladimir Putin, meanwhile, emphasized on Tuesday that his country has no extradition agreement with the US, calling Washingtonâ„¢s rhetoric against Moscow as “ravings and rubbish.”

He also ended speculation over Snowdenâ„¢s whereabouts by confirming that he was still in the transit zone of Moscow’s Sheremetyevo airport and free to depart towards any destination he so chooses.

This is while Washington claims that there was a “clear legal basis” to expel Snowden.

Moreover, White House spokesman Jay Carney has lashed out at Beijing, stressing that China’s failure to “honor extradition obligations” had dealt a “serious setback” to what he described as US efforts to build trust with Chinaâ„¢s new President Xi Jinping.

Chinaâ„¢s official news agency, meanwhile, has slammed the US government as the world’s Å“biggest villain” following the latest revelations on Washingtonâ„¢s cyber espionage against Chinese companies and institutions.

Å“These, along with previous allegations, are clearly troubling signs. They demonstrate that the United States, which has long been trying to play innocent as a victim of cyber attacks, has turned out to be the biggest villain in our age,” said a commentary published in the Xinhua news agency on Sunday.

Snowden arrived in Moscow from Hong Kong, where authorities said the US government request to arrest him did not fully comply with the territoryâ„¢s legal requirements.

MFB/MFB

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Vacant Climate Plan

0

Yesterday, President Obama announced his new Climate Action Plan in a nationally televised speech.

He described the emerging climate crisis and its impacts—both past, present and future, while be suffered the heat of an abnormally warm June day in Washington, DC. His arguments for climate action were compelling and hard to argue with.  Unfortunately his actions do not match his words.

Unlike Bill McKibben, I do not believe that “the solutions agenda [Obama has] begun to advance moves the country in a sane direction.” (Did you read the actual Climate Action Plan, Bill?!?)  No, what I read in Obama’s Action Plan was a rehashing of the same old dangerous false solutions that many of us have been fighting for years and years.  But what’s really criminal is that even though Obama clearly understands both the science and implications of climate change, he still pushes an agenda that will drive us all over the climate cliff.

First the plan’s “Case for Action” reiterates Obama’s pledge to decrease carbon emissions by a paltry 17% below 2005 levels by 2020—but only if all other major economies agree to do so as well. Climate scientists are not calling for 17% reductions by 2020.  In fact, countries like the US need to reduce our emissions by 80-90%. And not in seven years, but immediately. Last year preferably.

The main takeaway from Obama’s horrific bit of greenwashed nonsense? We can continue our unsustainable way of life indefinitely with just a few key tweaks.

“Deploy clean energy.” Ain’t nothin’ clean about this. Obama’s “clean energy” plan includes more fracking, more oil, more nukes, more biofuels and “clean coal.” Yes, Obama wants to stop climate change by screwing over rural communities through promotion of more hydrofracking and increased natural gas exports; expanding domestic oil production—including the hellish Bakken shale oil fields (but don’t worry, it will be clean Bakken oil­—no really, that’s in there); devoting more land to growing feedstocks for plant-based liquid fuels (i.e. less land for biodiversity, growing food or for peasant communities to survive on); protecting forests that store carbon while cutting down trees to burn for electricity production; building more nuclear power plants (apparently never heard of Three Mile Island, Chernobyl or Fukushima); and maintaining the fantasy of that wonderful oxymoron “clean coal.” Sane direction?

Spur Investment in Advanced Fossil Energy Projects. Like “clean” coal, we can burn our fossil fuels and stop climate change too!

Maintain Agricultural Sustainability. For this one, Obama wants us to trust the vehemently pro-GMO US Department of Agriculture to “deliver tailored, science-based knowledge to farmers, ranchers and forest landowners.” ‘Climate ready’ GMO crops anyone?

Negotiate Global Free Trade in Environmental Goods and Services. Right, cuz global free trade has served biodiversity, ecosystems and the 99% so well!

But the most ludicrous item is the last on the menu: “Leading efforts to address climate change through international negotiations.”  (I know, I know, stop laughing)

This section excels in its newspeak. It highlights the disastrous 2009 UN Copenhagen Climate Conference as “historic progress,” and insists that the secretly negotiated Copenhagen Accord (that was booed even by reporters when Obama announced it late in the negotiations) was a breakthrough in developing “a new regime of international transparency.” Omitted is the fact that this Accord was never actually consensed upon, but merely “noted” by the official body. Well history is “his story” after all…

The section goes on to trumpet the accomplishments of the equally disastrous UN Climate Conference in Durban in 2011—about which Nature Magazine wrote “It is clear that the science of climate change and the politics of climate change, now inhabit parallel worlds.”

Nnimmo Bassey, Chair of Friends of the Earth International similarly condemned Durban’s outcomes, “developed countries, led by the US, accelerated the demolition of the world’s international framework for fair and urgent climate action. And developing countries have been bullied and forced into accepting an agreement that could be a suicide pill for the world. An increase in global temperatures of four degrees Celsius, permitted under this plan, is a death sentence for Africa, small island states, and the poor and vulnerable worldwide. This summit has amplified climate apartheid whereby the richest 1% of the world have decided that it is acceptable to sacrifice the 99%.”

But Obama’s Climate Action Plan insists Durban was “a breakthrough”—because countries agreed to come up with some kind of new climate agreement that would not go into force until 2020.

Gee, guess who won’t be in office anymore in 2020…

This article first appeared at ClimateConnections.org.

Anne Petermann is the Executive Director of the Global Justice Ecology Project.

This article originally appeared on: Counterpunch

Terrorists must be armed in Syria: KSA

0

Saudi Arabiaâ„¢s foreign minister says his country believes the al-Qaeda-linked groups in Syria should be armed, but arms shipments to the Syrian government should be stopped.

Speaking at a news conference with US Secretary of State John Kerry in Jeddah on Tuesday, Prince Saud al-Faisal said his country is doing everything it can to help the militants in Syria and Å“calls for issuing an unequivocal international resolution to halt the provision of arms” to the Syrian government.

He also said that Saudi Arabia Å“cannot be silent” over Russia, Iran and the Lebanese Resistance Movement Hezbollah supporting the government of Syrian President Bashar al-Assad.

Iran has repeatedly expressed its opposition to any foreign interference in Syria’s internal affairs, stressing that inclusive dialog and national reconciliation as well as free elections are the keys to resolving the unrest in the Arab country.

Moreover, the Islamic Republic has time and again dismissed claims about its military presence in Syria and the shipment of arms to the Arab country.

On June 24, Syrian Foreign Minister Walid al-Moallem also rejected Å“rumors” by certain countries supporting terrorism that Iran has a military presence in Syria, saying that Tehran always seeks a political solution to the crisis in the Arab country.

Saudi Arabia and Qatar are accused of preparing the ground for a civil war and the killing of innocent people in Syria by providing the Takfiri and terrorist groups with massive financial and military support for the militants.

Unrest began in Syria in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security forces, have been killed in the unrest.

The Syrian government says that the chaos in the country is being orchestrated from outside and that a very large number of militants are foreign nationals.

In addition, several international human rights organizations say militants operating in Syria have committed war crimes.

According to the latest reports by the UN, at least 93,000 people have been killed in the foreign-sponsored militancy in Syria.

YH/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘US, Russia to meet for Syria conference’

0

The United Nations says US Secretary of State John Kerry and Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov will meet next week to ease international peace conference on Syria.

On Tuesday, following talks in Geneva between senior US, Russian and UN diplomats, the UN said in a statement that, Å“The meeting has been informed that Minister Lavrov and Secretary Kerry would be meeting next week.”

“The discussions were constructive, and focused on ways to ensure that the Geneva Conference on Syria can take place with the best chances of success,” the UN said in the statement.

Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Gennady Gatilov also said that Kerry and Lavrov would meet at the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) conference in Brunei, adding that, “There the discussion will be continued on further steps towards convening a conference on Syria.”

The UN-Arab League envoy for Syria, Lakhdar Brahimi, said that the situation in Syria was not getting better, adding that he did not expect the peace talks to take place until later in the summer.

With regard to Iranâ„¢s participation in the talks, Gatilov said that Moscow felt Tehran’s participation was “needed because Iran has played an important role as a regional country and can make a positive contribution to the settlement of the Syrian conflict.”

Gatilov added that despite agreement on many issues, Å“there are still some questions that are subject to additional agreement.”

On May 7, Russia and the United States agreed in Moscow to convene an international conference on Syria, which will serve as a follow-up to an earlier Geneva meeting held in June 2012.

The unrest in Syria erupted over two years ago and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

Damascus says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants fighting in Syria are foreign nationals.

IA/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

India rescue copter crash kills 20

0

In flood-ravaged India, 20 people have been killed after an air force helicopter returning from a rescue mission crashed into a mountain.

On Tuesday, the helicopter crashed into a mountain in the northern state of Uttarakhandâ„¢s Kedarnth town, falling into a river. The helicopter was reportedly carrying soldiers, police, and rescue workers.

“Twenty warriors have died. It is a loss for the entire nation,” Air Chief Marshal NAK Browne said on Wednesday.

“It is difficult to say at the moment how the plane crashed, if it was because of a technical fault or poor weather conditions,” the Indian official added.

Earlier reports had put the death toll at eight.

Air force spokeswoman Priya Joshi said that authorities have launched an investigation into the helicopter crash. She added that some 45 aircrafts were involved in the rescue and relief operations in the northern state.

Northern India has been witnessing devastating floods and landslides triggered by heavy rains.

Reports say that at least 5,000 people have already died from the flooding. Thousands of others are still said to be stranded in the mountainous areas of Uttarakhand, the epicenter of the flooding.

On June 24, United Nations Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon voiced concern over the large number of lives lost during torrential floods, saying the UN was ready to Å“lend its assistance to emergency recovery and rebuilding efforts if needed.”

Meanwhile, Indian media sources say the deadly floods are man-made, due to widespread construction, massive mining, and power projects in the northern states.

The monsoon season, lasting from June to October, causes floods with widespread destruction. This year, India’s monsoon rains are a month ahead of schedule.

SZH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran expanding clinics in Zimbabwe

0

The secretary general of Iranâ„¢s Red Crescent Society (IRCS) says the organization plans to expand its activities and health services in Zimbabwe, Press TV reports.

Å“I am happy that our clinic in Zimbabwe [has been] able to find a position in the heart of the country. We hope to expand our clinics and to provide specialist services, and we will be able to achieve that through cooperation,” Mohammad Abbasi said during a ceremony marking the commissioning of new health equipment and projects in Zimbabweâ„¢s capital, Harare.

The IRCS clinic, located in Harare, provides numerous medical services for the people in the African country.

Felix Muchemwa, an advisor to Zimbabwe President Robert Mugabe, hailed cooperation between Iran and Zimbabwe in order to improve healthcare.

Å“This is the first type of cooperation between Non-Aligned [Movement] (NAM) states on health services. We never had any country trying to set up clinics like now weâ„¢ve had with Iran,” Muchemwa told Press TV.

The IRCS has opened clinics in at least 22 NAM member states, including Zimbabwe, Sudan, Ghana, the Democratic Republic of Congo, Afghanistan, Syria, Lebanon and Kenya.

Iranâ„¢s Ambassador to Zimbabwe Mohammad Aminnejad also expressed optimism at the level of cooperation between the two countries will rise, including in the health sector.

MYA/NN

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

5 Ways the U.S. Government Has Built ‘An Architecture of Oppression’

0

Edward Snowden, the 29-year-old NSA whistleblower who leaked a byzantine collection of classified documents, insists that the US government is building “an architecture of oppression.” While it has not yet become a reality, the capabilities of the security state are astounding, as Snowden notes.

Similar rhetoric has been recently used by Brian Jenkins, a man at the other end of the spectrum. A counter-terrorism expert and high-level consultant, Jenkins helped create the first database of international terrorists in 1971. In an interview with Slate, Jenkins remarked: “What we have put in place is the foundation for a very oppressive state.”

Both of these characterizations of the sprawling national security apparatus acknowledge that “the tools are in place,” as Jenkins puts it, but the oppressive state is not yet fully formed. However, the two men indicate that a capricious turnkey response to a crisis, or the contrasting policies of a newly elected leader, for example, could easily undermine basic democratic freedoms and create a tyrannical regime.

Here are five ways that an “architecture of oppression” has already grown publicly and been normalized since September 11, 2001.

1. The Patriot Act

The big daddy of reactionary power grabs, the Patriot Act was put before Congress on a rare fast-track by Attorney General John Ashcroft just nine days after September 11. It was passed in a whirlwind of jingoistic fervor with only two hearings in the House and none by the Senate Judiciary Committee. Sen. Russ Feingold (D-WI) was the only senator who voted against it.

The Patriot Act made a variety of significant changes to law. It defined or redefined terrorism, domestic terrorism, cyberterrorism, and established or modified existing laws that indict those crimes. The powers of the US Attorney General and the Secret Service were expanded to eliminate barriers to investigating terrorism. Surveillance abilities were enhanced including weakening restrictions on wiretapping and other stored communications like voicemail. The power of the Treasury Department to regulate financial transactions and importantly foreign corporate or personal transactions was also broadened in an effort to crack down on financing terrorism.

It is the jewel in the crown of state repression, and has been used to criminalize an entire generation of political dissidents, whether they be environmental activists who were rebranded “eco-terrorists,” hacktivists who became “cyberterrorists,” or international solidarity activists who were accused of “material support for terrorism.”

2011 saw numerous reports that the government had used the Patriot Act in 1,618 drug cases, and only 15 terrorism cases. It has long been known as the “Kitchen Sink approach to National Security” but the government’s abuse of the intentions of these provisions is astounding.

The Patriot Act is central to understanding how the NSA is conducting its dragnet surveillance. Critics have pointed out that PRISM, one of the secret programs exposed in Snowden’s leaks, allows the US government to collect and store metadata directly from the servers of companies like Google, Facebook, and Apple. It is clear that communications with individuals outside of the US are subject to this collection process, along with more conventional data gathering, like the filtering and collecting of data running across fiber-optic cables. However, the extent to which this affects the Internet communication of all US citizens is unclear.

The program has been enabled by the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act of 1978, or FISA. A legal framework for surveillance, FISA was inspired by the findings of the Church Committee in order to give Congressional and Judicial oversight to domestic surveillance programs. It was a reform brought about after the nefarious disclosure that President Nixon had been spying on political organizations and activists in violation of the 4th Amendment’s requirement of probable cause. But in 2001 FISA was expanded by the Patriot Act under the Bush administration and renewed again by the Obama administration in December 2012 with bipartisan support.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

San Francisco's Unique Character Crumbling as Wealthy Techies Take Over

0

Photo Credit: Steven Rosenfeld

June 25, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

It’s not just the 22 construction cranes dotting the San Francisco skyline and 5,000 pricey condos and apartments under construction. Nor is it the fleet of private buses ferrying 14,000 tech workers to Silicon Valley, or the explosion of restaurants and boutiques, or rents doubling, or the spike in evictions, or home sales now averaging $1 million.

What’s happening to San Francisco goes beyond the accelerating gentrification in multicultural districts like the Mission or Mayor Ed Lee minimizing affordable housing woes. The city that’s been a magnet for free spirits and immigrants and working-class people for decades seems to be losing its famous heart. Or perhaps it’s more accurate to say that its heart is being replaced by a software update.

The best encapsulation of this sea change, which is driven by a booming tech sector that’s generated 13,000 jobs since early 2012, might be this blog from former San Francisco Bay Guardian editor Tim Redmond, who begged the techie beneficiaries to stop treating the city he loves like a “rich kid’s playground.” 

“When a 1990s tech-startup guy who admits he was part of the last generation of gentrification is now so fed up with the new arrival of high-paid techies that he’s ready to leave, it’s pretty serious,” he wrote in a piece titled, “The Mission ‘douchebags.’” He ended, “I know, I’m an old fart who is not rich and never will be… But if you’re lucky enough to be rich in your 20s, show some respect.”

All economic booms bring dislocations, but what San Francisco is undergoing seems deeper because unlike past decades, when hippies arrived in the 1960s and gays came a decade later, locals were not displaced. That distinction has also been noted by longtime San Francisco Chronicle columnist Carl Nolte and by author Rebecca Solnit, another longtime resident, who recently wrote, “The problem is that we understand Silicon Valley’s values all too well, and a lot of us don’t like them.”

Today’s construction cranes and skyrocketing housing costs are merely the most visible signs of a city in transition. There are two ways to look at that boom–from the vantage of the tech elite like Oracle CEO Larry Ellison, who brought the America’s Cup yacht race here but made it so expensive that almost no one can compete, or from the ground up where more of the city’s more pedestrian classes are feeling pressured by the boom.

Websites tracking apartments have declared, “You’re Never Moving Again,” noting that rents in desirable neighborhoods have doubled in less than two years and keep going up. Home prices are not far behind, jumping 35 percent since last year, one-and-one-half times the rate of the region. Downtown parking spaces are selling for $80,000.

Contrary to the breezy headlines, people are moving in and out. But in the latter case it’s not because they want to. Evictions have hit a 12-year high, in part because investors are using loopholes in otherwise strong tenant laws to buy apartment buildings and convert them to private homes. The business model, the San Francisco Tenants Union said, is targeting rental buildings with long-term tenants–as that makes them cheaper–and evicting everyone for resale as condos, tenancies-in-common or new mansions.

Meanwhile, hundreds more longtime residents have been put on notice for possible eviction. The Tenants Union says that the Mission, Haight-Ashbury, North Beach and Inner Richmond neighborhoods are the hardest hit, with upward of 100 households a month losing their longterm housing through a mix of evictions and paid buyouts, most of which aren’t recorded in city hall statistics.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Can't Remember Your Own Phone Number? You Might Have Digital Dementia

0

The Blackberry Torch 9800 smartphone.

June 25, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

South Korean and German doctors are warning of a new phenomenon that is known as “digital dementia.”

The Telegraph (UK) notes that South Korean doctor Byun Gi-won told a newspaper that “over-use of smartphones and game devices hampers the balanced development of the brain…Heavy users are likely to develop the left side of their brains, leaving the right side untapped or underdeveloped.”

The right side of the brain is responsible for concentration. Failure in development of that side of the brain could lead to early dementia in 15 percent of heavy-users of smartphones, according to The Telegraph. Overuse of the devices could also lead to emotional underdevelopment, with children feeling the affects of it more because of their still-developing brains.

The situation could worsen. 18.4% of people in South Korea between the ages of 10 and 19 report using their smartphone for over seven hours a day. That’s an increase of about seven percent from the numbers reported last year.

More than 67 percent of people in South Korea have smartphones, the highest number in the world. Sixty-four percent of teenagers in South Korea possess smartphones.

Doctors in South Korea aren’t the only ones sounding the alarm on “digital dementia.” The Telegraph notes that German scientist Manfred Spitzer published a book last year that “warned parents and teachers of the dangers of allowing children to spend too much time on a laptop, mobile phone or other electronic devices.”

Spitzer said that brain development problems are irreversible and has called for digital media to be barred from German classrooms because children might become “addicted.”

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Brazilians Are Taking to the Streets to Protest Their Country's Injustice and Inequality–Why Aren't We?

0

Photo Credit: Agencia Brasil

June 25, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

I have outrage envy.

For nearly two weeks, more than a million citizens across Brazil have taken to the streets to protest political corruption, economic injustice, poor health care, inadequate schools, lousy mass transit, a crumbling infrastructure and – yes, in the land of Pelé – billions blown on sports.

“Brazil, wake up, any good teacher is worth more than Neymar!” That’s what the crowds have been shouting. Neymar da Silva Santos, Jr. is the 21-year-old Brazilian star who’s getting nearly $90 million to play for Futbol Club Barcelona.  “When your son is ill, take him to the stadium,” read one protester’s sign, razzing the $13.3 billion Brazil is spending to host the 2014 FIFA World Cup and the $18 billion it will cost the country to host the 2016 Summer Olympics. Even this soccer-mad nation is saying there’s something out of whack with public priorities, and it’s time to set things right.

The massive demonstrations have stunned Brazilians themselves, for their size, their spontaneity and their civic fury.  “If you’re not outraged,” an American bumper sticker goes, “you’re not paying attention.” Brazilians are paying attention to their problems, and they’re mad as hell. So why aren’t we?

The Brazilian protests were sparked by a bus fare increase in São Paulo. It’s grimly comical to see American news media explain why a 9-cent hike is such a big deal by resorting to the usual trope for covering social unrest in the developing world, like when the price of wheat goes up a few pennies. To help us understand why this matters so much, our press relates the cost of bread or buses to the minimum wage in distant lands and points out the dependency of their diets on staples and of their jobs on public transportation.  Even though millions of Americans below the poverty line can’t make a living wage, and millions more are barely hanging on by their fingernails, the infotainment narrative of life in America is so divorced from the pervasive reality of struggling to survive that journalists assume we’d be bewildered that bus fares could start such a fire.

There are, of course, plenty of dissimilarities between the U.S. and Brazil, a developing nation ruled by military dictatorship until 1985, but there are also plenty of all-too-close analogies between what’s pissing off Brazilians and what ought to piss off Americans.

Income inequality. Brazil is in the world’s bottom 10 percent on income inequality, ranking 121st out of 133 countries. But the U.S. ranks 80th, just below Sri Lanka, Mauritania and Nicaragua.

Wealth distribution.  There are only six countries in the world whose wealth distribution — accumulated holdings, not annual funds earned — is more unequal than Brazil. But the U.S. is one of those six.

Education. The annual rate of growth in student achievement in math, reading and science in Brazil is 4 percent of a standard deviation. But U.S. educational achievement is growing at less than half that rate: 1.6 percent, just below Iran.

Corruption. Brazil ranks 121 in public trust in the ethical standards of politicians, out of 144 countries. But the U.S. comes in only at 54, just above Gabon.

Infrastructure. The quality of Brazil’s infrastructure puts it at a dismal 107, out of 144 countries. But the U.S. ranks 25th — below most other advanced industrial countries and even behind some developing nations, like Oman and Barbados.

Health care.  Brazil’s health care system ranks 125th out of 190 countries. But the U.S., jingoistic rhetoric notwithstanding, is only 38th. Among our peer nations — wealthy democracies — we’re dead last, and it’s only gotten worse over the past several decades.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Visiting Las Vegas Still Causes Culture Shock, But Now, a Lot of it is About Guns

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/ Matej Hudovernik

June 25, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

I’ve just flown back from Vegas, and boy, are my arms tired. And brain boggled. After all these years, it was my first visit, and although I’ve been to Reno and Tahoe and even the casinos of Winnemucca, Nevada– “The Crossroads of the West” – nothing prepared me for the splendor, squalor and sleaze of the ultimate American pleasure dome.

“This is where feminism came to die,” my girlfriend Pat sardonically joked as weary, bikinied women danced on bars and we walked through the heat past the umpteenth sidewalk vendor handing out escort fliers and wearing a neon-colored “Las Vegas Girls Direct to You in 20 Minutes” tee-shirt, a piece of apparel so ubiquitous the casino gift shops now sell them as souvenirs.

Then there was the pop-up “Hitched in a Hurry” wedding chapel along the Strip where too-young, too-inebriated couples dressed in shorts and flip-flops were exchanging vows as passers-by watched through the windows. We fought the urge to build pop-up intervention centers a hundred feet on either side.

None of which is to say we didn’t have a good time, although in some ways it was more a replica of enjoyment, like the fake Eiffel Tower, Statue of Liberty, Venetian canals and other reproductions that dot the Vegas landscape. This is America through the distorting, funhouse looking glass, whether it’s the 32-ounce, frozen cocktails in adult sippy cups or (I’m not making this up) the Kardashian Khaos boutique in the Mirage Hotel.  

And guns. True, we didn’t spot anyone overtly packing heat, except for the occasional law enforcement officer, but the culture certainly was magnified all around us, from the stores with stacks of “American Gun,” the bestseller by Chris Kyle, the ex-Navy SEAL who was shot to death in Texas four months ago, to the multiple billboards advertising machine gun firing ranges and the jeeps in camouflage paint that prowl the boulevards promoting commando-style training in the desert.

The city’s homicide rate for the first quarter of this year is up fifty percent from the same period in 2012. In February, for example, a fatal shooting on the Strip only a couple of blocks from our hotel led to a car crash that also killed a cab driver and his passenger, for a total of three deaths, and just two weeks before we arrived, two died and two were injured in a gun-related, double murder-attempted suicide.
The Vegas police department has above average success arresting the perpetrators–75% against the national rate of 65%–but oddly, as columnist J. Patrick Coolican of the Las Vegas Sun reports, “In nonlethal shootings, when the victim survives, the criminal is more than 90 percent likely to get away with the crime…In 2012, for instance, there were 313 nonlethal assaults with firearms. Just 20 of the cases led to an arrest.

A police spokesman told Coolican that homicides are easier to solve–because, he said, you have a corpse and a murder scene. But Eugene O’Donnell, a former cop who’s now a criminologist at the John Jay School of Criminal Justice in New York rejected that rationale and asked, “What’s a police department for if not to solve gun violence?”

Obviously, a police department’s for a lot of other things, too, but the question bears consideration. Solving gun violence should be a primary goal of law enforcement but government departments remain hamstrung by budget cuts and hiring freezes, not to mention the relentless bigfooting of the NRA, firearms manufacturers and the rest of the gun lobby. Despite continued tragedies and public support for tougher regulation, not only do they continue on a federal level to prevent further regulation, they strongarm states and municipalities into relaxing the rules or changing them to favor the gun business.

Last week, Alaska Governor Sean Parnell made his state the latest of at least 22 to adopt a “Stand Your Ground” law, allowing the use of deadly force if the owner of a gun feels threatened. He signed the law on the eve of George Zimmerman’s trial for the fatal “Stand Your Ground” shooting of Trayvon Martin in Florida, and chose to hold the signing ceremony–with heavy-handed symbolism–at a shooting range so he could, Alaska Public Media reported, “send a message.”
And the day before we arrived in Las Vegas, Nevada’s Governor Brian Sandoval vetoed a bill authorizing universal background checks for gun purchases in the state. According to the website ThinkProgress, “The bill, passed by Nevada’s Democratically controlled state legislature, would have requireda background check prior to all gun sales and would have increased reporting of mental illness data. The National Rifle Association’s lobbying arm called the proposal‘misguided gun control legislation being forced on law-abiding citizens of Nevada.’”
In fact, an April poll found that 87 percent of Nevada voters favored the background check, but “Sandoval said his decision was in part due to the loud voices of that small minority that does not believe criminal background checks should be required prior to gun purchases. He told a local TV station that he’d received 28,000 calls from opponents, and only about 7,000 from supporters.”

There’s the real power of the NRA and the gun lobby for you. Not just the money they throw at media buys and at officeholders and candidates — in fact, last year only three of the sixteen US Senate candidates endorsed by the NRA won. No, it’s the sheer stridency and lungpower of their opposition to any perceived threat to gun ownership. (Add to this the deep and usually unexpressed anxiety that hey, these folks have weapons. As John Oliver recently proclaimed on The Daily Show, “The Second Amendment has won the Bill of Rights. It has defeated all the other amendments, which of course it did when you think about it – it’s the only amendment with a gun.”

The success of this fierce outspokenness and the corresponding failure of the majority are known, Alec MacGillis wrote in The New Republic magazine, as “the intensity gap: While plenty of people support stricter gun laws, few advocated for them or voted on the issue unless they had been personally affected by gun violence.”
Andy Kroll in Mother Jones magazine quotes political scientist Jonathan Bernstein: “Action works. ‘Public opinion’ is barely real; most of the time, on most issues, change the wording of the question and you’ll get entirely different answers. At best, ‘public opinion’ as such is passive. And in politics, passive doesn’t get results.”

Kroll also cites a recent Washington Post/ABC News poll that one in five gun owners had “called, written, or emailed a public official; only 1 in 10 people without a gun in the household had done the same. In the same poll, 1 in 5 gun owners said they’d given money to a group involved in the gun control debate; just 4 percent of people without a gun in the home previously gave money.”

In just the six months since the Newtown killings there have been more Americans murdered by guns than the 4409 United States armed forces killed in the Iraq war. Despite its failure in April, reports are that Senate Majority Leader Harry Reid may bring a background check bill back to the floor between the Fourth of July and August recesses.

So now is the moment for outrage and action to join hands, to swivel the intensity gap in the other direction, to join with such groups as the Coalition to Stop Gun Violence, the Brady Campaign to prevent Gun Violence, Sandy Hook Promise, Americans for Responsible Solutions (Gabby Giffords’ group), Moms Demand Action, Mayors against Illegal Guns and others; to speak out in force, make the phone calls and send the e-mails, to pressure your representatives. Do that, and this time, as they say in Vegas, I wouldn’t bet against you.

Michael Winship is senior writing fellow at Demos and a senior writer of the new series, Moyers & Company, airing on public television.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Obama Uses Major Climate Speech to Cheerlead for Natural Gas Industry; Keystone XL Fate Still Undecided

0

June 25, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Editor’s Note: Tara Lohan is traveling across North America documenting communities impacted by energy development for a new AlterNet project,  Hitting Home. Follow her trip on Facebook or on Twitter.

Obama’s much anticipated speech on climate change delivered today at Georgetown University in Washington DC was full of highs and lows. Since his election many hoped he’d be a leader on environmental concerns, but the last five years have mostly been disappointing – gains in renewables and fuel efficiency are worth noting, but his allegiance to an “all of the above” energy strategy is foolhardy at best.

His new plan included three main goals. The first is to cut carbon pollution by directing the EPA “to work closely with states, industry and other stakeholders to establish carbon pollution standards for both new and existing power plants.” This is a noble and necessary goal but will be politically challenging to say the least, even though Obama did his best to shame the GOP and its industry friends.

The second is to help communities prepare for the inevitable impacts of climate change – and the extreme weather we’re already seeing. And the third is to be an international leader. His plan calls for America to “help forge a truly global solution to this global challenge by galvanizing international action to significantly reduce emissions, prepare for climate impacts, and drive progress through the international negotiations.” Does this mean that perhaps we’ll stop obstructing international climate talks?

The most notable parts of his speech were where he touched on “controversial” topics such as the Keystone XL pipeline and natural gas. He reaffirmed his commitment to wanting to go with burning “cleaner natural gas instead of dirtier fuel sources.” We can only assume the dirty stuff here is coal, but he tactfully avoided saying so directly. Of course he failed to talk about the dirty and dangerous process of extracting gas via fracking – the technology responsible for our current gas boom that Obama proudly mentioned numerous times.

He touted the jobs that this industry would create, “jobs that can’t be shipped overseas,” but he failed to mention that the product being produced can and will be shipped overseas – energy independence be damned.

It’s hard to imagine that Obama has ever visited with communities who are in the crosshairs of natural gas extraction – a process that has proven already to be anything but clean and safe. And yet Obama promised to “strengthen our position as a top natural gas producer” and even to use our private sector to help other countries “transition to natural gas.” This translates to exporting fracking worldwide – a process already underway in Poland, South Africa, Australia and other countries. The hypocrisy of Obama’s allegiance to the gas industry and his pledge to fight climate change was called out by actor/director Mark Ruffalo, a spokesperson for Americans Against Fracking, who said, “President Obama can’t claim to seriously address climate change and expand fracking for oil and gas–that’s a stark contradiction.”

There is no question where Obama stands on the issue of fracking, and it should be serious cause for concern. With the Keystone XL pipeline, it’s harder to read the tea leaves. The President said:

Allowing the Keystone pipeline to be built requires a finding that doing so would be in our nation’s interest. And our national interest will be served only if this project does not significantly exacerbate the problem of carbon pollution. The net effects of the pipeline’s impact on our climate will be absolutely critical to determining whether this project is allowed to go forward.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Nepal: The View From The Top Is Not Pretty

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/filmlandscape

June 25, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

With the exception of Mt. Everest, Nepal has very little that the mainstream media finds newsworthy. You cannot really blame the Western media though — this small land-locked country of South Asia does not get much coverage in regional Asian press either. Naturally, anything that is hidden from the eye tends to acquire a sense of enigma over a period of time, and the Nepalese nation has done just that.

Enigmatic or not, but such seclusion comes at a price: most of the time, progress tends to slow down, and in this article, I shall attempt to analyze the state of Nepal and its current situation.

But before that, let me ask you: think of Nepal, and what comes to your mind first? Alright, probably Mt. Everest again! And? A small-ish country that has somehow managed to defy most of the colonial powers in the past? Apparently, this very small country, in spite of its brave history, seems to be heading towards a rather downward spiral.

So, what exactly is happening in Nepal?

Multiple things, to be honest. But since we live in a world that defines and assesses your worth on the basis of your wallet, I will begin with the economy.

Economy

Nepalese economy has the potential to see its own share of high tides. However, one does not simply emerge as an economic power, especially when one is surrounded by ever evolving economies both in the north and south. Truth is, anything that Nepal seems to do in terms of economics, India and China have managed to do better.

In fact, stagnant economy was one of the key aspects of the manifesto of the revolution that toppled the monarchy in Nepal and transformed the erstwhile Himalayan Kingdom into a Republic. Yet, the conditions have not changed. Or at least they have not changed for the better, sadly.

The primary flaw of Nepalese economy has been the rampant corruption, which has crippled the entire homespun economic model. Oh dear, economists will cite multiple reasons for this: lack of capitalist and privatization model (yeah, whatever), excessive state interference in the growth model, little foreign trade, untapped natural resources, and so on. But at the end of the day, if you are seeking reasons for the dismal state of Nepalese economy, you do not need to look so far.

Truth is, the monarchy has been replaced by a government that is not, by any means, stable. Political instability is the mother of economic fluctuation. Add to it the fact that a land-locked country in a mountainous region does not have the best opportunities in terms of infrastructure, and you have all the recipes for economic disasters. In spite of it all, Nepalese economy has proven to be resilient enough: even during the last days of the monarchy, Nepal managed to retain the homespun characteristic of its economies.

Furthermore, on the paper, the record is not so bad: as of 2012, out of 37 state-owned enterprises, 21 are operating with a decent profit margin. In reality, if anything, Nepalese economy is marred more by the disparity in income and poverty, as well as cultural issues.

Speaking of cultural issues — this brings me to my next point.

Culture and Society

Read this.

With a decent growth in population and education, Nepal is going through a transitionary phase. Yet, religious dogmas and godmen dominate the society even to this day. And by domination, I do not mean the Indian or Pakistani model, where the major cities have managed to develop a rational line of thought, and the dogmatic lifestyle is best witnessed in rural or semi-urban areas. In Nepal, even the capital city of Kathmandu is predominantly orthodox and often superstitious.

This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

‘West no solution to Syria crisis’

0

The Syrian ambassador to the United Nations Bashar al-Jaafari says Britain and France cannot be part of a solution to end the crisis in Syria.

According to Bashar al-Jaâ„¢afari, France and Britain cannot be objective, impartial, and neutral in their stance toward Syria crisis.

Å“When France and Britain are deeply involved in forging the terrorism within Syria, helping the terrorist, providing them with weapons and political support, that means France and Britain are not the right suitable powers to intervene with this regard. They cannot accuse the Syrian government of something that they judge or call it allegations. They are judging Syrian government of being behind it,” al-Jaafari said.

He added that, Å“They are an integral part of the problem, not an integral part of the solution.”

Al-Jaafari said the two countries support terrorism in Syria and that the west is seeking an Iraq scenario in his country.

Å“They want to repeat the same scenario that they applied to Iraq in the early nineties. They want to open up the country, all of Syria, to what they call United Nations inspections,” he added.

The unrest in Syria erupted over two years ago and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

Damascus says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants fighting in Syria are foreign nationals.

IA/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Police attack protesters in Ankara

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Police in Turkey have used tear gas and water canon to disperse 2000 protesters staging demonstrations in the capital city, Ankara.

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

State Department Debunks Iranian Latin American Terrorism Links

0

State Department Debunks Iranian Latin American Terrorism Links 
by Stephen Lendman
False anti-Iranian accusations persist. They’re longstanding. Claims about alleged nuclear bomb development don’t wash. Nor do well publicized terror attack charges.
The Islamic Republic’s maliciously vilified. False accusations follow earlier ones. A disturbing pattern repeats. Iran’s sovereignty is challenged. Its independence is threatened. 
Washington wants pro-Western stooges everywhere. It wants rival states eliminated. It wants unchallenged global dominance. Everything’s fair game to achieve it. Duplicitous misinformation proliferates.
Argentinian officials falsely charged former Hezbollah leader Imad Mughniyah in connection with the 1992 Israeli Buenos Aires embassy bombing. It killed 29 civilians and wounded 242 others.
In 1999, its authorities issued an arrest warrant. It cited this attack and the 1994 AMIA (Argentine Israelite Mutual Association) Buenos Aires bombing. It killed 85 and injured hundreds. Argentina has Latin America’s largest Jewish population. It numbers around 200,000.
On May 29, the Times of Israel headlined “Argentinian prosecutor alleges extensive Iranian terror activity in South America.”
Alberto Nisman’s 502 page indictment falsely linked Iran to the 1994 incident. It did so duplicitously. More on that below.
Nisman named former Iranian cultural attache Mohsen Rabbani. He was Tehran’s alleged Latin American clandestine activities coordinator.
He fabricated Iran’s so-called “dual use of diplomatic offices, cultural or charity associations and even mosques, as coverage to hide illegal activities.”
He claimed the 1994 incident wasn’t “an isolated event.” It’s “part of a bigger image, dominated by the strong and aggressive Iranian infiltration in the region in which Rabbani did not limit himself to Argentina.” 
(B)ased on the gathered evidence, his activities (extended) to Guyana and to several South American countries.”
“Based on countless reports, evidence, testimonies, court and investigative records related to other countries of the region, North America and Europe – including rulings of foreign courts against the Iranian regime – (his activities supposedly) proved the identical decision-making mechanism, planning and execution of terrorist attacks verified in different countries, which were judicially attributed to Iranian intelligence agents.”
Latin American countries named include “Brazil, Paraguay, Uruguay, Chile, Colombia, Guyana, Trinidad and Tobago and Suriname.”
Nisman accused Tehran’s Argentinian embassy and several Iranian “front companies” of providing means and cover for individuals involved in the 1994 attack.
He alleged so-called “documents signed by top authorities in Iran” prove his accusations.
“I have the certainty that this is irrefutable proof,” he claimed. “Any prosecutor who sits in my office will reach the same conclusions because evidence leads to that. Iran is a terrorist state that backs them.”
He asked Interpol to “take further measures in order to detain all the defendants in the AMIA case with international arrest warrants.”
The Islamic Republic News Agency (IRNA) vehemently denied Nisman’s accusations. It said Tehran has no involvement in Latin American terrorism. It has intention to commit it. No reason to do so exists.
“(D)ue to the prosecutor’s background and Zionist character, we won’t consider his statements important,” IRNA stressed.
Cui bono matters most. Nisman left unaddressed an Iranian motive or interest in Latin American terrorism. What possible purpose could it serve? 
Iran’s got everything to lose and nothing to gain. Israel and America benefit hugely. They do so by claiming Iran’s link to incidents bearing their fingerprints globally. They do it on others fabricated out of whole cloth.
Wall Street Journal columnist Mary O’Grady notoriously reinvents Latin American history. She does so her way. Doing it turns truth on its head. It doesn’t wash with reality. She’s been exposed, debunked, and disgraced numerous times. 
Her columns repeat lies, damn lies, and vilification of Washington’s enemies. She fronts for wealth and power. She does so disgracefully. She’s paid to do so. 
She never had credibility. She doesn’t now. She substitutes her version of history for reality. It reads like bad fiction.
On June 2, she headlined “Uncovering Iran’s Latin Networks.” She cited Nisman’s report. She claimed Tehran “sow(s) revolution all over the world, and Latin America is a key target.”
She called his misinformation “sophisticated (proof of) Iranian terrorism….run(ning) from the Caribbean to the Southern Cone.”
She cited Nisman’s outlandish claim of an alleged foiled 2007 Iranian plot to blow up New York’s JFK Airport. He called it similar to the 1994 Argentinian incident.
So-called evidence is easy to concoct. Washington and complicit allies do it repeatedly. Some do under pressure. All do shamelessly.
According to O’Grady:
“The model is not complicated. True believers are placed in legal structures, like embassies, cultural centers, mosques and religious schools, where they carry out official duties but also radicalize converts, collect funds, pass secret communications and otherwise lay revolutionary groundwork.”
Mosques are “dual” purpose, she claims. They serve as “intelligence station(s).” She calls Brazil’s border with Paraguay and Argentina “a famous hideout for Hezbollah.”
Her claims lack credibility. They’re void of corroborating evidence. She can’t include what doesn’t exist. She tries anyway. She misses the mark every time. Baseless claims don’t wash.
On August 20, 2012, Judicial Watch headlined “State Dept.: No Middle Eastern Terrorists in Latin America,” saying:
“Months after the world’s largest Spanish news network revealed that Middle Eastern terrorists infiltrated Latin America to plan an attack against the United States, the Obama Administration has determined that the groups don’t seem to have a presence in the region though there is growing concern.”
A “lengthy State Department report on terrorism contradicts” alarming claims otherwise. So-called Middle East terrorist groups infiltrating Latin America don’t exist.
Fabricated plots suggested Latin America-based Middle East groups planned White House, FBI, Pentagon, and US nuclear plant attacks.
Supposed Iranian-linked Hezbollah and Al Qaeda “operational cells” don’t exist. Nor do fake money laundering schemes.
The State Department said “no known international terrorist organization has an operational presence in Mexico.” A fabricated Univision expose claimed otherwise.
Washington said “no terrorist group targeted US citizens in or from Mexican territory. (N)o evidence of ties between Mexican criminal organizations and terrorist groups” exist.
On May 30, 2013, the State Department again debunked claims about an Iranian-linked Hezbollah/Al Qaeda Latin American terrorist network. “(N)o known operational cells” exist. None do now. None did earlier.
At the same time, the report acknowledges Iranian President Ahmadinejad’s visits to Cuba, Ecuador, Nicaragua and Venezuela. “The United States continues to monitor such initiatives,” it said.
This report followed Nisman’s outlandish claims. He cited nonexistent terrorist cells. State Department spokeswoman Jen Psaki said agency Country Reports are “pretty extensive.” She had nothing further to add.
It bears repeating. False accusations against Iran persist. Washington initiates many. The State Department’s latest report wrongfully accuse Iran of “attacks or attempted attacks in India, Thailand, Georgia and Kenya.”
It claimed “Iran provided financial, material, and logistical support for terrorist and militant groups in the Middle East and Central Asia.”
It said “Iran used the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps-Qods Force (IRGC-QF) and militant groups to implement foreign policy goals, provide cover for intelligence operations, and stir up instability in the Middle East.” 
“The IRGC-QF is the regime’s primary mechanism for cultivating and supporting terrorists abroad.”
Iran was wrongfully accused of a fabricated US Saudi ambassador assassination plot. It’s falsely called the world’s leading state sponsor of terror. 
Accusations persist. They don’t pass the smell test. They stop short of linking Iran to Latin American terrorism. If Washington saw a connection, headline reports would follow. None did post-Nisman. Official silence further debunks his claims.
Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net. 
His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”
http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html
Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com. 
Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.
It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.
http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour 
http://www.dailycensored.com/state-department-debunks-iranian-latin-american-terrorism-links/

This article originally appeared on: Stephen Lendman

Snowden on the Move

0

Snowden on the Move
by Stephen Lendman
Where is Edward Snowden? Unanswered questions remain. Supposedly he traveled from Hong Kong to Moscow en route to Havana and Quito, Ecuador. Or did he? More on that below.
On June 25, the South China Morning Post (SCMP) headlined “Snowden sought Booz Allen job to gather evidence on NSA surveillance.”
He said so. “My position with Booz Allen Hamilton granted me access to lists of machines all over the world the NSA hacked,” he explained. 
“That is why I accepted that position about three months ago.” He took less pay “in the course of pursuing specific work. Booz was not the most I’ve been paid.”
On May 20, Snowden arrived in Hong Kong. According to SCMP, he contacted documentary film maker/producer Laura Poitras in January. 
He said he had information about US intelligence community activities. He first met her and two UK reporters in Hong Kong. He has volumes of classified US documents. Some were released. Others will be later.
They reveal lawless US spying and hacking. He wants them made public. “I did not release them earlier,” he said, “because I don’t want to simply dump large amounts of documents without regard to their content.”
“I have to screen everything before releasing it to journalists.”
“If I have time to go through this information, I would like to make it available to journalists in each country to make their own assessment, independent of my bias, as to whether or not the knowledge of US network operations against their people should be published.”
He wants nothing released harmful to US security. He wants information revealed important for everyone to know. 
He knew the risks and took them. He did the right thing because it matters. He acted responsibly, ethically and legally. He didn’t commit espionage as wrongfully charged. HE EXPOSED IT on a massive, unprecedented scale! 
He sacrificed financial security and freedom doing so. He explained, saying:
“You can’t come forward against the world’s most powerful intelligence agencies and be completely free from risk, because they’re such powerful adversaries that no one can meaningfully oppose them.” 
“If they want to get you, they’ll get you in time. But at the same time you have to make a determination about what it is that’s important to you.”
“And if living – living unfreely but comfortably is something you’re willing to accept – and I think many of us are; it’s the human nature – you can get up every day, you can go to work, you can collect your large paycheck for relatively little work, against the public interest, and go to sleep at night after watching your shows.” 
“But if you realize that that’s the world that you helped create, and it’s going to get worse with the next generation and the next generation, who extend the capabilities of this sort of architecture of oppression, you realize that you might be willing to accept any risk, and it doesn’t matter what the outcome is, so long as the public gets to make their own decisions about how that’s applied.”
On June 25, Reuters headlined “Top China paper hits back at US accusations on Snowden,” saying:
“The world will remember Edward Snowden.” The People’s Daily praised him for “tearing off Washington’s sanctimonious mask.” At the same time, it rejected accusations that Beijing facilitated his Hong Kong departure.
It harshly criticized massive US spying and hacking into Chinese/Hong Kong networks. It addressed these issues with Washington. 
According to Academy of Military Science researcher Wang Xinjun:
“Not only did the US authorities not give us an explanation and apology, it instead expressed dissatisfaction at the Hong Kong special administrative region for handling things in accordance with law.”
“In a sense, the United States has gone from a ‘model of human rights’ (sic) to ‘an eavesdropper on personal privacy’, the ‘manipulator’ of the centralised power over the international internet, and the mad ‘invader’ of other countries’ networks.”
A separate People’s Daily owned Global Times commentary denounced Washington. It did so for targeting “a young idealist who has exposed the sinister scandals of the US government.”
“Instead of apologizing, (and making amends), Washington is showing off its muscle by attempting to control the whole situation.”
A separate People’s Daily editorial defended Hong Kong’s actions. It said authorities acted according to law. They’ll “be able to withstand examination.”
“The voices of a few American politicians and media outlets surrounding the Prism scandal have become truly shrill.”  
“Not only do some of them lack the least bit of self-reflection, but they also arrogantly find fault with other countries for no reason at all.”
Doing so shifts US wrongdoing on the backs of targeted victims. It’s standard US practice. Media scoundrels pile on. They support the worst of US crimes. They do so disgracefully.
On June 25, The New York Times headlined “Leaker’s Flight Raises Tension Between US and 3 Nations,” saying:
“Frustrated Obama administration officials pressed Russia” to hand over Snowden. They “warn(ed) China of ‘consequences’ for letting him flee to Moscow.”
John Kerry audaciously “urge(d Russia) to live by the standards of the law….” No country spurns it more abusively, consistently, and shamelessly than America. No nation does so more unapologetically.
White House spokesman Jay Carney expressed “frustration and disappointment with Hong Kong and China.” He called their refusal to cooperate a “serious setback” in bilateral relations.
US officials mocked China and Russia. They did so disgracefully. In his June 24 daily briefing, State Department spokesman Patrick Ventrell stressed the “negative impact” on US bilateral relations with China and Russia.
Both countries made “deliberate choice(s) not to cooperate,” he said. They refused to arrest a US-wanted “fugitive.” He called doing so “a relatively straightforward law enforcement cooperation matter.”
Ecuador’s a possible Snowden destination. He sought asylum. He got refugee status pending his asylum application. Reports said Ecuador’s Russian ambassador Chavez Zavala met him at Sheremetyevo Airport.
On June 25, the Wall Street Journal headlined “US Talks Tough on Leaker. Washington Rips Beijing, Warns Moscow; Snowden Case a Diplomatic Test for Obama.”
A separate editorial headlined “Portrait in Respect,” saying:
In his first September 26, 2008 presidential debate, Obama said:
“One of the first things I intend to do as President is restore America’s standing in the world. We are less respected now than we were eight years ago or even four years ago.”
In four and a half years in office, he’s gone way out of his way to make more enemies than friends. He shows no signs of changing.
According to Journal editors, “it isn’t clear where Mr. Snowden is.” Moscow provided no information. Perhaps its FSB “is interrogating him or downloading the secret NSA data he brought with him.”
“A ‘reset’ of US-Russian relations has been one of Mr. Obama’s foreign policy priorities.” From inception, it’s been more illusion than reality.
On June 24, Washington Post editors headlined “Snowden case highlights Ecuador’s double standard,” saying:
“(W)hen it comes to anti-American chutzpah, there’s no beating Rafeal Correa, the autocratic leader of tiny, impoverished Ecuador.”
“Taking in Mr. Snowden would allow Mr. Correa to advance his most cherished ambition: replacing the deceased Hugo Chavez as the hemisphere’s preeminent anti-US demagogue. It would thwart the Justice Department’s attempt to prosecute the fugitive American.”
WaPo editors wrongfully accused Correa of suppressing press freedom. According to Reporters Without Borders (RSF), the Organic Law on Communication “matches the changes in the national media landscape and catches up with the new laws being adopted by other countries in the region.”
It “affirms three overarching principles:”
(1) It prohibits any form of government censorship.
(2) It guarantees journalists’ rights “not to go against their beliefs,” protect their sources, and maintain professional confidentiality.
(3) It distributes broadcast frequencies fairly. One-third each goes to state broadcasters, private and community ones. 
“Such an allocation constitutes a powerful lever for media pluralism,” said RSF.
In contrast, American and most other Western media are overwhelmingly corporate/state controlled. They substitute managed news misinformation for truth and full disclosure.
WaPo editors are some of America’s worst. Their credibility is sorely lacking. They front for wealth, power and privilege. They support Washington’s worst crimes. They do so consistently. They betray their readers in the process.
Ecuador’s Foreign Minister Ricardo Patino criticized America. He did so for wrongfully targeting Snowden, saying:
“The one who is denounced pursues the denouncer. The man who tries to provide light and transparency to issues that affect everyone is pursued by those who should be giving explanations about the denunciations that have been presented.”
Correa twittered separately:
“We will analyze very responsibly the Snowden case and with absolute sovereignty will make the decision we consider the most appropriate.”
WaPo, Times, WSJ, and other US editors and commentators attack Correa repeatedly. They do so maliciously. Defending Ecuadorian sovereignty is twisted to claim he flouts American interests.
On June 25, Russia Today (RT) headlined ” ‘Groundless and unacceptable:’ Russia lashes out at US over Snowden accusations.” 
Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov was clear and unequivocal. He called Washington’s accusations “unacceptable.”
“Russia has nothing to do with Snowden’s movements,” he said. “He chose his route himself and didn’t cross the Russian border.”
“For this reason we consider all attempts to accuse Russia of violating American law and conspiring against the US unfounded and unacceptable.”
Where then is Snowden? Did he or didn’t travel according to reported plans?
“When it comes to (his) whereabouts,” said RT, “conjecture” exceeds “concrete fact(s).”
Tracking him down “has turned into a full cloak and dagger affair.” Since Sunday, his whereabouts aren’t officially known. Some reports contradict others.
An elaborate international “cat and mouse” game continues. Washington wants Snowden arrested and extradited.
China, Russia, Ecuador and perhaps other countries want his rights protected. On Monday, Julian Assange said he’s in a “safe place.” It’s secret for his safety.
Washington revoked his passport. Ecuador gave him a refugee document of passage.
RT said he’s reportedly “snaking his way around the globe to avoid capture, with a complicated route which would have seen him fly from Moscow to Caracas via Havana, with the expectation that he would later travel on to the Ecuadorian capital Quito.”
His seat aboard Aeroflot flight SU 150 for Havana was empty. It begs important questions. Did leave on another flight? Does he plan to? 
Did he travel elsewhere, not Russia? Were reports of his arrival false? Were they issued for his safety? Is he keeping his final destination secret? It makes perfect sense to do so.
America’s long arm compromises safety everywhere. When US authorities want someone found, extraordinary legal and extrajudicial ways are made to do so.
Snowden’s a wanted man. He’s unsafe everywhere. His best defense is secrecy. It’s help from friendly nations and supportive allies. It’s staying a step ahead of Washington’s dirty game.
It’s living a life on the run. It’s doing so sub rosa. It’s watching your back with help from others. It’s never knowing what’s next. 
It’s living a day at a time. It’s taking great risks and accepting them. It’s doing the right thing because it matters.
Nathan Hale regretted having only one life to give for his country. He meant against imperial Britain.
Snowden may feel the same. He represents the best of US patriotism. Dissent is its highest form. Challenging lawless governance is essential. Today it’s more essential than ever.
America reflects rogue state lawlessness writ large. It’s policies are out-of-control. Police state laws govern. No one’s safe anywhere anytime. Washington’s criminal class is bipartisan. 
They’re heading America for full-blown tyranny and ruin. They threaten humanity. They do so unconscionably, ruthlessly and unapologetically.
Challenging them matters most. It bears repeating. Today is the most perilous time in world history. Ordinary people alone can make a difference. 
Change requires commitment. Doing so involves risks. Taking them matters. Survival depends on it.
A Final Comment
On June 24, the Nordic Page headlined “Pirate Party Norway – Snowden Passed Through Norway to Iceland,” saying:
Party leader Oystein Jakobsen alleged Snowden landed at Oslo’s Gardemon Airport Sunday night.
Co-chairman Olystein Middelthun said party leaders were told he booked tickets from Moscow to Iceland via Norway.
“As events played out,” he said, “nothing indicates that he came through Norway, and we are as much in the dark about his whereabouts as the rest of the world.”
These type reports add intrigue. Perhaps Snowden’s handlers planned things this way. Head fakes work to his advantage. Sun Tzu said “All war is based on deception.” 
Protecting Snowden works the same way. Keeping his whereabouts secret matters. It’s his best line of defense.
Vladimir Putin said Snowden’s in Sheremetyevo Airport’s transit zone. US accusations are “nonsense and rubbish.”
Moscow has no extradition extradition treaty with Washington. Snowden committed no crime on Russian territory.
He’s “a free person. The sooner he chooses his final destination, the better it is for him and Russia.”
Clearly, Moscow won’t extradite him to America. It’s hard imagining it being considered.
Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net. 
His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”
http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html
Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com. 
Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.
It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.
http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour 
http://www.dailycensored.com/snowden-on-the-move/

This article originally appeared on: Stephen Lendman

How Inbred Elites Are Tearing America Apart

0

<!–

MailChimp RSS-Email Widget

–>

MSNBC’s anchor Chris Hayes pins Iraq, the economy, Katrina and more on elites – says we all must get radicalized now.

Photo Credit: 3DDock/Shutterstock.com

June 26, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Twenty years ago, William Greider’s “Who Will Tell the People?” documented the betrayal of American democracy by the elites – by both political parties, by the press, by corporations and labor unions, and by a Washington regulatory complex so perfectly corrupt that it exists to serve only the monied interests.

Chris Hayes’ “Twilight of the Elites” (just published in paperback) might be the clearest story of America’s collapse since Greider’s essential telling. The story, of course, has only gotten worse. In Greider’s book, the elites were complicit in profiteering and rigging the system to their own advantage. But in Hayes’ story, the elites misled us into war, bungled the occupation, let an American city drown, and tanked the economy. Other elites in academia, athletics and religion didn’t have such a great decade, either.

“Twilight of the Elites” is a story about inequality and myths: the myth of the meritocracy and the reality of the very uneven society that allows those, in the words of Ann Richards, who were born on third base to end up thinking they hit a triple – and then find themselves protected when they screw up.

As Hayes writes:

“Along with all the other rising inequalities we’ve become so familiar with – in income, in wealth, in access to politicians – we confront now a fundamental inequality of accountability. We can have a just society whose guiding ethos is accountability and punishment, where both black kids dealing weed in Harlem and investment bankers peddling fraudulent securities on Wall Street are forced to pay for their crimes, or we can have a just society whose guiding ethos is forgiveness and second chances, one in which both Wall Street banks and foreclosed households are bailed out, in which both insider traders and street felons are allowed to rejoin polite society with the full privileges of citizenship intact. But we cannot have a just society that applies the principle of accountability to the powerless and the principle of forgiveness to the powerful. This is the America in which we currently reside.”

The anchor of MSNBC’s “All In” every weeknight at 8 p.m. Eastern, Hayes has quickly become one of the country’s most essential public intellectuals. We met in his Rockefeller Center office last week before moving across the street for lunch. This is a lightly edited and condensed version of our conversation.

Is there a reason why elites have performed so particularly poorly in the last decade – whether we’re talking about the Iraq War and its aftermath; Katrina; the many failures on Wall Street and in the banking world that caused the Great Recession; right now, a security state that grants access to secrets to Edward Snowden, then appears to lose track of him. So why so much failure now? Are elites getting dumber?

Right. So why now, I think, two answers. One is that I don’t think I’m making the argument that current elite failure is the worst in American history. Clearly the antebellum slave power was —

But that’s going back 150 years.

I think around the Gilded Age, also the crash of 1896. But why now: I would just say it’s social distance and inequality. Basically, excessive social distance between elites and citizens produces excessive power for elites, and this is the result of a 30-year process in which that distance has been expanding and expanding and has introduced a governing financial class, particularly, that is incapable of not effing things up.

And yet it seems like a fairly new problem that we can no longer assume basic competence —

Liked this article? Join our email list
Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email

Like Alternet on Facebook

‘;
jQuery(‘#root_subfooter’).before( html );

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘position’,’fixed’)
.css(‘top’,’-100px’)
.css(‘width’,’450px’)
.css(‘height’,’105px’)
.css(‘background’,’#E8E8FB’)
.css(‘border’,’10px solid #223BBE’)
.css(‘border-right’,’0px’);

toggle();

}

function resize_slide_div(){

var slide_top_offset = calculate_slide_div_top_offset();
var slide_left_offset = calculate_slide_div_left_offset();

jQuery(‘#like_alternet_on_fb’)
.css(‘top’,slide_top_offset)
.css(‘left’,slide_left_offset);

}

/* HOOK SCRIPT INTO EVENTS */

var paging = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( paging == ‘off’ ){
var is_paging_off = true;
} else {
var is_paging_off = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is paging off ? [‘ + is_paging_off + ‘] ‘ + getUrlVars()[“paging”] );

var page = String( getUrlVars()[“page”] );

if( page == ‘undefined’ ){
var is_first_page = true;
} else {
var is_first_page = false;
}

//console.log( ‘Is first page ? [‘ + is_first_page + ‘] ‘ + page );

jQuery(window).scroll(function() {

var scrollYpos = jQuery(document).scrollTop();

if( scrollYpos >= pop_in_yPos && on_off_toggle == ‘off’ ){
toggle();
}

if( scrollYpos

‘;
jQuery(‘div.media-image’).each( function(index){
src = String(jQuery(this).children(‘img.media-image’).attr(‘src’));
if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
if( new_src ){ jQuery(this).html(‘‘+jQuery(this).html()+enlarge_html+’‘); }
}
});

var slideshowdiv; var new_html; var img_obj; var sourcediv; var titlediv; var captiondiv; var title; var caption;

jQuery(‘div.slideshow-body div.slideshow div.field-item’).each( function(index){

slideshowdiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-embedded-gallery’);
img_obj = slideshowdiv.find(‘img’);
src = img_obj.attr(‘src’);

title = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-title’).html();
if( title == null ){ title = ”; }

caption = slideshowdiv.children(‘div.altslideshow-caption’).html();
if( caption == null ){ caption = ”; }

if( src != ” && src != ‘undefined’ ){
// alert( ‘SRC: ‘+src );
parts = src.split(‘/’);
if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘slideshow’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/slideshow/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘AFP’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/images/AFP/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-2] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else if( parts[parts.length-3] == ‘public’ ){ new_src = ‘/files/’+parts[parts.length-2]+’/’+parts[parts.length-1]; }
else { new_src = false; }
// alert( ‘New SRC: ‘+new_src );
if( new_src ){
img_obj.parent().attr(‘href’,new_src).attr(‘rel’,’lightbox[slides]’).attr(‘title’,title+’
‘+caption).append(‘

Click to enlarge.

‘);
}
}

//sourcediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-source’);
//titlediv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-title’);
//captiondiv = jQuery(this).find(‘div.altslideshow-caption’);
//sourcediv.after( titlediv ).after( captiondiv );

});


This article originally appeared on: AlterNet

Seven killed in Karachi bomb attack

0

Pakistani policemen gather at a bomb blast site in Karachi, June 15, 2013.

At least seven people have been killed in a bomb attack targeting a senior judge in the Pakistani port city of Karachi, officials say.

The attack took place on Wednesday as Maqbool Baqir, a senior judge at the High Court of Sindh Province, was driving in Burns Road with his security entourage.

Å“According to initial information, seven people have been killed,” said Sharjeel Memon, the information minister of Sindh Province, where Karachi is the main city.

He went on to say that six police officers and a paramilitary ranger had been killed, adding that nine others were also wounded in the attack.

Bagir was rushed to a nearby hospital with critical injuries, police said. The judge has a reputation for honesty and was a judge for several anti-terrorism courts in the country.

Å“I can confirm that Justice Maqbool Baqir is critically injured,” said police official Salman Syed.

Å“The bomb was planted on a motorbike and it was detonated by remote control,” he added.

No group or person has yet claimed responsibility for the deadly attack.

The city is home to numerous ethnic groups and has been hit by clashes between rival ethnic and political factions in the past two decades.

SAB/PR/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Paris to present Iranian Film Festival

0

A number of Iranian screen productions including fictions and animations have been selected to be screened at the First Iranian Film Festival in the French capital, Paris.

Some six Iranian animations, produced by the Institute for the Intellectual Development of Children and Young Adults (IIDCYA), will be showcased at the festival that is to be held in Nouvel Odéon cinema in Paris.

The Young Man and The Cunning Tailor directed by Rashin Kheirieh are scheduled to be screened on June 29.

Rolling Pumpkin by Mortza Ahadi, Mama Crow and Fox by Mohammad Ali Soleiman Zadeh, Mahin Javaherianâ„¢s White Tour and Moth Wedding from her collection of An Image of The Family are among the animation lineup that will be presented on June 30.

Taboor by Vahid Vakilifar, Women without Men by Shirin Neshat, The Last Step by Ali Mosaffa, The Past by Asghar Farhadi and Parviz by Majid Barzegar are also some of the movies that will introduce Iranian cinema at the festival.

The participated movies are programmed to be screened with French subtitles.

Iranian film festival (Cinéma D’Iran) is scheduled to kick off on June 26 and will run until July 2, 2013.

FGP/FGP

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Libya assembly picks Berber as leader

0

Libyaâ„¢s national assembly has elected Nouri Abusahmen as its new president, the first member of the Berber minority to hold high office.

Abusahmen, an independent member of the General National Congress (GNC), won 96 votes out of the 184 cast in the assemblyâ„¢s second round of polling, during the GNC session on Tuesday.

He defeated another independent, Al-Sherif al-Wafi, who had received 80 of the ballots.

Abusahmen, from the western coastal town of Zuwara, received the most support from the Muslim Brotherhoodâ„¢s political arm, the Justice and Construction Party.

The newly elected national assembly president replaces Muhammad al-Magarief, who was forced to resign in May under a new law that prevents those who served during the rule of Slain Libyan dictator Muammar Gaddafi from holding political posts.

Magarief was Libyaâ„¢s ambassador to India for two years in the 1980s before leaving Gaddafiâ„¢s government.

Abusahmen is expected to play a key role in the formation of a new constitution.

During Gaddafiâ„¢s dictatorship, the rights of Berbers, who make up 10 percent of the countryâ„¢s population, were denied.

Libyans rose up against Gaddafiâ„¢s four-decade rule in February 2011 and deposed him in August 2011. He was slain on October 20 of the same year.

SZH/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Tehran to host 6th illustration biennial

0

The sixth edition of Tehran Illustration Biennial is scheduled to be held in various sections after an 11-year interruption in its activity.

The new edition is set to focus on the theme of Å“The World of Lights and Shadows”, the secretary of the biennial Kianoush Gharibpour announced.

One section of the festival is dedicated to the illustrations from books published between the years 2003 to 2013 for both children and young adults.

The works with the central theme of lights and shadows such as those ones in dreams and fairy tales can be submitted to the second section.

The festival is also to host the creations of talented young illustrators aged 18 to 25 in the youth section. The participants of this section are required to centre on classical Persian literature in their works.

The selected works will be showcased during an exhibition that will be held at Tehran Museum of Contemporary Arts (TMCA) from October 16 to November 22.

The winners are programmed to be honored during an award ceremony held on October 24, 2013.

FGP/FGP

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

UN to deploy peacekeepers to Mali

0

The United Nations Security Council approves the deployment of 12,600 UN peacekeeping troops to Mali from July 1.

The United Nations Security Council has approved the deployment of 12,600 UN peacekeeping troops to Mali from July 1, reports say.

The 15-member council voted on Tuesday on an April mandate for UN force, known as MINUSMA, to be deployed to the West African country.

“There was unanimous agreement by Security Council members that we should move to the next phase of Mali’s recovery with the deployment of MINUSMA from July 1,” British UN ambassador Mark Lyall Grant said.

France launched a war in the resource-rich Mali in January 11, 2013 under the pretext of halting the advance of rebel fighters in the country.

The UN force will replace 6,000 members of the African-led mission in Mali. The deployment is also aimed at providing security for the countryâ„¢s presidential election scheduled to be held on July 28.

The French-led war on Mali has caused a serious humanitarian crisis in the northern areas of the country and displaced thousands of people, who now live in deplorable conditions.

French UN ambassador said there are 3,000 French troops in the African country and Paris would reduce the number of its troops to 1,200 by the end of 2013.

On February 1, Amnesty said Å“serious human rights breaches” — including the killing of children — were occurring in the French war in Mali.

Some political analysts believe Maliâ„¢s abandoned natural resources, including gold and uranium reserves, could be one of the reasons behind the French war.

SAB/PR

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Study shows most Americans have inadequate savings

0

 

By
Shannon Jones

26 June 2013

A recent survey by Bankrate.com shows that millions of American workers are only a paycheck away from financial disaster. A survey of 1,000 adults found that fewer than 25 percent of Americans have six months or more of savings, an amount deemed adequate to prepare for all but the most severe emergencies.

Another 50 percent have less than three months savings and 27 percent have no savings at all, meaning they are living essentially living paycheck to paycheck, with no emergency cushion to fall back on.

The online lender CashNet.com reported that of 1,000 people it recently surveyed, 22 percent had less than $100 saved in case of an emergency. Another 46 percent had less than $800 to cover unexpected expenses. Said Megan Staton, CashNet director of marketing, “The scarcity of rainy day savings remains a concern for too many Americans, and it hasn’t improved since last year.”

These statistics underscore the hollowness of the claim by the Obama administration that the US is experiencing an economic recovery. In fact, the rate at which Americans are saving is falling, after rising briefly in the aftermath of the 2008 financial crisis when it reached a high of 5.5 percent. In 2011, it declined to 4.2 percent and further to 3.9 percent in 2012. For the first quarter of 2013, the savings rate stood at just 2.6 percent. Only 52 percent of families reported saving in 2010 compared to 56.7 percent in 2007.

Stagnant and falling wages and continued high levels of unemployment make it difficult for most families to save. A study by the University of California found that since 2009 average real income for families has grown by only 1.7 percent. But, that includes an 11 percent increase for the top 1 percent. When that is subtracted, real wages declined half a percent for the bottom 99 percent.

Meanwhile, according to an analysis of US Census Bureau statistics, older Americans are falling far short of saving enough money for retirement. The report prepared by Interest.com, which is owned by Bankrate.com, found that US senior citizens are living off a median household income of $35,107 compared to a median income of $61,148 for those ages 45 to 64.

According to financial experts, one needs at least 70 percent of pre-retirement income to enjoy a comfortable lifestyle. However, in only 2 states, Hawaii and Nevada, is median retirement income 70 percent or more of income for households age 45 — 64. Nationally, older Americans have an average income just 57 percent of those ages 45 — 64. In some states, the average is far below that level. For example, Massachusetts had a post retirement income of just 45 percent while in North Dakota it was 48 percent. Other states with low post rates of post retirement income included Connecticut, which had 50 percent and Minnesota, 51 percent.

Even in Nevada, retirees are not that much better off, since the low general wage level for younger workers pushed the post retirement income percentage up.

The percentage of Americans who report saving for retirement has dropped dramatically. In 2013 it stands at 68 percent, down from 75 percent in 2011 . The decline in retirement savings is even greater among households with an income less than $35,000. Among low-income workers the number who save for retirement fell from 49 percent in 2009 to 24 percent in 2013.

The increasing financial pressures on working class families and the fall in the savings rate means that increasing numbers of workers face the prospect of poverty once they retire. The difficulties facing older Americans are compounded by the fact that fewer companies now provide pensions. More and more workers have no retiree savings or are saddled with 401(k) type defined contribution plans that are subject to the vagaries of the stock market. For many retirees Social Security is their only source of income.

A report by The Schwartz Center for Economic Policy published in 2012 found that in 2011, 75 percent of workers between the ages of 50 and 64 had less than $30,000 in their retirement accounts, a totally inadequate amount that would not provide any significant addition to monthly Social Security payments.

The Social Security Administration reports that 53 percent of married retirees and 74 percent of unmarried retirees receive at least half of their income from Social Security. Nearly one fourth of married retirees and half of unmarried retirees rely on Social Security for 90 percent of their income.

As a consequence, increasing numbers of older Americans are living in poverty. According to the US Census Bureau, 9 percent of those 65 and older lived below the official poverty threshold in 2012, a rate that has been growing steadily since 2005. In addition, many are being forced out of retirement or are working well into their retirement years to cover their expenses. Further, increases in debt and increasing health care costs are exhausting many retirees’ savings. Most retirees living in poverty suffer from acute medical problems such as cancer, lung disease, heart problems or stroke.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Missing San Diego hospital patient found dead in canyon

0

 

By
Norisa Diaz

26 June 2013

The body of University of California San Diego (UCSD) Medical Center patient Thomas Vera, age 57, was found in the thick brush of a canyon near the hospital, at the bottom of an eight-foot drop.

Vera had been admitted to the UCSD Medical Center in early April after suffering severe head and neck injuries following a fall down a flight of stairs. Vera’s family said he was confused and delusional as a result of his injury and that doctors were waiting for his brain swelling to decrease before operating.

Vera had attempted to leave the hospital twice before and was last seen on May 27 at 6 a.m. Vera’s family had joined the San Diego Police Department’s search team and spent the week desperately scouring the canyon and putting up missing-persons fliers.

There seems little question but that a factor in Vera’s tragic death was the understaffing of nurses at the medical center brought on by relentless budget cuts and the drive to privatization in health care.

Some of the first positions to be eliminated at UCSD were those of “sitters” tasked with monitoring patients in Vera’s sort of condition. These staff have been replaced with an ineffective, cost-saving video monitoring system.

This has put patients at risk of harm, and it is likely that other similar cases remain unreported.

While Vera’s family has demanded answers and an apology from the University, the only response thus far has been the medical center’s claim that such an event is a “rare occurrence” that does not merit changes to hospital operations.

On May 21, one of the bargaining agents for UC Medical Workers, AFSCME, launched an impotent two-day strike at UC Medical Center to vent nurses’ anger over looming cuts to health care, pensions and the impact of budget cuts on the quality of patient care.

The position of AFSCME as well as that of the California Nurses Association, which authorized a two-day strike shortly thereafter, is that adequate patient care and worker compensation can be achieved solely through reductions in the exorbitantly high compensation packages of UC Hospital Executives.

The unions resort to this diversion to cover up the role of the Democratic Party in scaling back health care and health benefits for the working class. Cuts to health programs for the poor as a result of cuts to state and municipal budgets, as well as through the Obama administration’s Affordable Care Act, along with the continued deregulation of large health care providers, have led directly to tragedies such as the one that befell Thomas Vera.

WSWS reporters were contacted by two workers from the UCSD Medical Center who had feared that something like the Vera incident would occur.

Lucy works on the neurology floor with many confused patients in need of constant monitoring. According to Lucy, the hospitals’ cutting of “sitters” resulted in management telling workers to tie down confused patients in the absence of personal monitoring.

Traditionally, medical staff are trained to use tie-downs as a last resort, but as the result of short staffing and cuts to funding, it has now become standard practice.

Upset over Vera’s death, Lucy expressed her disgust with the University. “The hospital is collecting donations for the family, but they are the ones who should pay, they are the ones to blame,” Lucy said.

Mark is a registered nurse at the UCSD Medical Center. He also contacted our reporters to inform us of Vera’s death. “The staff acted appropriately per protocol, but could not get to the patient room in time due to lack of adequate staffing. This is exactly what I said we feared would happen with replacing sitters with video monitors to save money. Oddly enough, just three weeks ago, I attended a contract negotiation meeting for the upcoming nursing contract renewal which addressed the issue.

“A day of testimonials about the perils of replacing the sitters was met with a comment from the Chief Nursing Officer, Margarita Baggett, that she’s seen no relationship that sitters decrease or prevent patient falls. There was a gasp in the audience. This is either willful avoidance of common sense for the bottom line or just stupidity on her part. Well, here’s the evidence she needed.”

After the incident, WSWS reporters attempted to speak with hospital workers at the UCSD Medical Center and were accosted and harassed by two security guards. The more aggressive of the two guards told the reporters, “We don’t like what you’re doing, you’re upsetting people talking about a dead guy, you’re making people nervous.”

The security guard then turned to the hospital workers themselves, threatening them, “Just say no, you don’t want to get in trouble with a HIPAA violation, do you?” HIPAA (Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act) was passed in 1996 under the Clinton administration. It has been invoked in the past, often without legal grounds, precisely to preempt compromising exposures using the fig leaf of patient privacy.

Thomas Vera was a handyman who made his living doing odd jobs and his wife Sylvia is a sales associate at Walmart. His children described him as “a simple man with a sense of humor” who liked to sing.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Major attack on pensions being prepared in Spain

0

 

By
Vicky Short

26 June 2013

Last month, the European Union gave Spain two more years to bring its deficit down to the 3 percent target it has demanded along with the International Monetary Fund and World Bank. In exchange, they told the right-wing Popular Party (PP) government that it had to produce a plan for pension reform by September of this year.

In response, the government has immediately taken another significant step towards the destruction of the public pensions system and its replacement with private pensions.

An Experts Committee of 12 handpicked people was set up by the government with the participation of the opposition Socialist Workers Party (PSOE) and the two main trade unions, the General Workers Union (UGT) and Comisiones Obreras (CC OO), and asked to produce a report on “the sustainability of public pensions in Spain.” The report was published on June 7.

Its main recommendations are that pension payments should be revised annually; that they not be linked to inflation as they are at present and instead be linked to the pensions system’s costs and revenues; that the initial pension be reduced according to life expectancy; and that the date for the implementation of the increase in the age of retirement from 65 to 67, and other changes agreed between the PSOE government and the unions in 2011, be brought forward several years. The report calls for these pension reforms to be implemented in the 2014-2019 period.

The recommendations of the Experts Committee were approvingly reported by all the main Spanish newspapers.

Prior to the publication of the committee’s report, a large number of unofficial studies were published by banks and insurance companies, seeking to demonstrate the “non-sustainability” of the present system of pensions. They stressed the necessity in the future for people to save and take up additional private insurance policies.

One of the reports, produced by the Institute of Fiscal Studies, which is linked to the Ministry of Economy, advocated a 22 to 45 percent cut in pensions. The authors of such reports in many cases included the same people who produced the report for the government. Nobody explains how people on low-paid casual jobs, let alone the 55 percent of unemployed youth or the 27 percent of unemployed adults who are living in near poverty, are supposed to find the money to invest in private pensions, private medicine, private education, etc.

Of the 12 “wise men” comprising the Experts Committee, 7 work for financial and insurance companies including Unespa, Mapfre, Aviva, BBVA. Another is Madrid University professor Víctor Pérez-Díaz, a neo-liberal sociologist who has worked for the PP think tank FAES. The PSOE, UGT and CC OO provided the PP government with a fig leaf for the manoeuvre by participating in the committee.

In one of its last drafts, the report made clear that the government should take advantage of the economic crisis to ram through pension reform, stating, “It is precisely the present economic uncertainty which makes it ideal to introduce the reform to society, even though it must be credible and reasonable…. The sacrifice, on the other hand, is easier to accept in uncertain times than in the midst of the boom.”

The participation and the very public support for the committee’s recommendations by Miguel Angel Garcia, head of the CC OO’s Economic Cabinet, together with the reaction of CC OO president Ignacio Fernández Toxo, led to an internal crisis. Toxo’s initial response to complaints from “critics” within the union was to say “it was only a report”. Five days after the publication of the report, the CC OO executive was forced to issue a face-saving statement.

“The leadership of the confederation admits that it committed a mistake by accepting the participation of a person associated with the union in such a profoundly unbalanced committee [referring to the various people linked to the insurance industry],” it said.

However, in the same statement, the union defended the work of García in the Committee as “having contributed to stopping the more extreme reforms proposed.”

The only thing Garcia admits to having influenced is delaying the final year of implementation of the proposals to 2019, because “in my opinion a change such as this requires the necessary time for the population to familiarise themselves with the reform and therefore avoid uncertainties at an already too difficult time.”

That was the sum total of the CC OO’s fight to prevent the “more extreme reforms”.

The trade unions have been deeply involved in the destruction of the public pensions and social welfare for years, under both PSOE and the PP governments. García was one of the main union officials who negotiated the Toledo Pact in 1995 with the PSOE government and the employers, which undertook an “analysis of the social security structural problems and of the main reforms that should be undertaken.” It made 15 recommendations for the “evolution of the pensions system.”

The PSOE and the trade unions are active participants in the conspiracy by the capitalist class to demolish the public pensions system in its entirety and place it in the hands of the elite through its privatisation. This is not limited to pensions. The corporations are baying for the transfer of every aspect of the welfare state into profitable concerns.

The comments of Count Henri de Castries, president and CEO of insurance transnational company AXA, and also president of the elitist Bilderberg Group, are typical of the thinking of the ruling elite. In 2012, he earned €374,670 a month–nearly €4.5 million a year.

In an interview with the newspaper El País, he said that the present public pensions, health and education systems are untenable and that there should not be an age of retirement. People should retire when they want, but their pensions should depend on how much they have contributed to the system.

“The state should deregulate, delegate and stop intervening,” he declared. “Because sometimes it is like an elephant in a china shop…the present pensions system is untenable…people live more than 80 years! When the pensions system was introduced by Bismarck in the 19th century the life expectancy of workers was 40 years and their retiring age 65. So the majority of people died before retiring. Does anybody think that those principles can be applied today? We have now people who retire at 60 and live until 95 years old. I don’t think it is viable.”

A person who has worked all his or her life and contributed to the benefit of society has a basic right to a decent standard of living in old age. Moreover, the provision of pensions is a social right rather than an individual responsibility. Article 50 of the Spanish Constitution reads, “The public authorities shall guarantee, through adequate and periodically updated pensions, a sufficient income for citizens in old age.”

The right-wing forces in Spain arguing for an end of the public pensions system attribute the pensions “problem” and its resolution to demographics. This is a fraud. Workers produce societal value that is more than sufficient to pay for decent pensions for all. But this is hoarded by a tiny and fabulously wealthy elite, who are now demanding yet more for themselves at the direct expense of everyone else.

The author also recommends:

Why are retirement pensions under attack?
[17 November 2003]



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Intelsat to take Iranian channels off air

0

Communications satellite service provider Intelsat has announced it will take Iranian channels off the air as of next week. (File photo)

Communications satellite service provider Intelsat has announced it will take Iranian channels off the air as of next week as the West’s campaign against free speech intensifies.

In a letter to the Islamic Republic of Iran Broadcasting (IRIB), the Luxembourg-based company cited the illegal US sanctions against the IRIB president as the main reason behind its decision.

The 24-hour English-language news channel Press TV and Iran’s Spanish-language channel Hispan TV are among the channels to be banned from July 1.

Press TV and other Iranian channels have come under an unprecedented wave of attacks by European governments and satellite companies since January 2012.

European companies say they are Å“abiding by” the anti-Iran sanctions. However, the spokesman for the EU foreign policy chief, Michael Mann, has told Press TV that the sanctions do not apply to Iranian media.

In the meantime, the French-Israeli CEO of Europe’s satellite giant, Eutelsat, has written letters to several satellite companies, asking them to stop cooperating with Iranian channels.

The Israeli lobby in the United States has also publicly supported European attempts to ban Iranian channels.

Press TV says the campaign against Iranian media violates Article 19 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights that promotes media freedoms.

YH/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

More pro-corporate rulings by US Supreme Court

0

 

By
John Andrews

26 June 2013

Amid intense media focus on decisions gutting the Voting Rights Act, maintaining affirmative action and reviewing gay marriage, the Wall Street Journal ran a front-page story Monday entitled “Supreme Court Comes to Defense of Business.” The article praised the court’s 2012-2013 term, the eighth under Chief Justice John Roberts, for consistently upholding the positions of the Chamber of Commerce.

“The Supreme Court strengthened the hand of business,” wrote the Journal, by “making it easier for companies to defend themselves from the kinds of big lawsuits that have bedeviled them for decades.”

The article focused on several rulings earlier this year that decimated class-action lawsuits, the judicial mechanism allowing lawyers to aggregate small claims arising from illegal business practices into bigger claims that are economically feasible to litigate. The newspaper quoted one prominent Supreme Court specialist, Deepak Gupta, calling the term “a near bloodbath for class-action plaintiffs’ lawyers.”

Also earlier this term, the Supreme Court ruled that current US residents cannot sue Shell Oil for human rights violations that took place in Nigeria, despite the clear language of the Alien Tort Statute that allows for federal court jurisdiction. (See: “Supreme Court bars US lawsuits against overseas human rights abuses”)

On Monday and Tuesday, the four-justice extreme right-wing bloc, joined by the conservative “swing” associate justice Anthony M. Kennedy, handed the Chamber of Commerce four more victories–a particularly heartless products-liability decision giving pharmaceutical companies broad immunity from suits based on injuries caused by their defective medications, two employment rulings that raise steep barriers for workers who sue because of workplace harassment and retaliation, and a land-use decision exposing local governments to money damages when they seek to impose conditions on commercial landowners in exchange for building permits.

Each case was decided 5-4, with the majority decision authored by reactionary Associate Justice Samuel A. Alito, whom Senate Democrats allowed to replace the somewhat more moderate Sandra Day O’Connor in 2006. In each case, the four moderate associate justices, Stephen Breyer, Ruth Bader Ginsburg, Sonia Sotomayor and Elena Kagan, dissented.

Mutual Pharmaceutical Company v. Bartlett overturned a $21 million jury verdict in favor of Karen Bartlett, who took a generic form of the anti-inflammatory drug sulindac, as prescribed by her doctor, for shoulder pain. The medication triggered acute toxic epidermal necrolysis, resulting in about two-thirds of her skin disintegrating, leaving her body essentially one open wound. She spent months in a medically induced coma, underwent 12 eye surgeries, endured two serious episodes of septic shock, and was tube-fed for a year. The disease left her disfigured, disabled and almost completely blind.

At trial, Bartlett’s lawyers demonstrated that sulindac had proven much more risky than other anti-inflammatory medications, such as aspirin and Tylenol, without any corresponding benefit. The jury found that the product was dangerously defective, and the appellate court affirmed.

Alito ruled that the manufacturer of a generic drug cannot be sued because the original formula and warnings had once been approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), effectively giving broad immunity to manufacturers of generic pharmaceuticals and denying those harmed by their defective products any compensation.

Alito wrote that “the dreadful injuries from which products liabilities cases arise often engender passionate responses… but sympathy… does not relieve us of the responsibility of following the law.” This is utter nonsense.

If the law simply dictated the Supreme Court’s ruling, then how could the trial judge, the three appellate judges who affirmed the judgment, and the four dissenting Supreme Court justices–not to mention the citizen jurors who heard all the evidence, deliberated and voted in favor of Ms. Bartlett–have all been so wrong?

Koontz v. St. Johns River Water Management District restricts the ability of local governments to manage social resources. The owner of a 15-acre parcel of Florida wetlands applied for a development permit. The local agency made several alternative proposals for the development to go forward if the owner preserved wetlands on other portions of his property or helped maintain wetlands nearby. No permit was ever issued.

The landowner sued, claiming that the government’s demands were excessive and would have constituted a “taking” of his property for which the Fifth Amendment requires just compensation. Alito agreed, even though no transaction ever took place.

Most striking were the Supreme Court majority’s attacks on the right of workers to defend themselves from discrimination, harassment and retaliation in the workplace.

In Vance v. Ball State University, a food service worker claimed a supervisor harassed her at work because of race. Two 1998 Supreme Court decisions held that under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, employers are responsible for discriminatory actions by their “supervisors.” In contrast, the same conduct by co-workers violates Title VII only if the worker complains about harassment and the employer fails to take the appropriate action to stop it.

Like many federal regulatory schemes, Title VII is interpreted and administered by a commission established under an Act of Congress–the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC). Since the Supreme Court upheld supervisory liability 15 years ago, the EEOC–like most dictionaries–has defined “supervisor” to mean an employee with authority to direct another’s work. Generally, courts follow the federal regulatory commission’s interpretation of a federal law.

This Supreme Court is different, however. Again employing result-oriented reasoning, Alito restricted “supervisors” to employees with the authority “to take tangible employment actions… such as hiring, firing, failing to promote, reassignment with significantly different responsibilities, or a decision causing a significant change in benefits.”

The new, restrictive rule effectively eliminates supervisory liability claims against large businesses, which separate hiring and firing from the line supervision where most employment harassment occurs.

In the other employment case, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center v. Nassar, the Supreme Court took a jury verdict away from a medical doctor who proved he was denied employment in retaliation for his complaints about being discriminated against because of his Middle-Eastern origin. Alito wrote, for the majority, that proving an illegal motive is not enough. Workers must show that no action would have been taken against them “but for” their employers’ desire to retaliate.

So-called “mixed-motive” scenarios are common in employment discrimination and retaliation claims. The employers charged with wrongdoing invariably cite multiple reasons to justify their actions.

The previous rule, supported by the EEOC and general legal principles, was that so long as illegal retaliation was a substantial motivating factor for the employment decision, Title VII is violated. Now, under the more restrictive standard announced by Alito, plaintiffs must also eliminate all the other motives and establish that the adverse action would not have been taken “but for” the retaliatory motive.

Ginsburg, joined by the other three moderates, blasted both employment rulings, reading her dissents from the bench, while Alito visibly grinned and shook his head, a severe departure from Supreme Court decorum.

Ginsburg labeled the majority’s rulings “blind to the realities of the workplace,” saying that as a result, Title VII “has shifted in a decidedly employer-friendly direction” that “will leave many harassment victims without an effective remedy” and will “undermine Title VII’s capacity to prevent workplace harassment.”



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

‘Iran-Turkey ties benefiting region’

0

Iranâ„¢s President-elect Hassan Rouhani says the enhancement of the relations between the Islamic Republic and Turkey will benefit the region as well as global peace.

Responding to an earlier congratulatory message from Turkeyâ„¢s President Abdullah Gul, Rouhani said on Monday that, Å“The Iranian and Turkish nations have unique historical and cultural commonalities and we hope that these commonalities will lead to stability and security in this important and sensitive region of the world at this juncture.”

He added that the two nations can boost mutual ties in a whole range of areas, which will benefit the region and global peace.

In the Monday telephone conversation, Gul once again congratulated Rouhani over his victory in the June 14 presidential election.

The Turkish president expressed hope the Rouhani administration would be successful, calling for closer Iran-Turkey ties.

Rouhani emerged victorious in the presidential election of June 14, which was marked by a high voter turnout, winning 50.7 percent of a total of 36, 704, 156 ballots counted.

The Interior Ministry put the voter turnout at 72.7 percent.

Also responding to Afghan President Hamid Karzaiâ„¢s congratulatory message, Rouhani expressed hope that bilateral ties between Tehran and Kabul would further expand through cooperation and joint efforts.

Iranâ„¢s President-elect Rouhani currently represents Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei in the Supreme National Security Council and is also a member of the Expediency Council and the Assembly of Experts. He is the director of the Expediency Council’s Center for Strategic Research, as well.

MYA/NN/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

US diplomatic thuggery in pursuit of Snowden

0

 

26 June 2013

The Obama administration’s diplomatic bullying against Russia, China, Hong Kong and Ecuador in its efforts to seize NSA whistleblower Edward Snowden is exposing to the world the lawlessness of US imperialism.

The White House is insisting that Snowden be handed over to face espionage charges in the US. His only “crime”, however, has been to expose the NSA’s massive electronic spying operations against the entire American population as well as people and governments around the world in breach of the US Constitution and international law.

US Secretary of State John Kerry demanded on Monday that the Russian government abide by the “standards of the law” and threatened unspecified “consequences” if Moscow did not “respect our desires” and Snowden “was wilfully allowed to board an aeroplane.”

Russian President Vladimir Putin responded yesterday, dismissing Washington’s accusations that the government was aiding a fugitive as “ravings and rubbish.” He pointed out that Snowden, who is currently in the transit area of Moscow’s Sheremetyevo airport, had not entered Russia and had broken no Russian law. The US has no extradition treaty with Russia.

The US demands are being delivered with increasing hysteria and threats being hurled recklessly in all directions. White House spokesman Jay Carney warned China of US reprisals, saying that the decision to allow Snowden to fly out of Hong Kong on Sunday for Moscow “unquestionably has a negative impact” on relations.

The Chinese foreign ministry yesterday rejected US accusations as “groundless”, insisting that the Hong Kong administration had acted in accordance with the law. The ruling Communist Party’s People’ s Daily stated: “The world will remember Edward Snowden. It was his fearlessness that tore off Washington’s sanctimonious mask.”

The Obama administration’s appeals to the “standards of law” and legal process are utterly hypocritical. The only “law” that the White House recognises is that which serves the political, economic and strategic interests of US imperialism. If its diktats are not obeyed, the “consequences” will be diplomatic and economic retaliation, or worse. It is not the rule of law that it upholds, but the law of the jungle–might is right.

It is not hard to imagine the Obama administration’s response if the shoe were on the other foot–a Chinese or a Russian official who fled to the US with a computer full of files that revealed the extent of police state measures in those countries. He or she would be welcomed with open arms, hailed as a heroic political dissident and given full protection.

Both Kerry and Carney denounced Snowden for seeking asylum in countries that lack democratic freedoms. But what of the US itself? What Snowden has exposed is the extent to which a massive police state apparatus has been erected that operates outside the law and in violation of the constitution. Its purpose is not to protect the American people, but to protect the interests of a tiny, ultra-wealthy financial aristocracy from the American people.

Carney went one step further, declaring that Snowden’s failure to criticise China and Russia demonstrated that “his true motive throughout has been to injure the national security of the United States.” With the spokesman of the president joining the countless denunciations of Snowden as a “traitor” by American commentators and politicians, the White House has itself precluded any possibility that he would receive a fair trial in the United States.

Like Private Bradley Manning who exposed the war crimes and dirty diplomatic intrigues of American imperialism via WikiLeaks, Snowden would receive no justice in the US. He would be interrogated and abused then condemned to a lengthy jail term or execution via a kangaroo court. By any standard, Snowden is fleeing political persecution–the benchmark under international law for granting asylum.

The Obama administration’s criminality was underscored by Carney’s response to questions at Monday’s press conference as to whether the US would use its war planes to force a Russian passenger jet carrying Snowden to land and give him up. The White House spokesman was asked three times to comment on Russian press reports that Snowden had not boarded a plane for Cuba on Monday for that reason. Carney refused to rule out that option.

There are no legal lines the gangsters in the White House will not cross. Under the bogus “war on terror”, the US has waged wars of aggression against Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya and is preparing to do the same against Syria and Iran–the crime for which Nazi leaders were tried and convicted after World War II. The indefinite detention of prisoners in Guantanamo Bay without trial flouts any conception of basic democratic rights.

Snowden has every reason to fear the worst. The Obama administration has arrogated to itself the “right” to track down and murder anyone who it regards as a threat to US interests. Hundreds of people, including American citizens, have been killed in drone attacks in Pakistan, Afghanistan, Yemen and other parts of the world.

The same contempt for international law and national sovereignty is evident in the US attempts to bully and intimidate Russia and China into handing over Snowden. The rancour of the exchanges testifies to the sharp tensions that have been generated by the Obama administration’s aggressive interventions in the Middle East and in Asia to reassert US global dominance and undermine its rivals, especially China and Russia. The confrontation over Snowden is another warning that the US will brook no opposition and is prepared to plunge the world into war in pursuit of its interests.

Workers and youth in the United States and around the world have a responsibility to come to the defence of Snowden, as well as Manning and WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange. Support must be built in the US and internationally in workplaces, universities and schools as well as working class areas to demand the dropping of all charges against Snowden and the release of all documents related to US spying operations.

The defence of basic democratic rights is bound up with the broader struggle to build an independent political movement of the international working class fighting for a socialist alternative to the bankrupt capitalist system that offers nothing but the barbarism of war, austerity and dictatorship.

Peter Symonds



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

US Supreme Court guts Voting Rights Act

0

 

By
Patrick Martin

26 June 2013

Tuesday’s decision by the US Supreme Court gutting the 1965 Voting Rights Act is an outrage that must be answered by working people. This act of judicial oppression is a milestone in the mounting attacks on democratic rights by the US financial aristocracy and its political servants.

By a 5-4 margin, the court effectively abrogated one of the most important pieces of civil rights legislation in American history. The Voting Rights Act remains on the books, but its enforcement mechanism has been declared unconstitutional and struck down.

The opinion written by Chief Justice John Roberts is insolent in its dismissal of any concern over five unelected judges overturning an act of Congress and defying the popular will. This ruling will shock and anger millions of working people–and it should.

Roberts, Antonin Scalia, Clarence Thomas, Samuel Alito and Anthony Kennedy will go down in history alongside those high court justices who issued the pro-slavery Dred Scott decision in 1857. On the eve of the 150th anniversary of the battle of Gettysburg, these minions of American capitalism have demonstrated that the US ruling class is opposed to the democratic principles for which millions of working people have given their lives.

The narrow majority dropped any pretense to judicial restraint or respect for the separation of powers, overturning a law that was reauthorized only seven years ago by overwhelming votes–92-0 in the Senate, 390-33 in the House of Representatives–and signed into law by a Republican president, George W. Bush.

In striking down a key section of the Voting Rights Act, the court majority defied the plain language of the Constitution. The Fifteenth Amendment, adopted in the wake of the Civil War, reads:

Section 1. The right of citizens of the United States to vote shall not be denied or abridged by the United States or by any State on account of race, color, or previous condition of servitude.

Section 2. The Congress shall have power to enforce this article by appropriate legislation.

For nearly a century, Congress took no action to enforce the Fifteenth Amendment, while African Americans were systematically disenfranchised throughout the southern states. Only in response to mass civil rights struggles that spanned more than a decade was the Voting Rights Act finally enacted in 1965. The law is explicitly grounded on the language of Section 2, which provides the most sweeping grant of legislative power that can be afforded by the Constitution.

Section 4 of the Voting Rights Act identified those states, mainly in the South, which were to face federal oversight of voting and election law changes because of their long history of excluding African Americans from the polls. In the course of several renewals, most recently in 2006, Congress broadened the law to include discrimination against minority language groups, such as Hispanics, and added more states or counties found to have engaged in discriminatory practices.

Section 4 currently covers all of nine states–Alabama, Alaska, Arizona, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, South Carolina, Texas and Virginia–and parts of seven others–California, Florida, Michigan, New Hampshire, New York, North Carolina and South Dakota.

The court majority declared that the coverage formula laid down in Section 4 had become outdated because of increases in registration and turnout at the polls on the part of African American voters. But the majority opinion scarcely attempted to justify this claim. Roberts wrote, “When the law was last renewed, in 2006, Congress relied on data from decades before.” But nowhere did he address the thousands of pages of evidence of ongoing acts of racial discrimination accumulated as part of the 2006 renewal.

In fact, the majority opinion in Shelby County v. Holder offers nothing of any substance, legally or factually. It is a pile of words concocted for the purpose of justifying a decision reached long in advance–and foreshadowed in the language of an earlier decision, Northwest Austin Municipal Utility District Number One v. Holder in 2009, which turned aside a previous challenge to the Voting Rights Act on technical grounds.

If the ultra-right majority on the court now feels emboldened to go further, it is because it is not acting in a vacuum. These justices are encouraged by the general atmosphere of reaction that permeates government and media circles.

The president of the United States asserts the right to target any individual, including US citizens, for assassination. Those such as Edward Snowden who expose government criminality are witch-hunted and vilified as traitors. An entire American city, Boston, is placed on lockdown in complete disregard of fundamental constitutional rights–all without any significant opposition from within the political establishment.

The five arch-reactionaries would not dare to hand down such a ruling if they were not encouraged as well by the cowardice and complicity of American liberalism and the Democratic Party, which have gone along with sweeping attacks on democratic rights. None of these spent forces will lift a finger to defend the democratic rights of the people.

The claim by Roberts that there is no longer any significant racial discrimination in the states targeted by the Voting Rights Act is patently false. These states, particularly in the Deep South, remain among the most politically reactionary and backward in the US, with the highest rates of executions, the worst conditions of life for the masses, and incessant efforts to curtail the right of workers and minorities to vote.

The dissenting opinion written by Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg, and signed by three other justices, had no difficulty citing a mass of empirical evidence of ongoing racially-motivated discrimination, including efforts to purge the rolls of black voters, the redrawing of electoral boundaries to eliminate black office-holders, and the moving of polling places to make it harder for blacks to vote.

Ginsburg noted the character of the plaintiff, Shelby County, Alabama, the county that includes the city of Selma, one of the key battlegrounds of the civil rights era. The majority opinion made no attempt to explain why federal oversight of Shelby County should be ended, nor could it since both the county and towns within it have repeatedly been sanctioned under the Voting Rights Act for discriminatory practices, as recently as 2008.

As for the claim by the majority that the Voting Rights Act had become outmoded by social progress in the South, Ginsburg pointed out that the law was designed to be flexible and included a bailout mechanism allowing states to leave federal oversight if they went ten years without being successfully sued for discrimination. Not one of the states covered by the law has attempted to qualify, although hundreds of cities, counties and smaller jurisdictions have done so.

Ginsburg also made short work of the claim that the Voting Rights Act formula amounts to “unequal treatment” of the states, pointing out that this is commonplace in federal laws, from appropriations bills that award funding disproportionately to small and rural states to laws that apply to only a single state (as in provisions covering disposal of nuclear waste).

The dissent underscored the fact that the court majority is engaged, not in rational argument and analysis, but in pushing toward a predetermined goal, using whatever pseudo-legal verbiage might fill the bill.

Scalia voiced the sentiments of this majority when he sneered during the oral arguments in the case that Congress reauthorized the Voting Rights Act in 2006 only because of “a phenomenon that is called perpetuation of racial entitlement.”

The attack on the right to vote is not fundamentally a racial issue. It is part of an assault on the democratic rights of the entire working class. Dozens of states in recent years have enacted voter ID laws and other anti-democratic provisions in a deliberate effort to make it harder for the poor, the elderly, and students to vote.

There is a definite class logic behind this campaign: the American ruling elite is well aware that its policies of militarism and social austerity are opposed by the vast majority of the population. Opinion polls show only 15 percent support the Obama administration’s drive to war in Syria, and even fewer back cuts in Social Security, Medicare and other social benefits. To carry through the reactionary program of the financial aristocracy requires dispensing with democratic forms of rule.

The 5-4 ruling to wipe out a crucial legal guarantee of the people’s right to vote comes barely a decade after a similar political milestone: the 5-4 ruling that ratified the theft of the 2000 presidential election and installed the loser of the popular vote, George W. Bush, in the White House.

From Bush v. Gore to Shelby County, the Supreme Court has lost all credibility in the eyes of the people. It deserves neither deference nor respect. The defense of democratic rights requires the development of a mass popular movement of working people and youth in opposition to the entire political establishment, its two-party system, and the capitalist state institutions they defend.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Proposed California budget to deepen attacks on public education and social programs

0

 

By
Dan Conway

26 June 2013

The California state legislature last week passed a budget for the 2013-2014 fiscal year. The proposed budget which is expected to be signed by Democratic Governor Brown this week, continues a statewide assault against social programs. This, in spite of a projected budgetary surplus rather than a deficit for the first time since the onset of the financial crisis of 2008.

Of the $96 billion in proposed spending, $56.5 billion is owed to K-12 education under the state’s constitutionally-mandated education funding guarantee (known as the Classroom Instructional Improvement and Accountability Act, or Proposition 98). More than $1 billion of that sum will be deferred, however, and used instead to implement provisions championed by private education reform organizations.

These include the implementation of the so-called Common Core Standards Initiative and the Local Control Funding Formula (LCFF). The stated aim of the Common Core Standards Program is the replacement of literature and “fictional” texts with purely technical and informational learning materials, along with the outright removal of liberal arts subjects in general in favor of so-called STEM, Science, Technology, Engineering and Math classes. (See: “What is the Common Core US education initiative?”)

Furthermore, the program would channel children as young as six years of age into tailored career educational tracks, removing diverse educational opportunities for critical thinking and enlightenment. The program has been championed by Obama administration Secretary of Education Arne Duncan and is of a piece with an orchestrated media campaign to denigrate the societal need for college-educated youth and even for critical thinking skills in general.

The initative has received the fulsome praise of teachers unions including the American Federation of Teachers. Union president Randi Weingarten said that the new standards contained in Common Core are the “essential building blocks for a better education system–not a new educational fad.”

The LCFF, championed by Governor Brown, is a blatant attempt to pump additional taxpayer funds into school districts prior to their takeover by private charter operators.

The formula operates by removing most categorical funding for public education and thereby increasing what is known as the base grant amount. Categorical funds must be spent in certain designated areas such as school libraries, lunch programs and special education. By removing the categorical funds, Brown is allowing local districts to spend those monies in whatever way they see fit. These base grants are projected to total more than $1.9 billion in the first fiscal year alone.

The base grant amount, however, would be additionally increased in low income districts and in those with a high percentage of English Language Learners. This increased amount would equal 35 percent of the initial base grant per student.

The state of California has witnessed an explosion of charter schools and the imposition of the LCFF is meant to accelerate that growth. The state has the largest number of charter schools in the country. There were 245 charter schools operating in California in the year 2000. By 2012, that number grew to 984. Today over 1,083 charter schools are operating in the state.

This growth has been fueled by measures such as the Parent Trigger Law, which allows public schools to convert to charters if more than 50 percent of children’s parents attending the school agree to the conversion. Poor and disadvantaged schools are consistent targets of the Parent Trigger with organizations such as Parent Revolution descending on such locations in well-coordinated attempts to cajole parents into signing away their schools.

Parents at these schools, unhappy with poor educational outcomes and prospects for their children, are believed to be easy prey for such turnaround efforts. Nonetheless, parents have often complained that they were made to sign in favor of Parent Trigger turnarounds under false pretenses, with nearly every school turnaround effort ending in a court challenge.

The removal of categorical funding, along with the implementation of Common Core, increasingly punitive testing requirements and the recent state legislature decision to remove due process rights for teacher dismissal (See “California State Assembly passes bill to enable teacher firings”), only lead to the conclusion that such school districts are receiving increased base grant money not to improve student performance, but to increase the profits of private charter school investors once these schools “fail” and are converted under the state’s Parent Trigger and other pro-charter laws.

The budget proposal also realigns health and human service programs from the state to the local level. Under provisions of the Obama Administration’s Affordable Care Act, in exchange for diverting funds back to the state for medical services for the poor to accommodate the expansion of Medi-Cal–the state’s version of the Medicaid program–municipalities would receive increased state funding to manage the CalWORKS Welfare to Work Program, CalWorks child care and CalFresh Food Assistance Programs.

The current budget also maintains a 10 percent provider rate cut in Medi-Cal, which helped contribute to the state becoming the second lowest in the nation among doctors accepting new Medicaid patients in 2011.

The maximum total CalWORKS grant is exceedingly low and will remain unchanged in the current budget at a maximum of only $638 per month for a family of three. Such a family would then have income equivalent to 39 percent of the federal poverty level, 11 percent lower than what the federal government considers as “deep poverty.”

The proposed budget also includes the deposit of $1.1 billion into the state’s rainy day fund which is used as a mechanism to sequester funds for social programs desperately needed by the working class.

The budget itself is based on revenue projections that are several billion dollars less than those of the State Legislative Analyst Office, which normally provides the fiscal reports which inform state budgets. Nonetheless, when asked if he would revisit the issue of increased spending at midyear if revenues outpace his expectations, the governor said, “I think prudence rather than exuberance should be the order of the day.”

While not part of the official budget, the governor is also expected to approve changes to the state’s Economic Enterprise Zones which have provided billions of dollars in tax windfalls to large businesses operating within the state. In this case, “prudence” does not apply.

The zones program aims not only to provide such massive tax windfalls but also seeks to fundamentally transform the state into a platform for cheap labour.

Hiring credits will be provided to companies which hire workers making between 1.5 and 3.5 times the minimum wage. The tax credit so received will be 35 percent of the worker’s salary. In other words, companies will get steep discounts for hiring workers at some of the lowest wages possible. In fact, through such hiring credits, a worker hired at $12 per hour, one and a half times the minimum wage, will only end up costing companies $7.80 per hour, after tax credits are received–less than the actual minimum wage.

Furthermore, under the program’s current implementation, hiring credits are distributed to companies which hire any new workers regardless of whether it represents a net increase in jobs. In other words, the creation of new positions is not necessary to receive the credits and can be obtained as a result of regular workforce turnaround.

Also, under the current implementation of the zones, companies which had been exempt from sales tax for the first $20 million per year of equipment purchased, are now exempt from sales tax for the first $200 million per year of equipment purchased.

The proposal for the Economic Enterprise Zone program can be found on the governor’s web site and indicates the support of IBM, Advanced Micro Devices, Northrup Grumman and Clorox. Also included are the state trade unions. AFSCME, the International Longshore and Warehouse Union, United Food and Commercial Workers, the Teamsters and the SEIU have all approved the current implementation of the Enterprise Economic Zone program along with its proposed changes.

The Democratic governor, who has enjoyed the unequivocal support of the trade union bureaucrats and the ex-left groups since his 2010 campaign, has proven to be a consistent and staunch defender of social reaction.

While preparing to sign the latest budget, the governor has refused for the third time a federal court order requiring the reduction of the state’s prison population. In recent years, state prisons have been plagued by a rash of inmate suicides, untreated medical conditions, and a widespread epidemic of yellow fever.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

How the German secret service monitors the Internet

0

 

By
Peter Schwarz

26 June 2013

The German authorities have responded officially with great restraint to the revelations of the whistle-blower Edward Snowden about wire-tapping by American and British intelligence agencies, although millions of German citizens are affected.

Chancellor Angela Merkel raised the issue during the state visit of President Barack Obama. They agreed on a “dialogue”, which has no political consequences. The German Interior Ministry sent a questionnaire to the British Ambassador. This is all. Government spokesman Steffen Seibert has emphasized that the Chancellor will not raise the issue at the EU summit at the end of the week.

German reluctance on the issue is grounded in the fact that the Federal Intelligence Service (BND) also spies intensively on the Internet, and is massively expanding its capacity to do so. The German foreign intelligence service also knew–at least partially–about the American and British spying programs, and has benefited from them.

The BND has systematically monitored international telephone and communications traffic since at least 1968, when it officially received the authority for strategic intelligence. In the context of the Cold War, practically every telephone call in both directions between East and West Germany was monitored by the secret services on both sides of the Berlin Wall.

After the fall of the Berlin Wall in 1990, international monitoring operations were not halted, but rather extended. From 1994, the BND scoured the international communications traffic for, among other things, clues to terrorist attacks, counterfeiting, drug and arms trafficking. Hamburg criminal law professor Michael Köhler and the taz newspaper filed a legal complaint with the Federal Constitutional Court in 1998 against this practice. After two days of proceedings the court dismissed the case.

In 2001, parliament expanded the BND’s powers to monitor email traffic to and from Germany, with the restriction that no more than 20 percent of international communications be checked. Supposedly, the BND is only able to check 5 percent.

As with the American and British spy agencies, the BND accesses information directly at main Internet hubs. According to newsweekly Der Spiegel, the largest traffic control “takes place in Frankfurt, in a data processing center owned by the Association of the German Internet Industry. Via this hub, the largest in Europe, e-mails, phone calls, Skype conversations and text messages flow from regions that interest the BND.”

Last year, the BND monitored one in twenty phone calls, emails, and Facebook posts, searching them with more than 16,000 search terms. Officially, German Internet users are not taken into account in order not to violate their fundamental rights. In practice, however, this separation is infeasible. Considering that other authorities (such as the federal secret service and the 16 state branches of the secret service, Military Counterintelligence and the Criminal Police) listen in to telephone conversations and Internet communications as well, Germany is one of the most monitored countries in the world.

The BND is expanding massively. A new headquarters the size of an entire district is being built on Berlin’s Chausséestraße, moving operations to the capital from Pullach near Munich.

In the next five years, the BND plans to hire 130 staff for a new subdivision for Internet monitoring and cyber defence, and is investing €100 million solely to improve its monitoring of communications. So far, this sum has only been partially granted. Originally, the BND had demanded €360 million.

Both the German government and the BND claim not to have known about the “Prism” program of the US National Security Agency (NSA) or “tempura” operated by the British GCHQ eavesdropping centre before they were exposed by Snowden. This is obviously untrue, as a senior Interior Ministry official has confirmed.

It was “known in general terms” that there are such programs, Undersecretary Ulrich Weinbrenner told a parliamentary committee on Monday. “No one who is a little familiar with the matter” could say that they were “fundamentally surprised” about this type of strategic intelligence operation.

The reason why the BND is feigning ignorance is because it does not want “its own work discredited by reports of the American and British programs”, the Frankfurter Allgemeine noted.

Nevertheless, the concerns expressed over the massive US and British eavesdropping programs in Germany are not merely play-acting. While the massive violation of basic democratic rights causes little concern in official circles, representatives of the ruling class are worried that the data collected could be used to gain economic and political advantages. This theme runs through many articles and editorials.

Wolfgang Bosbach, chair of the Parliamentary Interior Committee, said on Deutschlandfunk radio: “This is not ‘just’ about the protection of private communications’ content; it is about protecting business secrets, trade secrets concerning highly sensitive research. If spying is being carried out on this scale, it is also a problem for German companies worldwide.”

The Hesse state Justice Minister Jörg-Uwe Hahn (Free Democratic Party, FDP) described Britain as a “data-leech of the European Union”. It’s like being in a bad Bond film, he told business daily Handelsblatt: “Can the British government be trusted not to use its spy network to the detriment of the partners on issues of trade?”

Left Party Member of Parliament Ulrich Maurer spoke of a “potential for threats and blackmail on an unimaginable scale”. His party colleague, Steffen Bockshahn, appealed to the government that it has the “duty to enforce protection of information for Germans”. As always in the event of international conflicts, the Left Party sides with the German bourgeoisie.

The sharp nature of these conflicts and the ruthlessness demonstrated by “partners” on both sides of the Atlantic in pursuing their economic and financial interests is demonstrated by the example of Switzerland.

The Swiss government has recently submitted express legislation which, contrary to current law, authorizes Swiss banks to deliver internal information to the US Justice Department on their transactions with US customers as well as the names of bank employees and lawyers who advise these clients. In this way, they are to be handed over to the American judicial system for prosecution.

Massive coercion was involved to have the Swiss government present this constitutionally questionable law. If it is not adopted in time, the US government is threatening to force Swiss banks, including some in public ownership, into bankruptcy, with penalties running into billions.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

BP attempts to dodge fines in connection with Gulf Coast oil disaster

0

 

By
E.P. Bannon

26 June 2013

London-based oil giant BP is waging a new offensive on multiple fronts to evade culpability and reduce settlement payments in connection with the 2010 oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico that resulted in the deaths of 11 workers and the work environmental catastrophe in US history.

Two months after the end of the first phase of the oil spill trial, lawyers on both sides submitted legal briefs to US District Judge Carl Barbier last Friday. The documents, hundreds of pages long, are the final efforts of both the plaintiffs and defendants to influence Judge Barbier’s ruling as to whether or not BP, Transocean and Halliburton acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the disaster. If found grossly negligent, the companies will face heavy fines of $4,300 per spilled barrel of oil under the Clean Water Protection Act as well as punitive damages to private plaintiffs and the Gulf Coast states.

According to official estimates, the sum total of fines could amount to anywhere from $4 billion to $17.5 billion. The exact total is contingent upon the approximate amount of oil leaked into the Gulf. The second phase of the trial will focus on defining this amount. The presiding federal judge, however, is expected to lower the total amount in fines if he or she finds the companies made adequate efforts to limit the spill’s effects.

Among such “efforts” to be considered by the judge could be BP’s recent announcement of a $594 million early settlement fund for the Gulf Coast states. The plan, announced last month, aims to “restore” the area to its “baseline condition.” $197 million of this sum is dedicated to various “human (recreational) use” projects aimed at boosting the tourism industry. In this context, it is evident the plan represents a move to buy off the Gulf Coast states and improve the company’s public image in the lead-up to the rulings of the first and second phases of the trial.

Attorneys for the Gulf Coast states and the plaintiffs maintain that the defendants should be considered guilty of both charges. They contend that BP and its partners–Transocean, which owned the Deepwater Horizon rig and employed the workers drilling in the Macondo well, and Halliburton, which BP called upon to provide cement to plug the well–bear full responsibility for the disaster.

BP continues to deny its culpability in the spill. The disaster, its lawyers claim, “resulted from a series of independent acts and omissions by multiple parties that had the effect, when combined, of overcoming the state-of-the-art safety systems in place.” Their constant refrain of “multiple parties” is part of an effort to shift blame onto Transocean and Halliburton in order to further minimize the amount of fines and reparations it will have to pay.

At the same time, BP has been involved a bitter legal struggle in an effort to halt disputed compensation payments. The company recently sued to block the payment of billions of dollars in settlement claims. They accuse court-appointed attorney Patrick Juneau of rewriting the approved settlement deal. Juneau took over the claims processing of the $20 billion settlement fund from Kenneth Feinberg last year.

BP officials allege that Juneau, in charge of cases for tens of thousands of local residents and businesses, has exposed the company to what they consider “fictitious” claims. Judge Barbier ruled that Juneau was fair in his calculation of settlement payments. BP has appealed the ruling, and the 5th Circuit Court of Appeals will hear their case in July.

What is more, BP has accused one of Juneau’s attorneys of misconduct. The attorney, Lionel H. Sutton III, allegedly collected portions of settlement payments from a New Orleans law firm to which he had once referred settlements. The company filed a formal claim against the attorney during a closed-door session with Judge Barbier last Thursday. Under pressure from the court, Juneau suspended Sutton that same day and has since opened an investigation into his activities.

A report leaked to the Associated Press outlines the allegations against Sutton. The report cites a series of email exchanges in which Sutton allegedly inquires about a sum of $500,000 owed to him from settlement payments to an individual who filed several seafood-related claims. The email supposedly reads, “They sent you the check for my fee. The total fee on (the claimant) was 10k (+ or -). They sent you 5 for me and kept the other 5.” The legitimacy of the details in the report are currently being investigated.

Whether Sutton is guilty of misconduct or not, BP will undoubtedly use the investigation to strengthen their case to avoid paying out the full extent of their $20 billion settlement fund. Even if he is guilty, such misconduct does not even begin to compare to the criminality of BP.

In 2011, it was reported that recipients receiving approximately $2 billion worth of claims were required to waive their legal right to demand further compensation. These claimants accepted settlements, many times thousands of dollars less than their real losses, to forego multiple years of litigation. Under Feinberg, the notorious “5 percent rule” became a requirement. The rule required business claimants, most of whom were fishermen and small business owners ruined by the spill, to demonstrate a 5 percent growth in annual revenue in order to continue receiving interim payments.

BP has also denied responsibility in the unbridled use of the dispersant Corexit in the initial period of cleanup. Corexit, which had never been used in cleanup efforts before, has now been linked to very serious health problems among Gulf Coast residents and cleanup workers who were exposed to it.

Finally, BP is intensifying its efforts to renege upon its agreements concerning its role in cleanup efforts. Two weeks ago, BP announced that it has ended official “response” actions involving oil sightings in Mississippi, Alabama and Florida. Company officials have also repeatedly attempted to cease response actions in Louisiana, despite the fact that oil still remains along the coast and that over 2.2 million pounds of oily materials were collected during the course of April and May.

Furthermore, BP and the US Coast Guard have both refused to establish any plans to inspect Louisiana beaches and wetlands for oil in the event of a hurricane or tropical storm. This is particularly significant. In the aftermath of Hurricane Isaac, which hit Louisiana last August, the high winds and storm surges unearthed large quantities of oily material across the state’s coast and wetlands.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Australia: Hundreds affected by fire at private university accommodation

0

 

By
a reporting team

26 June 2013

Almost 400 residents of the Uni Lodge apartment building in the inner-city Sydney suburb of Broadway were evacuated at around 4.30 a.m. on Sunday, after a fire broke out. It reportedly originated in an electrical switchbox on the second floor. No one was seriously injured or killed, but three people were treated for smoke inhalation at the scene.

The privately-owned apartments largely cater to international students who attend nearby universities. Zac Hambides, a Socialist Equality Party (SEP) candidate for the Senate in New South Wales, and members of an SEP campaign team spoke to residents on Monday about the circumstances of the fire, and the housing conditions confronting international students.

Residents explained that they had first been awoken by a fire alarm early Sunday morning, but many of them had ignored it, because false alarms have been a regular occurrence. Only when an evacuation announcement came over the PA system some 10 minutes later did they leave the building, many with only the clothes on their backs.

After evacuating, residents were left to mill around on the street in the cold and rain. It reportedly took staff between one and two hours to account for everyone. Residents spent much of the day in a nearby shopping centre, and were given minimal information by the building’s staff, many of whom are also students from abroad. They were only informed at 3 p.m., via the Uni Lodge Facebook page, that they would not be allowed to return to their rooms that night.

Students attending some universities were provided with accommodation, but other students and residents, including owner-occupiers, were forced to find their own.

On Monday, residents were told that only some could return to the building. Those whose rooms were uninhabitable or continued to suffer power outages, were escorted to collect some possessions and told they would have to find somewhere else to stay.

On Tuesday, the Uni Lodge Facebook page announced that it was not known when the damaged rooms would be habitable. How many rooms were affected by the blaze, and the severity of the damage, is still not clear.

Residents expressed frustration at the lack of information and the absence of alternative accommodation arrangements. Many students were in the midst of exams, while others were set to return to their countries of origin this week.

Thomas, an international student from Britain, explained that he had been lucky to be able to stay with a friend on Sunday night. “I left my phone and my wallet in my room. I’ve been without anything since 4.30 Sunday morning, so I’m pretty angry. All the staff here kept saying, ‘Just check the Facebook page, just check the Facebook page’ for every answer. My question was, I don’t have money, I don’t have a phone, I haven’t got anything, so how do I check?”

Thomas raised concerns about the building’s fire evacuation procedures. “When you sign up to stay here they give you a sheet of paper with what you should do during a fire but they don’t really talk you through it,” he said. “Theoretically, the emergency assembly point is in the park on the other side of the shopping centre, but everyone just stopped outside the building or stayed in the lobby. The only time anyone knew it was serious was when the foreman announced it over the PA. Then everyone appeared out of nowhere. We get too many false alarms in this place, so no one takes it seriously anymore.”

Thomas contrasted what happened with the procedures where he was employed. “I work in the hotel industry, which has high standards. We’re trained with proper procedures. We even have drills where the fire service will come in and evaluate the hotel’s procedures in terms of fire evacuation.”

Jess, an international student from the US, said a smaller fire, apparently deliberately lit, had occurred around a year ago. She had an exam on Monday morning, and had not had a chance to collect any of her belongings, or change out of her pajamas when she fled her room. “It’s been a hellish ordeal. They’re going to have to do something about their policy on fire drills from now on because as you can see it’s a big mess,” she said.

Another resident noted that the design of the building is “sort of like a rabbit warren, with small corridors” and that this may have made it difficult to extinguish the fire.

The cause of the blaze has not been confirmed, and no investigation has been announced into Uni Lodge’s handling of the fire. The incident has highlighted the precarious position of international students, who pay tens of thousands of dollars a year in university fees.

These students are a lucrative source of revenue for the chronically under-funded universities, and education services have become one of Australian capitalism’s largest export earners, generating more than $17 billion a year. Yet they are confronted with a severe lack of affordable student accommodation, and many are forced to enter the expensive private housing market.

According to the Australian Bureau of Statistics, almost 150,000 international students live in overcrowded houses. Others, who live in apartments owned by corporations such as Uni Lodge–which operates buildings in most of Australia’s major cities, totalling over 8,000 beds–pay exorbitant rents.

Students said they had little choice but to stay at Uni Lodge, because of the lack of affordable housing on campuses. According to the Uni Lodge website, the starting price for accommodation at the Broadway apartment block is $334 a week for a one person “small studio” without air conditioning. Apartments for two people start at $237 per person per week.

An investigation by the Socialist Equality Party into a fatal apartment fire in the Sydney suburb of Bankstown last September revealed the unsafe and over-crowded conditions in which many international students, as well as immigrants and workers, are forced to live because of soaring rents and house prices in Australia.

One Chinese student died and another was seriously injured after they jumped from a fifth-floor window to try to escape the intense fire that swept through their apartment, which had been sub-divided to create a third bedroom. The de-regulation of fire safety requirements over the past three decades, contributed to the disaster.

The plight of international students is the responsibility of successive governments, Labor and Liberal, state and federal alike, which have treated them as little more than lucrative cash cows. The expensive and often unsafe accommodation that students face is an indictment of the private profit system, which subordinates the basic social right to decent, safe and affordable housing to the profit requirements of education providers, developers and property owners.

Authorised by Nick Beams, 113/55 Flemington Rd, North Melbourne VIC 3051

The author also recommends:

Australia: Fire safety problems in new student accommodation
[14 December 2012]

Bankstown fire exposes plight of international students
[9 October 2012]



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

This article originally appeared on: World Socialist Web Site

Bit by Bit Strategy

0

Walter E. WilliamsThere’s a move on to prohibit Washington’s football team from calling itself “Redskins,” even though a 2009 U.S. Supreme Court decision said that it has that right. Now the name change advocates are turning to the political arena and intimidation. The NCAA has already banned the University of North Dakota from calling its football team the “Fighting Sioux.”

This is the classic method of busybodies and tyrants; they start out with something trivial or small and then magnify and extend it. If these people are successful in banning the use of Indian names for football teams, you can bet the rent money that won’t end their agenda. Our military has a number of fighting aircraft named with what busybodies and tyrants might consider racial slights, such as the Apache, Iroquois, Kiowa, Lakota and Mescalero. We also have military aircraft named after animals, such as the Eagle, Falcon, Raptor, Cobra and Dolphin. The people fighting against the Redskins name might form a coalition with the PETA animal rights kooks to ban the use of animal names.

Another example of the strategy of starting out small is that of the tobacco zealots. In 1965, in the name of health, tobacco zealots successfully got Congress to enact the Cigarette Labeling and Advertising Act. A few years later, they were successful in getting a complete smoking ban on planes, and that success emboldened them to seek many other bans. The issue here is not smoking but tyrant strategy. Suppose that in 1965, the tobacco tyrants demanded that Congress enact a law banning smoking in bars, in workplaces, in restaurants, in apartments, within 25 feet of entrances, in ballparks, on beaches, on sidewalks and in other places. Had they revealed and demanded their full agenda back in 1965, there would have been so much resistance that they wouldn’t have gotten anything. By the way, much of their later success was a result of a bogus Environmental Protection Agency study on secondhand smoke. I’d like to hear whether EPA scientists are willing to declare that people can die from secondhand smoke at a beach, on a sidewalk, in a park or within 25 feet of a building.

During the legislative and subsequent state ratification debates over the 16th Amendment – which established the income tax – the political task of overturning the Constitution’s prohibition of such tax was considerably eased by political promises that any income tax levied would fall upon only the wealthiest 3 to 5 percent of the population. Most Americans paid no federal income tax, and those earning $500,000 or more paid only 7 percent. In 1913, only 358,000 Americans filed 1040 forms, compared with today’s 140 million. That’s the rope-a-dope strategy. To get the votes of the masses, politicians start out small and exploit the politics of envy by promising that only the rich will be taxed.

In 1898, Congress imposed a temporary federal excise tax on telephones as a revenue measure during the Spanish-American War. At that time, only the rich owned phones. Soon nearly all Americans owned phones. Both the rich and the poor paid the telephone excise tax. Congress repealed this “temporary” Spanish-American War tax in 2006. Nobel laureate Milton Friedman had it right when he said, “Nothing is so permanent as a temporary government program.”

The Tax Reform Act of 1969, called the alternative minimum tax, was created to raise revenue from 155 “rich” Americans who legally avoided federal income taxes by buying tax-free municipal bonds. Today more than 4 million Americans are hit by the AMT, and most of them hardly qualify as rich.

Here’s another rope-a-dope just beginning. The National Transportation Safety Board recently recommended that states reduce the allowable blood alcohol content by more than a third – to 0.05 percent, as opposed to today’s 0.08 percent. The NTSB is calling it a recommendation just to test the waters. If the board doesn’t see resistance, its next move will be to threaten noncomplying states with a cutoff of highway construction funds. Setting the legal limit at 0.05 percent is not these people’s end objective. Their end objective is to outlaw any amount of alcohol in the blood while one is driving.

Walter E. Williams is a professor of economics at George Mason University. To find out more about Walter E. Williams and read features by other Creators Syndicate writers and cartoonists, visit the Creators Syndicate Web page at www.creators.com.

COPYRIGHT 2013 CREATORS.COM

This article originally appeared on: The New American

California man faces 13 years in jail for scribbling anti-bank messages in chalk

0

Jeff Olson, the 40-year-old man who is being prosecuted for scrawling anti-megabank messages on sidewalks in water-soluble chalk last year now faces a 13-year jail sentence. A judge has barred his attorney from mentioning freedom of speech during trial.

According to the San Diego Reader, which reported on Tuesday that
a judge had opted to prevent Olson’s attorney from “mentioning the First Amendment, free
speech, free expression, public forum, expressive conduct, or
political speech during the trial,”
Olson must now stand
trial for on 13 counts of vandalism.

In addition to possibly spending years in jail, Olson will also
be held liable for fines of up to $13,000 over the anti-big-bank
slogans that were left using washable children’s chalk on a
sidewalk outside of three San Diego, California branches of Bank
of America, the massive conglomerate that received $45 billion in
interest-free loans from the US government in 2008-2009 in a bid
to keep it solvent after bad bets went south.

The Reader reports that Olson’s hearing had gone as poorly as his
attorney might have expected, with Judge Howard Shore, who is
presiding over the case, granting Deputy City Attorney Paige
Hazard’s motion to prohibit attorney Tom Tosdal from mentioning
the United States’ fundamental First Amendment rights.

“The State’s Vandalism Statute
does not mention First Amendment rights,”
ruled Judge
Shore on Tuesday.

Upon exiting the courtroom Olson seemed to be in disbelief.

“Oh my gosh,” he said.
“I can’t believe this is
happening.”

Tosdal, who exited the courtroom shortly after his client, seemed
equally bewildered.

“I’ve never heard that before,
that a court can prohibit an argument of First Amendment
rights,”
said Tosdal.

Olson, who worked as a former staffer for a US Senator from
Washington state, was said to involve himself in political
activism in tandem with the growth of the Occupy Wall Street
movement.

On October 3, 2011, Olson first appeared outside of a Bank of
America branch in San Diego, along with a homemade sign. Eight
days later Olson and his partner, Stephen Daniels, during
preparations for National Bank Transfer Day, the two were
confronted by Darell Freeman, the Vice President of Bank of
America’s Global Corporate Security.

A former police officer, Freeman accused Olson and Daniels of
“running a business outside of the bank,” evidently in reference
to the National Bank Transfer Day activities, which was a
consumer activism initiative that sought to promote Americans to
switch from commercial banks, like Bank of America, to
not-for-profit credit unions.

At the time, Bank of America’s debit card fees were among one of
the triggers that led Occupy Wall Street members to promote the
transfer day.

“It was just an empty
threat,”
says Olson of Freeman’s accusations. “He was trying to scare me away. To be
honest, it did at first. I even called my bank and they said he
couldn’t do anything like that.”

Olson continued to protest outside of Bank of America. In
February 2012, he came across a box of chalk at a local pharmacy
and decided to begin leaving his mark with written statements.

“I thought it was a perfect way
to get my message out there. Much better than handing out
leaflets or holding a sign,”
says Olson.

Over the course of the next six months Olson visited the Bank of
America branch a few days per week, leaving behind scribbled
slogans such as “Stop big
banks”
and “Stop Bank
Blight.com.”

According to Olson, who spoke with local broadcaster KGTV, one
Bank of America branch claimed it had cost $6,000 to clean up the
chalk writing.

Public records obtained by the Reader show that Freeman continued
to pressure members of San Diego’s Gang Unit on behalf of Bank of
America until the matter was forwarded to the City Attorney’s
office.

On April 15, Deputy City Attorney Paige Hazard contacted Freeman
with a response on his persistent queries.

“I wanted to let you know that
we will be filing 13 counts of vandalism as a result of the
incidents you reported,”
said Hazard.

Arguments for Olson’s case are set to be heard Wednesday morning,
following jury selection.

This article originally appeared on: RT

The Nasty Roots of Progressivism

0


by Charles A. Burris

Previously
by Charles A. Burris: War
Crimes, the Holocaust, and Today’s National Security State



You will never
hear any of the inconvenient history related below by today’s “progressives”
or their mirror images, the neocons, who dominate the American elite
political landscape, court intellectual academia, and the mainstream
news media.

Thomas C. Leonard
of Princeton University has compiled a
terrific power point presentation
on the Progressive Era. The
presentation is very comprehensive, yet explains in very easy to
understand terms why understanding this crucial period is important.
This is definitely NOT Glenn Beck at his blackboard superficial
stuff. This is the real deal.

Many of Leonard’s
explorations and insights are very compatible with the synthesis
of analysis developed by economist/historian Murray N. Rothbard:

“The
Progressive Era and the Family
“: The Progressive Era was the
incubation period of the welfare-warfare state — and of all the
malevolence that follows.

“World
War I as Fulfillment: Power and the Intellectuals
“: The Great
War was not the end of Progressive “reform” but its fulfillment.

“Origins
of the Welfare State in America
“: Here Rothbard provides the
Rosetta Stone to understanding the origins of the welfare state
in America: the role of post-millennial Protestant pietistic intellectuals
and evangelical activists born in the crucial decade surrounding
the events of the Civil War who, because of the seductive influence
of the evolutionary naturalism of Darwinism, came of age increasingly
secularized, but who did not forsake their faith in statism and
elitist social control.

Until the 1890s,
American history was essentially presented as the development of
the Eastern seaboard states, seen as an extension overseas of English
history or an episode in European overseas expansion. The origins
of American ethnopolitical culture were Teutonic (or Germanic) in
nature. This type of analysis focused upon the thirteen colonies
of the United States, and explained the evolution of America westward
through the development of these political communities. This racist
Teutonic Germ Theory of History was dominant among the academic
and governing elites at the close of the Nineteenth Century in the
United States and Great Britain.

Senator
Albert J. Beveridge
spoke for this generation when he stated
in support of an American Empire:

Mr. President,
this question is deeper than any question of party politics; deeper
than any question of the isolated policy of our country even; deeper
even than any question of constitutional power. It is elemental.
It is racial. God has not been preparing the English-speaking and
Teutonic peoples for a thousand years for nothing but vain and idle
self-contemplation and self-admiration. No! He has made us the master
organizers of the world to establish system where chaos reigns.
He has given us the spirit of progress to overwhelm the forces of
reaction throughout the earth. He has made us adepts in government
that we may administer government among savage and senile peoples.
Were it not for such a force as this the world would relapse into
barbarism and night. And of all our race He has marked the American
people as His chosen nation to finally lead in the regeneration
of the world. This is the divine mission of America, and it holds
for us all the profit, all the glory, all the happiness possible
to man. We are trustees of the world’s progress, guardians of its
righteous peace. The judgment of the Master is upon us: “Ye
have been faithful over a few things; I will make you ruler over
many things.”

This was a
crucial time in American intellectual history. Scholars as divergent
as
Murray N. Rothbard and G. William Domhoff
have documented the
impact of thousands of key academics such as Richard
T. Ely
, Herbert
Baxter Adams
, and John
W. Burgess
who received their graduate training in Germany during
this period, dominated by the
rise of Bismarck’s welfare-warfare state
. They returned home
imbued with these ideas, which their apt pupils such as Theodore
Roosevelt
and Woodrow
Wilson
transformed into hard
reality
.

This worship
of the newly-discovered wonders of statism, combined with the
influx of Darwinian evolutionary naturalism
,”social
imperialism
,” Fabian
socialism
imported from Great Britain, the
increasing secularization of postmillennial evangelical pietism
,
all provided the satanic breeding ground for the incubus that emerged
as progressivism
— complete with its elite notions of centralized
political/economic planning
, aggressive
nationalism
, eugenics
and the idea of “race
suicide.”

Ideas
truly have consequences
.

June
26, 2013

Charles
A. Burris [send him mail]
teaches history in the Murray N. Rothbard Room at Memorial High
School in Tulsa, Oklahoma.

Copyright
© 2013 Charles A. Burris

The
Best of Charles A. Burris

This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

The Murder That Began the Century of War

0

by
Jonathan Goodwin
Bionic Mosquito

Recently
by Jonathan Goodwin:
The
Industrial Revolution of the Middle Ages




And it isn’t the one that you are thinking of….

1939
— The War That Had Many Fathers
, by Gerd Schultze-Rhonhof.

As mentioned
in my
first post
on this book, the author has been dismissed in Germany
regarding his historical views on the beginnings of the Second World
War. From what I read in the preface, I found no reason to dismiss
his views — and in any case, one can hold wrong views on certain
subjects while providing valuable insights in others. It is for
these hidden gems that I am reading the book. So, I continue.

I found one
of those hidden gems in the first few pages — or is it a wacky assertion
from a wrong-headed revisionist? If his point is valid, it provides
a valuable insight — at least to me — into the manipulations by
the elite at the turn of the last century and leading to the century
of war.

The
British — German Rivalry

The author
begins by pointing to two mistakes by the German politicians prior
to 1914 that led to the Great War:

They fail
to extend the German — Russian Mutual Protection Pact, and they
give to the economic upswing in Germany a maritime component.

The author
sees in the first the opening for Russia to be drawn to France,
and in the second a challenge to Britain on the seas. There is nothing
terribly controversial here — many historians, mainstream and revisionist,
have pointed to one or both of these factors.

From Britain’s
view, Germany — post unification — was becoming the power on the
continent with which it should have concern — replacing France.
In various measures, Germany was growing into an economic powerhouse
— the production of coal, iron, steel, etc. In 1887 in London, the
“Merchandise Marks Act” was introduced, with the hope
to attach stigma to products thereafter labeled “Made in Germany.”

Britain viewed
it as good policy to keep a balance of power on the continent, thus
freeing its hand elsewhere. Germany threatened not only that balance,
but now could even threaten Britain itself. Britain’s views changed
from seeing France as the primary continental threat to seeing this
in in Germany:

On 1 January
1907 a top official of the British Foreign Ministry, Sir Eyre
Crowe, drafts “an analysis of British Relations with France
and Germany for his King.” … Now and in the future, Crowe
concludes, Germany counts as England’s only opponent. (Page 22)

The British
will therefore work to isolate Germany in the field of foreign policy,
and the author suggests that German blunders provide the opportunity
for this.

As mentioned,
England previously saw France as its biggest competitor in the colonies;
it now reached agreements with France on such matters. A 1904 treaty
would coordinate colonial interests. In 1911, the British military
promises France the support of six army divisions in the event of
war with Germany. And without a proper treaty with Russia, this
would one day place Germany in a strong vice.

Germaniam
esse delendam to Protect Trade and Transport

Schultze-Rhonhof
identifies comments coming out of England and against Germany almost
immediately upon the formation of the German Reich in 1871. For
example, he quotes Prime Minister Disraeli in a speech before the
Lower House:

“The
balance of power has been completely destroyed, and the country
which suffers the most from this and feels the effect of this
change most strongly, is England.” (Page 33)

Deputy Robert
Peel adds that Germany has been united under a military “despotism.”
(Page 33)

The author
laments: “So Germany — just because unified — has already become
a danger, and indeed for all of Europe.” (Page 34)

The press gets
in on the act:

The London
Saturday Review, an upper class journal, writes on 24 August
1895:

“We
English have always waged war against our competitors in trade
and transport. Our main competitor today is no longer France,
but Germany…. In a war against Germany we would be in a position
to win a lot and to lose nothing.” (Page 34)

On 1 February
1896 the same journal writes:

“If
tomorrow every German were eliminated, there would be no British
business nor any English enterprise which would not profit (lit
“grow”). If every Englishman were to vanish tomorrow,
the Germans would reap gains…. One of the two must quit the
field. Get ready for the fight with Germany, for Germaniam esse
delendam.” (Page 34)

Germany must
be destroyed….

And again on
11 September 1897:

“Everywhere
where the English flag has followed the Bible, and trade [has
followed] the flag…the German trader fights the English…. States
have waged wars for years over a town or rights to a throne;
and should we not wage war when an annual trade of five billion
is at stake?” (Page 34)

From the Belgian
Ambassador in London to his ministry in Brussels on 24 May 1907,
quoting Mr. Harmsworth (Lord Northcliffe), publisher of several
daily papers in London:

“Yes
we hate the Germans and that from the heart…. I will not allow
my newspapers to print even the slightest thing that could hurt
France. But I would not want them to carry anything at all that
could be pleasant to the Germans.” (Page 38)

Is it a surprise
to see the press doing the state’s bidding and leading the drumbeats
to war?

Finally, Balfour
is quoted, in response to the immorality of going to war for the
purpose of protecting trade. It is suggested to Balfour: if Britain
wants to keep up, work harder!

“That
would mean we would have to lower our standard of living. Maybe
a war would be easier for us.” (Page 38)

War
is most certainly a racket
! It is refreshing to know that there
was a time when the politicians were more honest about this.

Why
Not a British — US Rivalry?

Schultze-Rhonhof
also examines the growth of production, trade, and naval resources
of several other government powers. He concludes by asking: why
does Britain fear Germany, when an even stronger opponent on the
other side of the Atlantic, with far greater potential, was beginning
to show its fangs?

Thus, the
British fears of a threat could just as well have been ignited
by North America’s fleet. The USA in regard to its industry and
trade is also on track to overhaul England. And since 1898 it
is acquiring colonies: Cuba, the Philippines, and Hawaii. (Page
31)

Yes, what gives?
Schultze-Rhonhof provides his answer, and in it he identifies the
assassination that helped to ensure the upcoming wars would be world
wars — meaning the intervention of the United States.

Another reason
lies in America’s apparent turning toward England. (Page 32)

By “apparent
turning,” Schultze-Rhonhof here is describing what is called
The
Great Rapprochement
:

The Great
Rapprochement, according to historians including Bradford Perkins,
describes the convergence of diplomatic, political, military and
economic objectives between the United States and Great Britain
in 1895-1915, the two decades before World War I.

This push for
“convergence” was given widespread coverage on both sides
of the Atlantic, influencing decision makers in both Britain and
the United States.

At the turn
of the last century, there was a powerful and well-known book,
The Americanization of the World: The Trend of the Twentieth
Century
, by British celebrity journalist and editor of the
Pall Mall
Gazette
, William
T. Stead
. In it, he predicted America’s inevitable — and providential
— domination of the world.

From a conference
paper outlining the book
:

Stead, a
tireless champion of Anglo-Saxon expansion, offered his prediction
not in fear but in hope. Together, the United States and Britain
would rule the world.

A century
ago, Stead’s name was known to the public on both side of the
Atlantic and to every prominent official in Europe and America.

As early
as about 1870, in the immediate context of German unification,
Stead advocated union between the British empire and the United
States and came to defend what he called a “true Imperialism”
aimed at the peace, security, unity, and humanitarian uplift of
the world. In 1884 he campaigned for a larger Royal Navy. He wrote
an article for the Pall Mall Gazette entitled “The Truth about
the Navy,” attempting to provoke enough alarm over Britain’s vulnerability
and Germany’s growing navy and colonial adventures to get Parliament
to appropriate the necessary funds for a modern navy. Reading
Sir John Seeley’s Expansion of England (1883) about this time
inspired him with the idea of imperial federation. The scheme
further expanded in his mind to bring the United States into an
Anglo-Saxon union, reversing the blunder of George III. This proposal
was similar to the campaign for Anglo-Saxon unification (or re-unification)
waged by Stead’s friend Cecil Rhodes who famously said that he
wanted to “paint the map red” with Britain’s empire. Other sympathizers
included the industrialist Andrew Carnegie.

Given the
determinism of history, Britain and Europe could either cooperate
with the inevitable or wage a losing battle and end up Americanized
against their will and without their consent. Germany and the
Papacy seemed the most resistant to the Americanization of Europe.
But the Kaiser’s bluster was as pointless as Canute’s command
to the tide.

Stead saw war
by the righteous as a means to bring about global peace.

The
Assassination

Back to Schultze-Rhonhof:

Until McKinley’s
presidency, the relations of the USA with the German Reich were
always friendly and balanced. The English-American relationship,
on the other hand, up to then is still burdened by the former
British Colonial rule and England’s colonial wars in America.

With the
assassination of McKinley in 1901 and the change to the presidency
of Theodore Roosevelt a new kind of thinking arises in the USA.
(Page 32)

Now this is
where I struggled. Schultze-Rhonhof suggests that the change in
US policy occurred after McKinley, not before. Yet all of the history
I read suggests that McKinley is more like his successors than his
predecessors — imperialism and all that. To further make this opaque,
the Great Rapprochement is commonly dated as beginning in 1895.

Yet, Schultze-Rhonhof
suggests this assassination was a turning point for US-German relations
and US-British relations. Counter to McKinley:

Roosevelt
and his successor Wilson are clearly anglophiles. They seek partnership
with Great Britain. (Page 32)

So what gives?
At this point, I had to go fishing.

McKinley
vs. Roosevelt: What’s the Difference?

My first clue
came here: Wall
Street, Banks, and American Foreign Policy
, by Murray Rothbard

William McKinley
reflected the dominance of the Republican Party by the Rockefeller/Standard
Oil interests. Standard Oil was originally headquartered at Rockefeller’s
home in Cleveland, and the oil magnate had long had a commanding
influence in Ohio Republican politics. In the early 1890s, Marcus
Hanna, industrialist and high school chum of John D. Rockefeller,
banded together with Rockefeller and other financiers to save
McKinley from bankruptcy, and Hanna became McKinley’s top political
adviser and chairman of the Republican National Committee. As
a consolation prize to the Morgan interests for McKinley’s capture
of the Republican nomination, Morgan man Garret A. Hobart, director
of various Morgan companies, including the Liberty National Bank
of New York City, became Vice-President.

The death
of Hobart in 1899 left a “Morgan vacancy” in the Vice-Presidential
spot, as McKinley walked into the nomination. McKinley and Hanna
were both hostile to Roosevelt, considering him “erratic” and
a “Madman,” but after several Morgan men turned down the nomination,
and after the intensive lobbying of Morgan partner George W. Perkins,
Teddy Roosevelt at last received the Vice-Presidential nomination.
It is not surprising that virtually Teddy’s first act after the
election of 1900 was to throw a lavish dinner in honor of J.P.
Morgan.

So McKinley
was a Rockefeller man, and Roosevelt (McKinley’s vice-president)
represented the House of Morgan. This, at least, is one bit of information
that differentiates McKinley from Roosevelt. Of course, it would
be somewhat irrelevant had not McKinley met his fate on September
6, 1901 (surviving, and believed to be improving, for eight more
days). He was assassinated by a lone gunman; a nut, an “anarchist.”

Here again,
I turn to Rothbard: “Investigate
the Vice President First
“

Next president
to die in office was William McKinley of Ohio, long-time Rockefeller
tool. Another lone nut was responsible, the “anarchist” Leon Czolgosz,
who, like Guiteau, was quickly tried and executed by the Establishment.
Even though Czolgosz was considered a flake and was not a member
of any organized anarchist group, the assassination was used by
the Establishment to smear anarchism and to outlaw anarchist ideas
and agitation. Various obscure anti-sedition and anti-conspiracy
laws trotted out from time to time by the Establishment were passed
during this post-McKinley assassination hysteria. Beneficiary?
The vaulting to power of Teddy Roosevelt, longtime tool of the
competing Morgan (as opposed to Rockefeller) wing of the Republican
Party. Teddy immediately started using the anti-trust weapon to
try to destroy Rockefeller’s Standard Oil and Harriman’s Northern
Securities, both bitter enemies of the Morgan world empire. Exhume
McKinley, and also start a deep investigation of the possible
role of Teddy and the Morgans. Was Czolgosz only a lone nut?

Perhaps something
bigger was afoot…. But I still did not find the connection to this
changing attitude toward Britain.

Surprise, surprise.
Rothbard provides the answer here as well, from A
History of Money and Banking in the United States
:

As the nations
moved toward World War II, the Morgans, who had long been closely
connected with Britain and France, rose in importance in American
foreign policy, while the Rockefellers, who had little connection
with Britain and France and had patent agreements with I.G. Farben
in Germany, fell in relative strength. Secretary of State Cordell
Hull, a close longtime friend of FDR’s roving ambassador and Morgan
man Norman H. Davis, took the lead in exerting pressure against
Germany for its bilateral rather than multilateral trade agreements
and for its exchange controls, all put in place to defend a chronically
overvalued mark. (Page 344)

Rothbard is
speaking here of World War II, but the relationships fit the scenario
suggested by Schultze-Rhonhof.

The assassination
of McKinley — a Rockefeller man favorable toward Germany — ensured
the replacement by Teddy Roosevelt, a Morgan man. Morgan, favorably
disposed toward Britain, had his man in place — a move that would
ensure the US moves closer to Britain.

This one action
helped to ensure a transition of the tool of global power projection,
from Britain to the United States — as I have previously described
here
(in the context of the Second World War). Of course, the roots of
World War Two are many and deep — including the Great War, and perhaps
including McKinley’s assassination.

This transition
from Britain to the US is explored further in “The
Peaceful Transition of Power from the UK to the US
,” by
Feng Yongping. In this, there is also further exploration of the
evolving relationships amongst and between the United States, Great
Britain, and Germany:

With regard
to Great Britain, binding itself in friendship with the United
States and avoiding the towering costs of conflict also stands
out as extremely significant in preserving the nation’s colonial
power, which was seemingly on the verge of decline. Germans were
predicting during the 1880s or 1890s that the United States would
be drawn into war, with Bismark confidently predicting that Great
Britain would confront the American navy in the Atlantic Ocean,
generating a British — German alliance with a union of naval and
land powers of strategic political benefit. In contrast, Great
Britain chose reconciliation with the United States.

In 1905,
US President Roosevelt told a British diplomat not to let the
nightmare of war between English-speaking democracies keep him
up at night. Roosevelt said that in preparing for potential outbreaks
of war, a fight against Great Britain was not an issue, since
it was an impossibility.

The US also
provided similar assistance for the British in the Boer War. After
conflict broke out there, Theodore Roosevelt promptly expressed
his position of support, saying the war completely aligned the
interests of the two English-speaking democracies and in turn,
the interests of the civilized world, and that English should
become the language of southern Zambezia. During the war, the
United States presented Great Britain with great amounts of military
supplies and extended credit for about 20% of Great Britain’s
war expenses.

Selborne,
British Lord of the Admiralty, commented that all subjects of
the British Empire knew that war with America would be a colossal
failure of British diplomacy. Home Secretary A.H. Lee said that
he could not even fathom the possibility of the US and Great Britain
actually fighting a war. The US President Theodore Roosevelt spoke
nearly the same words in 1905, when he stated his belief that
the danger of another British — US dispute had not only passed,
but was gone forever. Compared with other large nations, he believed
the feeling of friendship to be more genuine with England than
with any other.

As previously
mentioned, Schultze-Rhonhof’s work was dismissed in Germany. Yet,
so far, I am finding that he points to events that have import —
events not even found in other revisionist works. This connection
— McKinley’s assassination as one of the roots of the Great War
— is one that I have not read elsewhere.

It is a connection
that is supported by Rothbard’s work. Schultze-Rhonhof seems to
keep good company. If he is dismissed for reasons similar to those
offered to dismiss Rothbard, I certainly will continue with an open
mind.

(I thank Charles
Burris for being generous with his comments toward one aspect of
this post. Any errors in interpretation or historical fact are completely
my own.)

Reprinted
with permission from the Bionic
Mosquito
.

June
26, 2013

Copyright
© 2013
Bionic
Mosquito

The
Best of Jonathan Goodwin


This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

The Man Who Made JFK a Speed Freak

0

378. Dr. Feelgood

Bill Birnes talks to Lew Rockwell about the entertainment doctor who put
JFK on methamphetamine and changed American history.

 

Comments are closed.

This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

The Largest Blackmail Archive in Human History

0


by Paul Rosenberg
FreemansPerspective.com

Recently
by Paul Rosenberg: The
Era of Fiat Currency Capitalism



prismThe
fallout
from the PRISM scandal
has reached Stage Two, where faces in
front of television cameras promote memorable slogans to give people
reasons to accept their abuse and to pretend that everything is
okay. And, overall, these slogans and their promoters break down
into to two primary models – predators and battered women.

Let’s
start with the predators.

These abusers
– who are building the largest blackmail archive in all of
human history — keep coming back with the same old hateful
slogan:

If
you don’t do anything wrong, you have nothing to fear
.

Understand
this clearly: these are the words of a predator speaking to his
hostages.

As you sit,
his gun pointed at your chest, he says, “As long as you keep
the rules, I won’t shoot.” This phrase is intended to
hold you in that position, under the complete control of the gunman.

The trick of
this evil phrase is that it takes the first position — with
you as a hostage — as a given; as an assumed starting
point. The phrase allows no possibility of you existing without
a gun pointed at you.

Your captor
says, “Don’t transgress me and I won’t kill you.”
But all the while he maintains that it is righteous for him to keep
you in permanent fear of the SWAT team breaking down your door at
3 am and sticking their automatic weapons in your face.

But, of course,
it’s
never “terror” when they do it
, and you can be sure
that, after you’re taken in, their friends at the TV stations will
call you “suspected terrorists.”

Never accept
a predator’s right to say this to you. Don’t accept
his right to hold such a position over you. Instead, say something
like:

I
don’t grant you that position.

You’re
not my master.

Why
would I want you (or your bosses) to hold such a position over me?

Whoever throws
this phrase at you is justifying your position as a hostage and
is locking you into it.

Now, let’s
move on to the equally disturbing issue of battered women.

Read
the rest of the article

June
26, 2013

Paul
Rosenberg [send him
mail
] is the CEO of Cryptohippie
USA
, a leading provider of Internet privacy technologies.
He
is the “outside the Matrix” author of
FreemansPerspective.com,
a site dedicated to economic freedom, personal independence
and individual privacy
. Visit us at www.freemansperspective.com
to read more articles like this one.

Copyright
© FreemansPerspective.com

The
Best of Paul Rosenberg


This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

The American Dictatorship

0

by
Fred Reed

Recently
by Fred Reed:
Sanctifying Pedro




How does one
tell whether one is living in a dictatorship, or almost? The signs
need not be so obvious as having a squat little man raving from
balconies. Methinks the following indicators serve. In a dictatorship:

(1) Sweeping
laws are made without reference to the will of the people. A few
examples follow. Whether you think these laws desirable is not the
point. Some will, others won’t. The point is that they were
simply imposed from above. Many of them would never have survived
a national vote.

Start with
Roe vs. Wade, making abortion legal, and subsequent decisions allowing
late-term abortion. Griggs versus Duke Power, forbidding employers
from using tests of intelligence, since certain groups scored poorly.
Brown versus the School Board and its offspring requiring forced
integration, forced busing, racial quotas, and so on. The decision
that Creationism cannot be mentioned in the schools. Decisions forbidding
the public expression of Christianity. The decision that citizens
can be stopped and searched without probable cause. The opening
of the borders to mass immigration.

These are major,
major laws grossly altering the social, legal, and constitutional
fabric of the country. All were simply imposed, mostly by unelected
judges against whom there is no recourse.

Note that there
is no practical distinction between a decision by the Supreme Court,
a regulation made by an executive bureaucracy, and a practice quietly
adopted by the intelligence agencies and federal police. None of
these requires public approval.

For that matter,
consider the militarization of the police, the creation of Homeland
Security’s Viper teams that randomly search cars, the vast
and growing spying on Americans by government, and the genital gropings
by TSA. Consider the endless undeclared wars that one finds out
often only after the troops have been sent. All simply imposed from
above.

In principle,
elected officials represent the desires of their electorates. In
practice Congress barely touches on most issues of concern to the
public. Overturning any of the aforementioned types of laws is virtually
impossible.

(2) Another
measure of dictatorship is the extent to which the people fear the
government. A time was when governmental official in general, and
the police in particular, had to be cautious in pushing the citizenry
around. A justified complaint to the chief of police brought consequences.
Today the police can do as they please, and you have no recourse.
The new aggressiveness applies especially to federal police. If
you object to excessive intrusion by agents of TSA, they will make
sure you miss your flight. In principle you can complain, but in
practice the effect is zero.

(3) Dictatorships
characteristically watch the citizenry very carefully, using the
secret police and encouraging people to inform on each other. Both
are now routine. Did you vote to have your email read, your telephone
calls recorded, your browsing habits on the web turned over to the
NSA or the FBI? No. And you have no recourse.

To one raised
in a freer United States, it is astonishing to hear on the subway
of Washington, DC constant admonitions to watch one’s fellow
passengers and report “suspicious behavior.”

Another source
of deliberate intimidation is the IRS. This police agency is not
dreaded because people are cheating on their taxes – few are,
and those are usually smart enough not to get caught. People fear
the IRS because it can arbitrarily wreck their lives, invade their
premises, demand endless documentation that few have, and run up
penalties and interest for crimes which weren’t committed and
which the IRS doesn’t have to prove.

You have no
recourse. You may win in the end, but tax lawyers are expensive,
as IRS well knows, and in any event the intent is not to collect
taxes owed but to punish. As has been documented, Mr. Obama’s
administration employs IRS for exactly this.

The IRS gains
its punitive leverage from the fact that it is impossible to know
what taxes you owe and simply pay them. Years back, Money
magazine sent a “moderately complex” tax return to fifty
tax preparers, from big-league to small potatoes. They produced
widely varying results, with only two in Money’s opinion getting
the right answer. If tax specialists can’t tell how much you
owe, neither can you. This means that in practice you are always
vulnerable.

(4) Lack of
constitutional government. This is not the same as lack of a constitution.
The Soviet Union had an admirable constitution. It just paid no
attention to it.

The American
constitution says that Congress must declare war in order for our
forces to be deployed. This last happened in 1941. The president
now sends American forces wherever he wants, whenever he wants.

The Fifth Amendment
forbids self-incrimination, which means confessions obtained under
torture. Obama’s administration openly tortures prisoners of
war, a de facto withdrawal of the country from the Geneva Convention.

The Fourth
Amendment provides “The right of the people to be secure
in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable
searches and seizures, shall not be violated….”
If
you are a conservative strict constructionist, you can argue that
the Constitution does not mention telephones, the internet, or computers,
and that therefore the government has the right to monitor all of
these. A liberal might argue that RAM, the Internet, and computers
are the equivalent of papers etc. It doesn’t matter who argues
what. The government spies on all.

The First Amendment
guarantees freedom of the press. Again, the Obama administration
uses the intelligence apparatus of the state to monitor the communications
of reporters. This is highly intimidating, which is the intent.
The fear of being monitored has a profoundly chilling effect on
the willingness of sources to say anything to reporters that the
government might not like. This is a major step toward the controlled
press usual in dictatorships.

Officials in
the current administration have said that if you are not doing anything
wrong, the monitoring should not cause fear. Only criminals need
worry.

This is dangerous
for at least two reasons. First is the mindlessness of anonymous
and unaccountable bureaucrats. For example, as a journalist I have
run Google searches on explosives, on pathogens usable in biological
warfare, on the concealability of nuclear weapons, and on the synthesis
of nerve agents. Some computer program could kick this out as evidence
of probable terroristic intent, and FBI agents would show up with
their usual blend of pathological wholesomeness, arrogance, and
love of power.

The other reason
is that the government inevitably will abuse its knowledge. Knowing
the peculiar sexual tastes or amorous strayings of political opponents,
or their smoking of an occasional joint, provides great leverage
over them. In some circles, this is known as “blackmail.”

If this isn’t
quite dictatorship, we are rapidly getting there. Wait a few years.

June
26, 2013

Fred Reed
is author of
Nekkid
in Austin: Drop Your Inner Child Down a Well,
A
Brass Pole in Bangkok: A Thing I Aspire to Be
, Curmudgeing
Through Paradise: Reports from a Fractal Dung Beetle
, Au
Phuc Dup and Nowhere to Go: The Only Really True Book About Viet
Nam
, and A
Grand Adventure: Wisdom’s Price-Along with Bits and Pieces about
Mexico
. Visit his
blog
.

Copyright
© 2013 Fred Reed

The
Best of Fred Reed



This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

Snowden vs. the Soyuz

0

by
William Norman Grigg


Recently by William Norman Grigg: Joseph
Weekley: Self-Pitying Stormtrooper



If it hadn’t
been for the subtle and cynical intervention of the imperial Russian
government, the American War for Independence might have failed.
George Washington and his colleagues would have been condemned as
traitors, and then dispatched to eternity with all of the horrors
devised by inventive sadists to deter similar impudence on the part
of those described as the Crown’s subjects.

This little-appreciated
fact should be pointed out to those who have claimed that there
was something inappropriate about Edward
Snowden receiving help from Russia
in his search for political
asylum
from the world’s most powerful and most lawless regime. 

At the time
of the American revolt, the British Empire enjoyed incontestable
superiority at sea, but possessed a mediocre army. It could project
power anywhere on the face of the globe, but depended on foreign
mercenaries to do most of the hands-on work of killing and dying. 

As the rebellion
coalesced in the American colonies, George III made a formal request
to Empress Catherine to rent 20,000 battle-hardened Russian infantrymen,
and a flotilla of Russian naval vessels to supplement the task force
en route to chastise the colonists. Catherine politely declined
the offer while bidding her fellow monarch good luck. In private
conversations, however, the Empress was indulgently disdainful of
the British king, saying that he had bungled the management of the
American colonies and should be “taught a lesson.”

Catherine’s
refusal to intervene on behalf of King George was not the only favor
she did on behalf of the American patriot cause. As the War for
Independence unfolded, the Empress conducted a brisk business supplying
the navies of France and Spain, both of which gave material support
to the Patriot cause. 

When the British
government began to interdict neutral shipping to inspect for America-bound
“contraband,” Catherine sent communiques to Sweden, Denmark,
Holland, and Prussia proposing the creation of a “League
of Armed Neutralit
y” with the advertised aim of protecting
freedom of the seas. This had the effect of isolating Great Britain
diplomatically, thereby nullifying its naval advantage. France labored
under no similar restrictions. This is why the French fleet was
able to supply ninety percent of the weapons used by American rebels
in their War for Independence.

Russia was
one of several countries to which the Continental Congress had deployed
envoys in search of aid. Francis Dana, a former secretary to John
Adams, endured a long, lonely, and apparently fruitless mission
to the Court of St. Petersburg. Harried by the imperial secret police
and immersed in the exhausting intrigue of court politics, Dana
was never given an audience by the Empress, whose decisions were
guided by calculated self-interest, rather than idealism. The dejected
American emissary must have been astonished on his return to hear
John Adams laud Catherine as a “friend” of liberty’s cause,
and to hear Washington extol the virtues of the “great Potentate
of the North.” 

In his book
The
Great Upheaval: America and the Birth of the Modern World 1788-1800
,
historian Jay Winik describes Empress Catherine — the authoritarian
ruler of a Russian police state — as the “midwife” of
American independence. The American revolt quite likely would not
have succeeded if Britain hadn’t been “neutralized and isolated
by Catherine’s Armed League”; by denying King George’s request
for military aid, and using her influence to curtail Britain’s naval
advantage, the Russian tyrant “helped bolster the hopes of
beleaguered American rebels fighting for their lives….”

The Russian
government of Vladimir Putin has rendered similar aid to an American
whistle-blower who is fighting for his life — much to the dismay
and outrage of people who are Americans by birth, rather than conviction,
and who mistakenly believe that patriotism is measured by one’s
willingness to abide the institutional criminality of the government
that insolently presumes to rule us.

In 1995, when
he plagued the House of Representatives, the
execrable Senator Charles Schumer
of New York ardently defended
the Regime’s annihilation of the Branch Davidians outside Waco,
and treated with unfiltered scorn anybody with sufficient temerity
to condemn that Soviet-caliber episode of state-inflicted mass murder.
As it happens, the
FBI’s campaign to annihilate state enemies at Mt. Carmel received
material assistance from the Russian security services
in the
person of the late Dr. Igor Smirnov of the Moscow Institute of Psycho-Correction
— whose wife, Elena Rusalkina, has continued his work as a
“counter-terrorism” contractor for the Department of Homeland
Security
. 

Commissar
Schumer, who lauded the joint U.S.-Russian production at Mt. Carmel,
is now distraught that the Russians aren’t willing to help the Regime
in Washington apprehend a state enemy so he can be tortured and
put through a show trial. In a June 23 CNN interview, Schumer
fumed
that by “aiding and abetting Snowden’s escape,”
Putin had “put a finger in the eye of the United States.”
Schumer much prefers it when the Russians are aiding and abetting
Washington’s murderous crimes against the American people. 

Like the rest
of his detestable cohort, Schumer believes that the world’s inhabitants,
including foreign rulers, have a moral obligation to submit to Washington’s
will. Assuming that Putin was involved in the decision to facilitate
Edward Snowden’s flight from Hong Kong to Latin America, his actions
may well have been motivated by a desire to give a metaphorical
middle digit to Schumer and his ilk. 

In any case,
if Putin consciously aided Snowden, that choice – like those made
by the Empress Catherine — was based on calculations of political
advantage, rather than a principled devotion to individual liberty.
And Edward Snowden’s willingness to accept help from Russia is akin
to the entreaties made on behalf of the American rebels by Francis
Dana.

Commenting
about Snowden’s flight to Russia en route to Latin America, a very
good friend (and former editor) of mine observed: “If Edward Snowden
is going to hopscotch around the word to locations where elections
are rigged and human rights ignored, that giant sucking sound is
sympathy evaporating for him.”

A better way
of viewing Snowden’s behavior is that he is hopscotching around
the world to countries not ruled by governments that kill
people by remote control, and are strong enough to prevent him from
being seized and tortured by the only government that routinely
commits crimes of that kind.

Yes, Vladimir
Putin and his clique are products of the Soviet system that murdered
tens of millions of people. At present, however, they are content
to contain their ambitions to the country they currently control. 

Russian drones
aren’t plying the skies above distant countries, raining death and
terror on helpless neighborhoods. Putin the ex-KGB chief doesn’t
have Tuesday meetings to authorize summary executions on the basis
of a “Kill List” compiled by anonymous and unaccountable
functionaries. Russia’s
FSB secret police, like its counterpart, the FBI, does stage false-flag
terrorist incidents
, but once again, those are carried out for
domestic political purposes. Moscow doesn’t provide arms, training,
and support to terrorist groups in Syria, Iran, and elsewhere; that’s
Washington’s gig. And since September 2001 it has Washington, not
Moscow, that employs the services of KGB-trained secret police in
countries like Uzbekistan
and Syria.

During the
Brezhnev era, Soviet “journalists” routinely participated
in KGB-orchestrated denunciations of dissidents and human rights
activists. As the well-coiffed commissar David
Gregory
demonstrated during his June 24 interview with Glenn
Greenwald, behavior of that kind is not quite commonplace for members
of the American media elite. An even more repellent example was
provided by New
York Times
columnist Ross Sorkin, who said on CNBC
that
“I’d almost arrest Glenn Greenwald [because] he wants to help
get him to Ecuador or whatever.”

Russia is ruled
by a degenerate gangster regime, not a cunning Communist cabal pursuing
global hegemony and ideological domination. In many important ways,
that long-suffering country is less collectivist than the United
States has become.

In Russia today,
“Solzhenitsyn’s Gulag
Archipelago
is required reading in schools for 11th graders,”
notes Russian writer
Stanislav Mishin
(who could be described as the Russian equivalent
of a Pat Buchanan-style nationalist conservative). “All the brutality
of the Soviets and the crimes that were committed will be in the
minds of our children for generations. Where is any review [in American
schools] of the crimes that Wall Street committed when it sponsored
and set up those same Communist Marxists or Hitler’s Fascist Marxists?
Nowhere. Where is the admission of the massacres that the American
army committed in the independent nation of the Confederate States?
Nowhere, nor [is there] anything of the terror bombings of German
cities or anything else of that nature. You will never hear anything
on these from those NYC/DC blabber heads who love their Wall Street
and think that genocidaires like Sherman were bully.”

Mishin observes
that under the administration of former President Medvedev (a protégé
of Putin), Russia had a flat income tax – “and not the 30% or so
suggested by those American conservatives but at 13” – and a top
corporate tax rate of 24% “compared to the American Federal rate
of 36% and additional state rates.” There is also a far greater
diversity of opinion in the Russian media than one finds in the
American “free” press — a fact underscored quite memorably by the
way the American media eagerly joined in the Orwellian Two-Minutes
Hate of Edward Snowden.

What about
foreign aggression and revolutionary subversion? Aren’t Putin and
his comrades to blame for promoting terrorism? One imagines Mishin
drawing a steadying breath before addressing that subject.

“Who
invaded over 30 nations in less than 200 years?” Mishin quite reasonably
inquires. “Who has fought over 6 wars since 1991: Iraq followed
by 10 years of bombing them, Somalia, Bosnia, Yugoslavia, Iraq,
and Afghanistan, while engaging unofficially in Somalia, Kenya,
Yemen, Pakistan and the Philippines? Who waxes and screams for full
invasions of Iran, Yemen, Pakistan, Venezuela? Who threatened to
bomb our ships and come in and defend the Chechen Islamics? Who
sponsored revolutions in Serbia, Armenia, Georgia, Ukraine, Belarus
(failed), Kyrgyzstan, Uzbekistan (failed), Moldova (failed)?”

Whatever we
learn about Snowden’s motives and affiliations, questions of the
kind raised by Mishin should be honestly considered by those who
criticize the whistle-blower for “hopscotching” from country
to country to elude the long reach of the drone-murderers and dungeon
masters in Washington. Assuming that a gap separates post-Soviet
Russia from proto-Soviet Amerika, it’s one that can be crossed in
the kind of modest jump one performs in a hopscotch game.

June
26, 2013

William
Norman Grigg [send him mail]
publishes the Pro
Libertate
blog and hosts the Pro
Libertate radio program
.

Copyright
© 2013 William Norman Grigg

The
Best of William Norman Grigg


This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

Master of Realpolitik

0


Edward Snowden: Master of Realpolitik


by Ryan McMaken

Recently
by Ryan McMaken: The
Frontier: America’s First Welfare Program



Some critics
of Edward Snowden criticize his chosen escape route from the United
States. This criticism initially showed up as moralistic shock
and outrage over the fact that Snowden had chosen to flee to China.
“Why, China is an oppressive regime!” the critics cried.

Like most
states, including the United States, China is in fact authoritarian,
and not exactly a libertarian utopia. For Snowden, however (and
it’s hard to blame him for this), it was better to be in China,
than to be tortured in a military prison somewhere like Bradley
Manning. Snowden has now apparently left China and is in Russia.

In neither
Russia or China, has the local regime shown much interest in delivering
Snowden to Snowden’s pursuers. Snowden, so far, it appears, has
been rather savvy in his strategy to elude the American police
state.

For the average
regime apologist, for whom the U.S. government is the embodiment
of all things just and moral, it is for some reason outrageous
that Snowden has been playing one regime against another to protect
his own interests. He knows that the Russian and Chinese governments
have little interest in helping the American regime, and he also
knows that in those two countries at least, the local regime was
less likely to be bullied by the Americans into turning him over.
We live in a multipolar world now, and not the world of the “American
Superpower” that nostalgic neocons still pine for.

In response,
the claims of the nationalists in the media and government has
been to claim that Snowden is somehow a traitor or in league with
the U.S’s “enemies.” We’re told he’s a Chinese spy.
Now that he’s in Russia, I guess we’re supposed to assume he is
a Russian spy. The fact that these foreign regimes which Snowden
is using to his advantage do not adhere to libertarian notions
of civil liberties, is supposed to therefore prove to us that
Snowden must not actually care about liberty, and that’s he’s
some sort of hypocrite. This claim doesn’t follow logically, of
course, and it merely shows that Snowden likes to move to whatever
place he feels is most likely to meet his particular needs.

People do
this all the time, including libertarian-minded ones, who might
move to a less free, more oppressive American State (i.e. New
York) or unfree foreign country (i.e., The United Kingdom) in
order to earn more money or be close to relatives. Few reasonable
people would call someone a hypocrite because he accepted a job
transfer to California, even if said person advocates for lower
taxes or more gun ownership.

It is also
true that Snowden is simply doing what states do all the time,
which is to engage in realpolitik in pursuit of their own interests.
Why is it immoral for Snowden to play the Russian regime against
the American one, when it is moral for the American regime to
pit the Syrian “rebels” (who eat the internal organs
of their victims) against the Syrian regime? Over the years, the
United States has allied itself with an endless list of mass murderers
ranging from Stalin to Pol Pot to Pinochet and Saddam Hussein.
But Snowden lived in China for a little while! What an horrible
guy!

Unlike states,
which use realpolitik to increase their own power and ability
to kill, maim, and steal, Snowden has employed similar methods
in the pursuit of being left alone and to simply tell Americans
what the US Government does with our money.

June
26, 2013

Ryan
McMaken [send him mail]
is the author of
Commie
Cowboys: The Bourgeoisie and the Nation-State in the Western Genre
.

Copyright
© 2013 by LewRockwell.com. Permission to reprint in whole
or in part is gladly granted, provided full credit is given.

The
Best of Ryan McMaken

This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

Freedom in the Garbage Can

0

by
Dom Armentano

Recently
by Dom Armentano: In
Praise of TV’s Pawn Stars



All of our
elected representatives in Washington, including the President,
swear a sacred oath to “uphold the Constitution of the United
States.” Yet in the wake of the on-going NSA snooping scandal,
one wonders whether any of them have ever bothered to read that
founding document.  

Amendment #4
of the U.S. Constitution states, in part, that “the right of
the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers and effects,
against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated
and no Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause…and particularly
describing the place to be searched and the persons or things to
be seized.”

Some liberals,
conservatives and even some “libertarians” are in disagreement
over whether the NSA collection of domestic telephone and
email data is, in fact, unreasonable. I assert that it is
unreasonable precisely because we now know that the NSA has gone
far beyond its Patriot Act or FISA (Foreign Intelligence
Surveillance Act, 1978) authorization. Revelations to come will
make this conclusion even clearer.

These laws
allow the collection of intelligence information between “foreign
powers or agents of foreign powers” in the U.S. and elsewhere.
Yet even with the gathering and use of foreign intelligence, these
laws prescribe certain legal procedures that must be followed to
ensure that NSA spying serves a legitimate and legal purpose. On
the other hand, the dragnet collection and storage of general domestic
data such as phone records and email information (“metadata”)
on U.S. citizens, either by the NSA, the FBI or any governmental
intelligence agency, has never been specifically authorized
by any law (although some secret FISA court may have signed off
on such an outrage). Individuals under suspicion can be “searched”
electronically but only with “probable cause” and then
only with the issuance of a warrant specific to the place
or person to be searched. None of this, I assert, has been followed
in the recent disclosures about NSA spying.

Thus it appears
that the NSA has been involved in an activity (apparently approved
by the Department of Justice and the President) in likely violation
of the 4th Amendment of the Constitution. The ACLU will
test this theory with its legal suit that challenges the constitutionality
of this broad based domestic data collection program.

The retort
to all of this, of course, is that the threat of terrorism can justify
almost anything that the government chooses to do in the name of
“national security.” Nonsense. This theory has almost
zero legal credibility. Our history contains a fair number of examples
of government over-reach during alleged “emergencies”
(President Truman’s attempted nationalization of the steel industry
during the Korean War, for example) that have been sternly rebuffed
by the Supreme Court as blatantly unconstitutional. And the reason
should be obvious: Constitutional protection for individual rights
is even more necessary when times are precarious than when they
are not. After all, what are we fighting this alleged war on terror
to preserve?

Which of course
gets to the larger question of whether our government’s alleged
war on terror and the preservation of individual rights under the
Constitution are in any way compatible in the long run. There is
a solid historical reason why the Founding Fathers, especially George
Washington, argued that the U.S. must steer clear of any “foreign
entanglements.” They knew based on the imperial British and
Spanish experience, that foreign military interventionism must
lead to an overall increase in governmental power and, thus,
endanger the very liberties that the Constitution was created to
protect. They also knew that interventionism abroad must invite
retaliation and even repression at home and that “civil society”
would always be endangered by expanding militarism.

The government
surveillance infrastructure put into place after 9/11 can now capture
almost every electronic communication (personal, financial, medical)
between almost everyone on the planet. This development is unprecedented
in human history and is an absolute litmus test for those who believe
that a government with absolute power (over information) must eventually
be corrupted. We are getting perilously close to the point where
we must decide as a society whether adopting a technology for facilitating
the U.S. mission as the world’s policeman is somehow more important
than personal privacy, individual liberty, and perhaps even the
Constitution itself.

June
26, 2013

Dom
Armentano is Professor Emeritus at the University of Hartford (CT)
and the author of
Antitrust
and Monopoly

(Independent Institute, 1998) and
Antitrust:
The Case for Repeal

(Mises Institute, 1999).
He
has written hundreds of op/ed articles for dozens of newspapers
over the last 45 years. He lives in Vero Beach.

Copyright
© 2013 Dom Armentano

The
Best of Dom Armentano

This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

Enlisting in the US Military

0


by
Ron Paul

Recently
by Ron Paul: What
We Have Learned From Afghanistan



I am reading
the heartbreaking suicide
note
of Daniel Somers, a US combat veteran who spent several
years fighting in Iraq. Mr. Somers was only 30 years old when he
took his own life, after being tormented by the horrific memories
of what he experienced in Iraq. He wrote:

“The
simple truth is this: During my first deployment, I was made to
participate in things, the enormity of which is hard to describe.
War crimes, crimes against humanity. Though I did not participate
willingly, and made what I thought was my best effort to stop these
events, there are some things that a person simply can not come
back from.”

Many who shout
the loudest that we must “support the troops” urge sending them
off to unwinnable and undeclared wars in which there is no legitimate
US interest. The US military has been abused by those who see military
force as a first resort rather than the last resort and only in
self-defense. This abuse has resulted in a generation of American
veterans facing a life sentence in the prison of tortured and deeply
damaged minds as well as broken bodies.

The numbers
sadly tell the story: more military suicides than combat deaths
in 2012, some 22 military veterans take
their lives
every day, nearly 30
percent
of veterans treated by the VA have PTSD.

We should be saddened but not shocked when we see the broken men
and women return from battles overseas. We should be angry with
those who send them to suffer and die in unnecessary wars. We should
be angry with those who send them to kill so many people overseas
for no purpose whatsoever. We should be afraid of the consequences
of such a foolish and dangerous foreign policy. We should demand
an end to the abuse of military members and a return to a foreign
policy that promotes peace and prosperity instead of war and poverty.

See
the Ron Paul File

June
26, 2013

Dr. Ron
Paul was a Republican member of Congress from Texas.

Copyright ©
2013 Ron Paul Institute for
Peace and Prosperity

The
Best of Ron Paul


This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

A New Beginning for the World

0


by
Paul Craig Roberts
PaulCraigRoberts.org

Recently
by Paul Craig Roberts: The
Rational Market Myth



It is hard
to understand the fuss that Washington and its media whores are
making over Edward Snowden. We have known for a long time that the
National Security Agency (NSA) has been spying for years without
warrants on the communications of Americans and people throughout
the world. Photographs of the massive NSA building in Utah built
for the purpose of storing the intercepted communications of the
world have been published many times.

It is not clear
to an ordinary person what Snowden has revealed that William Binney
and other whistleblowers have not already revealed. Perhaps the
difference is that Snowden has provided documents that prove it,
thereby negating Washington’s ability to deny the facts with
its usual lies.

Whatever the
reason for Washington’s blather, it certainly is not doing
the US government any good. Far more interesting than Snowden’s
revelations is the decision by governments of other countries to
protect a truth-teller from the Stasi in Washington.

Hong Kong kept
Snowden’s whereabouts secret so that an amerikan black-op strike
or a drone could not be sent to murder him. Hong Kong told Washington
that its extradition papers for Snowden were not in order and permitted
Snowden to leave for Moscow.

The Chinese
government did not interfere with Snowden’s departure.

The Russian
government says it has no objection to Snowden having a connecting
flight in Moscow.

Ecuador’s
Foreign Minister Ricardo Patino responded to Washington’s threats
with a statement that the Ecuadorian government puts human rights
above Washington’s interests. Foreign Minister Patino said
that Snowden served humanity by revealing that the Washington Stasi
was violating the rights of “every citizen in the world.”
Snowden merely betrayed “some elites that are in power in a
certain country,” whereas Washington betrayed the entire world.

With Hong Kong,
China, Russia, Ecuador, and Cuba refusing to obey the Stasi’s
orders, Washington is flailing around making a total fool of itself
and its media prostitutes.

Secretary of
State John Kerry has been issuing warnings hand over fist. He has
threatened Russia, China, Ecuador, and every country that aids and
abets Snowden’s escape from the Washington Stasi. Those who
don’t do Washington’s bidding, Kerry declared, will suffer
adverse impacts on their relationship with the US.

What a stupid
thing for Kerry to say. Here is a guy who once was for peace but
who has been turned by NSA spying on his personal affairs into an
asset for the NSA. Try to realize the extraordinary arrogance and
hubris in Kerry’s threat that China, Russia, and other countries
will suffer bad relations with the US. Kerry is saying that amerika
doesn’t have to care whether “the indispensable people”
have bad relations with other countries, but those countries have
to be concerned if they have bad relations with the “indispensable
country.” What an arrogant posture for the US government to
present to the world.

Here we have
a US Secretary of State lost in delusion along with the rest of
Washington. A country that is bankrupt, a country that has allowed
its corporations to destroy its economy by moving the best jobs
offshore, a country whose future is in the hands of the printing
press, a country that after eleven years of combat has been unable
to defeat a few thousand lightly armed Taliban is now threatening
Russia and China. God save us from the utter fools who comprise
our government.

The world is
enjoying Washington’s humiliation at the hands of Hong Kong.
A mere city state gave Washington the bird. In its official statement,
Hong Kong shifted the focus from Snowden to his message and asked
the US government to explain its illegal hacking of Hong Kong’s
information systems.

China’s
state newspaper, The People’s Daily, wrote: “The United
States has gone from a model of human rights to an eavesdropper
on personal privacy, the manipulator of the centralized power over
the international internet, and the mad invader of other countries’
networks. . . The world will remember Edward Snowden. It was his
fearlessness that tore off Washington’s sanctimonious mask.”

China’s
Global Times, a subsidiary of The People’s Daily, accused Washington
of attacking “a young idealist who has exposed the sinister
scandals of the US government.” Instead of apologizing “Washington
is showing off its muscle by attempting to control the whole situation.”

China’s
official Xinhua news agency reported that Snowden’s revelations
had placed “Washington in a really awkward situation. They
demonstrate that the United States, which has long been trying to
play innocent as a victim of cyber attacks, has turned out to be
the biggest villain in our age.”

The Russian
Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov made it clear that Russia’s
sympathy is with Snowden, not with the amerikan Stasi state. Human
rights ombudsman Vladimir Lukin said that it was unrealistic to
expect the Russian government to violate law to seize a transit
passenger who had not entered Russia and was not on Russian soil.
RT’s Gayane Chichakyan reported that Washington is doing everything
it can to shift attention away from Snowden’s revelations that
“show that the US has lied and has been doing the same as they
accuse China of doing.”

Ecuador says
the traitor is Washington, not Snowden.

The stuck pig
squeals from the NSA director – ”Edward Snowden has caused
irreversible damage to US” – are matched by the obliging
squeals from members of the House and Senate, themselves victims
of the NSA spying, as was the Director of the CIA who was forced
to resign because of a love affair. The NSA is in position to blackmail
everyone in the House and Senate, in the White House itself, in
all the corporations, the universities, the media, every organization
at home and abroad, who has anything to hide. You can tell who is
being blackmailed by the intensity of the squeals, such as those
of Dianne Feinstein (D, CA) and Mike Rogers (R, MI). With any luck,
a patriot will leak what the NSA has on Feinstein and Rogers, neither
of whom could possibly scrape any lower before the NSA.

The gangster
government in Washington that has everything to hide is now in NSA’s
hands and will follow orders. The pretense that amerika is a democracy
responsible to the people has been exposed. The US is run by and
for the NSA. Congress and the White House are NSA puppets.

Let’s
quit calling the NSA the National Security Agency. Clearly, NSA
is a threat to the security of every person in the entire world.
Let’s call the NSA what it really is – the National Stasi
Agency, the largest collection of Gestapo in human history. You
can take for granted that every media whore, every government prostitute,
every ignorant flag-waver who declares Snowden to be a traitor is
either brainwashed or blackmailed. They are the protectors of NSA
tyranny. They are our enemies.

The world has
been growing increasingly sick of Washington for a long time. The
bullying, the constant stream of lies, the gratuitous wars and destruction
have destroyed the image hyped by Washington of the US as a “light
unto the world.” The world sees the US as a plague upon the
world.

Following Snowden’s
revelations, Germany’s most important magazine, Der Spiegal,
had the headline: “Obama’s Soft Totalitarianism: Europe
Must Protect Itself From America.” The first sentence of the
article asks: “Is Barack Obama a friend? Revelations about
his government’s vast spying program call that into doubt.
The European Union must protect the Continent from America’s
reach for omnipotence.”

Der Spiegel
continues: “We are being watched. All the time and everywhere.
And it is the Americans who are doing the watching. On Tuesday,
the head of the largest and most all-encompassing surveillance system
ever invented is coming for a visit. If Barack Obama is our friend
then we really don’t need to be terribly worried about our
enemies.”

There is little
doubt that German Interior Minister Hans Peter Friedrich has lost
his secrets to NSA spies. Friedrich rushed to NSA’s defense,
declaring: ”that’s not how you treat friends.” As
Der Spiegal made clear, the minister was not referring “to
the fact that our trans-Atlantic friends were spying on us. Rather,
he meant the criticism of that spying. Friedrich’s reaction
is only paradoxical on the surface and can be explained by looking
at geopolitical realities. The US is, for the time being, the only
global power – and as such it is the only truly sovereign state
in existence. All others are dependent – either as enemies or
allies. And because most prefer to be allies, politicians – Germany’s
included – prefer to grin and bear it.”

It is extraordinary
that the most important publication in Germany has acknowledged
that the German government is Washington’s puppet state.

Der Spiegel
says: “German citizens should be able to expect that their
government will protect them from spying by foreign governments.
But the German interior minister says instead: ‘We are grateful
for the excellent cooperation with US secret services.’ Friedrich
didn’t even try to cover up his own incompetence on the surveillance
issue. ‘Everything we know about it, we have learned from the
media,’ he said. The head of the country’s domestic intelligence
agency, Hans-Georg Maassen, was not any more enlightened. ‘I
didn’t know anything about it,’ he said. And Justice Minister
Sabine Leutheusser-Schnarrenberger was also apparently in the dark.
‘These reports are extremely unsettling,’ she said. With
all due respect: These are the people who are supposed to be protecting
our rights? If it wasn’t so frightening, it would be absurd.”

For those moronic
amerikans who say, “I’m not doing anything wrong, I don’t
care if they spy,” Der Spiegal writes that a “monitored
human being is not a free one.”
We have reached the point
where we “free americans” have to learn from our German
puppets that we are not free.

Here, read
it for yourself.

Present
day Germany is a new country, flushed of its past by war and defeat.
Russia is also a new country that has emerged from the ashes of
an unrealistic ideology. Hope always resides with those countries
that have most experienced evil in government. If Germany were to
throw off its amerikan overlord and depart NATO, amerikan power
in Europe would collapse. If Germany and Russia were to unite in
defense of truth and human rights, Europe and the world would have
a new beginning.

A new beginning
is desperately needed. Chris Floyd explains precisely what is going
on, which is something you will never hear from the presstitutes.
Read
it while you still can.

There would
be hope if Americans could throw off their brainwashing, follow
the lead of Debra Sweet and others
, and stand up for Edward
Snowden and against the Stasi State.

June
26, 2013

Paul
Craig Roberts,
a
former Assistant Secretary of the US Treasury and former associate
editor of the Wall Street Journal, has been reporting shocking cases
of prosecutorial abuse for two decades. A new edition of his book,

The
Tyranny of Good Intentions
,
co-authored with Lawrence Stratton, a documented account of how
americans lost the protection of law, has been released by Random
House. Visit his website.

Copyright
© 2013
Paul
Craig Roberts

The
Best of Paul Craig Roberts


This article originally appeared on: Lew Rockwell

The Real Sergeant York

0

The New York Times referred to him as “the war’s biggest hero.” General John J. Pershing, commander of the Allied Expeditionary Forces in World War I, called him “the greatest civilian soldier” of World War I. Upon this war hero’s death in 1964, President Lyndon Johnson issued a statement calling him “a symbol of American courage and sacrifice” who “epitomized the gallantry of American fighting men and their sacrifices in behalf of freedom.”

Few would have guessed at his humble birth in a one-room cabin on December 13, 1887 that Alvin Cullum York would receive such accolades later in life. Born in Pall Mall, Tennessee, Alvin York was the third of 11 children. Raised on a small farm, this son of a poor blacksmith left school after the third grade, and admitted that in his youth he was “wild and bad for five or six years.” He recalled: “I used to drink a lot of moonshine. I used to gamble my wages away week after week. I used to stay out late at night. I had a powerful lot of fist fights…. I knew all the time I was going along this kind of life, deep down in my heart, that I was doing things that were not right.”

Change of Heart

York told of coming home one night “after being very drunk and fighting.” His mother, who had continually pleaded with her son to change his ways, asked him a simple question: “Alvin, when are you going to be a man like your father and your grandfathers?” York recalled, “I promised my mother that night I would never drink again; I would never smoke or chew again; I would never gamble again; I would never cuss or fight again. And I have never drunk any whiskey, I have never touched cards, I have never smoked or chewed, and I have never fought or rough-housed since that night.”

Equally important in changing the course of Alvin York’s life was an event that happened on New Year’s Day, 1915. York wrote later in life that it was on this day that he was “saved” by the preaching of a local evangelist. York embraced Jesus Christ and soon rose to become second elder of his church. He would later give full credit to his faith in God and Jesus Christ for his exploits in battle and safe return from the war.

In June 1917, at age 29, Alvin York received his notice to register for the draft. On the same day York started a diary which he kept faithfully throughout the war. Being called to take up arms in war caused a conflict within York. His ancestors had served in war since the American Revolution and York felt that “my ancestors would want me to do whatever my country demanded of me.” Yet, at the same time, York reasoned that “if I went away to war and fought and killed, according to my reading of the Bible, I weren’t a good Christian.”

York decided that God’s law must take precedent over family tradition or the laws of man. When York registered for the draft he wrote simply on the form, “I don’t want to fight.” He attempted to be exempted by reason that his church forbade its members to kill. But his exemption was denied on the grounds that his church did not expressly prohibit killing during war. York’s crisis of conscience was not settled until, according to York, “I prayed and prayed. I prayed two whole days and a night out on the mountainside.” Ultimately, York decided that God had given him the go-ahead to “answer the call of my country.”

Call to Courage

York arrived in France on May 21, 1918. His unit first saw major action during the St. Mihiel drive in September 1918. By this time York had been promoted to the rank of corporal and given command of a squad. The drive was a success and the American Army moved on to the Argonne Forest for the last major drive of World War I. It was on October 8, 1918 in the Argonne Forest that Corporal Alvin York performed the acts of extreme bravery for which he was awarded the Congressional Medal of Honor.

York’s battalion was charged with advancing across a valley and taking the two hills on the far side. The Germans, however, were dug into the hills with machine gun emplacements and had a complete view of the valley. According to York: “It was kind of a triangular shaped valley. So you see we were getting it from the front and both flanks. Well, the first and second waves got about halfway across the valley and then were held up by machine gun fire from the three sides. It was awful. Our losses were very heavy.”

York and the other squad commanders assigned to the left flank of the advance quickly realized that the hills would be impossible to take from the front without significantly more men. They decided to attempt a sneak attack by advancing around the enemy’s flank and attacking from the rear. At this point the combined forces of the squads, including York’s, was 17 men.

Upon advancing undetected around the enemy’s flank and approaching from the rear the unit stumbled across the headquarters of the machine gun regiment. The Germans were eating breakfast at the time and were completely surprised by the Americans. Most promptly surrendered, but one German shot at York, who quickly killed the German with one shot. The Americans disarmed and assembled the Germans, but by this time the machine gunners on the hill had been alerted to the Americans’ presence. According to York: “There were about 30 of them. They were commanding us from a hillside less than 30 yards away. They couldn’t miss. And they didn’t!” The machine guns took out nine men, including an officer, leaving Corporal York in charge. It was at this point that York began to make history.

As the initial blast of machine gun fire hit the Americans, York was standing out in the open. York wrote in his diary:

Those machine guns were spitting fire and cutting down the undergrowth all around me something awful…. I didn’t have time to dodge behind a tree or dive into the brush, I didn’t even have time to kneel or lie down…. As soon as the machine guns opened fire on me, I began to exchange shots with them.

In order to sight me or to swing their machine guns on me, the Germans had to show their heads above the trench, and every time I saw a head I just touched it off. All the time I kept yelling at them to come down. I didn’t want to kill any more than I had to. But it was they or I. And I was giving them the best I had.

Suddenly a German officer and five men jumped out of the trench and charged me with fixed bayonets. I changed to the old automatic and just touched them off, too. I touched off the sixth man first, then the fifth, then the fourth, then the third, and so on. I wanted them to keep coming. I didn’t want the rear ones to see me touching off the front ones. I was afraid they would drop down and pump a volley into me.

By this time a German major who had already been captured had seen enough. The major, who knew English, told York, “If you don’t shoot any more I’ll make them surrender.” All but one of the Germans came down from the hills. That one German managed to throw a small hand grenade before York killed him. The Americans, whose number had dwindled to eight at this point, then had the complicated task of leading over 80 prisoners through German lines to the American side. York put the German major at the head of the column with him holding his Colt .45 to the major’s back. The seven other men then surrounded the column as best they could.

As York and his men led the captured Germans back through enemy lines, German soldiers and machine gunners attempted to fire on the Americans, but York made the German major order them to surrender. All but one willingly gave up. According to York, “I made the major order him to surrender twice. But he wouldn’t. And I had to touch him off. I hated to do it. But I couldn’t afford to take any chances and so I had to let him have it.”

By the time York and his small squad reached the safety of the American lines they had captured 132 Germans, including three officers. Word quickly spread that York had single-handedly “captured the whole German army.” An Army inspection of the battle scene revealed 28 dead German soldiers. According to the official Army report, York’s description of the battle was accurate though “York’s statement tends to underestimate the desperate odds which he overcame.” When a general asked the inevitable question of how he managed to accomplish his feat, York replied, “Sir, it is not man power. A higher power than man guided and watched over me and told me what to do.” For his bravery, York was given the Medal of Honor, and was also promoted to the rank of sergeant.

Home and Fame

Upon returning to America, Sergeant York was showered with offers of fame and fortune, including a nationwide tour, endorsements, and movie deals. But such was not in York’s character, who claimed, “I … felt that to take money like that would be commercializing my uniform and soldiering.” York wrote in his diary: “It was very nice. But I sure wanted to get back to my people where I belonged, and the little old mother and the little mountain girl who were waiting. And I wanted to be in the mountains again and get out with hounds, and tree a coon or knock over a red fox. And in the midst of the crowds and the dinners and receptions I couldn’t help thinking of these things.”

Alvin York went home to his mountains. He made his way to the same mountainside where he had prayed to God two years earlier for guidance, and there thanked God for bringing him home safely from the war.

In 1927, York established the Alvin C. York Agricultural Institute for the boys and girls of the mountains who had few educational opportunities. By 1937, York was no longer able to operate the school and it became a special part of the Tennessee public school system. In 1941, the story of Alvin York was made into a movie starring Gary Cooper, who won an Academy Award for the role. Alvin York acted as an adviser to the film. In 1952, he suffered a cerebral hemorrhage and became bedridden.

By 1961, Alvin York, one of America’s greatest military heroes, was partially paralyzed, almost completely blind, and virtually penniless. The American government, through the Internal Revenue Service, repaid its debt by suing York for back taxes. The IRS claimed that York’s royalties from the movie, most of which had gone to charity, should be taxed at a higher rate than York had used. In all, the IRS claimed York owed the U.S. government $85,442, plus an additional $87,155 in interest. The IRS offered to settle for $25,000 however, when it became apparent that all of York’s assets totaled together did not equal the $172,597 sought. When the American public was alerted to Sergeant York’s plight, individuals chipped in over $50,000 – which covered the debt with money left over for a trust fund.

Sergeant York lived on for three more years. On September 2, 1964, at the age of 76, Alvin York passed away. His grave, near his home and within sight of the very church where he had been converted in 1915, is marked with a stone monument on which two books are carved – a Bible and a textbook.

Alvin Cullum York was one of the greatest heroes America ever produced. His faith in God, his modest and honorable character, and his sacrifice on behalf of his country continue to command the utmost respect and admiration from Americans. His life serves as a model for future generations of Americans.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Patriotism vs. Nationalism

0

In his morally obtuse review, movie critic Roger Ebert sneers that the Civil War film Gods and Generals “is the kind of movie beloved by people who never go to the movies, because they are primarily interested in something else.”

Exactly. It is a film that will earn the grateful favor of people for whom movies, television, and other products of the media cartel’s entertainment affiliate detract from the business of real life. Such people prefer to invest their time learning about their ancestors, and teaching that heritage to their children. They will recognize in Gods and Generals a bewilderingly faithful depiction of an earlier American society organized around duty to one’s family and country, rather than the service of emancipated appetites. In that culture, the Bible defined moral duties, and individual loyalties were rooted in the soil of a particular family and community.

“It’s something these Yankees do not understand, will never understand,” muses General Robert E. Lee (Robert Duvall) as he gazes upon Fredericksburg from a nearby hill. “Rivers, hills, valleys, fields, even towns – to those people they’re just markings on a map from the war office in Washington. To us, they’re birthplaces and burial grounds, they’re battlefields where our ancestors fought. They’re places where we learned to walk, to talk, to pray. They’re places where we made friendships and fell in love. They’re the incarnation of all our memories and all that we are.”

Earlier in the film, as Virginians debate the merits of secession, Thomas “Stonewall” Jackson (Stephen Lang in an astonishing performance) explains that while he believes in the Union, Virginia, his home state, has a “primal claim” on his loyalties: “That’s my understanding of patriotism.”

To minds synchronized with the rhythms of prime-time television, such scenes must be utterly mystifying. After all, such people might object, what difference does it make where one lives, as long as you have cable television? And isn’t “patriotism” measured by one’s loyalty to the government, as embodied in the president?

“Patriotism,” as men like Lee and Jackson understood, is love of one’s patria, or fatherland – literally, the land of his fathers. It is not the love of a government, or of philosophical propositions, however sound the government or noble the propositions. While the Confederate cause stemmed from this understanding, it was also shared by many who chose to fight on the Union’s behalf. Director Ronald Maxwell illustrated that fact during the opening credits by displaying a montage of regimental flags, both Confederate and Union, each of which symbolized tangible local communities, rather than the centralized abstraction called the “Union.”

Secession and Coercion

Following the attack on Fort Sumter in April 1861, the Lincoln administration ordered each state to assemble a quota of volunteer troops to invade and punish the secessionist states of the Deep South. Virginia’s quota was eight regiments of troops. In his response, Governor Letcher of Virginia declared:

The militia of Virginia will not be furnished to the powers at Washington for any such use or purpose as they have in view. Your object is to subjugate the Southern states, and a requisition made upon me for such an object – an object, in my judgment, not within the purview of the Constitution or the [militia] act of 1795 – will not be complied with. You have chosen to inaugurate civil war, and having done so, we will meet it in a spirit as determined as the administration has exhibited toward the South.

Like the other southern states from which Lincoln sought to requisition troops, Virginia did not initially favor secession. But as Letcher’s letter illustrated, Virginians equally opposed punishing states that had exercised their right to withdraw from the Union.

That right was explicitly reserved in the ratification acts of Virginia, New York, and Rhode Island, when those states approved the U.S Constitution. The right of secession was recognized at the 1814 Hartford Convention, where New England states opposed to the War of 1812 threatened to withdraw from the Union. As historian Charles Adams observes, “There were secessionist cries from some Northern states over the enforcement of the Fugitive Slave Act, the whiskey tax, the War of 1812, the admission of Texas, and the Mexican War. The Abolitionist party proposed that the Northern, nonslave states secede from the … Union with the Southern states.”

Prior to 1861, Americans in both the North and the South understood that the Union existed among the states, rather than above them. As Virginia jurist Abel P. Upshur summarized in his study The Federal Government: Its True Nature and Character:

The Federal Government is the creature of the States. It is not a party to the Constitution, but the result of it – the creation of that agreement which was made by the States as parties. It is a mere agent, entrusted with limited powers for certain specific objects, which powers are enumerated in the Constitution.

Through secession a state would reclaim the powers it had lent to the federal government. And the option to secede represented the ultimate check on the consolidation of power in Washington, something the Framers of the Constitution strove to prevent. “Too much provision cannot be made against consolidation,” warned Federalist Fisher Ames during the Convention of Massachusetts. “The State Governments represent the wishes and feelings, and local interests of the people. They are the safeguard and ornament of the Constitution; they will protract the period of our liberties; they will afford a shelter against the abuse of power, and will be the natural avengers of our violated rights.”

This perspective is vividly portrayed in Gods and Generals. The film begins on April 20, 1861 – the day that Robert E. Lee turned down command of the Federal Army, and the Virginia convention responded to Lincoln’s call for troops by voting overwhelmingly to withdraw from the Union. In explaining his decision, General Lee points out that Virginia would be the first battlefield in the war against the “rebellion.” Although he did not support slavery (the chief source of contention between the Deep South’s “fire-eaters” and the Lincoln administration), and he believed secession unwise, General Lee would not make war on his home, his “country” of Virginia.

“A Union that can only be maintained by swords and bayonets, and in which strife and civil war are to take the place of brotherly love and kindness, has no charm for me,” wrote Lee after resigning from the U.S. Army. In the film, Jackson presents a similar view during an address to new recruits to the Confederate army. Just as he would not permit a Union army to invade Virginia and compel it to join a “Union” held together by force, he would not be party to an invasion of other states for that purpose.

In a very real sense, Gods and Generals is an extended study of Jackson’s character, the product of Christian stoicism. Convinced that God had numbered his days, and would not deprive him of any of this life’s joys allotted to him, Jackson told an aide that he was “as safe in battle as in bed.” He was tender and solicitous toward his beloved esposita, Mary Anna, haunted by the death of his first wife and daughter during childbirth, and actually fearful that by loving his family so deeply he might be cheating God.

Separated by war from his wife when his daughter is born, Jackson, as depicted in the film, befriends a five-year-old girl while spending the winter of 1862-1863 at the Moss Neck mansion. He is later devastated to learn that scarlet fever has claimed the young girl’s life. The tragedy affects him so deeply that he breaks down and cries in front of his men, who are astonished that one so fearsome and ferocious on the battlefield could shed tears over the death of a single child.

For Jackson, in the film as well as in real life, tenderness and ferocity were complementary traits. He understood that as a husband and father, God had given him the duty to find out where trouble was coming from, and to get in its way before it reached his family. This explains why Jackson was determined to annihilate federal troops who invaded Virginia, when those troops were Americans he would otherwise have warmly welcomed as peaceful visitors. It also explains a scene wherein Jackson carries out the execution of three Confederate deserters. If the federal army lost the war, Jackson explains to his adjutant, then Republican war hawks would lose their war profits and maybe an election or two. “But if we lose,” Jackson reminded his subordinate, “we will lose our country.”

Union Counterpart

In the film, Maine Colonel Joshua Lawrence Chamberlain (Jeff Daniels) is used to express the Lincoln administration’s perspective: The Union was indissoluble, created by the collective will of the “people” of the states as a vehicle for advancing human equality. Chamberlain was a noble man, a deeply serious Christian and scholar of astonishing breadth who displayed courage and honor on the battlefield on behalf of the truth as he was given wisdom to understand it. While Gods and Generals necessarily focuses on the Southern side, it allows Chamberlain to make an eloquent case for the view that constitutional government could not continue to co-exist with the unambiguous evil of human slavery.

Some critics have savaged Gods and Generals for supposedly neglecting the issue of slavery, but the film actually does historical justice by consigning the issue to the periphery. In the film, Chamberlain’s brother Thomas reacts to news of the “Emancipation Proclamation” by correctly pointing out that most of the Northern enlistees had joined up to save the Union, rather than to fight on behalf of people they derisively called “darkies.” Colonel Chamberlain, invoking the war’s gruesome body count, insists that the end for which those soldiers died must merit their sacrifice.

While abolishing slavery was obviously the single worthwhile effect of the Civil War, it was never the primary aim of Lincoln’s war policy. “My paramount object in this struggle is to save the Union, and is not either to save or to destroy slavery,” he wrote in a famous 1862 letter to Horace Greeley. “If I could save the Union without freeing any slave I would do it; and if I could save it by freeing some and leaving others alone I would also do that. What I do about slavery, and the colored race, I do because I believe it helps to save the Union.”

The “Union” Lincoln passionately sought to “save” was not the limited federal compact created through the Constitution, but an artifact of his own construction. As Marxist legal scholar George P. Fletcher of Columbia University’s School of Law points out in his provocative study Our Secret Constitution, Lincoln’s objective was to bring about “the consolidation of the United States as a nation in the mid-nineteenth-century European sense of the term.” “One year into the war,” writes Fletcher, “after a string of Union defeats, Lincoln learned that the old Union could not possibly survive. ‘A new one had to be embraced.’ And the new Union would have to be based on a new constitutional order.”

That new order, Fletcher continues, would be based on the conceit that “the federal government, victorious in warfare, must continue its aggressive intervention in the lives of its citizens.” This revolution would leave constitutional institutions in place, but they would be “recast in new functions” within “a new framework of government, a structure based on values fundamentally different from those that went before.” Specifically, Fletcher contends, the informal post-Civil War “constitution” emphasized equality, rather than freedom. The Civil War, he concludes, “established our primary political trilogy: Nationalite, Egalite, et Democratie [Nationalism, Equality, and Democracy].”

Fletcher thus candidly describes the North’s victory in the Civil War as the triumph of a totalitarian vision closely akin to that of the murderous French Revolution. He also ironically vindicates the South’s claim to be the defenders of the Founders’ constitutional vision.

What Was Lost

Patriotism, a love for the land of one’s forefathers, motivated the South – particularly the Virginians. The North’s nationalist vision was rooted in loyalty to the central government. This view was memorably captured in the properly famous letter of Major Sullivan Ballou of the Second Regiment of the Rhode Island Volunteers. Ballou wrote the letter to his wife Sarah on Bastille Day, July 14th, shortly before receiving orders that sent him to Manassas, where he and 27 of his men were killed in the first major battle of the Civil War.

“If it is necessary that I should fall on the battlefield for my country, I am ready,” wrote Major Ballou. “I have no misgivings about, or lack of confidence in, the cause in which I am engaged, and my courage does not halt or falter. I know how strongly American Civilization now leans upon the triumph of the Government.”

Writing to General Lee following the war, Lord Acton offered a vastly different perspective. “I deemed that you were fighting the battles of our liberty, our progress, and our civilization,” observed the great British scholar, “and I mourn for the stake which was lost at Richmond more deeply than I rejoice over that which was saved at Waterloo.”

In his graceful reply, General Lee adverted anew to the constitutional principles undergirding the Southern cause, however imperfectly the South embodied them.

While I have considered the preservation of the constitutional power of the General Government to be the foundation of our peace and safety at home and abroad, I yet believe that the maintenance of the rights and authority reserved to the states and to the people … [to be] the safeguard to the continuance of a free government.

Lee’s assessment of the likely consequences of Northern victory reads uncannily like prophecy: “The consolidation of the states into one vast republic, sure to be aggressive abroad and despotic at home, will be the certain precursor of that ruin which has overwhelmed all those that have preceded it.”

Gods and Generals ends after the death of Jackson, months before the Confederate high tide ebbed at Gettysburg (the subject of an earlier film by director Maxwell), and years before Lee’s surrender at Appomattox (a scene Maxwell intends to capture in a third film on the last two years of the war). Because Gods and Generals vividly portrays the men who tried to prevent the outcome Lee described, the film has earned the hateful scorn of most film critics. This is also the reason why it will be cherished for generations to come by those who want to understand and preserve our constitutional heritage.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Biophotons: The Human Body Emits, Communicates with, and is Made from Light

0

Biophotons: The Human Body Emits, Communicates with, and is Made from Light

Increasingly science agrees with the poetry of direct human experience: we are more than the atoms and molecules that make up our bodies, but beings of light as well. Biophotons are emitted by the human body, can be released through mental intention, and may modulate fundamental processes within cell-to-cell communication and DNA.

Nothing is more amazing than the highly improbable fact that we exist. We often ignore this fact, oblivious to the reality that instead of something there could be nothing at all, i.e. why is there a universe (poignantly aware of itself through us) and not some void completely unconscious of itself? 

Consider that from light, air, water, basic minerals within the crust of the earth, and the at least 3 billion year old information contained within the nucleus of one diploid zygote cell, the human body is formed, and within that body a soul capable of at least trying to comprehend its bodily and spiritual origins.

Given the sheer insanity of our existential condition, and bodily incarnation as a whole, and considering that our earthly existence is partially formed from sunlight and requires the continual consumption of condensed sunlight in the form of food, it may not sound so farfetched that our body emits light.

Indeed, the human body emits biophotons, ultraweak photons with a visibility 1,000 times lower than the sensitivity of our naked eye. While not visible to us, these particles of light are part of the visible electromagnetic spectrum (380-780 nm) and are detectable via sophisticated modern instrumentation.[1],[2]

The eye itself, which is continually exposed to ambient powerful photons that pass through various parts of the eyes, emit spontaneous and visible light-induced ultraweak photon emissions.[3] It has even been hypothesized that visible light induces delayed bioluminescence within the exposed eye tissue, providing an explanation for the origin of the negative afterimage.[4]

These light emissions have also been correlated with cerebral energy metabolism and oxidative stress within the mammalian brain.[5] [6] And yet, biophoton emissions are not necessarily epiphenomenal.  Bókkon’s hypothesis suggests that photons released from chemical processes within the brain produce biophysical pictures during visual imagery, and a recent study found that when subjects actively imagined light in a very dark environment their intention produced significant increases in ultraweak photo emissions.[7]  This is consistent with an emerging view that biophotons are not cellular metabolic by-products, but rather that biophoton intensity can be considerably higher inside cells than outside, making it possible to create intrinsic biophysical pictures during visual perception and imagery.[8]

Apparently biophotons are used by the cells of many living organisms to communicate, which facilitates information transfer that is several orders of magnitude faster than chemical diffusion. According to a 2010 study, “Cell to cell communication by biophotons have been demonstrated in plants, bacteria, animal neutriophil granulocytes and kidney cells.”[9] Researchers were able to demonstrate that “…different spectral light stimulation (infrared, red, yellow, blue, green and white) at one end of the spinal sensory or motor nerve roots resulted in a significant increase in the biophotonic activity at the other end.” Researchers interpreted their finding to suggest that “…light stimulation can generate biophotons that conduct along the neural fibers, probably as neural communication signals.”

Even when we go down to the molecular level of our genome, DNA has also been identified as source of biophoton emissions. One author proposes that DNA is so biophoton dependent that is has excimer laser-like properties, enabling it to exist in a stable state far from thermal equilibrium at threshold.[10]

Technically speaking a biophoton is an elementary particle or quantum of light of non-thermal origin in the visible and ultraviolet spectrum emitted from a biological system. They are generally believed to be produced as a result of energy metabolism within our cells, or more formally as a “…by-product of biochemical reactions in which excited molecules are produced from bioenergetic processes that involves active oxygen species,” [11]

Because the metabolism of the body changes in a circadian fashion, biophoton emissions also variate along the axis of diurnal time. [12]  Research has mapped out distinct anatomical locations within the body where biophoton emissions are stronger and weaker, depending on the time of the day:

Generally, the fluctuation in photon counts over the body was lower in the morning than in the afternoon. The thorax-abdomen region emitted lowest and most constantly. The upper extremities and the head region emitted most and increasingly over the day. Spectral analysis of low, intermediate and high emission from the superior frontal part of the right leg, the forehead and the palms in the sensitivity range of the photomultiplier showed the major spontaneous emission at 470-570 nm. The central palm area of hand emission showed a larger contribution of the 420-470 nm range in the spectrum of spontaneous emission from the hand in autumn/winter. The spectrum of delayed luminescence from the hand showed major emission in the same range as spontaneous emission.

The researchers concluded that “The spectral data suggest that measurements might well provide quantitative data on the individual pattern of peroxidative and anti-oxidative processes in vivo.”

Research has found an oxidative stress-mediated difference in biophoton emission among mediators versus non-meditators. Those who meditate regularly tend to have lower ultra-weak photon emission (UPE, biophoton emission), which is believed to result from the lower level of free radical reactions occurring in their bodies. In one clinical study involving practitioners of transcendental meditation (TM) researchers found:

The lowest UPE intensities were observed in two subjects who regularly meditate. Spectral analysis of human UPE has suggested that ultra-weak emission is probably, at least in part, a reflection of free radical reactions in a living system. It has been documented that various physiologic and biochemical shifts follow the long-term practice of meditation and it is inferred that meditation may impact free radical activity.[13]

Interestingly, an herb well-known for its use in stress reduction (including inducing measurable declines in cortisol) and associated heightened oxidative stress has been tested clinically in reducing the level of biophotons emitter in human subjects. Known as rhodiola, a study published in 2009 in the journal Phytotherapeutic Research found that those who took the herb for 1 week has a significant decrease in photon emission in comparison with the placebo group.[14]

Perhaps most extraordinary of all is the possibility that our bodily surface contains cells capable of efficiently trapping the energy and information from ultraviolet radiation. A study published in the Journal of Photochemistry and Photobiology in 1993, titled, “Artificial sunlight irradiation induces ultraweak photon emission in human skin fibroblasts,” discovered that when light from an artificial sunlight source was applied to fibroblasts from either normal subjects or with the condition xeroderma pigmentosum, characterized by deficient DNA repair mechanisms, it induced far higher emissions of ultraweak photons (10-20 times) in the xeroderma pigmentosum group.  The researchers concluded from this experiment that “These data suggest that xeroderma pigmentosum cells tend to lose the capacity of efficient storage of ultraweak photons, indicating the existence of an efficient intracellular photon trapping system within human cells.“[15] More recent research has also identified measurable differences in biophoton emission between normal and melanoma cells.[16]

In a previous article, Does Skin Pigment Act Like A Natural Solar-Panel, we explored the role of melanin in converting ultraviolet light into metabolic energy was explored:

Melanin is capable of transforming ultraviolet light energy into heat in a process known as “ultrafast internal conversion”; more than 99.9% of the absorbed UV radiation is transformed from potentially genotoxic (DNA-damaging) ultraviolet light into harmless heat.

If melanin can convert light into heat, could it not also transform UV radiation into other biologically/metabolically useful forms of energy? This may not seem so farfetched when one considers that even gamma radiation, which is highly toxic to most forms of life, is a source of sustenance for certain types of fungi and bacteria.

It appears that modern science is only now coming to recognize the ability of the human body to receive and emit energy and information directly from the light given off from the Sun. [17]

There is also a growing realization that the Sun and Moon affect biophoton emissions through gravitational influences. Recently, biophoton emissions from wheat seedlings in Germany and Brazil were found to be synchronized transcontinentally according to rhythms associated with the lunisolar tide.[18]  In fact, the lunisolar tidal force, to which the Sun contributes 30 % and the Moon 60 % of the combined gravitational acceleration, has been found to regulate a number of features of plant growth upon Earth.[19]

Even human intention itself, the so-called ghost in the machine, may have an empirical basis in biophotons.

A recent commentary published in the journal Investigacion clinica titled “Evidence about the power of intention” addressed this connection:

Intention is defined as a directed thought to perform a determined action. Thoughts targeted to an end can affect inanimate objects and practically all living things from unicellular organisms to human beings. The emission of light particles (biophotons) seems to be the mechanism through which an intention produces its effects. All living organisms emit a constant current of photons as a mean to direct instantaneous nonlocal signals from one part of the body to another and to the outside world. Biophotons are stored in the intracellular DNA. When the organism is sick changes in biophotons emissions are produced. Direct intention manifests itself as an electric and magnetic energy producing an ordered flux of photons. Our intentions seem to operate as highly coherent frequencies capable of changing the molecular structure of matter. For the intention to be effective it is necessary to choose the appropriate time. In fact, living beings are mutually synchronized and to the earth and its constant changes of magnetic energy. It has been shown that the energy of thought can also alter the environment. Hypnosis, stigmata phenomena and the placebo effect can also be considered as types of intention, as instructions to the brain during a particular state of consciousness. Cases of spontaneous cures or of remote healing of extremely ill patients represent instances of an exceedingly great intention to control diseases menacing our lives. The intention to heal as well as the beliefs of the sick person on the efficacy of the healing influences promote his healing. In conclusion, studies on thought and consciousness are emerging as fundamental aspects and not as mere epiphenomena that are rapidly leading to a profound change in the paradigms of Biology and Medicine.

So there you have it. Science increasingly agrees with direct human experience: we are more than the atoms and molecules, but beings both dependent on and embodiments of light.

Disclaimer: This article is not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment. Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of GreenMedInfo or its staff.

This article originally appeared on: Green Med Info

Supreme Court guts Civil Rights-era voting protection, siding with 'Old Confederacy'

0

A divided US Supreme Court voided a central part of the Voting Rights Act, a law put in place during the Civil Rights movement to prevent historically racist states from creating obstacles to voting, Tuesday.

Chief Justice John Roberts delivered the Supreme Court’s opinion
in Shelby County vs. Holder on Tuesday. The 5-4 decision,
evidence of clear partisan lines in the nation’s highest court,
was celebrated by Southern states and criticized by President
Barack Obama for declaring federal oversight on state election
changes unconstitutional. Roberts did not specify which, if any,
part of the Constitution the rule violated.

Section 4 of the Voting Rights Act (VRA), invalidated by
Tuesday’s decision, explained the formula used by Congress to
identify regions of the US subject to extra scrutiny when local
lawmakers try to change election rules. Section 4 was the
precursor to Section 5, which gives the federal government the
power to “preclear” any state or local changes in election
rules that could potentially prevent minorities from
voting. 

Both the Justice Department and individual voters were able to
file suit if they believed a state or local municipality was
instituting a law that would put undue burden on a specific
demographic, a protection that saw its end on Monday. 

Under the formula, Congress singled out states based on their
history of past abuses. Most of the states affected by the ruling
are in the South, where politicians frequently signed laws meant
to silence the black population by way of making their votes
count less through redistricting and other tactics. The VRA of
1965 nullified the systemic discrimination allowed by the Jim
Crow laws, adopted in the century following the abolition of
slavery. 

States that prevented African Americans from, in addition to
other infractions, registering to vote, voting of running for
office were singled out by Section 4. 

The Supreme Court’s majority ruled that, because the VRA was
enacted decades ago, Congress must use updated criteria to
determine which states are subject to the federal oversight. In a
seeming contradiction, the Court cited the VRA’s success in
protecting an equal voting system as a reason to void Section
4. 

Mario Tama / Getty Images / AFP

Roberts asserted that “things have changed dramatically”
over time. Since 1965 voter registration, voter turnout and the
number of African American political leaders have all vastly
increased, Roberts claimed, “in large part because of the
VRA
.” Yet Roberts and four other justices called for new
criteria not “based on decades-old data” and voter
suppression methods, such as literacy tests, that have been
rendered irrelevant by Section 4. 

Roberts’ claims are wrong, though, some reporters pointed out on
the day.

“The regions covered by the part of the Act that was struck
down, Section 4, have, in recent years, been twice as likely as
those not covered to have proven violations under other sections
of the Act
,” wrote The New Yorker’s Amy Davidson.

Without a new formula for Section 4, which most experts agree is
unlikely after years of Congressional gridlock and polarization,
Section 5 of the Voting Rights Act cannot be implemented. 

Roberts also wrote that Congress “cannot justify the
considerable burdens created by Section 5
,” despite
overwhelming numbers in each chamber voting to reauthorize the
VRA in 2006. In the seven years since that renewal, 31
discriminatory voting laws were blocked by Section 5, according
to The Nation magazine, with six of the nine southern states
covered by Section 4 enacting new voter suppression laws since
2010. 

“Texas’ voter ID law, which was blocked under Section 5 by a
federal court last year and could disenfranchise up to 800,000
registered voters without government-issued photo ID, will
immediately go into effect
,” wrote Ari Berman in The Nation.
“The states of the Old Confederacy will return to the pre-1965
playbook, passing new voter suppression laws that can only be
challenged, after years of lengthy litigation, in often-hostile
Southern courts, with the burden of proof in those subject to
discrimination, rather than those doing the discriminating
.”

Mario Tama / Getty Images / AFP

Mississippi Secretary of State Delbert Hosemann, who serves in
one of the states previously covered by Section 4, announced
Tuesday that the “process for implementation of Constitutional
Voter Identification begins today
.” 

Chief Justice Roberts was joined in his opinion by Justices
Anthony Kennedy, Antonin Scalia, Clarence Thomas and Samuel
Alito. Justices Ruth Bader Ginsburg, Stephen Breyer, Sonia
Sotomayor and Elena Kagan dissented. Each of the Justices in the
majority was appointed by a Republican president, while the
dissenters were appointed by Democrats.  

President Obama said he was “deeply disappointed” by the
ruling. 

“Hubris is a fit word for today’s demolition of the VRA,”
Ginsburg wrote in her dissent. “Congress approached the 2006
reauthorization of the VRA with great care and seriousness. The
same cannot be said of the Court’s opinion today. The Court makes
no genuine attempt to engage with the massive legislative record
that Congress assembled … One would expect more from an opinion
striking at the heart of the Nation’s signal piece of
civil-rights legislation
.” 

Ginsburg, appointed by former president Bill Clinton in 1993,
noted that the “racial polarization in voting” means the
issue is especially pressing today. While Ginsburg delivered her
remarks, though, Alito visibly rolled his eyes in dismissal,
leading to gasps from several audience members.
   

“His treatment of the 80-year-old Ginsburg, 17 years his
senior and with 13 years more seniority, was a curious display of
judicial temperament, or, more accurately, judicial
intemperance
,” wrote Washington Post columnist Dana Milbank.
“Typically, justices state their differences in words — and
Alito, as it happens, had just spoken several hundred of his own
from the bench. But Alito frequently supplements words with
middle-school gestures
.”    

Congressional leaders pledged discussions on Section 4 over the
summer, but admitted doubts over whether Republicans and
Democrats would be able to agree on the issue.

This article originally appeared on: RT

Turkish police break up demo in Ankara

0

Turkish protesters shout anti-government slogans during a demonstration in the capital, Ankara, June 25 2013.

Police in Turkey have used water cannon and smoke grenades to disperse hundreds of anti-government demonstrators in the capital, Ankara.

On Tuesday night, several people were injured in the clashes between the protesters and the police in Turkish capital.

Also in Istanbul, thousands of people, who were chanting slogans against the government, marched toward now-iconic Taksim Square to denounce a court decision that freed a police officer accused of killing an anti-government demonstrator in Ankara.

The police surrounded the square and blocked the protestersâ„¢ from reaching it.

At least 20 people were detained during the rally.

Meeting in Luxembourg earlier in the day, European Union foreign ministers supported a German proposal to delay the new round of Turkeyâ„¢s membership negotiations, which had been scheduled to resume on Wednesday.

Germany, Austria and the Netherlands, among other EU member states, blocked the talks in criticism of the government of Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan for its handling of the anti-government protests.

The unrest in Turkey began on May 31 after police broke up a sit-in held at Taksim Square to protest against the proposal to redevelop Gezi Park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination.

The demonstrators say the park is also one of Istanbul’s last green public spaces.

Four people, including a police officer, have died in the recent clashes between the Turkish protesters and security forces, and more than 5,000 protesters and 600 police officers have been injured.

GJH/PR/HJL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

The Real Sergeant York

0

The New York Times referred to him as “the war’s biggest hero.” General John J. Pershing, commander of the Allied Expeditionary Forces in World War I, called him “the greatest civilian soldier” of World War I. Upon this war hero’s death in 1964, President Lyndon Johnson issued a statement calling him “a symbol of American courage and sacrifice” who “epitomized the gallantry of American fighting men and their sacrifices in behalf of freedom.”

Few would have guessed at his humble birth in a one-room cabin on December 13, 1887 that Alvin Cullum York would receive such accolades later in life. Born in Pall Mall, Tennessee, Alvin York was the third of 11 children. Raised on a small farm, this son of a poor blacksmith left school after the third grade, and admitted that in his youth he was “wild and bad for five or six years.” He recalled: “I used to drink a lot of moonshine. I used to gamble my wages away week after week. I used to stay out late at night. I had a powerful lot of fist fights…. I knew all the time I was going along this kind of life, deep down in my heart, that I was doing things that were not right.”

Change of Heart

York told of coming home one night “after being very drunk and fighting.” His mother, who had continually pleaded with her son to change his ways, asked him a simple question: “Alvin, when are you going to be a man like your father and your grandfathers?” York recalled, “I promised my mother that night I would never drink again; I would never smoke or chew again; I would never gamble again; I would never cuss or fight again. And I have never drunk any whiskey, I have never touched cards, I have never smoked or chewed, and I have never fought or rough-housed since that night.”

Equally important in changing the course of Alvin York’s life was an event that happened on New Year’s Day, 1915. York wrote later in life that it was on this day that he was “saved” by the preaching of a local evangelist. York embraced Jesus Christ and soon rose to become second elder of his church. He would later give full credit to his faith in God and Jesus Christ for his exploits in battle and safe return from the war.

In June 1917, at age 29, Alvin York received his notice to register for the draft. On the same day York started a diary which he kept faithfully throughout the war. Being called to take up arms in war caused a conflict within York. His ancestors had served in war since the American Revolution and York felt that “my ancestors would want me to do whatever my country demanded of me.” Yet, at the same time, York reasoned that “if I went away to war and fought and killed, according to my reading of the Bible, I weren’t a good Christian.”

York decided that God’s law must take precedent over family tradition or the laws of man. When York registered for the draft he wrote simply on the form, “I don’t want to fight.” He attempted to be exempted by reason that his church forbade its members to kill. But his exemption was denied on the grounds that his church did not expressly prohibit killing during war. York’s crisis of conscience was not settled until, according to York, “I prayed and prayed. I prayed two whole days and a night out on the mountainside.” Ultimately, York decided that God had given him the go-ahead to “answer the call of my country.”

Call to Courage

York arrived in France on May 21, 1918. His unit first saw major action during the St. Mihiel drive in September 1918. By this time York had been promoted to the rank of corporal and given command of a squad. The drive was a success and the American Army moved on to the Argonne Forest for the last major drive of World War I. It was on October 8, 1918 in the Argonne Forest that Corporal Alvin York performed the acts of extreme bravery for which he was awarded the Congressional Medal of Honor.

York’s battalion was charged with advancing across a valley and taking the two hills on the far side. The Germans, however, were dug into the hills with machine gun emplacements and had a complete view of the valley. According to York: “It was kind of a triangular shaped valley. So you see we were getting it from the front and both flanks. Well, the first and second waves got about halfway across the valley and then were held up by machine gun fire from the three sides. It was awful. Our losses were very heavy.”

York and the other squad commanders assigned to the left flank of the advance quickly realized that the hills would be impossible to take from the front without significantly more men. They decided to attempt a sneak attack by advancing around the enemy’s flank and attacking from the rear. At this point the combined forces of the squads, including York’s, was 17 men.

Upon advancing undetected around the enemy’s flank and approaching from the rear the unit stumbled across the headquarters of the machine gun regiment. The Germans were eating breakfast at the time and were completely surprised by the Americans. Most promptly surrendered, but one German shot at York, who quickly killed the German with one shot. The Americans disarmed and assembled the Germans, but by this time the machine gunners on the hill had been alerted to the Americans’ presence. According to York: “There were about 30 of them. They were commanding us from a hillside less than 30 yards away. They couldn’t miss. And they didn’t!” The machine guns took out nine men, including an officer, leaving Corporal York in charge. It was at this point that York began to make history.

As the initial blast of machine gun fire hit the Americans, York was standing out in the open. York wrote in his diary:

Those machine guns were spitting fire and cutting down the undergrowth all around me something awful…. I didn’t have time to dodge behind a tree or dive into the brush, I didn’t even have time to kneel or lie down…. As soon as the machine guns opened fire on me, I began to exchange shots with them.

In order to sight me or to swing their machine guns on me, the Germans had to show their heads above the trench, and every time I saw a head I just touched it off. All the time I kept yelling at them to come down. I didn’t want to kill any more than I had to. But it was they or I. And I was giving them the best I had.

Suddenly a German officer and five men jumped out of the trench and charged me with fixed bayonets. I changed to the old automatic and just touched them off, too. I touched off the sixth man first, then the fifth, then the fourth, then the third, and so on. I wanted them to keep coming. I didn’t want the rear ones to see me touching off the front ones. I was afraid they would drop down and pump a volley into me.

By this time a German major who had already been captured had seen enough. The major, who knew English, told York, “If you don’t shoot any more I’ll make them surrender.” All but one of the Germans came down from the hills. That one German managed to throw a small hand grenade before York killed him. The Americans, whose number had dwindled to eight at this point, then had the complicated task of leading over 80 prisoners through German lines to the American side. York put the German major at the head of the column with him holding his Colt .45 to the major’s back. The seven other men then surrounded the column as best they could.

As York and his men led the captured Germans back through enemy lines, German soldiers and machine gunners attempted to fire on the Americans, but York made the German major order them to surrender. All but one willingly gave up. According to York, “I made the major order him to surrender twice. But he wouldn’t. And I had to touch him off. I hated to do it. But I couldn’t afford to take any chances and so I had to let him have it.”

By the time York and his small squad reached the safety of the American lines they had captured 132 Germans, including three officers. Word quickly spread that York had single-handedly “captured the whole German army.” An Army inspection of the battle scene revealed 28 dead German soldiers. According to the official Army report, York’s description of the battle was accurate though “York’s statement tends to underestimate the desperate odds which he overcame.” When a general asked the inevitable question of how he managed to accomplish his feat, York replied, “Sir, it is not man power. A higher power than man guided and watched over me and told me what to do.” For his bravery, York was given the Medal of Honor, and was also promoted to the rank of sergeant.

Home and Fame

Upon returning to America, Sergeant York was showered with offers of fame and fortune, including a nationwide tour, endorsements, and movie deals. But such was not in York’s character, who claimed, “I … felt that to take money like that would be commercializing my uniform and soldiering.” York wrote in his diary: “It was very nice. But I sure wanted to get back to my people where I belonged, and the little old mother and the little mountain girl who were waiting. And I wanted to be in the mountains again and get out with hounds, and tree a coon or knock over a red fox. And in the midst of the crowds and the dinners and receptions I couldn’t help thinking of these things.”

Alvin York went home to his mountains. He made his way to the same mountainside where he had prayed to God two years earlier for guidance, and there thanked God for bringing him home safely from the war.

In 1927, York established the Alvin C. York Agricultural Institute for the boys and girls of the mountains who had few educational opportunities. By 1937, York was no longer able to operate the school and it became a special part of the Tennessee public school system. In 1941, the story of Alvin York was made into a movie starring Gary Cooper, who won an Academy Award for the role. Alvin York acted as an adviser to the film. In 1952, he suffered a cerebral hemorrhage and became bedridden.

By 1961, Alvin York, one of America’s greatest military heroes, was partially paralyzed, almost completely blind, and virtually penniless. The American government, through the Internal Revenue Service, repaid its debt by suing York for back taxes. The IRS claimed that York’s royalties from the movie, most of which had gone to charity, should be taxed at a higher rate than York had used. In all, the IRS claimed York owed the U.S. government $85,442, plus an additional $87,155 in interest. The IRS offered to settle for $25,000 however, when it became apparent that all of York’s assets totaled together did not equal the $172,597 sought. When the American public was alerted to Sergeant York’s plight, individuals chipped in over $50,000 – which covered the debt with money left over for a trust fund.

Sergeant York lived on for three more years. On September 2, 1964, at the age of 76, Alvin York passed away. His grave, near his home and within sight of the very church where he had been converted in 1915, is marked with a stone monument on which two books are carved – a Bible and a textbook.

Alvin Cullum York was one of the greatest heroes America ever produced. His faith in God, his modest and honorable character, and his sacrifice on behalf of his country continue to command the utmost respect and admiration from Americans. His life serves as a model for future generations of Americans.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Patriotism vs. Nationalism

0

In his morally obtuse review, movie critic Roger Ebert sneers that the Civil War film Gods and Generals “is the kind of movie beloved by people who never go to the movies, because they are primarily interested in something else.”

Exactly. It is a film that will earn the grateful favor of people for whom movies, television, and other products of the media cartel’s entertainment affiliate detract from the business of real life. Such people prefer to invest their time learning about their ancestors, and teaching that heritage to their children. They will recognize in Gods and Generals a bewilderingly faithful depiction of an earlier American society organized around duty to one’s family and country, rather than the service of emancipated appetites. In that culture, the Bible defined moral duties, and individual loyalties were rooted in the soil of a particular family and community.

“It’s something these Yankees do not understand, will never understand,” muses General Robert E. Lee (Robert Duvall) as he gazes upon Fredericksburg from a nearby hill. “Rivers, hills, valleys, fields, even towns – to those people they’re just markings on a map from the war office in Washington. To us, they’re birthplaces and burial grounds, they’re battlefields where our ancestors fought. They’re places where we learned to walk, to talk, to pray. They’re places where we made friendships and fell in love. They’re the incarnation of all our memories and all that we are.”

Earlier in the film, as Virginians debate the merits of secession, Thomas “Stonewall” Jackson (Stephen Lang in an astonishing performance) explains that while he believes in the Union, Virginia, his home state, has a “primal claim” on his loyalties: “That’s my understanding of patriotism.”

To minds synchronized with the rhythms of prime-time television, such scenes must be utterly mystifying. After all, such people might object, what difference does it make where one lives, as long as you have cable television? And isn’t “patriotism” measured by one’s loyalty to the government, as embodied in the president?

“Patriotism,” as men like Lee and Jackson understood, is love of one’s patria, or fatherland – literally, the land of his fathers. It is not the love of a government, or of philosophical propositions, however sound the government or noble the propositions. While the Confederate cause stemmed from this understanding, it was also shared by many who chose to fight on the Union’s behalf. Director Ronald Maxwell illustrated that fact during the opening credits by displaying a montage of regimental flags, both Confederate and Union, each of which symbolized tangible local communities, rather than the centralized abstraction called the “Union.”

Secession and Coercion

Following the attack on Fort Sumter in April 1861, the Lincoln administration ordered each state to assemble a quota of volunteer troops to invade and punish the secessionist states of the Deep South. Virginia’s quota was eight regiments of troops. In his response, Governor Letcher of Virginia declared:

The militia of Virginia will not be furnished to the powers at Washington for any such use or purpose as they have in view. Your object is to subjugate the Southern states, and a requisition made upon me for such an object – an object, in my judgment, not within the purview of the Constitution or the [militia] act of 1795 – will not be complied with. You have chosen to inaugurate civil war, and having done so, we will meet it in a spirit as determined as the administration has exhibited toward the South.

Like the other southern states from which Lincoln sought to requisition troops, Virginia did not initially favor secession. But as Letcher’s letter illustrated, Virginians equally opposed punishing states that had exercised their right to withdraw from the Union.

That right was explicitly reserved in the ratification acts of Virginia, New York, and Rhode Island, when those states approved the U.S Constitution. The right of secession was recognized at the 1814 Hartford Convention, where New England states opposed to the War of 1812 threatened to withdraw from the Union. As historian Charles Adams observes, “There were secessionist cries from some Northern states over the enforcement of the Fugitive Slave Act, the whiskey tax, the War of 1812, the admission of Texas, and the Mexican War. The Abolitionist party proposed that the Northern, nonslave states secede from the … Union with the Southern states.”

Prior to 1861, Americans in both the North and the South understood that the Union existed among the states, rather than above them. As Virginia jurist Abel P. Upshur summarized in his study The Federal Government: Its True Nature and Character:

The Federal Government is the creature of the States. It is not a party to the Constitution, but the result of it – the creation of that agreement which was made by the States as parties. It is a mere agent, entrusted with limited powers for certain specific objects, which powers are enumerated in the Constitution.

Through secession a state would reclaim the powers it had lent to the federal government. And the option to secede represented the ultimate check on the consolidation of power in Washington, something the Framers of the Constitution strove to prevent. “Too much provision cannot be made against consolidation,” warned Federalist Fisher Ames during the Convention of Massachusetts. “The State Governments represent the wishes and feelings, and local interests of the people. They are the safeguard and ornament of the Constitution; they will protract the period of our liberties; they will afford a shelter against the abuse of power, and will be the natural avengers of our violated rights.”

This perspective is vividly portrayed in Gods and Generals. The film begins on April 20, 1861 – the day that Robert E. Lee turned down command of the Federal Army, and the Virginia convention responded to Lincoln’s call for troops by voting overwhelmingly to withdraw from the Union. In explaining his decision, General Lee points out that Virginia would be the first battlefield in the war against the “rebellion.” Although he did not support slavery (the chief source of contention between the Deep South’s “fire-eaters” and the Lincoln administration), and he believed secession unwise, General Lee would not make war on his home, his “country” of Virginia.

“A Union that can only be maintained by swords and bayonets, and in which strife and civil war are to take the place of brotherly love and kindness, has no charm for me,” wrote Lee after resigning from the U.S. Army. In the film, Jackson presents a similar view during an address to new recruits to the Confederate army. Just as he would not permit a Union army to invade Virginia and compel it to join a “Union” held together by force, he would not be party to an invasion of other states for that purpose.

In a very real sense, Gods and Generals is an extended study of Jackson’s character, the product of Christian stoicism. Convinced that God had numbered his days, and would not deprive him of any of this life’s joys allotted to him, Jackson told an aide that he was “as safe in battle as in bed.” He was tender and solicitous toward his beloved esposita, Mary Anna, haunted by the death of his first wife and daughter during childbirth, and actually fearful that by loving his family so deeply he might be cheating God.

Separated by war from his wife when his daughter is born, Jackson, as depicted in the film, befriends a five-year-old girl while spending the winter of 1862-1863 at the Moss Neck mansion. He is later devastated to learn that scarlet fever has claimed the young girl’s life. The tragedy affects him so deeply that he breaks down and cries in front of his men, who are astonished that one so fearsome and ferocious on the battlefield could shed tears over the death of a single child.

For Jackson, in the film as well as in real life, tenderness and ferocity were complementary traits. He understood that as a husband and father, God had given him the duty to find out where trouble was coming from, and to get in its way before it reached his family. This explains why Jackson was determined to annihilate federal troops who invaded Virginia, when those troops were Americans he would otherwise have warmly welcomed as peaceful visitors. It also explains a scene wherein Jackson carries out the execution of three Confederate deserters. If the federal army lost the war, Jackson explains to his adjutant, then Republican war hawks would lose their war profits and maybe an election or two. “But if we lose,” Jackson reminded his subordinate, “we will lose our country.”

Union Counterpart

In the film, Maine Colonel Joshua Lawrence Chamberlain (Jeff Daniels) is used to express the Lincoln administration’s perspective: The Union was indissoluble, created by the collective will of the “people” of the states as a vehicle for advancing human equality. Chamberlain was a noble man, a deeply serious Christian and scholar of astonishing breadth who displayed courage and honor on the battlefield on behalf of the truth as he was given wisdom to understand it. While Gods and Generals necessarily focuses on the Southern side, it allows Chamberlain to make an eloquent case for the view that constitutional government could not continue to co-exist with the unambiguous evil of human slavery.

Some critics have savaged Gods and Generals for supposedly neglecting the issue of slavery, but the film actually does historical justice by consigning the issue to the periphery. In the film, Chamberlain’s brother Thomas reacts to news of the “Emancipation Proclamation” by correctly pointing out that most of the Northern enlistees had joined up to save the Union, rather than to fight on behalf of people they derisively called “darkies.” Colonel Chamberlain, invoking the war’s gruesome body count, insists that the end for which those soldiers died must merit their sacrifice.

While abolishing slavery was obviously the single worthwhile effect of the Civil War, it was never the primary aim of Lincoln’s war policy. “My paramount object in this struggle is to save the Union, and is not either to save or to destroy slavery,” he wrote in a famous 1862 letter to Horace Greeley. “If I could save the Union without freeing any slave I would do it; and if I could save it by freeing some and leaving others alone I would also do that. What I do about slavery, and the colored race, I do because I believe it helps to save the Union.”

The “Union” Lincoln passionately sought to “save” was not the limited federal compact created through the Constitution, but an artifact of his own construction. As Marxist legal scholar George P. Fletcher of Columbia University’s School of Law points out in his provocative study Our Secret Constitution, Lincoln’s objective was to bring about “the consolidation of the United States as a nation in the mid-nineteenth-century European sense of the term.” “One year into the war,” writes Fletcher, “after a string of Union defeats, Lincoln learned that the old Union could not possibly survive. ‘A new one had to be embraced.’ And the new Union would have to be based on a new constitutional order.”

That new order, Fletcher continues, would be based on the conceit that “the federal government, victorious in warfare, must continue its aggressive intervention in the lives of its citizens.” This revolution would leave constitutional institutions in place, but they would be “recast in new functions” within “a new framework of government, a structure based on values fundamentally different from those that went before.” Specifically, Fletcher contends, the informal post-Civil War “constitution” emphasized equality, rather than freedom. The Civil War, he concludes, “established our primary political trilogy: Nationalite, Egalite, et Democratie [Nationalism, Equality, and Democracy].”

Fletcher thus candidly describes the North’s victory in the Civil War as the triumph of a totalitarian vision closely akin to that of the murderous French Revolution. He also ironically vindicates the South’s claim to be the defenders of the Founders’ constitutional vision.

What Was Lost

Patriotism, a love for the land of one’s forefathers, motivated the South – particularly the Virginians. The North’s nationalist vision was rooted in loyalty to the central government. This view was memorably captured in the properly famous letter of Major Sullivan Ballou of the Second Regiment of the Rhode Island Volunteers. Ballou wrote the letter to his wife Sarah on Bastille Day, July 14th, shortly before receiving orders that sent him to Manassas, where he and 27 of his men were killed in the first major battle of the Civil War.

“If it is necessary that I should fall on the battlefield for my country, I am ready,” wrote Major Ballou. “I have no misgivings about, or lack of confidence in, the cause in which I am engaged, and my courage does not halt or falter. I know how strongly American Civilization now leans upon the triumph of the Government.”

Writing to General Lee following the war, Lord Acton offered a vastly different perspective. “I deemed that you were fighting the battles of our liberty, our progress, and our civilization,” observed the great British scholar, “and I mourn for the stake which was lost at Richmond more deeply than I rejoice over that which was saved at Waterloo.”

In his graceful reply, General Lee adverted anew to the constitutional principles undergirding the Southern cause, however imperfectly the South embodied them.

While I have considered the preservation of the constitutional power of the General Government to be the foundation of our peace and safety at home and abroad, I yet believe that the maintenance of the rights and authority reserved to the states and to the people … [to be] the safeguard to the continuance of a free government.

Lee’s assessment of the likely consequences of Northern victory reads uncannily like prophecy: “The consolidation of the states into one vast republic, sure to be aggressive abroad and despotic at home, will be the certain precursor of that ruin which has overwhelmed all those that have preceded it.”

Gods and Generals ends after the death of Jackson, months before the Confederate high tide ebbed at Gettysburg (the subject of an earlier film by director Maxwell), and years before Lee’s surrender at Appomattox (a scene Maxwell intends to capture in a third film on the last two years of the war). Because Gods and Generals vividly portrays the men who tried to prevent the outcome Lee described, the film has earned the hateful scorn of most film critics. This is also the reason why it will be cherished for generations to come by those who want to understand and preserve our constitutional heritage.

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Justice Thomas Likens Affirmative Action to Segregation Laws

0

The rationale of the University of Texas for using race as a factor in determining who will be admitted to the school “echoes” legal arguments made by segregationists in previous decades, wrote Justice Clarence Thomas in his opinion in the U.S Supreme Court decision issued Monday on a constitutional challenge to the university’s affirmative action program.

In a 7-1 decision, the court reaffirmed its holding in an affirmative action case of a decade ago, ruling that race may be considered among other factors in an admissions policy to meet a “compelling state interest” in achieving a diverse student population. But it remanded to the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals in New Orleans the suit brought by Texas resident Abigail Fisher (shown), a white student who was denied admission to the University of Texas. Fisher claims her right to the constitutionally guaranteed “equal protection of the laws” was violated by the Austin university’s race-based consideration. Fisher’s suit was denied in both the federal district court and appeals court level, but the Supreme Court Monday instructed the appeals court to reexamine the case, exercising the standard of “strict scrutiny” to determine if the racial consideration is necessary to achieve the goal of educational diversity. Thomas was one of the seven justices agreeing on the remand, but his concurring opinion indicated he would rather send the court’s affirmative action rulings to the dustbin of overturned precedents. Thomas wrote:

Unfortunately for the University, the educational benefits flowing from student body diversity – assuming they exist – hardly qualify as a compelling state interest. Indeed, the argument that educational benefits justify racial discrimination was advanced in support of racial segregation in the 1950’s, but emphatically rejected by this Court. And just as the alleged educational benefits of segregation were insufficient to justify racial discrimination then … the alleged educational benefits of diversity cannot justify racial discrimination today.

The admissions program at issue was begun by the University of Texas in the 1990s. It grants automatic admission to any applicant whose academic ranking in secondary school places the student in the top 10 percent of his or her graduating class. That accounts for 90 percent of the new enrollees. Admission to the remaining 10 percent of the available slots takes into consideration academic achievement, as well as a number of other factors, including racial and ethnic diversity. Fisher says she was rejected in favor of less qualified minority students because she is white. The legal challenge claims a violation of her civil rights under the 14th Amendment guarantee that no state may “deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.” Race-based discrimination was also outlawed by the 1964 Civil Rights Act.

In writing the opinion of the court, Justice Anthony Kennedy affirmed the court’s 2003 ruling in Grutter v. Bollinger, finding the race-based factor in the admissions policy at the University of Michigan Law School was acceptable in advancing a “compelling state interest” in promoting a diverse educational experience. That, he said, remains a “given.” What is new is the strict scrutiny requirement that places the burden on the university to demonstrate that it is not possible to achieve that diversity without factoring in the racial component. 

“The reviewing court must ultimately be satisfied that no workable race-neutral alternative would produce the educational benefits of diversity,” Kennedy wrote. Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg, arguing against the remand, cast the lone dissenting vote. Justice Elena Kagan, who worked on the Department of Justice defense of the university’s position while serving as solicitor general, recused herself from the case.

“As the thorough opinions below show, the University’s admissions policy flexibly considers race only as ‘a ‘factor of a factor of a factor of a factor’ in the calculus” used in determining admissions, Ginsburg wrote, disputing the need for the “strict scrutiny” requirement. 

At the heart of the Equal Protection Clause is “the principle that the government must treat citizens as individuals and not as members of racial, ethnic, or religious groups,” wrote Thomas. “It is for this reason that we must subject all racial classifications to the strictest of scrutiny.”

In his autobiography, Thomas acknowledged that his own admission to Yale Law School was based in part on the school’s affirmative action program, a point not lost on supporters of the policy. 

“I don’t expect Clarence Thomas to ever support affirmative action even though he was the beneficiary of affirmative action,” Marc Morial, president and CEO of the National Urban League told U.S. News & World Report. “But this case is not over. The good news is that the case did not overrule the compelling necessity of diversity in college admissions. And so I hope we’re going to see this case again in the Supreme Court in two or three years.”

Some supporters of affirmative action seemed relieved that the court did not overthrow the policy by ruling it unconstitutional. “Today’s decision is an important victory for our nation’s ongoing work to build a more inclusive, diverse America,” said Wade Henderson, president of the Leadership Conference on Civil and Human Rights. “We believe that the University of Texas’s admissions policy is a carefully crafted one that will ultimately be upheld by the Court of Appeals.”

David Gans of the Constitutional Accountability Center commented that most court watchers were surprised by the narrowness of the decision. “The court backed away from the edge of the cliff today,” he told the Christian Science Monitor. The plaintiff, meanwhile, issued a statement thanking the court for moving a step closer to that precipice. Fisher said she was “grateful to the justices for moving the nation closer to the day when a student’s race isn’t used at all in college admissions.”

Carrie Severino, chief counsel for the Judicial Crisis Network, said the decision moves the court “one step closer to agreeing with the countless parents who simply want their children to be evaluated on the basis of their character and hard work.”

Photo of Abigail Fisher: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Colo. Civil Rights Body Rules Six-Year-Old Boy Can Use Girls' Restroom

0

A Colorado civil rights body ruled that an elementary school in Fountain, near Colorado Springs, discriminated against a six-year-old boy who identifies as a girl because school officials refused to allow him to use the girl’s restroom at the school. A report from the Colorado Civil Rights Division condemning the actions of officials at Eagleside Elementary School was released released June 23 by an attorney working with the parents of first grader Coy Mathis (shown, in red), who insist that their young son has identified as a female since early age.

Reuters News reported that the “transgendered” child had been allowed to use the girls’ restroom at the school until late in 2012, when the principal informed his parents that he would have to use the boys’ restroom or a unisex staff restroom. The parents ultimately withdrew their son from the school and promptly filed a discrimination complaint with the state.

The civil rights body’s report, signed by director Steven Chavez, said the Fountain-Fort Carson school district violated a state law that protects the rights of “transgendered” people. “Given the evolving research into the development of transgender persons, compartmentalizing a child as a boy or girl solely based on their visible anatomy is a simplistic approach to a difficult and complex issue,” read the report. It went on to criticize school officials for forcing Coy to “disregard her identity” when using the restroom. Their actions “also deprived her of the social interaction and bonding that commonly occurs in girls’ restrooms during these formative years, i.e., talking, sharing, and laughter,” the report continued.

Telling the young boy “that she must disregard her identity while performing one of the most essential human functions constitutes severe and pervasive treatment, and creates an environment that is objectively and subjectively hostile, intimidating, or offensive,” the report read.

Michael Silverman of the Transgender Legal Defense and Education Fund, which filed the complaint on behalf of the family, was predictably pleased with the ruling against the common-sense actions of the school officials, declaring that it “sends a loud and clear message that transgender students may not be targeted for discrimination and that they must be treated equally in school.”

Silverman noted that the decision by the Colorado discrimination authorities “is the first ruling in the nation that holds that transgender students be allowed to use bathrooms that match who they are.” He claimed that there are “thousands of families like the Mathises who are feeling relieved and vindicated that the commission ruled that Coy is a girl just like any other girl.”

In a statement before the ruling the school district said that the Mathis family had been unwilling to meet with school officials to discuss “reasonable proposals” to resolve the conflict. “The parents consistently indicated … that they would file a discrimination charge if the district did not completely acquiesce to their demands,” the statement said.

Following the ruling the district released a statement saying that school officials had “carefully considered the best interest of all children in the District, including Coy,” in their decision to allow Coy to use one of the several gender-neutral restrooms near his classroom. “We are disappointed with this opinion because it not only failed to address conflicts between statutory and regulatory provisions raised by the District, but failed to appreciate the unique circumstances that school districts must consider when faced with such situations,” the statement said.

Responding to the ruling, the boy’s mother, Kathryn Mathis, insisted that all she and her husband “ever wanted was for Coy’s school to treat her the same as other little girls. We are extremely happy that she now will be treated equally.” Added the mother: “We knew that this was discrimination. So it was validating to get the state to say ‘Yes, it is very clearly harassment,’ and they were doing something they shouldn’t have been doing.”

Mrs. Mathis added that when she told Coy the news, “she got this giant smile and her eyes bugged out. She said, ‘So I can go to school and make friends?’”

Peter Sprigg of the conservative Christian Family Research Council had a more traditional take on the ruling, saying it was “outrageous” that the state civil rights body had decided “the aberrant feelings of one individual are to be placed above the legitimate concerns of the vast majority of children.”

Sprigg told the Christian Post that the school was “exceedingly generous in affirming a lie by referring to a biological male as a ‘girl’ and allowing that child to dress as a girl. Astonishingly, even this generous accommodation did not satisfy the Transgender Legal Defense and Education Fund…. These activists have placed their radical social and political agenda ahead of the well-being of all the remaining students in the school.”

Photo of Coy Mathis: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Obama’s Climate Change Speech Ignores Science & EU Experience

0

President Obama was playing to his most extreme “green” constituency in his climate and energy speech at Georgetown University today, blasting global warming skeptics as “flat-earth society” ostriches with their heads in the sand. President Obama said he does not have “patience for anyone who denies that this problem is real.”

“We don’t have time for a meeting of the flat-Earth society,” Obama said. “Sticking your head in the sand might make you feel safer, but it’s not going to protect you from the coming storm.” Obama claimed that the call for urgent action to stem the threat of global warming is based on the “overwhelming judgment of science, of chemistry, of physics, and millions of measurements.”

The president apparently has not gotten the memos; his Oval Office staff must be keeping him in the dark concerning very important recent developments in climate science and even more significant developments in climate and energy policies. As we reported yesterday, some of the leading voices in the global warming alarmist choir have been admitting that the climate catastrophes predicted by the computer models have not materialized and that the alleged “scientific consensus” is a fraud. The influential British journal, The Economist, suggested in an article on June 20, that “the public has been systematically deceived” for years with all this talk of certainty and consensus about dire consequences attributed to man-made, or anthropogenic, global warming (AGW), and the supposed urgent need for drastic, costly, painful public policies to address the “crisis.”

“The planet is warming. Human activity is contributing to it,” Obama said in his Georgetown speech.

The president seems to be unaware that even top climate alarmists have admitted that there has been no evidence of global warming for at least the past 15 years. This absence of warming has been the source of much head scratching, debating, and theorizing in the climate activist circles. As we have reported, the UK Met Office and Professor Phil Jones, the former director of the Climate Research Unit (CRU) of the University of East Anglia, are among the many alarmists who have been forced to acknowledge the reality of the lack of any warming trend or crisis. The New American’s recent articles (see below) on the false consensus list dozens of top scientists who have defected from the alarmist ranks, and provide links showing literally thousands of scientists contest the warming theories President Obama champions as the basis for his energy policy proposals.

The president’s energy program, outlined in this White House Fact Sheet and detailed in “The President’s Climate Action Plan,” both released today, would place onerous new restrictions on coal fired power plants and other fossil fuels and would direct billions more dollars into funding “renewable energy” sources, such as solar and wind. As we have reported, these are policies that have already proven to be enormously wasteful here in the United States, and in Germany and other European nations (see here and here) have proven to be disastrous.

Photo of President Obama at Georgetown: AP Images

Related articles:

Cooking Climate Consensus Data: “97% of Scientists Affirm AGW” Debunked

German Firms Flee to U.S. to Avoid Staggering “Green” Energy Costs

Global Warming “Consensus”: Cooking the Books

This article originally appeared on: The New American

DNA and cell resonance: magnetic waves enable cell communication.

0

Abstract Title:

DNA and cell resonance: magnetic waves enable cell communication.

Abstract Source:

DNA Cell Biol. 2012 Apr ;31(4):422-6. Epub 2011 Oct 19. PMID: 22011216

Article Affiliation:

First Transfer Centre of Scalar Wave Technology (1st TZS), Technology Park, Villingen-Schwenningen, Germany. prof@meyl.eu

Abstract:

DNA generates a longitudinal wave that propagates in the direction of the magnetic field vector. Computed frequencies from the structure of DNA agree with those of the predicted biophoton radiation. The optimization of efficiency by minimizing the conduction losses leads to the double-helix structure of DNA. The vortex model of the magnetic scalar wave not only covers many observed structures within the nucleus perfectly, but also explains the hyperboloid channels in the matrix when two cells communicate with each other. Potential vortexes are an essential component of a scalar waves, as discovered in 1990. The basic approach for an extended field theory was confirmed in 2009 with the discovery of magnetic monopoles. For the first time, this provides the opportunity to explain the physical basis of life not only from the biological discipline. Nature covers the whole spectrum of known scientific fields of research, and interdisciplinary understanding is required to explain its complex relationships. The characteristics of the potential vortex are significant. With its concentration effect, it provides for miniaturization down to a few nanometers, which allows enormously high information density in the nucleus. With this first introduction of the magnetic scalar wave, it becomes clear that such a wave is suitable to use genetic code chemically stored in the base pairs of the genes and electrically modulate them, so as to”piggyback”information from the cell nucleus to another cell. At the receiving end, the reverse process takes place and the transported information is converted back into a chemical structure. The necessary energy required to power the chemical process is provided by the magnetic scalar wave itself.

Article Published Date : Mar 31, 2012

Study Type : Review


This article originally appeared on: Green Med Info

Estimation of the number of biophotons involved in the visual perception of a single-object image: biophoton intensity can be considerably higher inside cells than outside.

0

Abstract Title:

Estimation of the number of biophotons involved in the visual perception of a single-object image: biophoton intensity can be considerably higher inside cells than outside.

Abstract Source:

J Photochem Photobiol B. 2010 Sep 2 ;100(3):160-6. Epub 2010 Jun 10. PMID: 20584615

Abstract Author(s):

I Bókkon, V Salari, J A Tuszynski, I Antal

Article Affiliation:

Doctoral School of Pharmaceutical and Pharmacological Sciences, Semmelweis University, Hungary. bokkoni@yahoo.com

Abstract:

Recently, we have proposed a redox molecular hypothesis about the natural biophysical substrate of visual perception and imagery [1,6]. Namely, the retina transforms external photon signals into electrical signals that are carried to the V1 (striatecortex). Then, V1 retinotopic electrical signals (spike-related electrical signals along classical axonal-dendritic pathways) can be converted into regulated ultraweak bioluminescent photons (biophotons) through redox processes within retinotopic visual neurons that make it possible to create intrinsic biophysical pictures during visual perception and imagery. However, the consensus opinion is to consider biophotons as by-products of cellular metabolism. This paper argues that biophotons are not by-products, other than originating from regulated cellular radical/redox processes. It also shows that the biophoton intensity can be considerably higher inside cells than outside. Our simple calculations, within a level of accuracy, suggest that the real biophoton intensity in retinotopic neurons may be sufficient for creating intrinsic biophysical picture representation of a single-object image during visual perception.

Article Published Date : Sep 02, 2010

Study Type : Review


This article originally appeared on: Green Med Info

Biophotons as neural communication signals demonstrated by in situ biophoton autography.

0

Abstract Title:

Biophotons as neural communication signals demonstrated by in situ biophoton autography.

Abstract Source:

Photochem Photobiol Sci. 2010 Mar ;9(3):315-22. Epub 2010 Jan 21. PMID: 20221457

Abstract Author(s):

Yan Sun, Chao Wang, Jiapei Dai

Article Affiliation:

Wuhan Institute for Neuroscience and Neuroengineering, South-Central University for Nationalities, Minyuan Road 708, Wuhan 430074, China.

Abstract:

Cell to cell communication by biophotons has been demonstrated in plants, bacteria, animal neutrophil granulocytes and kidney cells. Whether such signal communication exists in neural cells is unclear. By developing a new biophoton detection method, called in situ biophoton autography (IBA), we have investigated biophotonic activities in rat spinal nerve roots in vitro. We found that different spectral light stimulation (infrared, red, yellow, blue, green and white) at one end of the spinal sensory or motor nerve roots resulted in a significant increase in the biophotonic activity at the other end. Such effects could be significantly inhibited by procaine (a regional anaesthetic for neural conduction block) or classic metabolic inhibitors, suggesting that light stimulation can generate biophotons that conduct along the neural fibers, probably as neural communication signals. The mechanism of biophotonic conduction along neural fibers may be mediated by protein-protein biophotonic interactions. This study may provide a better understanding of the fundamental mechanisms of neural communication, the functions of the nervous system, such as vision, learning and memory, as well as the mechanisms of human neurological diseases.

Article Published Date : Mar 01, 2010

Study Type : Review


This article originally appeared on: Green Med Info

Global Domination and Databases

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/global_domination_and_databases_20130625/

Posted on Jun 25, 2013

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Coincidence of biophoton emission by wheat seedlings during simultaneous, transcontinental germination tests.

0

Abstract Title:

Coincidence of biophoton emission by wheat seedlings during simultaneous, transcontinental germination tests.

Abstract Source:

Protoplasma. 2013 Jun ;250(3):793-6. Epub 2012 Sep 26. PMID: 23011402

Abstract Author(s):

Cristiano M Gallep, Thiago A Moraes, Samuel R Dos Santos, Peter W Barlow

Article Affiliation:

School of Technology, University of Campinas, Limeira, SP, Brazil, gallep@ft.unicamp.br.

Abstract:

Measurements of spontaneous ultra-weak light (biophoton) emission from native Brazilian and German wheat seedlings in three simultaneous series of germination tests are presented, two run in Germany and one in Brazil. Seedlings in both countries presented semi-circadian rhythms of emission that were in accordance with the local lunisolar gravimetric tidal acceleration, as did seeds which had been transported from Brazil to Germany. The simultaneity of the photon emission patterns in all tests argues for the lunisolar tide and its rhythmic variations as regulators of the natural rhythm of photon emission. However, seedlings from seed samples transported from Brazil to Germany showed, in addition, a temporary disturbance within the emission periodicity which may indicate a possible short-term acclimatization to the new location.

Article Published Date : Jun 01, 2013

Study Type : Plant Study


This article originally appeared on: Green Med Info

Lunisolar tidal force and the growth of plant roots, and some other of its effects on plant movements.

0

BACKGROUND: Correlative evidence has often suggested that the lunisolar tidal force, to which the Sun contributes 30 % and the Moon 60 % of the combined gravitational acceleration, regulates a number of features of plant growth upon Earth. The time scales of the effects studied have ranged from the lunar day, with a period of approx. 24.8 h, to longer, monthly or seasonal variations.

SCOPE: We review evidence for a lunar involvement with plant growth. In particular, we describe experimental observations which indicate a putative lunar-based relationship with the rate of elongation of roots of Arabidopsis thaliana maintained in constant light. The evidence suggests that there may be continuous modulation of root elongation growth by the lunisolar tidal force. In order to provide further supportive evidence for a more general hypothesis of a lunisolar regulation of growth, we highlight similarly suggestive evidence from the time courses of (a) bean leaf movements obtained from kymographic observations; (b) dilatation cycles of tree stems obtained from dendrograms; and (c) the diurnal changes of wood-water relationships in a living tree obtained by reflectometry.

CONCLUSIONS: At present, the evidence for a lunar or a lunisolar influence on root growth or, indeed, on any other plant system, is correlative, and therefore circumstantial. Although it is not possible to alter the lunisolar gravitational force experienced by living organisms on Earth, it is possible to predict how this putative lunisolar influence will vary at times in the near future. This may offer ways of testing predictions about possible Moon-plant relationships. As for a hypothesis about how the three-body system of Earth-Sun-Moon could interact with biological systems to produce a specific growth response, this remains a challenge for the future. Plant growth responses are mainly brought about by differential movement of water across protoplasmic membranes in conjunction with water movement in the super-symplasm. It may be in this realm of water movements, or even in the physical forms which water adopts within cells, that the lunisolar tidal force has an impact upon living growth systems.

This article originally appeared on: Green Med Info

Increased photon emission from the head while imagining light in the dark is correlated with changes in electroencephalographic power: support for Bókkon's biophoton hypothesis.

0

Abstract Title:

Increased photon emission from the head while imagining light in the dark is correlated with changes in electroencephalographic power: support for Bókkon’s biophoton hypothesis.

Abstract Source:

Neurosci Lett. 2012 Apr 4 ;513(2):151-4. Epub 2012 Feb 17. PMID: 22343311

Abstract Author(s):

B T Dotta, K S Saroka, M A Persinger

Article Affiliation:

Behavioural Neuroscience Program, Laurentian University, Sudbury, Ontario, Canada P3E 2C6.

Abstract:

Bókkon’s hypothesis that photons released from chemical processes within the brain produce biophysical pictures during visual imagery has been supported experimentally. In the present study measurements by a photomultiplier tube also demonstrated significant increases in ultraweak photon emissions (UPEs) or biophotons equivalent to about 5×10(-11)W/m(2) from the right sides of volunteer’s heads when they imagined light in a very dark environment compared to when they did not. Simultaneous variations in regional quantitative electroencephalographic spectral power (μV(2)/Hz) and total energy in the range of ∼10(-12)J from concurrent biophoton emissions were strongly correlated (r=0.95). The calculated energy was equivalent to that associated with action potentials from about 10(7) cerebral cortical neurons. We suggest these results support Bókkon’s hypothesis that specific visual imagery is strongly correlated with ultraweak photon emission coupled to brain activity.

Article Published Date : Apr 04, 2012

Study Type : Review


This article originally appeared on: Green Med Info

Myanmar bans Time for story on monk

0

The Myanmar government has banned this weekâ„¢s issue of Time magazine because of its cover story, which is about an extremist Buddhist monk accused of promoting violence against Muslims in the country.

On Tuesday, Myanmar government spokesman Ye Htut posted news of the ban on his Facebook page.

The latest issue of Time magazine features a picture of the radical Buddhist monk Wirathu on the cover with the headline Å“The Face of Buddhist Terror.”

“The article entitled ‘The Face of Buddhist Terror’ in Time magazine July 1 issue is prohibited from being produced, sold or and distributed in original copy or photocopy in order to prevent further racial and religious conflicts,” Ye Htut said.

Rohingya Muslims have been denied Myanmar citizenship since a new citizenship law was enacted in 1982, and there have been a number of attacks on Rohingyas over the past year.

And the situation has recently deteriorated for the other Muslims of Myanmar.

The violence that originally targeted Rohingya Muslims in western Myanmar is beginning to spread to other parts of the country, where Muslims who have been granted citizenship are now being attacked, according to the website burmamuslims.org.

About 800,000 Rohingyas in the western state of Rakhine are deprived of citizenship rights due to the policy of discrimination that has denied them the right of citizenship and made them vulnerable to acts of violence and persecution, expulsion, and displacement.

The Myanmar government has so far refused to extricate the stateless Rohingyas from their citizenship limbo, despite international pressure to give them a legal status.

Rohingya Muslims have faced torture, neglect, and repression in Myanmar for many years.

Hundreds of Rohingyas are believed to have been killed and thousands displaced in recent attacks by extremists who call themselves Buddhists.

The extremists frequently attack Rohingyas and have set fire to their homes in several villages in Rakhine. Myanmar army forces allegedly provided the fanatics containers of petrol for torching the houses of Muslim villagers, who were then forced to flee.

Myanmarâ„¢s government has been accused of failing to protect the Muslim minority.

Myanmar opposition leader Aung San Suu Kyi has also come under fire for her stance on the violence. The Nobel Peace laureate has refused to censure the Myanmar military for its persecution of the Rohingyas, although she recently condemned the decision by local officials in Rakhine state to enforce a two-child policy on Rohingya Muslims.

Rohingyas are said to be Muslim descendants of Persian, Turkish, Bengali, and Pathan origin, who migrated to Myanmar as early as the 8th century.

Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch have issued separate statements, calling on Myanmar to take action to protect the Rohingya Muslim population against extremists.

NT/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

‘Syrian push against rebels jolts Saudi’

0

Saudi Arabia is trembling with fear because of the Syrian armyâ„¢s recent successes against the foreign-sponsored militants, Syrian Information Minister Omran al-Zoubi says.

In a meeting with US Secretary of State John Kerry in Jeddah, Saudi Arabian Foreign Minister Saud al-Faisal insisted that the militants in Syria must be armed with anti-aircraft and anti-tank weapons.

In Damascus, Zoubi said that the Saudi weapons and money is the main reason behind bloodshed in Syria, adding that Faisal “is lost in the Syrian blood.”

“No blame for Saud al-Faisal if he considered Syria as an occupied land and Palestine is liberated as his punctured memory and illusory dreams control his discourse,” Zoubi added, commenting on Saudi ministerâ„¢s recent statements.

The Syrian information minister also said that the kingdom has no role to play in Syriaâ„¢s political future.

In addition, Zoubi said that Saudi Arabiaâ„¢s policies on Syria do not reflect the wishes of its people, who are friendly towards the Syrians.

The Syria crisis began in March 2011, and many people, including large numbers of government forces, have been killed.

Damascus says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

The Syrian government says the West and its regional allies — especially Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey — are supporting the militants.

In addition, several international human rights organizations say the militants operating in Syria have committed war crimes.

GJH/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Iran to incinerate 100 tons of illicit drugs

0

Over 10 tons of illicit drugs are incinerated in the southern Iranian province of Hormozgan. (file photo)

Iran will burn over 100 tons of illicit drugs this week as part of its efforts to curb drug abuse and drug trafficking.

The seized drugs will be incinerated in Tehran and 16 other provinces on Wednesday on the occasion of the United Nations International Day against Drug Abuse and Illicit Trafficking, the Fars News Agency reported.

Iran lies on a transit corridor between opium-producing Afghanistan and drug dealers and abusers in Europe. To counter drug trafficking, the Iranian government has deployed thousands of security personnel along its eastern borders and has erected over 1,000 kilometers of embankments, canals, trenches, and cement walls.

Since the victory of the Islamic Revolution in 1979, about 3,750 Iranian security personnel have lost their lives in the countryâ„¢s relentless anti-drug campaign.

MHB/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

100,000 to protest before Brazil match

0

Security forces stand guard outside Mineirao stadium in Belo Horizonte on June 25, 2013.

About 100,000 people are expected to hold a protest before a match between Brazil and Uruguay on Wednesday.

On Tuesday, the Associated Press quoted unnamed officials as saying that they were expecting confrontations with the demonstrators before the semifinal match of Confederations Cup due to be held in Belo Horizonte, the capital of Minas Gerais in the southeast of the country.

The demonstrators say they are angry at the vast amount of public money being spent on preparations for hosting next yearâ„¢s World Cup. They argue that the government should instead spend public funds on health, education, and other public services.

There were no major protests in Belo Horizonte on Tuesday, but some groups of people closed three main roads of the city, which has seen some of the most violent clashes between police and demonstrators since protests began.

Also on Tuesday, FIFA said in a statement that the match would be held as scheduled, but security has been increased because of the protests.

“FIFA is in constant contact with local authorities and has full trust in the security arrangement that have been made,” FIFA said.

Minas Gerais officials said they would increase the number of law enforcement officials, dispatched to deal with the protests near Mineirao stadium, to 6,000.

Romulo de Carvalho Ferraz, the state official in charge of security, also told the Brazilian media that 1,500 army troops would also be on stand-by.

Brazilian striker Frederico Chaves Guedes, better known by his nickname Fred, said he was Å“in favor of the protests.”

“The people deserve better. But it has to be done without violence and without vandalism. Hopefully the demonstrations will be peaceful tomorrow, without confrontations with the police,” Fred said.

NT/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

EU-Turkey talks delayed over crackdown

0

German Foreign Minister Guido Westerwelle (L) talks with Swedish Foreign Minister Carl Bildt (C) and Polish Foreign Minister Radoslaw Sikorski during a meeting of European Union foreign ministers in Luxembourg on June 25, 2013.

The European Union has decided to defer accession talks with Turkey until later this year over Ankara’s violent crackdown on nationwide anti-government protests.

On Tuesday, EU foreign ministers meeting in Luxembourg supported a German proposal to delay the new round of Turkeyâ„¢s membership negotiations, which had been scheduled to resume on Wednesday, pending an October report by the European Commission on Turkeyâ„¢s progress in reforms and human rights.

Negotiations on Turkeyâ„¢s EU bid, which began in 2005, have been stalled since June 2010, six months after Cyprus blocked talks on six chapters of the bid. Last October, a report by the European Commission also raised concerns about democracy and human rights in Turkey.

Germany, Austria and the Netherlands, among other EU member states, blocked the talks to criticize the government of Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan for its handling of the antigovernment protests, which began on May 31 after police broke up a sit-in held at Istanbul’s Taksim Square to protest against the proposal to demolish Gezi Park.

The protesters say Gezi Park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is one of Istanbul’s last green public spaces.

Five people, including a police officer, have reportedly died in the clashes and more than 5,000 protesters and 600 police officers have been wounded.

As part of the ongoing crackdown, Turkish police detained at least 20 people in the capital Ankara on Tuesday on suspicion of attacking security forces during the unrest in Istanbul. Police also arrested at least 31 people over the weekend on charges of organizing demonstrations and damaging public property.

“While we have been disturbed by the reaction to the recent peaceful protests in Turkey, I believe that the EU accession process is the most effective tool we have in influencing the reform agenda in Turkey. EU-inspired reforms have facilitated the increasing space for peaceful protest and dissenting voices,” said Irish Foreign Minister Eamon Gilmore, who chaired the meeting of the 27-nation bloc.

Gilmore went on to say that the Å“protests have also shown that Turkey needs further reform,” adding that the resumption of accession negotiations will Å“allow the EU to continue contributing to shaping the direction of future reform in Turkey.”

MHB/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

BBC lead provocateur in Turkey: Erdogan

0

Turkish Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan has accused the British state-run broadcaster BBC of being part of an international conspiracy to destabilize Turkey.

In an address to parliament in the capital Ankara on Tuesday, Erdogan said that certain foreign powers, international monetary institutions and media outlets are responsible for the anti-government protests that have swept the country since May 31, adding that the unrest was planned to prevent Turkey’s rise.

He stated that foreign media outlets, particularly BBC, were lead provocateurs.

“From the start, some people, internally and externally, have tried to portray the protests as totally innocent and just, and the police of having systematically used force,” Erdogan said. “Certain media in Turkey were lead provocateurs. The foreign media took part in these operations.”

The Turkish prime minister also targeted BBC reporter Selin Girit, accusing her of conspiring against the country.

Erdogan stated that the same conspiracy was also hatched against Brazil, saying Turkey and Brazil both had paid off their debts to the International Monetary Fund.

Over the past two weeks, hundreds of thousands of people have held dozens of demonstrations in Brazil to protest against the billions of dollars being spent on next year’s FIFA World Cup. The protesters have accused the government of wasting money and neglecting health, education, and transport.

On Saturday, Erdogan blamed the waves of anti-government protests in Turkey and Brazil on foreign plots to destabilize the countries.

“The same game is now being played over Brazil,” Erdogan said. “The symbols are the same, the posters are the same, Twitter, Facebook are the same, the international media is the same. They (the protests) are being led from the same center,” he said.

“They are doing their best to achieve in Brazil what they could not achieve in Turkey. It’s the same game, the same trap, the same aim,” Erdogan added.

The unrest in Turkey began on May 31 after police broke up a sit-in held at the Taksim Square to protest against the proposal to demolish Gezi Park.

The protesters say Gezi Park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is one of Istanbul’s last green public spaces.

Four people, including a police officer, have died in the clashes and more than 5,000 protesters and 600 police officers have been injured.

Six injured protesters are in critical condition and 11 people have lost their eyesight during the police crackdown.

GJH/AS

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Mandela family holds meeting in Qunu

0

People place flowers for Nelson Mandela outside the Medi-Clinic Heart Hospital in Pretoria on June 25, 2013.

The family of Nelson Mandela has gathered in his rural hometown in eastern South Africa on the third day the countryâ„¢s former president spent in critical condition.

On Tuesday, members of Mandelaâ„¢s family and tribal elders held a meeting at his home in the village of Qunu in Eastern Cape province, 600 miles (1,000 kilometers) south of Johannesburg.

No details have been released about what was discussed at the meeting.

Mandelaâ„¢s grandsons Mandla and Ndaba Mandela also attended the gathering.

According to some reports, some of the elders in the area were only informed of the meeting shortly before it was held.

“Many of us in the village were not aware, and we were only told this morning, so a number of Mandela elders still need to be transported to Qunu for the meeting,” Silumko Mandela, a relative, said earlier in the day.

A military helicopter was also seen hovering near the house where the meeting took place.

Meanwhile, many of Mandelaâ„¢s supporters have gathered outside the Medi-Clinic Heart Hospital in Pretoria, where he is battling for his life.

They chanted Mandelaâ„¢s name, hung signs of support on bulletin boards, and left flowers.

“He is our hero. He is my mentor, my father. He is everything to me. But when it is his time, we wish his soul could just rest. He spent so long in jail and struggling,” one of the supporters said.

On June 8, Mandela was taken to hospital to be treated for a recurring lung infection.

On Tuesday, South African President Jacob Zuma issued a statement, saying that doctors are doing their best to ensure Mandelaâ„¢s recovery and comfort.

“We must support him and support his family,” Zuma said, adding, “We must demonstrate our love and appreciation for his leadership during the struggle for liberation and in our first few years of freedom and democracy by living out his legacy and promoting unity, non-racialism, non-sexism and prosperity in our country.”

The Nobel Peace laureate, who led the country to democracy in 1994, left office in 1999 after serving one term as president.

Seen as South Africaâ„¢s moral compass, the highly revered leader announced his retirement from public life in 2004, but continued to make a few public appearances.

NT/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Mandela family holds meeting in Qunu

0

People place flowers for Nelson Mandela outside the Medi-Clinic Heart Hospital in Pretoria on June 25, 2013.

The family of Nelson Mandela has gathered in his rural hometown in eastern South Africa on the third day the countryâ„¢s former president spent in critical condition.

On Tuesday, members of Mandelaâ„¢s family and tribal elders held a meeting at his home in the village of Qunu in Eastern Cape province, 600 miles (1,000 kilometers) south of Johannesburg.

No details have been released about what was discussed at the meeting.

Mandelaâ„¢s grandsons Mandla and Ndaba Mandela also attended the gathering.

According to some reports, some of the elders in the area were only informed of the meeting shortly before it was held.

“Many of us in the village were not aware, and we were only told this morning, so a number of Mandela elders still need to be transported to Qunu for the meeting,” Silumko Mandela, a relative, said earlier in the day.

A military helicopter was also seen hovering near the house where the meeting took place.

Meanwhile, many of Mandelaâ„¢s supporters have gathered outside the Medi-Clinic Heart Hospital in Pretoria, where he is battling for his life.

They chanted Mandelaâ„¢s name, hung signs of support on bulletin boards, and left flowers.

“He is our hero. He is my mentor, my father. He is everything to me. But when it is his time, we wish his soul could just rest. He spent so long in jail and struggling,” one of the supporters said.

On June 8, Mandela was taken to hospital to be treated for a recurring lung infection.

On Tuesday, South African President Jacob Zuma issued a statement, saying that doctors are doing their best to ensure Mandelaâ„¢s recovery and comfort.

“We must support him and support his family,” Zuma said, adding, “We must demonstrate our love and appreciation for his leadership during the struggle for liberation and in our first few years of freedom and democracy by living out his legacy and promoting unity, non-racialism, non-sexism and prosperity in our country.”

The Nobel Peace laureate, who led the country to democracy in 1994, left office in 1999 after serving one term as president.

Seen as South Africaâ„¢s moral compass, the highly revered leader announced his retirement from public life in 2004, but continued to make a few public appearances.

NT/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Officer Pleads Guilty to Assualt, Blames Female Grope-Down on PTSD

1

“I saw a lot of violence, extreme violence and was put in situations that were extremely dangerous”

Adan Salazar
Infowars.com
June 25, 2013

An Auburn, Wa. police officer was fired but faced no jail time after blaming perverted acts committed during a traffic stop on his post traumatic stress disorder, yet another sterling example of how members of law enforcement often face trivial punishments amounting to little more than slaps on the wrist due to their perceived status within the community.

The incident took place on January 27, and the victim, Hannah Thompson, says she hasn’t been able to travel within her own town comfortably ever since.

Former officer John Michael Clemmons began following Thompson’s car one night from a bar near her home. He tailed her all the way home where she exited her vehicle, but she was ordered to get back inside. According to Thompson, the officer never flashed on his patrol lights.

Clemmons began administering roadside sobriety tests, and next handcuffed Thompson, placing her in the back of his squad car. It was there, Thompson says, that he began an invasive search, which included sticking his hands down the front of her pants in an alleged attempt to look for drugs.

“He put it (his hand) directly down my shirt and moved it around below the wire in my bra, then he put his hands knuckle-deep into my pants. He moved it right to left and then down to the front,” Thompson told Fox affiliate Q13.

Thompson also says the officer used his flashlight to look inside her pants, and later asked if he could enter her residence for additional information after mentioning her license was suspended.

After her handcuffs were removed, “She said no and he reached around her and grabbed her buttocks, again asking to go in the residence,” reported The News Tribune.

On Monday, Clemmons pleaded guilty to fourth-degree assault, but instead of jail time, was mandated 80 hours of community service and a deferred sentence of 24 months.

Clemmons, a war veteran who earned two purple hearts, likely won sympathy from the judge by blaming his nefarious actions on combat-related PTSD. “I saw a lot of violence, extreme violence and was put in situations that were extremely dangerous,” Clemmons said.

In court, Thompson expressed the extent to which that night has adversely affected her state of mind, and condemned police who showed up in support of Clemmons, saying, “I don’t feel safe in Auburn at all, especially when these other officers are in court to support him and I don’t feel safe when I still live in Auburn.”

Indeed, there must be scores of policemen and women who are decent human beings and compassionate people, but their courage and good deeds are unfortunately overshadowed by the despicable acts of those who embrace the thug, gang member-like, brute-cult mentality of the blue code of silence.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 25, 2013 at 6:07 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

23 die in another day of carnage in Iraq

0

Iraqis inspect the aftermath of a car bomb attack in Baghdad, June 25, 2013.

Twenty-three people have been killed and dozens others injured in several attacks across Iraq, according to Iraqi security and hospital sources.

All of the deadly incidents occurred on Tuesday.

In the northern city of Tuz Khormato, two bombers detonated explosives near Turkmen protesters who had set up tents, killing 11 people and injuring 42 others.

Among the dead were two Turkmen leaders, Ahmed Abdel-Wahed and Ali Hashem Mukhtar Oglou.

According to Ali Abdul-Rahman, a spokesman for the Salahuddin provincial governor, the protesters were demanding better security for the Turkmen following recent attacks on the community.

“Protesters were gathering near the coffin of a man who died of serious injuries from a previous bomb in the town, when suddenly a powerful blast hit the protest tent, throwing people away,” said a policeman, who was also injured in the attack.

“I saw some people hugging bodies covered with blood and crying in grief,” the policeman added.

In another attack, gunmen fired shots at a bus carrying Shia religious tourists from the town of Musayyib to the town of Iskandariyah, killing five people, according to police and hospital officials.

The incident occurred about 55 kilometers (35 miles) south of Baghdad.

In the al-Amin neighborhood of southeastern Baghdad, gunmen in a speeding car fired on a church, injuring three guards, according to police officers.

In the Zafaraniyah neighborhood of southeastern Baghdad, a minibus was bombed, leaving three passengers dead and five others injured, according to police and hospital officials.

In the northern city of Mosul, a bomb exploded in a teashop, killing four people and injuring 15.

The incidents are the latest in a string of attacks across Iraq that have left more than 2,000 people dead since the beginning of April.

On June 24, at least 42 people were killed and dozens injured in ten car bomb attacks.

On June 23, eleven people were killed in several attacks.

On June 22, twenty-four people, mostly Shia Muslims, were killed and many others injured.

On June 19, thirty-one people were killed in two coordinated bomb attacks inside and near a Shia mosque in Baghdad.

And on June 16, fifty-one people lost their lives and many others were injured in a spate of attacks across the country.

GJH/HGL

This article originally appeared on: Press TV

Gutting the Voting Rights Act

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

No matter how you parse it, the Supreme Court’s decision Tuesday in Shelby County v. Holder is a constitutional train wreck of historic proportions. But unlike most such disasters, this is one we saw coming.

Related Entries

This article originally appeared on: TruthDig

Beach Goers Sign Petition to Ban Christian Symbols from Public View

0

Satirical petitioner wages war against free speech while wearing a Ron Paul t-shirt.

Kit Daniels
Infowars.com
June 25, 2013

With the name Ron Paul emblazoned across his chest, media analyst and political activist Mark Dice asked California beach goers to sign a petition banning Christian symbols from public view.

“In your own home, it’s fine,” Dice said to a lady as she scribbled her name onto his clipboard. “But once you come out in public, you’re on public property.”

“I’m with you,” the lady said.

“No First Amendment for the Christians anymore, right?” Dice asked hypothetically.

“Ha ha ha ha, I’m with you,” the lady emphasized.

Another signer offered his own input. “My neighbors, every year for Christmas, they put up this big, old thing; it offends me,” he said, seemingly oblivious that Christmas is a religious holiday.

This isn’t the first time Dice has used faux petition drives to show the trance-like, “us vs. them” mentality prevalent in the general public. Earlier this month Dice asked beach goers to support the Holocaust Beach Party. Dice has also “pushed” a petition to repeal the Second Amendment.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 25, 2013 at 5:20 pm

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Time for an Economy Of, By and For the People

0

The reaction to Ben Bernanke suggestion that it may be time to wind down the easy money policies which have been injecting $85 billion into the hands of Wall Street each month show that the ‘recovery’ has been a fraud.

In the weeks since the Fed chairman first indicated that the central bank might start to pare back its support for the economy, markets in Asia, Europe and Latin America have fallen more than 6 percent while in the United States, they have fallen 4 percent.

There is a lot of opposition to this plan to end easy access to money. In a statement explaining his dissent from the Fed’s announcement, James Bullard, president of the Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, claimed it looked like it was based on a calendar rather than on the state of the economy.

Paul Krugman wrote that Bernanke’s timing is off because we’re in a “low-grade depression.” He points to high unemployment, high underemployment and millions of Americans dropping out of the job market as well as low inflation as indicators that it is too soon to cut access to money. Jared Bernstein, a former Obama economic adviser, adds that it is too soon to shift from the jobs deficit to the budget deficit and the Fed may be making the same mistake as Congress.

But, there are signs that perhaps Bernanke is right and the real failure is Obama and Congress. The much vaulted housing “recovery” has been fueled by easy money that allowed investors to buy houses cheap which, when combined with banks holding properties in foreclosure off the market, has resulted in rising prices. In the Guardian, Heidi Moore points out that “double digit rises” in housing prices are not sustainable especially when “house prices are rising when the rest of the economy is languishing; that’s either a sign of an overheated market or some external manipulation.”  Economist Dean Baker warns, we seem to be in a new housing bubble and “we may be in for another round of very bad news if interest rates ever return to more normal levels.”

So, both the stock market bubble and the housing bubble, fueled by the Fed’s cheap money policies, may be coming to an end. Optimists pointed to these as the bright signs in the “recovery,” but now we are seeing that they are really a mirage based on the Fed injecting massive amounts of money into the economy.

The reason there is no recovery has been evident to many — the White House and Congress have not put in place policies to create a real recovery. Their focus on reducing the deficit, which has proven to not be based on sound research or an understanding of economic history, starved the country of what it needed most — job creation and rising wages.  Instead the people got policies that caused stagnant wages and budget cuts that the IMF this week called “senseless and ill-designed.”

The failure to enact a minimum wage has really meant that already underpaid workers are seeing their income shrink and a recovery cannot be built on shrinking income of workers. In addition, the big banks are finding new ways to rip-off low wage workers.  In Bloomberg, Venture capitalist Neil Hanauer makes “The Capitalist’s Case for a $15 Minimum Wage,” writing: “In a capitalist system, rising inequalitycreates a death spiral of falling demand that ultimately takes everyone down.” He calls for $15 per hour because if wages had kept up with productivity gains since 1968, the minimum would be $21.72. His suggestion is $6 more than the inadequate Obama proposal.

Felix Salmon points out that this would immediately increase the incomes of 51 million Americans — Americans who need the money and would spend it quickly. In addition, it would stop poverty-wage employers like Walmart from eating up government resources, tax payer-funded services such as food stamps and health care. (Instead, Obama has nominated a Walmart cheerleader to head his economic advisers.) In addition, a $15 minimum wage would create jobs and serve as a much-needed $450 billion stimulus. Indeed, a global minimum wage that is at least half the median income of a country and above its poverty level, would end poverty and provide a foundation for the global economy.

In addition to raising wages, as there is certainly no wage inflation, there is a desperate need for job creation programs by the government. As Robert Reich writes, we need a national economic strategy for better jobs.

Of course, the people have wanted to see the government invest in good job creation for a long time.  A Gallup poll this week found that 72 percent of Americans want to see investment in infrastructure which would create many jobs. But, in the failed representative democracy of the United States, the people are not heard. A report this week by Transportation for America found one in nine US bridges is structurally deficient. The American Society of Civil Engineers says $3.6 trillion in investments in infrastructure are needed by 2020. Wouldn’t this type of spending, rather than cheap money for the banks through the Fed, do more to grow the real economy?

The second area where job creation is needed is to create a clean energy economy. The United States is at a crossroads. The “all of the above” path Obama and Congress have us on will lead to environmental devastation through extreme energy extraction. Radical energy sources like oil from tar sands, methane gas from hydro-fracking, coal from mountain top removal, oil from deep off-shore drilling and nuclear from uranium mining is making the United States ground zero for the dirtiest energy on Earth.

Energy experts tell us in addition to environmental collapse, this approach will not solve the energy crisis. The only thing that will is accelerated development of clean, renewable energy. The first step in this transition is a crash program to reduce waste, increase efficiency and use less energy. All of this will create thousands and thousands of jobs. And, it will help reduce the wealth divide. Rather than subsidizing corporations where money is funneled to the top, the new energy economy will distribute energy creation down to every home, business, parking lot and public building. Democratized energy production means wealth for all, not for a few.

The misdirection of government and the economy have deep roots. The shift started to accelerate in the late 1970s when President Carter preached austerity and privatization, only to be outdone by President Reagan and succeeding presidents. This was a time when social programs were put on the chopping block and the rich and corporations saw their taxes reduced. This was a key phase in the great unraveling of the US economy.

Today we see this looting class scamming consumers and the government doing nothing to stop it. In court, we are hearing how Bank of America gave bonuses to staff for foreclosing on houses and encouraged a culture of dishonesty. And, we’re seeing public schools starved, closed and privatized; college students being pushed into debt, professors turned into adjuncts while administrators get cheap loans for vacation homes;  and government services like Medicaid being privatized as well. Privatization means good paying government jobs are lost, people become unemployed while consumers pay more to cover corporate profit.

But, because of increases in technology that replace workers, we need to face a very important reality that is never discussed — there may never be enough jobs. This requires a re-thinking of jobs and income. In the short run we should be talking about shorter work weeks at the same pay, but in the longer run we need to put in place programs that create a guaranteed national income above the poverty line.

This basic income guarantee would be a way to end poverty, making many government programs for the poor unnecessary. As Milton Freidman said “We should replace the ragbag of specific welfare programs with a single comprehensive program of income supplements in cash – a negative income tax.”We have long suggested that we should transform corporate welfare into taxpayer investment, so that when taxpayers fund the new economy they get a share of the profit like any investor. This would build on the more than three decades of the successful experience of the Alaska Permanent Trust which shares the wealth from oil found on public lands with residents of the state.

The current economy funnels money to the wealthiest (even casinos are getting bailouts); as a result the US middle class is shrinking. In fact, a report this week rates the US middle class as the 27th wealthiest in the world. There are a series of policies, some discussed in this article, that would reverse this trend and create a foundation for a 21st century economy.

The reality is the crisis of big finance, corporate capitalism is an opportunity to put in place a new economic democracy. Actually, we would be accelerating what is already happening as 130 million Americans are already part of some type of cooperative, including bank cooperatives (credit unions) and people are putting in a wide range of economic democracy models at the local level.  The crisis of capitalism is an opportunity for an economy consistent with the ideals of American democracy — an economy, of, by and for the people.

This article is based on a weekly newsletter for ItsOurEconomy.us. To sign up for the free newsletter, click here.

Kevin Zeese JD and Margaret Flowers MD co-direct It’s Our Economy and are organizers of Popular Resistance.org.  They co-host Clearing the FOG on We Act Radio 1480 AM Washington, DC and on Economic Democracy Media. Their twitters are @KBZeese and @MFlowers8.

This article originally appeared on: Global Research

Colo. Civil Rights Body Rules Six-Year-Old Boy Can Use Girls' Restroom

0

A Colorado civil rights body ruled that an elementary school in Fountain, near Colorado Springs, discriminated against a six-year-old boy who identifies as a girl because school officials refused to allow him to use the girl’s restroom at the school. A report from the Colorado Civil Rights Division condemning the actions of officials at Eagleside Elementary School was released released June 23 by an attorney working with the parents of first grader Coy Mathis (shown, in red), who insist that their young son has identified as a female since early age.

Reuters News reported that the “transgendered” child had been allowed to use the girls’ restroom at the school until late in 2012, when the principal informed his parents that he would have to use the boys’ restroom or a unisex staff restroom. The parents ultimately withdrew their son from the school and promptly filed a discrimination complaint with the state.

The civil rights body’s report, signed by director Steven Chavez, said the Fountain-Fort Carson school district violated a state law that protects the rights of “transgendered” people. “Given the evolving research into the development of transgender persons, compartmentalizing a child as a boy or girl solely based on their visible anatomy is a simplistic approach to a difficult and complex issue,” read the report. It went on to criticize school officials for forcing Coy to “disregard her identity” when using the restroom. Their actions “also deprived her of the social interaction and bonding that commonly occurs in girls’ restrooms during these formative years, i.e., talking, sharing, and laughter,” the report continued.

Telling the young boy “that she must disregard her identity while performing one of the most essential human functions constitutes severe and pervasive treatment, and creates an environment that is objectively and subjectively hostile, intimidating, or offensive,” the report read.

Michael Silverman of the Transgender Legal Defense and Education Fund, which filed the complaint on behalf of the family, was predictably pleased with the ruling against the common-sense actions of the school officials, declaring that it “sends a loud and clear message that transgender students may not be targeted for discrimination and that they must be treated equally in school.”

Silverman noted that the decision by the Colorado discrimination authorities “is the first ruling in the nation that holds that transgender students be allowed to use bathrooms that match who they are.” He claimed that there are “thousands of families like the Mathises who are feeling relieved and vindicated that the commission ruled that Coy is a girl just like any other girl.”

In a statement before the ruling the school district said that the Mathis family had been unwilling to meet with school officials to discuss “reasonable proposals” to resolve the conflict. “The parents consistently indicated … that they would file a discrimination charge if the district did not completely acquiesce to their demands,” the statement said.

Following the ruling the district released a statement saying that school officials had “carefully considered the best interest of all children in the District, including Coy,” in their decision to allow Coy to use one of the several gender-neutral restrooms near his classroom. “We are disappointed with this opinion because it not only failed to address conflicts between statutory and regulatory provisions raised by the District, but failed to appreciate the unique circumstances that school districts must consider when faced with such situations,” the statement said.

Responding to the ruling, the boy’s mother, Kathryn Mathis, insisted that all she and her husband “ever wanted was for Coy’s school to treat her the same as other little girls. We are extremely happy that she now will be treated equally.” Added the mother: “We knew that this was discrimination. So it was validating to get the state to say ‘Yes, it is very clearly harassment,’ and they were doing something they shouldn’t have been doing.”

Mrs. Mathis added that when she told Coy the news, “she got this giant smile and her eyes bugged out. She said, ‘So I can go to school and make friends?’”

Peter Sprigg of the conservative Christian Family Research Council had a more traditional take on the ruling, saying it was “outrageous” that the state civil rights body had decided “the aberrant feelings of one individual are to be placed above the legitimate concerns of the vast majority of children.”

Sprigg told the Christian Post that the school was “exceedingly generous in affirming a lie by referring to a biological male as a ‘girl’ and allowing that child to dress as a girl. Astonishingly, even this generous accommodation did not satisfy the Transgender Legal Defense and Education Fund…. These activists have placed their radical social and political agenda ahead of the well-being of all the remaining students in the school.”

Photo of Coy Mathis: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Obama’s Climate Change Speech Ignores Science & EU Experience

0

President Obama was playing to his most extreme “green” constituency in his climate and energy speech at Georgetown University today, blasting global warming skeptics as “flat-earth society” ostriches with their heads in the sand. President Obama said he does not have “patience for anyone who denies that this problem is real.”

“We don’t have time for a meeting of the flat-Earth society,” Obama said. “Sticking your head in the sand might make you feel safer, but it’s not going to protect you from the coming storm.” Obama claimed that the call for urgent action to stem the threat of global warming is based on the “overwhelming judgment of science, of chemistry, of physics, and millions of measurements.”

The president apparently has not gotten the memos; his Oval Office staff must be keeping him in the dark concerning very important recent developments in climate science and even more significant developments in climate and energy policies. As we reported yesterday, some of the leading voices in the global warming alarmist choir have been admitting that the climate catastrophes predicted by the computer models have not materialized and that the alleged “scientific consensus” is a fraud. The influential British journal, The Economist, suggested in an article on June 20, that “the public has been systematically deceived” for years with all this talk of certainty and consensus about dire consequences attributed to man-made, or anthropogenic, global warming (AGW), and the supposed urgent need for drastic, costly, painful public policies to address the “crisis.”

“The planet is warming. Human activity is contributing to it,” Obama said in his Georgetown speech.

The president seems to be unaware that even top climate alarmists have admitted that there has been no evidence of global warming for at least the past 15 years. This absence of warming has been the source of much head scratching, debating, and theorizing in the climate activist circles. As we have reported, the UK Met Office and Professor Phil Jones, the former director of the Climate Research Unit (CRU) of the University of East Anglia, are among the many alarmists who have been forced to acknowledge the reality of the lack of any warming trend or crisis. The New American’s recent articles (see below) on the false consensus list dozens of top scientists who have defected from the alarmist ranks, and provide links showing literally thousands of scientists contest the warming theories President Obama champions as the basis for his energy policy proposals.

The president’s energy program, outlined in this White House Fact Sheet and detailed in “The President’s Climate Action Plan,” both released today, would place onerous new restrictions on coal fired power plants and other fossil fuels and would direct billions more dollars into funding “renewable energy” sources, such as solar and wind. As we have reported, these are policies that have already proven to be enormously wasteful here in the United States, and in Germany and other European nations (see here and here) have proven to be disastrous.

Photo of President Obama at Georgetown: AP Images

Related articles:

Cooking Climate Consensus Data: “97% of Scientists Affirm AGW” Debunked

German Firms Flee to U.S. to Avoid Staggering “Green” Energy Costs

Global Warming “Consensus”: Cooking the Books

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Energy Companies Entering War on Terror

0

Daniel J. Graeber
OilPrice.com
June 24, 2013

Norwegian energy company Statoil said last week it was forming a special operations division to handle emergency operations in response to a terrorist attack on a natural gas facility in Algeria. The company said it would double the amount of employees it had designated for existing security operations after reviewing the measures in place at the In Amenas gas facility. A January attack there left employees with Statoil and BP dead in what al-Qaida said was a response to French intervention in Mali. With the economy just as much a viable target as any, counter-terrorism may becoming more than just the military’s game.

A January attack by a division of al-Qaida in the Islamic Maghreb left several energy company employees and foreign fighters dead. The Algerian attack had the logistical support of Islamic fighters who traveled across the western border from Libya, still unsettled nearly two years after the revolution.

Statoil said last week it was forming a special unit in response to the attack as part of a comprehensive response to the tragedy. Operations at In Amenas resumed at a limited capacity after the attack for owners Statoil, BP and Algeria’s state energy company Sonatrach. French supermajor Total said it too was spending more on industry-wide security operations since the January attack. Natural gas production has declined more or less since 2005 for Algeria and lingering instability in the region suggests a turnaround isn’t likely in the medium term.

Read More

Sorry, NSA, Terrorists Don’t Use Verizon. Or Skype. Or Gmail.

0

Brian Merchant
Motherboard Vice
June 25, 2013

The NSA has to collect the metadata from all of our phone calls because terrorists, right? And the spy agency absolutely must intercept Skypes you conduct with folks out-of-state, or else terrorism. It must sift through your iCloud data and Facebook status updates too, because Al Qaeda.

Terrorists are everywhere, they are legion, they are dangerous, and, unfortunately, they don’t really do any of the stuff described above.

Even though the still-growing surveillance state that sprung up in the wake of 9/11 was enacted almost entirely to “fight terrorism,” reports show that the modes of communication that agencies like the NSA are targeting are scarcely used by terrorists at all.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 25, 2013 at 4:38 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Benefits Slashing or Privatization Ultimatum Hits New Jersey Toll Workers

0

Photo: MPD01605/cc/flickrGive up some of your benefits, or your job will be privatized.

This was the message dealt New Jersey toll managers and supervisors, who ultimately escaped privatization of their jobs in exchange for the sacrifice.

The state’s Record reports on Tuesday that the workers’ new contract “strips them of snow bonuses, reimbursed commuting expenses and other benefits the Christie administration deemed excessive.”

A similar ultimatum happened two years ago, when, the paper continues, “the toll workers agreed to take a dramatic pay cut and to surrender several other benefits over two years” after a privatization threat.

“We’ve already given back huge pay cuts. How much more would it be fair to bleed?” the Record quotes Franceline Ehret, president of Local 194, as saying.

____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

This article originally appeared on: Common Dreams

Justice Thomas Likens Affirmative Action to Segregation Laws

0

The rationale of the University of Texas for using race as a factor in determining who will be admitted to the school “echoes” legal arguments made by segregationists in previous decades, wrote Justice Clarence Thomas in his opinion in the U.S Supreme Court decision issued Monday on a constitutional challenge to the university’s affirmative action program.

In a 7-1 decision, the court reaffirmed its holding in an affirmative action case of a decade ago, ruling that race may be considered among other factors in an admissions policy to meet a “compelling state interest” in achieving a diverse student population. But it remanded to the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals in New Orleans the suit brought by Texas resident Abigail Fisher (shown), a white student who was denied admission to the University of Texas. Fisher claims her right to the constitutionally guaranteed “equal protection of the laws” was violated by the Austin university’s race-based consideration. Fisher’s suit was denied in both the federal district court and appeals court level, but the Supreme Court Monday instructed the appeals court to reexamine the case, exercising the standard of “strict scrutiny” to determine if the racial consideration is necessary to achieve the goal of educational diversity. Thomas was one of the seven justices agreeing on the remand, but his concurring opinion indicated he would rather send the court’s affirmative action rulings to the dustbin of overturned precedents. Thomas wrote:

Unfortunately for the University, the educational benefits flowing from student body diversity – assuming they exist – hardly qualify as a compelling state interest. Indeed, the argument that educational benefits justify racial discrimination was advanced in support of racial segregation in the 1950’s, but emphatically rejected by this Court. And just as the alleged educational benefits of segregation were insufficient to justify racial discrimination then … the alleged educational benefits of diversity cannot justify racial discrimination today.

The admissions program at issue was begun by the University of Texas in the 1990s. It grants automatic admission to any applicant whose academic ranking in secondary school places the student in the top 10 percent of his or her graduating class. That accounts for 90 percent of the new enrollees. Admission to the remaining 10 percent of the available slots takes into consideration academic achievement, as well as a number of other factors, including racial and ethnic diversity. Fisher says she was rejected in favor of less qualified minority students because she is white. The legal challenge claims a violation of her civil rights under the 14th Amendment guarantee that no state may “deny to any person within its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.” Race-based discrimination was also outlawed by the 1964 Civil Rights Act.

In writing the opinion of the court, Justice Anthony Kennedy affirmed the court’s 2003 ruling in Grutter v. Bollinger, finding the race-based factor in the admissions policy at the University of Michigan Law School was acceptable in advancing a “compelling state interest” in promoting a diverse educational experience. That, he said, remains a “given.” What is new is the strict scrutiny requirement that places the burden on the university to demonstrate that it is not possible to achieve that diversity without factoring in the racial component. 

“The reviewing court must ultimately be satisfied that no workable race-neutral alternative would produce the educational benefits of diversity,” Kennedy wrote. Justice Ruth Bader Ginsburg, arguing against the remand, cast the lone dissenting vote. Justice Elena Kagan, who worked on the Department of Justice defense of the university’s position while serving as solicitor general, recused herself from the case.

“As the thorough opinions below show, the University’s admissions policy flexibly considers race only as ‘a ‘factor of a factor of a factor of a factor’ in the calculus” used in determining admissions, Ginsburg wrote, disputing the need for the “strict scrutiny” requirement. 

At the heart of the Equal Protection Clause is “the principle that the government must treat citizens as individuals and not as members of racial, ethnic, or religious groups,” wrote Thomas. “It is for this reason that we must subject all racial classifications to the strictest of scrutiny.”

In his autobiography, Thomas acknowledged that his own admission to Yale Law School was based in part on the school’s affirmative action program, a point not lost on supporters of the policy. 

“I don’t expect Clarence Thomas to ever support affirmative action even though he was the beneficiary of affirmative action,” Marc Morial, president and CEO of the National Urban League told U.S. News & World Report. “But this case is not over. The good news is that the case did not overrule the compelling necessity of diversity in college admissions. And so I hope we’re going to see this case again in the Supreme Court in two or three years.”

Some supporters of affirmative action seemed relieved that the court did not overthrow the policy by ruling it unconstitutional. “Today’s decision is an important victory for our nation’s ongoing work to build a more inclusive, diverse America,” said Wade Henderson, president of the Leadership Conference on Civil and Human Rights. “We believe that the University of Texas’s admissions policy is a carefully crafted one that will ultimately be upheld by the Court of Appeals.”

David Gans of the Constitutional Accountability Center commented that most court watchers were surprised by the narrowness of the decision. “The court backed away from the edge of the cliff today,” he told the Christian Science Monitor. The plaintiff, meanwhile, issued a statement thanking the court for moving a step closer to that precipice. Fisher said she was “grateful to the justices for moving the nation closer to the day when a student’s race isn’t used at all in college admissions.”

Carrie Severino, chief counsel for the Judicial Crisis Network, said the decision moves the court “one step closer to agreeing with the countless parents who simply want their children to be evaluated on the basis of their character and hard work.”

Photo of Abigail Fisher: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

World Bank urged to end economic study

0

The National
June 25, 2013

An internal review has thrown into question the validity of the World Bank publishing a competitive economic ranking of countries according to how business-friendly they are.

An independent panel set up by the World Bank’s new president, Jim Yong Kim, to look at one of its highest profile country report said yesterday the bank should stop producing it because it may be misleading.

The bank’s annual “Doing Business” study judges 185 countries on 10 criteria and compiles an index on the ease of doing business, assigning each country a rank. The rankings can carry huge weight with governments.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 25, 2013 at 4:04 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

TV Host Confronted with 9/11 Truth

0

Infowars.com
June 25, 2013

On C-SPAN’s Washington Journal show, callers question host Steve Scully, pundits, and legislators about the controlled demolition on Sept. 11, 2001:

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Friend: Michael Hastings Was Working on “Biggest Story Yet” About CIA

1

Sgt. Joe Biggs says journalist would never have driven at high speed

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
June 25, 2013

A friend of Michael Hastings told Fox News today that the Rolling Stone journalist was working on the “the biggest story yet” about the CIA before his suspicious death and that Hastings drove “like a grandma,” making it extremely out of character for him to be speeding in the early hours of the morning.

Sgt. Joe Biggs told Fox News’ Megyn Kelly that “something didn’t feel right” after Hastings sent a panicked email saying the authorities were on his tail, adding that the story of him driving at high speed in the early hours of the morning was completely out of character.

“His friends and family that know him, everyone says he drives like a grandma, so that right there doesn’t seem like something he’d be doing, there’s no way that he’d be acting erratic like that and driving out of control,” said Biggs, adding that “things don’t add up, there’s a lot of questions that need to be answered.”

Biggs said he had contacted Mercedes asking them if it was normal for their cars to “blow up to that extent” and for the engine to fly out 100 feet from the site of the crash.

Biggs also confirmed that Hastings was working on a story about the CIA and that it was “going to be the biggest story yet.”

As we reported yesterday, questions surrounding the death of Hastings are not only the domain of conspiracy theorists. Former counter-terror czar under two different presidents Richard Clarke told the Huffington Post that the fatal crash of Hastings’ Mercedes C250 Coupe was “consistent with a car cyber attack.”

“So if there were a cyber attack on the car – and I’m not saying there was,” he said, adding “I think whoever did it would probably get away with it,” and that “intelligence agencies for major powers” have such capabilities.

Clarke’s speculation that Hastings’ vehicle could have been remotely hijacked is echoed by Salon.com’s Andrew Leonard, who cites two studies by researchers at the University of Washington and the University of California, San Diego, “Experimental Security Analysis of a Modern Vehicle,” and“Comprehensive Experimental Analyses of Automotive Attack Surfaces.”

The studies detail how “it is a relatively trivial exercise to access the computer systems of a modern car and take control away from the driver.”

Questions about the circumstances behind Hastings’ death have persisted because he made a number of enemies in positions of power.

After Wikileaks reported that Hastings had contacted them in the hours before his death complaining about being under investigation by the FBI, the federal agency denied the claim.

According to Hastings’ colleague Cenk Uygur, the writer was, “incredibly tense and very worried, and was concerned that the government was looking in on his material,” and also a “nervous wreck” in response to the surveillance of journalists revealed by the AP phone tapping scandal and the NSA PRISM scandal.

BuzzFeed editor Ben Smith added that Hastings had told friends and family “he was concerned that he was under investigation.”

Another close friend who wishes to remain anonymous said that Hastings was “very paranoid that he was being watched by the FBI.”

It subsequently emerged that Hastings had written a panicked email shortly before his death telling his friends and colleagues that he was going into hiding to escape the attention of the authorities.

“Hey – the feds are interviewing my “close friends and associates,” the message said. “Also: I’m onto a big story, and need to go off the [radar] for a bit.”

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 25, 2013 at 3:53 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Obama mocks skeptics of climate change as ‘flat-Earth society’

0

Justin Sink
The Hill
June 24, 2013

President Obama angrily blasted climate change skeptics during his energy policy speech Tuesday at Georgetown University, saying he lacked “patience for anyone who denies that this problem is real.”

“We don’t have time for a meeting of the flat-Earth society,” Obama said. “Sticking your head in the sand might make you feel safer, but it’s not going to protect you from the coming storm.”

Earlier in his remarks, Obama said the “overwhelming judgement of science, of chemistry, of physics, and millions of measurements” put “to rest” questions about pollution affecting the environment.
Read More

Army to cut brigades at 10 U.S. bases

0

CBS News
June 24, 2013

In a massive restructuring, the U.S. Army is slashing the number of active duty combat brigades from 45 to 33, and shifting thousands of soldiers out of bases around the country as it moves forward with a longtime plan to cut the size of the service by 80,000.

Officials say the sweeping changes would eliminate brigades at 10 Army bases in the U.S. by 2017, including in Texas, Kentucky, Georgia, Colorado, North Carolina, New York, Kansas and Washington. The Army will also cut thousands of other jobs across the service, including soldiers in units that support the brigades, and two brigades in Germany have already been scheduled for elimination.

Officials provided details on the plans on condition of anonymity because they were not authorized to discuss the matter publicly. An announcement is expected Tuesday afternoon. The Army is being reduced in size from a high of about 570,000 during the peak of the Iraq war to 490,000 as part of efforts to cut the budget and reflect the country’s military needs as the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan end. Additional reductions could be required if Congress allows automatic budget cuts to continue into next year.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 25, 2013 at 3:38 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Texas set to execute 500th prisoner

0

The state of Texas will execute its 500th death-row inmate since the Supreme Court ruled to allow capital punishment in 1976, marking a grim milestone for a state already notorious for its executions.

Texas has executed nearly five times as many people as Virginia,
which executed the second-largest number of inmates since the
late ‘70s. Capital punishment has been used in the state of Texas
since 1819, but was suspended nationwide by the Supreme Court
from 1972 to 1976. Altogether, the Lone Star State has executed
about 1,250 people, all but six of which were male. About
40 percent of the more than 1,300 executions carried out since
1976 occurred in Texas.

Kimberly McCarthy, a convicted murder, is scheduled to become the
500th Texas execution since the death penalty’s
reinstatement. The 52-year-old African-American woman was
convicted of killing her 71-year-old neighbor with a butcher
knife during a 1997 robbery, and will be the first female to be
put to death in the US in three years. McCarthy will be the
13th woman to be put to death in the US since the
reinstatement, and the fourth in her state. 

Her execution has already been delayed twice, and Defense
Attorney Marie Levin is pushing to halt it again, arguing that
Dallas County prosecutors intentionally excluded African-American
jurors from her trial. But the Texas Court of Appealson
Monday
denied one request to block the execution.

If she receives her death by lethal injection on
Thursday
, her execution will mark a milestone event for
Texas.

“I think you have (Texas) getting a reputation for being
bloodthirsty, and that’s not good,”
Mark White, the state’s
former attorney general and former governor told the Associated
Press.

Seven other inmates are scheduled for execution over the next
four months, and more than 280 convicted murders are still
awaiting their punishment. The state executes an inmate about
once ever three weeks.

Gov. Rick Perry has long defended capital punishment, and a 2012
poll from the Texas Tribune found that only 21 percent of
residents were opposed to it.  

Texas executions are carried at a unit in the Huntsville Prison,
70 miles north of Houston. The first man to be killed after
the death penalty’s reinstatement was Charlie Brookes, a
convicted killer whose punishment was death by firing squad.

Thirty-two US states currently allow capital punishment. Texas,
Virginia, Oklahoma, Florida, and Missouri, Alabama and Georgia
have put the most people to death. But the Lone Star State
has executed more people than the next six states combined.

Dennis Longmire, a criminal justice professor at Sam Houston
State University, told AP that the number of executions in Texas
is “staggering” while other states abolish the death
penalty or reduce the number of people who receive it. He says
that “Texas continues to march to a different beat.”

This article originally appeared on: RT

Did Extreme Cola Habit Cause Woman’s Irregular Heartbeat?

0

Alan Mozes
U.S.News & World Report
June 25, 2013

Excessive soda consumption appeared to be the culprit in the case of a 31-year-old woman suffering from fainting spells and an irregular heartbeat after she spent more than half her life drinking only colas in place of water, a new study contends.

The reason behind her hospitalization was a dangerous drop in overall levels of potassium – a key mineral whose absorption by the body is aided by water but crippled in the face of excess sugar or caffeine consumption, the case study authors said.

Colas are typically high in both high-fructose corn syrup and caffeine, the Monaco-based researchers noted.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, June 25, 2013 at 3:20 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

This article originally appeared on: Infowars

Scalia: Judges Should Not Be "Mullahs of the West."

0

Only days before the U.S. Supreme Court is expected to issue rulings on two controversial cases involving same-sex marriage, Justice Antonin Scalia told a state bar association that judges are not fit arbiters of moral standards, the Charlotte Observer reported. Speaking in Asheville Friday at an annual meeting of the North Carolina Bar Association, the veteran jurist argued against what he described as a growing belief in the role of the “judge moralist” in deciding a wide array of moral and ethical questions, including abortion, doctor-assisted suicide, the death penalty, and same-sex marriage. Judges are not experts on moral issues and many of the questions brought to the court have no “scientifically demonstrable right answer,” Scalia said in a speech titled, “Mullahs of the West: Judges as Moral Arbiters.”

The Supreme Court is expected this week to announce decisions on two much-watched and highly publicized cases concerning same-sex marriage. One is a challenge to the federal Defense of Marriage Act (DOMA) that defines marriage in federal law as a union between one man and one woman. The other is a suit alleging that California’s Proposition 8, adopted by referendum in 2008, violates the constitutional guarantee of “equal protection of the laws” by denying marriage to same-sex couples. While not addressing either case in his remarks to the bar association, Scalia has, both in prior speeches and in his court opinions, often expressed a willingness to leave moral issues with the states and to prevailing community standards, rather than having them decided by the national judiciary. Known for his belief in interpreting provisions of the Constitution according to the “original intent” of its authors, Scalia acknowledged during the question-and-answer segment of his presentation that many judges and legal scholars favor interpretations of a ‘living Constitution” that embodies “evolving standards of decency.” The courts are often confronted with new issues and arguments, he conceded, but he said they should rule according to constitutional principles as understood and ratified in the adoption of the original Constitution and subsequent amendments. Most moral issues, he said, are not new, though popular opinion concerning them may change. He questioned “the propriety, the sanity” of having such “value-laden” decisions “made for the entire society by unelected judges,” warning: “We have become addicted to abstract moralizing.”

Scalia, 77, is the longest serving and, arguably, the most conservative justice among current members of the Supreme Court. He was appointed by President Ronald Reagan and confirmed by the U.S. Senate in 1986. He is noted for frequently issuing sharply worded dissents when a majority of his colleagues embrace a new and more expansive interpretation of a constitutional provision than his jurisprudence of original intent would allow. In dissenting from a 2003 ruling that overturned a Texas anti-sodomy law, Scalia wrote that people are entitled to protect themselves and their communities form “a lifestyle that they believe to be immoral and destructive.” He is often skeptical of new claims to rights nowhere mentioned in the Constitution, and has been openly scornful of a claim made by Justice Anthony Kennedy in defense of the Roe v. Wade ruling that abortion is a constitutional right. “At the heart of liberty,” Kennedy wrote in Planned Parenthood of Southeastern Pennsylvania v. Casey, “is the right to define one’s own concept of existence, of meaning of the universe, and of the mystery of human life.” Scalia has derided that as the “famed sweet-mystery-of-life passage.”

“Nobody ever thought the Constitution prevented restrictions on abortion,” Scalia said in a speech to the American Enterprise Institute last October. “Homosexual sodomy? Come on. For 200 years it was criminal in every state.” In March, during oral arguments on same-sex marriage, Scalia raised the question: “When did it become unconstitutional to exclude homosexual couples from marriage?”

While the jurist’s 35-minute speech in Asheville elicited applause and laughter, not all the lawyers present agreed with his “originalist” approach to interpreting the Constitution. Raleigh attorney John Sarrat asked Scalia for his view of the unanimous Supreme Court decision ruling segregated public schools unconstitutional in the 1954 Brown v. Board of Education ruling. Scalia said he would have supported that decision, but said the states would have eventually removed the racial barriers even without the court mandate. A good result does not necessarily make good law, he said. Sarrat disagreed.

“I tend to be outcome-based,” he told the Observer. “And if the outcome is equality for all people, then I’m for the courts moving in that direction, before the people are ready.”

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Food Network Fires Paula Deen Over Racism Scandal

0

Food Network star Paula Deen (shown) has been dumped by her network following a racism scandal which began with a lawsuit filed by Lisa Jackson, a Caucasian woman in her 40s, against Deen and Deen’s brother, Bubba Hiers. Jackson’s lawsuit alleged that Deen had been guilty of using the “n-word,” sexual harassment, and infliction of emotional distress on Jackson while working at Uncle Bubba’s Seafood and Oyster House in Savannah, Georgia from 2005 to 2010 as the general manager.

The lawsuit took Deen and Hiers by surprise as they’d had a good relationship with Jackson before this all began. Prior to filing the lawsuit, Jackson had written a letter to Deen, praising both her and Hiers, which stated:

When I came to work for this company, as a person, I felt hopeless. I needed something, some opportunity that could provide me hope as an individual, as a woman, to make it on my own. At 15, homeless, without parents and with a young child, my life was headed in a direction no one could ever assume positive. As you know, I did what I had to do to survive, but it clearly was not the freedom or happiness I ever hoped for…. When I started working for Bubba, he gave me an opportunity that allowed me, over time, a freedom I have never experienced. He allowed me, for once in my life to take care of myself and for once, have faith in myself as a person and as a woman to know that I could do it on my own; y’all were my Aunt Peggy…. I have been given opportunities that I never thought possible, all because of you and Bubba.

Months later, however, Jackson left Uncle Bubba’s Seafood and Oyster House without notice. Later, Deen and Hiers received a letter from Jackson’s attorney asking for $1.25 million in settlement for the accusations asserted by Jackson, or else she would go public about the accusations. Deen refused, and accused Jackson of extortion. Jackson moved forward with the lawsuit.

In response, attorneys for Paula Deen Enterprises and Bubba Hiers filed a motion to dismiss the lawsuit, citing the threatening letters submitted by Jackson.

“Prior to the filing of this suit, Jackson repeatedly threatened to assert scurrilous claims publicly in the press unless huge sums of money were paid to Jackson and her counsel, which demand was refused. Jackson’s suit should be dismissed, for among other reasons, on equitable grounds on the basis of clean hands,” the attorneys asserted.

The court rejected the motion, however, prompting Deen’s attorneys to pursue a gag order, declaring “a protective order is necessary because Ms. Jackson and her counsel have made abundantly clear that they intend to engage in a path of personal and financial destruction because Paula Deen would not pay their pretrial settlement demand…. Through her cooking and television exposure, Mrs. Deen has arguably become the face of Southern cuisine and living…. For a public figure such as Mrs. Deen, even if Ms. Jackson’s allegations are proven untrue, the harm resulting from the continuing mass dissemination of the allegations may never be undone.”

According to Judge Louisa Abbot, who denied the gag order, “concerns about potentially adverse pretrial publicity and the potential effects of damage to their reputations do not outweigh any of the constitutional principles invoked by this motion.”

The controversy has intensified after Deen told an attorney questioning her under oath last month that she has used the “n-word.” “Yes, of course,” she responded, adding, “It’s been a very long time.”

On Friday, the Food Network announced it would not be renewing Deen’s contract when it expires.

“Food Network will not renew Paula Deen’s contract when it expires at the end of this month,” the statement said.

Meanwhile Deen has posted two videotaped apologies online wherein she begs her fans to forgive her.

“Inappropriate, hurtful language is totally, totally unacceptable,” Deen said in the first 45-second video posted on YouTube. “I’ve made plenty of mistakes along the way but I beg you, my children, my team, my fans, my partners – I beg for your forgiveness.”

Because the video had contained edits, however, Deen posted a second one, in which she speaks for two unedited minutes.

“I want people to understand that my family and I are not the kind of people that the press is wanting to say we are,” Deen says in the later video. “The pain has been tremendous that I have caused to myself and to others.”

The scandal has compelled a number of supporters to defend Deen.

Author Anne Rice has virtually called the entire ordeal a misguided witch hunt.

“What’s happening with Paula Dean? Is it fair? I never heard of her until today, and wow, this looks like a crucifixion,” Rice wrote on Friday on her Facebook page. “I may be wrong but aren’t we becoming something of a lynch mob culture? Is this a good example of that?”

In response to several fans who commented on her post, she wrote “Her brother sounds like a piece of work, but her remarks were made informally and in private, and clearly not intended to hurt anyone. Now they’ve been elevated to billboard status where they can hurt many as the result of a law suit [sic],” Rice wrote.

Rice, who is originally from New Orleans, Louisiana, also wrote on her FB page that she believes much of the controversy to be driven by a hatred for the South.

“Why does this country still hate the American South so much? You think there isn’t deep hateful racism in cities like San Francisco and Los Angeles? I can tell you, that you are wrong. It’s easy to hate Southerners, isn’t it?”

There is evidence of a double standard when it comes to the use of the “n-word.” When Jesse Jackson used it in controversial remarks about Barack Obama in 2008, there was no scandal and certainly no widespread media reporting on the subject.

And media attention for the New Black Panthers who threatened and intimidated voters and used racially charged language at Philadelphia polling stations in both 2008 and 2012 was virtually non-existent, with the exception of Fox News.

Deen fans have also taken to the Food Network’s Facebook page to voice their anger at what they view as a rushed decision.

“So good-bye Food Network,” one viewer wrote. “I hope you fold like an accordion!!!”

Another added, “Your dismissal of Paula Deen reflects not on her use of a commonly used word of years ago but on your own narrow-mindedness. The repercussions for your declining viewership will be great.”

John McWhorter, an associate English professor at Columbia University, wrote an opinionated piece for Time magazine, wherein he described what is happening to Deen as a “witch hunt.”

A transcript of Deen’s testimony at her deposition reveals that she faced a barrage of questions regarding her use of the “n-word,” as well as her comfort in using it, even amongst her friends and family. She also had to answer questions regarding the kind of jokes she liked to tell. The entire thing appears to be arguably intrusive.

“People of Deen’s generation can neither change the past nor completely escape their roots in it, anymore than the rest of us. They can apologize and mean it, as Deen seems to…. Deen is old and she’s sorry. She should get her job back,” McWhorter opined.

Photo of Paula Deen: AP Images

This article originally appeared on: The New American

Consumer Confidence Not Matched by Reality

0

The consumer confidence numbers announced on Tuesday by the Conference Board surprised the economists who had expected a decline rather than the nearly 10-point increase that the board reported. The index came in at 81.4 compared to economists’ expectations of 74. 

The board said that both the “present situation” index and the future “expectations index” had increased as well, along with consumers’ assessment of business conditions and the job market. Lynn Franco, a director at the Conference Board, summarized the findings:

Consumer confidence increased for the third consecutive month and is now at its highest level since January 2008. Consumers are considerably more positive about current business and labor market conditions than they were at the beginning of the year.

Expectations have also improved considerably over the past several months, suggesting that the pace of growth is unlikely to slow in the short-term, and may even moderately pick up.

In all, it was a positive, albeit surprising, report. When MarketWatch asked for opinions, they found Stephen Stanley of Pierpont Securities to give his take:

With the unemployment rate creeping lower, home prices surging and, until recently, stock prices moving higher, household finances have gotten better.

Stanley may have gotten a little ahead of himself, or else didn’t see the report from Bankrate.com that showed that most Americans are living paycheck-to-paycheck. After polling 1,004 adults, Bankrate.com noted that more than one in four Americans have no savings whatsoever, while nearly 44 percent have just three months’ savings or less. Only one in four stated they had enough in savings to last for six months or more if they had to.

This is deterioration from an AllState study done back in December, which reported that about one in four Americans were living paycheck-to-paycheck. In fact, among those households making $50,000 or less annually, only one quarter of them said they had any money left over at the end of the month, according to AllState. 

Such difficult household finances are causing a record number of people with 401(k) plans to take loans or early withdrawals just to pay the bills. The latest data show that nearly one-quarter of the $300 billion being deposited into such plans every year is being withdrawn during the year through loans, withdrawals, or liquidations. That number is closer to a third among those workers in their 40s, according to financial advisory firm HelloWallet.

This is reflected by a sharp decline in Americans’ saving rate since the start of the Great Recession in December 2007. At the time, Americans saved about 2.6 percent of their income. Initially, the Great Recession pushed that rate to 6 percent, at least for a while. During the last two years, the savings rate has steadily declined, dropping in March to 3.7 percent and, is now approaching 2 percent.

In 1989, the average debt-to-income ratio for an American family was about 58 percent while the latest data from the Federal Reserve shows it to be nearly 160 percent. In the 1970s, only about one American in 50 was on food stamps. Today that number has grown to more than seven out of 50.

Looking past the Conference Board’s rosy report shows that, in fact, the underlying economic strength at the individual family level hardly merits such confidence. One wonders whom the board quizzed for their survey.

 

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

This article originally appeared on: The New American